UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE Research Report 1977

University of Melbourne Parkville, Victoria 3052 UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE Research Report 1977

University of Melbourne Parkville, Victoria 3052 A summary of departmental research activities and investigations, including published contributions to science and literature, during the research year, January 1 to December 31, 1977. CONTENTS

Reports from departments connected with faculties are placed in alphabetical order under faculty headings. Reports from departments not connected with faculties are then placed in their own alphabetical order.

AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 1

ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING AND TOWN & REGIONAL PLANNING Architecture and Building 9 Town and Regional Planning 12

ARTS Classical Studies 13 Criminology 15 East Asian Studies 17 English L8 Fine Arts 21 French 23 Geography 24 Germanic Studies 26 History 28 History and Philosophy of Science 33 Indian Studies 35 Indonesian and Malayan Studies 36 Italian 37 Middle Eastern Studies 38 Philosophy 40 Political Science 43 Psychology 45 Russian 50 The Horwood Language Centre 51

DENTAL SCIENCE Conservative Dentistry 52 Dental Medicine and Surgery 54 Dental Prosthetics 56

ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE Accounting 58 Economic History 59 Economics 61 Graduate School of Business Administration 64 Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research 66 Legal Studies 70 Regional and Urban Economic Studies 71

EDUCATION 72 Centre for the Study of Higher Education 78

ENGINEERING Chemical Engineering 80 Civil Engineering 83 Electrical Engineering 87 Industrial Science 90 Mechanical Engineering 91 Metallurgy 96 Mining 98 Surveying 100

LAW 101

MEDICINE Anatomy 104 Biochemistry 106 Community Health 110 Medical Biology (Walter and Eliza Hall Institute) 111 Medical History 117 Medicine (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospital) 118 Medicine (Dept. of the James Stewart Professor, Royal Melbourne Hospital) 125 Medicine (St Vincent's Hospital) 129 Microbiology 132 Obstetrics and Gynaecology 135 Obstetrics and Gynaecology (Mercy and Austin Hospitals) 137 Ophthalmology 138 Otolaryngology 140 Paediatrics 142 Pathology 146 Pathology (Austin Hospital) 148 Pharmacology 149 Physiology 152 Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and Medicine 156 Psychiatry 159 Radiology 162 Surgery (Austin Hospital and Repatriation General Hospital) 163 Surgery (Dept. of The Hugh Devine Professor, St Vincent's Hospital) 166 Surgery (Dept. of The James Stewart Professor, Royal Melbourne Hospital) 168

MUSIC 170

SCIENCE Botany 172 Chemistry 178 Computer Science 186 Genetics 188 Geology 190 Mathematics 194 Meteorology 200 Optometry 203 Physics 205 R.A.A.F. Academy — Chemistry 212 — Mathematics 212 - Physics 213 Statistics 215 Zoology 216

VETERINARY SCIENCE Veterinary Clinical Sciences 219 Veterinary Paraclinical Sciences 223 Veterinary Preclinical Sciences 226

Centre for Environmental Studies 228 Physical Education 231 Social Studies 232

Archives 234 The Library 236

ABBREVIATIONS The abbreviations of the titles of journals used in the lists of Published Work are based on those given in World List of Scientific Periodicals published in the vears 1900- 1960 (4th edition, 1963). INTRODUCTION

This Research Report is shorler lhan those published in recent years. For some lime the University's Committee on Research and Graduate Studies has doubted whether a substantial descriptive volume - the 1976 edition was more lhan half as long again as that for 1977 - could be easily justified as the official record of the University's research activities. Such a report took an unconscionable time to produce. Perhaps it also gave more information concerning each project than the general reader sought, though rather less than the specialist in each particular discipline needed. The Committee concluded, after some debate, that the old form of report attempted to fulfil too many functions al once. As a formal record of research topics, of the staff involved, of theses in progress and completed, and of publications it was insufficiently systematic, while the attempt to describe research in progress in a brief compass was difficult for the writer and inadequate for the reader. This year the report has been reduced to a record of basic information concerning the research activities and interests of departments, set out as clearly and concisely as possible. The categories are as follows: • the names of members of a department actively engaged in research: • a list of research topics in progress; • published work: • theses passed for higher degrees; • theses in progress: and • a list of substantial grants. At the same time the Committee is encouraging departments to produce, as separate publications, more extended descriptions of their predominant research interests and activities. The change has not been welcomed by all within the University, and if any of our external readers care to comment on whether they find thc new format more or less useful it would be helpful to know their views. Certainly it should be possible to discover, from this volume, the fields of interest in each department in sufficient detail to facilitate further inquiry. The Report reveals, perhaps more clearly than in the past, the variety and scale ofthe research efforts of a major Australian university today. A mere two decades ago no institution in Australia approached even remotely such a level of creative activity. The research capacity which has been developed in recent years, in universities and elsewhere in Australia, is an important national asset. In these difficult limes it must be nurtured if it is not to waste away.

J.R. Poynter Deputy Vicc-Chancellor (Research) 21 August, 1978. AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

Chairman of department: Professor N. McC. Tulloh A. AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS Head of section: Professor A. G. Lloyd Professor ALAN GRAHAME LLOYD Senior Lecturers NEIL HENRY STURGESS ALISTAIR STUART WATSON Tulor MICHAEL WILLIAM THORPE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products. 2. An economic study of the Victorian scallop fishery. 3. Storage of Australian wheat. 4. Stabilization of farm incomes. 5. Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java. 6. Energy policy.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. OBORNE, G. T. — The Effects of a market-share quota scheme in the dairying industry in Victoria

Master of Agricultural Science 2. CRAMB, R. A. — Economies of Size in the Dried Vine Fruit Industry

THESES IN PROGRESS BELIN, P. — An economic study of the Viclorian scallop fishery READ, P. M. — Farm financial management and payment systems for agricultural products BRENNAN, J. - Stabili:ation of farm incomes WIJAYA, H. — Land leasing and tenure arrangements in East Java

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Rural Credits Development Fund, Reserve Bank: Two grants for topics 1 and 4 above.

B. AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION Head of section: Dr H. S. Hawkins Senior Lecturers HENRY STUART HAWKINS HARTLEY ARNOLD PRESSER Lecturer JOHN WILLIAM CARY Senior Research Fellows PETER WILLIAM SALMON JOHN PATRICK O'CONNOR (until 30/6/77) Research Fellows RUTH ELLEN WESTON INGRID MAY BOCK (until 31/10/77) Research Assistants CANAPATHIPILLAI SR1-PATHMANATHAN ROBERT ANDREW PATTERSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Development of adult educational models for farm management. 2. Psychological stress factors in the dairy industry. 3. Impact of regional planning schemes on adjacent rural areas of large cities and rural towns. 4. Community involvement in agricultural adjustment schemes. 5. Role of market information on farm management decision-making. 6. Development of model for selection of senior research administrators.

1 2 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

PUBLISHED WORK 1. SALMON. P. W., BOCK. I. M., TURNBULL, E. D. and TRETHEWIE. R. J. - The Human Crisis of Change of Agriculture. School of Agriculture and Forestry, University of Melbourne, 1977.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress R. A. WOOG — An Evaluation of the Contribution and Role of Extension in the Australian Pig Industry

M.AgrSc Theses in Progress D. C. H. BREWIN — Factors Influencing Farmers' Behaviour as Soil Conservationists J. R. CHILDS — An Economic and Psychological Assessment of Managerial Ability K. J. DOWSLEY — Factors Influencing Decision Making in a Cereal Growing Area A. J. HESLOP — Agricultural Extension Among Australian Fruitgrowers of Italian Descent G. T. KENNEDY — Some Social and Economic Aspects of Farm Syndication R. A. PATTERSON - Role of Agricultural Consultants in Rural Industry C. SRI-PATH MANATH AN - Role of Agribusiness in Rural Industry P. WYLIE — Adjustment by Extension Workers to Changes in Agriculture and in Perceptions of Their Role

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australian Extension Services Grant: Models of Farm Management. Australian Extension Services Grant: Role of Agricultural Consultants. Australian Extension Services Grant: Role of Agribusiness in Rural Industry. Dairying Research Committee: Stress Factors in the Dairy Industry. Geelong Regional Planning Authority: Rural Land Use Planning. Rural Credits Development Fund: Market Information. Victorian Department of Agriculture: Selection of Senior Research Administrators.

C. ANIMAL PRODUCTION Head of section: Professor D. E. Tribe Professors DEREK EDWARD TRIBE NORMAN McCALL TULLOH Senior Lecturers ROLF GEORGE BEILHARZ ANTHONY COLTHUP DUNKIN GEOFFREY ROGER PEARCE Lecturer HORACE PHILLIP LEDGER Tutors IAN ALEXANDER BARBER ALISON ANNE CHRISTIE Research Fellow GEOFFREY DAVID HUTSON Research Assistants JANET BEARD ROSEMARY JANE BELYEA RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Ruminant and non-ruminant nutrition. 2. Thc growth, body composition and carcass quality of farm animals. 3. The behaviour of farm animals. 4. The utilization of crop and animal by-products and residues. 5. Energy efficiency in animal production systems. 6. The use of feed supplements by grazing animals. 7. The husbandry and management of pigs and sheep. 8. Thc genetic improvement of farm animals.

PUBLISHED WORK ARTICLES 1. BAHARIN. K. and BEILHARZ, R. G. - A survey of reproductive performance in herds of beef cattle from 13 properties in Victoria. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 181-186 (1977). 2. BAHARIN, K. and BEILHARZ. R. G. - An analysis of reproductive performance in pigs based on records of performance of the boar. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 256-262 (1977). 3. BAHARIN, K. and BEILHARZ, R. G. — A comparison of the performance of single and twin born Corriedale ewes and lambs. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 17: 242-246 (1977). AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 3

4. DOVE, H., PEARCE, G. R. and TRIBE, D. E. - Utilization of amino acids by pre-ruminant lambs. 1. The effect of alterations in total essential amino acid intakes at constant nitrogen intakes. Aust. J. Agr. Res.. 28: 917-932 (1977). 5. DOVE, H., PEARCE, G. R. and TRIBE, D. E. - Utilization of amino acids by pre-ruminant lambs. 2. The effects of independent alterations in total nitrogen and total essential amino acid intakes. Aust. J. Agr. Res.. 28: 933-946 (1977). 6. DUNKIN, A. C, OLDF1ELD, S. E. and WILLIAMS, I. H. - Influence of a nutritionally-induced difference in the body lipid content of the baby pig on subsequent changes in body composition. Proc. Nutr. Soc. Aust. 2: 83 (1977). 7. HEMSWORTH, P. H, BEILHARZ, R. G. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - Influence of social conditions during rearing on the sexual behaviour of the domestic boar. Anim. Prod. 24: 245-251 (1977). 8. NGIAN, M. F., NG1AN, K. F., LIN, F. H. and PEARCE, G. R. - Biogasification using NaOH treated pig faeces. J. Am. Soc. Civil Eng.. Vol. 103, EE6, December 1977. 9. NIK-KHAH, ALI and TRIBE, D. E. — A note on the effect of diet on the inoculum used in in vitro determination of digestibility. Animal Production 24: 100-104. 10. STEEL, J. D., BEILHARZ, R. G., STEWART, G. A. and GODDARD, M. E. - The inheritance of heart score in racehorses. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 306-309 (1977). 11. TRIBE, D. E. - The conservation and improvement of resources: the grazing animal. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. B. 27S. 565-582 (1977). 12. WELLS, R. J. H., WESTBURY, H. A., HARRIGAN, K. E„ COLEMAN, G. D. C and BEILHARZ. R. G. - Epidemic adenovirus inclusion body hepatitis ofthe chicken in Australia. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 586-590.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HOGG, B. W. - The effects of growth patterns on Body Composition and Compensatory Growth in Sheep 2. WILLIAMS. 1. H. — Nutrition of the Young Pig in Relation to Body Composition Master of Agricultural Science 1. BADH AM, F. V. - The Effect of Artificial Breeding on the Rale of Genetic Improvement of Bunerfat Yield in Viclorian Jerseys 2. BLAKE. R. T. — The Pathophysiology of Trichostrongylus colubriformis in Sheep Surgically Modified to Incorporate a Thiry- Velio Loop

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy 1. CAMPBELL, R. G. — The Effect of Early Nutrition on the Growth and Body Composition of the Pig 2. GODDARD, M. E. — A Breeding Programme for Guide Dogs for the Blind 3. HEMSWORTH, P. H. - Mating Behaviour in Boars 4. IBRAHIM. M. N. H. - 77ie Utilization bv Animals of Crop Residues and By-Products 5. LOBATO, J. F. - Intake of Molasses Blocks by Sheep 6. NATASASMITA, A. — Body Composition of Swamp Buffalo (Bubalus bubalis) 7. STANOGIAS, G. — Studies on the Occurence of some Trace Elements in Commercial Pig Diets. Carcasses and Wastes 8. WILLIAMS, K. C. — Utilization of Synthetic Lysine by the Growing Pigs Master of Agricultural Science 1. ALGAR, D. — The Nutrition and Behaviour of Emus 2. BIRREL, H. A. - Aspects of Pasture Utilization by the Grazing Animal 3. BRIEN. F. D. - Nutritional and Hormonal Aspects of Reproductive Performance of Ewes 4. CORR, P. V. - Investigation into Bait Materials Palatable to the European Wild Rabbit (oryctolagus cuniculus) in Victoria 5. COATS, S. T. — Sensory Perception of Electric Fences by Animals 6. CROKE. B. — Energy Inputs and Outputs on Irrigated Dairy Farms 7. DORNOM, HELEN P. — Energy Inputs on Non-Irrigated Dairy Farms 8. EGAN, J. K. — Management Factors Affecting the Productivity of Merino Ewes 9. FRANKLIN. JUDITH R. - The Effect of Visual Auditory and Olfactory Stimuli on Sheep Movement 10. GRAINGER. C. - Pre and Post Calving Feeding of the Dairy Cow 11. HAMILTON, D. — A Study of Grazing Sheep and Cattle Separately and Together on Animal Pasture 12. HEMMING, ALISON — Feeding Practices with Thoroughbred Horses 13. HILLIARD, E. P. - Heavy Metal Content of Pig Waste 14. HITCHCOCK. D. K. - Sheep Behaviour in Yards and Sheds 15. KROKER. G. A. — The Nutritional Management of Pregnant Beef Heifers 16. McLEAN. D. N. A. - Intake of Molasses Blocks by Cattle 17. MeDONALD, C. L. — Behaviour of Cattle in Relation to Electric Fences 18. NGIAN. M. F. - Feeding of Pig Faeces to Ruminants 19. PEEL, C. J. — The Nutritional Value of Crop Residues and By-Producis for Sheep 20. POLLARD. T. G. — Factors Affecting Intake of Supplements by Cattle 21. RANGKUTI. M. — Nutritional Value of Crop Residues and By-Products for Sheep 4 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

22. SHEPHERD, ROSAMUND C. H. - Studies of Wild Rabbit Populations (oryctolagus cuninculus (L.)) in the Mallee and Central District of Victoria 23. SMITH, G. A. — Measuring and Improving Work Performance in Milking Systems 24. TANGDILINTIN, F. K. - Alkali Treatment of Straws 25. THOMAS, G. W. - Experiments with Dairy Cattle Concerning Induced Parturition and Calf Rearing 26 TOLAND. P. C. - Whole Versus Farm Processed Grain for Cattle 27. TUPPER, G. J. - Vegetative and Sheep Production on a Semi-Arid Danthonia caespitosa (Gaudich) - Stipa variabilis (Hughesi Grassland in Responses to Fertilizers and Deferred Grazing

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: - Australian Meat Research Committee: Growth and Body Composition Studies. Ruminant Nutrition. Nutrient Requirements and Growth of Meal Sheep. Australian Pig Research Committee: Utilization of Different Levels and Sources and Dietary Protein and Specific Amino Acids and Carbohydrates. Thc Nutrition and Management of the Young Pig and Its Relation to Subsequent Performance and Carcass Composition. Pre-Slaughter Treatment of Pigs in Relation to Weight, Shrinkage and Meat Quality. Reserve Bank of Australia: Quantitative and Qualitative Aspects of Piggery Wastes. Wool Research Trust Fund: Thc Behaviour of Sheep in Relation to Handling in Yards and Sheds. KMM Pty. Ltd.: The Intake of Molasses Blocks by Grazing Animals.

D. FORESTRY Head of section: Mr J. H. Chinner Reader JOHN HARDING CHINNER Senior Lecturer AH I BHUSAN RUDRA Lecturers TERENCE JOHN BLAKE MICHAEL CHARLES FELLER Tutor GARY CLIFFORD JOHNSON Research Fellow WILFRED GUY TUDDENHAM

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Silviculture and growth of Eucalyptus obliqua. 2. Management planning models. 3. Management of native Callitris stands in the Northern Territory. 4. Management information systems. 5. Optimization of production and stock control in sawmilling. 6. Coppicing and bud development in eucalypts. 7. Effects of salinity by agroforeslrv using coppiced eucalypts. 8. Effects of salinity on eucalypt growth and development. 9. Effects of heat stress on physiology of eucalypts. 10. Root/shoot relations in eucalypis. 11. Effects of pine planting on nutrient cycling and soil fertility. 12. Induction of sporulation in apparently sterile fungi isolated from roots. 13. Effect of host stress on fungal pathogenicity. 14. Digital image analysis for the remote sensing of changes in the natural environment. 15. Root/shoot relations of Eucalyptus with special reference lo root physiology.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. BLAKE, T. J. — Diurnal rhythms in stem elongation in Eucalyptus obliqua in relation to temperature and seedling water status. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 455-459 (1977). 2. FELLER, M. C. — Nutrient movement through western hemlock — western redcedar ecosystems in southwestern British Columbia. Ecologv 58: (6), (1977). 3. MOORE, G. M.. ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - The effects of heat on the physiology of seedlings of Eucalyptus obliqua Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4. 283-288 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Forest Science 1. NICHOLLS, J. W. P. — Studies on the Phenotypic Expression of Wood Characteristics 2. SEMMENS, E. J. - (Honoris Causa) AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 5

Master of Forest Science 1. BERNI, C. A. - The Properties. Uses and Characteristics of South American Timber. Part I. Influence of Applied External Stresses on the Redrving of Treated Softwood Timber. Part 11. 2. MOURA, V. P. G. - Altitudinal Variation in Eucalyptus urophylla S. T. Blake 3. WILLIAMS. D. F. — Influence of Fuel Quantity. Distribution and Moisture Content on Fire Management of Radiata Pine Plantations

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress L. J. BREN — Numeric Predictions of Hydrologic Processes on a Forested Catchment R. F. HATELEY — A Sampling Strategy for Vegetation Study J. HOGG — Vegetative Mapping Using Additive and Subtraciive Colour Photographic Techniques A. B. MOUNT - An Ecological Evaluation ofthe Concept of Plant Wastes I. TOMASELLI ~ The Influence of High Temperature on Some Physical and Mechanical Properties of Pinus radiata D. Don. W. G. TUDDENHAM — Multiband Imagery for Monitoring Spatial and Temporal Changes in the Biosphere

M.ForSc Theses in Progress T. G. BAKER — Studies on the Distribution and Cycling of Nitrogen in Forests E. A. CHESTERFIELD — A Synecological Study ofthe Glenmaggie Reservoir Catchment K. HIRST — The Bonding of Dense Timber Species MARIANNE LIEN — The Psychological Effects on Sawmill Employees, produced by Mechanization which Increases the Rate of Decision Making BADRANI PERERA - Root/Shoot Relations of Eucalypts with Special Reference to Root Physiology M. B. TH APA — A Critical Appraisal of the Terai Forests in Nepal for the Rationalization of Management and Marketing of Timber

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Soil Conservation Authority of Victoria Water Research Foundation Wheat Research Council

E. PLANT SCIENCES Head of section: Professor L. L. Stubbs Professor LIONEL LESLIE STUBBS Reader JOHN HEATHERBELL WILSON Senior Lecturers GERALD MARTIN HALLORAN DOUGLAS GEORGE PARBERY Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN DALLING Tulors RICHARD DESMOND CAVF.N PHILLIP ANTHONY SALISBURY Senioi Associate YVONNE AITKEN Research Fellow PETER ROLAND FRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

Agronomy and Crop Physiology 1. Physiological, environmental and genetical factors influencing spikelet number in wheat. 2. Ecology and physiology of Carduus spp. (Slender thistle). 3. Factors affecting in vitro stability of nitrate reductase from wheat leaves. A. Extraction and characterization of acid proteinase from wheal leaves. 5. Degradation of ribulose-l.5-bisphosphate carboxylase by proteolytic enzymes. 6. Studies on rehabilitation of mined areas on Groote Eylandt (N.T.). 7. Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation of new crop species for Australian agriculture. 8. Harvest index as a criterion of the yielding ability of a genotype. 9. Winter productivity of pastures in southern Australia. 10. Maturity genotype - environmental studies. 6 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

Genetics and Plant Breeding 1. Genetic and physiological studies of factors affecting grain size in barley (Hordeum vulgare). 2. Genetic and physiological factors influencing hardseededness expression in subterranean clover (Trifolium subterraneum}. 3. Physiological and genetical studies of grain protein content in wheat. 4. Genetic control of spikelet number in hexaploid wheal. 5. Physiology of growth and establishment in bread wheat and its ancestors. 6. Influence of genotype and environment on yield in peas (Pisum sativum).

Plant Pathology 1. Effect of barley yellow dwarf virus on physiology and yield of perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne). 2. Investigation of the etiology of rose will and decline disease. 3. Effect of cereal stem rust fPuccinia graminis tritici) on synthate distribution in relation to tolerance and resistance in wheat cultivars. 4. Testing for resistance to take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) in 'wild' progenitors of wheat. 5. Studies of Ihe biology and taxonomy of Colletotrichum species.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. PARBERY. D. G. - Isolation Techniques and Identification of Fungal Biodeleriogens from Soil, in Biodeterioration Investigation Techniques Ed. A. Harrv Walters, pp. 123-148. Applied Science Publishers. England (1977).

ARTICLES 2. AITKEN, YVONNE — Evaluation of Maturity Genotype - Climate Interactions in Maize (Zea mays L.) Z. Pflanzenzuchtg. 78: 216-237 (1977). 3. BLAKEMAN. J. P. and PARBERY, D. G. - Stimulation of Appressorium formation in Colletotrichum acutatunt by phylloplane bacteria. Phvsiol. Plant Path. II: 313-325 (1977). 4. CHIN. H. F., NEALES, T. F. and WILSON, J. H. - The Effects of Cotyledon Excision on Growth and Leaf Senescence in Soya-bean Plants. Ann. Bol. 41: 771-777 (1977). 5. DALLING, M. J. and LOYN, R. H. - Level of Activity of Nitrate Reductase at thc Seedling Stage as a Predictor of Grain Nitrogen Yield in Wheat (Triticum aestivum LJ Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 1-4 (1977). 6. LANGKAMP. P. and DALLING, M. J. - Mined Land Rehabilitation on Groote Evlandt - A Study. B H P. Journal 1.77: 42-49 (1977). 7. HALLORAN, G. M. - The Developmental Basis of Maturity Differences in Spring Wheat. Agron. J. 69: 899-902 (1977). 8. LEE CHOO KIANG and HALLORAN. G. M. - Production and Characterization of an Early Dwarf Mutant in Soybean IGlvcine max (L.) Merrill). Mutation Research. 42: 223-230 (1977). 9. MORGAN. WENDY. C. and PARBERY. D. G. - Ascospore Liberation. Germination and Attachment to Host Surface by Pseudopeziza medicaginis. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 777-784 (1977). 10. MORGAN, WENDY, C and PARBERY. D. G. - Effects of Pseudopeziza Leaf Spot Disease on Growth and Yield in Lucerne. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 1029-1040 (1977). 11. PARBERY, D. G. - A Means of Calculating Within — Sample Changes in Incidence of Seed Infection Due to Changes in Proportion of Seed Types Within the sample. Aust. Plant Path. Soc. Newsletter 6: 40-41 (1977). 12. PARBERY, D. G. — Biolrophism versus nectrotrophism. Proc. Brit. Crop Protection Council Symposium on-Svllabuses and Course Content for Crop Protection Courses — Monograph No. 20: 91-99 Univ. Stirling. Scotland (1977). 13. RAHMAN. M. S., HALLORAN, G. M. and WILSON, J. H. - Genetic Control of Spikelet Number in Hexaploid Wheat. Crop Science 17: 296-299 (1977). 14. RAHMAN, M. S. and WILSON, J. H. - Effect of Phosphorus Applied as Superphosphate on Rate of Development and Spikelet Number pcr Ear in Different Cultivars of Wheat. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 183-186 (1977). 15. RAHMAN, M. S. and WILSON, J. H. - Determination of Spilelet Number in Wheat. I. Effect of Varying Photoperiod on Ear Development. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 565-574 (1977). 16. RAHMAN, M. S.. WILSON, J. H. and AITKEN, Y. - Determination of Spikelet Number in Wheat. II. Effect of Varying Light Level on Ear Development. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 575-581 (1977). 17. RAHMAN, M. S. and WILSON, J. II. - Effect of Defoliation on Rate of Development and Spikelet Number per Ear in Six Wheal Varieties. Ann. Bol. 41: 951-958 (1977). 18. RIAZI-HAMADANI, A., PARBERY, D. G. and BEILHARZ. VYRNA C. - Vesicular-Arbuscular Mvcorrhizal Nodules on Tomato. Trans. Br. Mvcol. Soc. 68: 138-140 (1977). 19. SMITH, P. R., STUBBS. L. L. and CHALLEN,'D. J. - Studies on the Epidemiology of Peach Rosetleand Decline Disease in Victoria. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 103-113 (1977). 20. SMITH, P. R.. STUBBS. L. L. and CHALLEN, D. J. - The Detection of Prune Dwarf Virus in Peach Trees Affected with Peach Rosette and Decline with Golden Queen Peach as an Indicator, and the Distribution of the Virus in Affected Trees. Ausi. J. Agric. Res. 28: 118-123 (1977). AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY 7

21. WAN ZAINUN NIK and PARBERY, D. G. - Studies of Seed-borne Fungi ofTropical Pasture l.enume Species. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 28: 821-841 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGH DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. C. Met. PIGGIN — The ecology and control of Paterson's Curse (Echium plantagineum) 2. K. I. PEVERII.L — The availability of phosphorus and sulphur in soil (co-supervision with Soils Section) Master of Agricultural Science 3. R. P. FIELD — Integrated pest control in Victorian canning peach orchards

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress G. J. BERRY — The influence of genotype and environment on yield of Pisum W. A. BOWKER - A study ofthe epidemiology of barley yellow dwarf virus and of its effect in the growth of perennial ryegrass (Lolium perenne) G. J. FRITH — Characterization of enzymatic aspects of nitrogen mobilization in wheal plains R. P. KIRKHAM — Interspecific hybridization between Lycopcrsicum esculentum and L. peruvianum JILLIAN M. LENNE - Studies on the biology and taxonomy of species of Colletotrichum W. T. PARSONS — 77ie ecology and physiology of two species o/Carduus as weeds of pastures in Victoria M. B. PEOPLES - Investigation of the degradativc processes involved in the turnover of ribulo.se 1,5-hiphosphaie carboxylase in wheal leaves M. S. RAHMAN — Determination of spikelet number in wheat J. H. SHERRARD - A study of factors influencing ihe in vitro stability of nitrate reductase in wheat leaves M AgrSc Theses in Progress H. S. BAMAKHRAMA1I - Harvest index as a criterion of ihe yielding ability of a genotype S. G. COFFEY - Introduction and evaluation of .some new crop species of potential importance for Australian agriculture A. D. CRAIG — Winter productivity of pastures in southern Australia S. E. ELLIS — 7Vie physiological basis of genotype differences in yield P. J. LANGKAMP — Studies on the revegetalion of mined areas at Groote Eylandt LEONIE MULVANEY - Testing for take-all (Gaeumannomyces graminis) resistance in 'wild' progenitor and related species of wheal P. A. SALISBURY - Inheritance of hardseededness in subterranean clover (Trifolium subterraneum)

. SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECLIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Rural Credits Development Fund (Reserve Bank of Australia): Physiological, genetical and agronomic evaluation of the potential for new crop species for Australian agriculture. Wheal Industr\ Research Council: Physiological and genetical investigations of yield in wheal. Wheat Industry Research Council: Development of new selection criteria for use in breeding for high protein in cereals. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Genetic and physiological studies of yield and baking quality of wheat. Wheat Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Survey ofthe efficiency of nitrogen utilization by wheat cultivars used by Victorian wheat breeders. Whca: Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Take-all resistance in wheat - "wild' progenitors and related species. Wheal Industry Research Committee of Victoria: Funds to support visit of a research fellow from Israel. Australian Wool Corporation - Wool Research Trust Fund: Winter productivity in pastures of Southern Australia. Groote Eylandt Mining Company Ply. Lid.: Studies on the revegetalion of mined areas on Groote Eylandt. Rowden While Bequest: Contribution towards purchase of an untra-centrifuge. Australian Research Grants Committee. Study of ihe relation between the activity of proteases in wheat leaves and translocation of nitrogen to the grain.

F. SOIL SCIENC E Head of section: Dr L. A. Douglas Senior Lecturer LYLE ANGUS DOUGLAS Lecturer PHILLIP MICHAEL CHALK Tutor ALISON MclNTOSH ROSE 8 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Losses of gaseous N from soil following N-fertilizer applications. 2. Effect of piggery affluent applications on the elemental contents of soil and plants. 3. Inhibition of soil urease. 4. Availability of phosphorus, sulphur, potassium and nitrogen in soils. 5. Production of urease by bacteria isolated from piggery effluent.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. PEVERILL, K. 1., DOUGLAS, L. A. and GREENH1LL, N. B. - Leaching losses of applied P and S from undisturbed cores of some Australian surface soils. Geoderma 19: 91-96 (1977). 2. RIAZI-HAMADANI, A., PARBERV, D. G. and BEILHARZ, V. C. - Vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizal nodules on tomato. Trans. Br. mycol. Soc. 68: 138-140 (1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy 1. MAY. P. M. — An Investigation ofthe Use of Soil Urease Inhibitors 2. PEVERILL, K. I. - Availability of Phosphorus and Sulphur in Soil 3. R1AZI-HAMADANI, A. - Availability of Potassium and Nitrogen in Soil 4. SMITH. C. J. — Gaseous Nitrogen Losses from Soil Caused by Chemodenitrification Master of Agricultural Science 1. FISHER, H. M. - Urease Production by Bacteria in Piggery Effluent 2. REID, R. — Effect of Piggery Effluent Applications on the Elemental Composition of Soils and Plants

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED A grant has been received as follows: - Wheat Industry Research Council: Use of Urease Inhibitors for Improving the Efficiency of Urea as a Fertilizer. ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING

Chairman of department: Mr G. R. Tibbits Professors ALLAN RODGER JOHN COLEMAN SCRIVENER Reader ELIZABETH BOYLE COLDICUTT Senior Lecturers ALLAN BROWNLEE COLDICUTT BLANCHE ISOBEL MERZ HUGH ANDREW O'NEILL HELEN MARGARET TIPPETT GEORGE RICHARD TIBBITS JOHN DAVID WATSON Lecturers MILES BANNATYNE LEWIS DARYL JOHN LE GREW MICHAEL PETER TREV1LLIAN LINZEY JON ROBERT WESTELL ROBINSON DEBORAH WHITE Tutors MICHAEL PINCHES TERRY WILLIAMSON Research Assistants ALISON MENZIES BLAKE SUSAN COLDICUTT PETER HAYNES LOVELL RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The collection of heat in roof spaces for conversion to heat in space heaters - Professor A. Rodger. 2. The role of super-elites in the Third World — Professor A. Rodger 3. Thermal performance and life-cycle costs of public housing - A. B. Coldicutt. 4. Heating fuels in public housing - costs and user satisfactions — A. B. Coldicutt 5. The thermal environment of building - design guidelines — A. B. Coldicutt. 6. Window management systems - A. B. Coldicutt. 7. The behaviour of structural masonry — Professor J. C. Scrivener. 8. Daylight design and the control of skyglarc — B. I. Merz. 9. Building lighting and task lighting energy savings - B. I. Merz. 10. Visual problems arising from changes of visual tasks in work areas — B. I. Merz. 11. Computer aided architectural design — M. Linzey. 12. Creative problem solving in groups and by individuals — D. LcGrcw, D. Watson. 13. Aboriginal housing problems - M. Pinches. 14. Organisation and Management aspects of architectural and building practice — H. Tippett. 15. The development of building technology — Dr M. Lewis. 16. Urban Conservation in Victoria - Dr M. Lewis. 17. Reference index of architects in Victoria — Dr M. Lewis. 18. Beechworth historical reconstructions — G. Tibbits. 19. Reader of source material on Australian architecture — G. Tibbits. 20. Typology of church architecture in Victoria — G. Tibbits. 21. Renovation and restoration of old buildings — P. Lovell. 22. Annotated bibliography 20lh Century architecture in Indonesia — H. O'Neill.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. LEWIS, M. B. - Victorian Primitive. Melbourne, Greenhouse. 1977 (87 pp). 2. LEWIS, M. B. - Don John of Balaclava. Melbourne. Brian Atkins, 1977 (viii + 100 pp).

ARTICLES 3. BLAKE, A. M. T. - The State ofthe Art: Urban Conservation in Victoria. Urban Conservation, University of Melbourne: 1-16 (1976). 4. LEWIS, M. B. — Typological Analysis of Building Forms in Urban Conservation Areas, Urban Conservation, University of Melbourne: 24-40 (1976). 5. LEWIS, M. B. - Progress towards a National Inventory of Historical Buildings, Urban Conservation, University of Melbourne: 57-68 (1976). 6. LEWIS, M. B. - Commonsense Conservation. Architecture in Australia. 66,2: 62-3 (1977). 7. LEWIS, M. B. - Learning to live with thc Cily. Polis. 4.2: 33-9 (1977). 8. LEWIS, M. B. - Architectural Drawings as Historical Sources. La Trobe Librarv J.5,20: 69-89 (1977). 9. PARK, A. G. and SCRIVENER, J. C. - Prestressed Cylindrical Shells after Cracking. Proc. American Society of Civil Engineers. 103,ST9: 1757-1770 (1977). 10. TIBBITS. G. R. - Significance in Buildings. Urban Conservation. University of Melbourne: 41-49 (1976).

9 10 FACULTY OF ARCHITECTURE, BUILDING, TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

II. RODGER, A. — Software and Hardware Solutions to Energy Problems in the Built Environment. Architectural Science Review, 20.1: 3-6 (1977).

REPORTS 12. BLAKE, A. M. T. and LEWIS, M. B. (eds) - Urban Conservation, Proceedings of a Seminar conducted al thc University of Melbourne. 25th February. 1976. Melbourne. National Estate Project 130, 1976 (vi + 186 pp). 13. BLAKE. A. M. T. and LEWIS, M. B. - St. James Park. Hawthorn. Melbourne, National Estate Project 130, 1976 (iii + 40 pp). 14. BLAKE. A. M. T. and LEWIS, M. B. - Estimating the Old Building Stock in Australia. Melbourne. National Estate Project 130, 1976 (42 pp). 15. BLAKE, A. M. T. and LEWIS. M. B. - Technical Bulletin 1.2: Exterior Paint Colours. Melbourne. National Trust of Australia (Victoria), 1977 (77 pp). 16. COLDICUTT, A. B., COLDICUTT, S„ BARLOW, W., WHITE, D. - The Value of Insulation. Melbourne, Thermal Insulation Institute of Australia, 1977 (v + 12 pp). 17. COLDICUTT, E. G. - A Design Approach to the Theorv of Structures: A Studv Guide. University of Melbourne, 1977 (iv + 164 pp). 18. LF. GREW, D. J. and WATSON. J. D. — Getting it Together: Introductory Notes on Creative Problem Solving. Universitv of Melbourne, 1977 ( 35 pp). 19. LE GREW, D. J„ WATSON, J. D.. MACDONALD, G., O'CONNELL. M. - Creative Problem Solving in Small Groups: Problems in Research Method. University of Melbourne, 1977 ( 22 pp). 20. LEWIS, M. B. - Architectural Survev: Final Report. Melbourne. National Estate Project 130, 1977 (143 pp). 21. LOVELL. P. H. - Dwelling Repairs and Renovation. Part A: Structural Crackling and Dampness. University of Melbourne, 1977 (xi + 94). 22. TIBBITS. G. R.. TRETHOWAN, B., HARMER, P., VINES. E. - Beechworth - Historical Reconstruction. Melbourne, National Estate Project 244, 1977 (V.I: vii + 86 pp; V.2: vii + 291 pp; V.3 + 219 pp). 23. TIBBITS. G. R. - Technical Bulletin 2.2: Lettering and Signs on Buildings c 1850-1900. Melbourne, National Trust of Australia (Victoria) 1977 (29 pp). 24. TIPPETT, H. M. — Basic Finance: text and case material. University of Melbourne. 1977 (64 pp). 25. TIPPETT, H. M. - Building Project Investigation: index and summaries. Universitv of Melbourne. 1977 (V.l, 24 pp, V.2 191 pp).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Building MOHR. W. E. — Operations Control and Management in the Building Industry

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ABIDIN, I. S. — Investigation into the Design of an Urban Environmental Systems Model BR EALEY. T. B. — Identification and Measurement of Significant Environment Variables and the Study of this Interaction LINZEY, M. P. T. — A Theory of Systems related to Design M Arch Theses in Progress ANDREWS. J. - Briefing information DAVENPORT. F. — Planning for rehabilitation facilities DOVF.Y, K. — Perception of meaning in'architecture FOOKS, M. - Appraisal of buildings in use FOX, P. — The computer as an aid lo design synthesis and evaluation HALAFOFF, S. — Cluster grouping of operating theatres KIDD, B. — Factors involved in community location of housing for the elderly LI HOCK HUNG — Analytical survey of architectural profession in Singapore LINDELL, M. — Ways space conditions behaviour with emphasis on designing a therapeutic environment LONGACRE, R. — Recreational open space at the neighbourhood level M1SS1NGHAM, G. — Comparison between behavioural and semantic response ro architectural space MOORE, D. — Holistic approach lo design conceptualization and communication ONGAN, A. - System planning — an approach lo industrialized building PREST, D. — Computer applications in architectural practice RIGG, M. — Medium density housing SCAN LAN, M. — Flexibility in hospilal design SNEATH, D. — Effects of atmospheric contaminants on building materials SWEETNAM, D. — Space projection model for campus planning WALKER. D. — Vic. government architecture of Public Works Deparimeni EILENBERG, I. - Safely in the building industry MARSHALL. G. — Programme network planning procedure OLIVER, S. — Housing markets, public housing and ihe planning of residential areas in Melbourne WATTS, G. — Statutory authorities and the building process ARCHITECTURE AND BUILDING 11

M Bldg Thesis in Progress WILLIAMS, P. H. M. - Fire and Us Control in Multi-Storey Buildings M Bldg Sc Theses in Progress CAMPBELL. R. - Thermal behaviour of materials, new techniques in solar energy and the design of buildings to conserve energy HOLMES, C. S. — The implementation of Housing Controls at a Local Government level in Australia O'BRIEN, E. J. - The Benefit of Cost-Benefit Analysis ROBINSON, J. R. W. — Cost-Benefit Solutions for Elements of a Multi-Storey Office Building SALOMONSSON, G. — Evaluation of construction processes

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grams have been received as follows: — Australian Housing Research Council: Termal Performance and life-cycle cost of Public Housing. Australian Housing Research Council: Renovation and Rehabilitation of Older Australian Dwellings. Australian Heritage Commission - National Estate Projects. TOWN AND REGIONAL PLANNING

Chairman of department: Professor F. W. Ledgar

Professor FREDERICK WILLIAM LEDGAR Senior Lecturers CHRISTIAN MARIO GUTJAHR BASIL TREVOR TYSON Lecturers WILLIAM JAMES NIGEL FLANNIGAN ANTOINETTE LOGAN NICHOLAS PHILPOT LOW ANTONY PATTERSON WINFIELD WILLIAMS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Metropolitan planning in Australia: development of comparative planning theory. 2. Preparation of index of decisions by Victorian Town Planning Appeals Tribunal. 3. Remote sensing and urban area analysis. 4. Urbanization in nineteenth century Australia.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. LEDGAR, F. W. — Planning Theory in the Twentieth Century in Man and Landscape eds. G. Seddon and M. Davis, Australian Government Publishing Service, Canberra, 1976. 2. LEDGAR, F. W. - The Plan and Its Purpose in Urbanization ed. G. Seddon. Centre of Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977. 3. LEDGAR. F. W. - Commentary on the uses of thc Greenspace in Greenspace and the Cities by Dr. John Pullen, Australian Institute of Urban Studies, 1977.

ARTICLES 4. LOGAN, A. - Women in Planning, Environs 1/4 (1977). 5. LOW, N. P. — Urban Management and the Learning Process Education for Planning 7, 3 (1977). 6. LOW, N. P. — Urban Management: Some Integrative Models, Research Paper Urb I, Faculty of Architecture, Building and Town & Regional Planning, University of Melbourne (1977). 7. WILLIAMS, A. P. W. - Residential Planning Standards or Metropolitan Regional Housing Policy. Polis 4. 2 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Town and Regional Planning 1. GRUBB, W. M. - History of Town Planning in Victoria: 1914 to 1940

THESES IN PROGRESS M.T.R.P. Theses in Progress G. CAMPBELL — Social aspects of decision-making at Livingston New Town: 1962-1970 A. T. COCKS - Development levies M. FA U BEL — Implementation of Statements of Planning Policy L. LAWTHER — Design of a regional information system for the Melbourne Metropolitan Area R. MARTON — Citizen participation: authority and decision-making at local government level A. ONGAN — Relationship between lifestyle and urban form

12 CLASSICAL STUDIES Chairman of department: Mr R. D. Scott Professors GRAEME WILBER CLARKE. GEORGE HENRY GELLIE Readers KENNETH JOHN McKAY, ALBERT DENNIS PRYOR Senior Lecturers PETER JAMES CONNOR, JOHN ROBERT CHARLES MARTYN, ROGER DAVID SCOTT Lecturers JOHN BERNARD BURKE, EFSTATHIOS GAUNTLETT, KENNETH ROBIN JACKSON Tutors DIMITRIS DEDES. JEFFREY NEVILLE KEDDIE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The Epistles of Cyprian. 2. The Plays of Euripides. 3. The Workshop of Nikoslhcnes. 4. The Epigrams of Callimachus. 5. The Comedies of Plautus. 6. Neo-Latin Literature. 7. Juvenal's Satires. 8. Modern Greek Folksong and thc Rebetiko tragoudi. 9. The Poet Angelos Sikclianos.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. CLARKE, G. W. - Seneca der Jilngere unler Caligula, in Seneca als Philosoph, ed. G. Maurach, pp. 27-28, Darmstadt, 1975.

ARTICLES 2. CLARKE, G. W. - Review of M. M. Sage, Cyprian (Cambridge, Mass., 1975). Phoenix 31: pp. 82-6(1977). 3. CONNOR, P. J. — Propertius' vein ol'humour: in which some discrimination is proposed. Ramus 5, 2: pp. 103- 136 (1976). 4. CONNOR. P. J. - Review of E. W. Leach. Vergil's Eclogues (Cornell, 1974). A tJMLA 45: pp. 98-9 (1976). 5. CONNOR, P. J. - Review of T. Woodman and D. West, Quality and Pleasure in Latin Poetry. A UMLA 46: pp. 282-3 (1976). 6. KEDDIE, J. N. - Justice in Sophocles' Oedipus Tyrannus. Antichthon 10: pp. 25-34 (1976). 7. McKAY, K. J. - Solar Motifs or. Something New Under the Sun. Antichthon 10: pp. 35-43 (1976). 8. MARTYN, J. R. C. - Juvenal 6. pp. 582-591. Hermes 104: pp. 500-502 (1976). 9. MARTYN, J. R. C. - The Melbourne University Ancient Greek Summer School. NZACT Bulletin 43: pp. 50-51 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts 1. WATSON, M. - Ancient Attitudes to Art

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress P. GORMAN — Plotinus and the Pylhogoreans 5. N. KEDDIE - The Claudian Books of Tacitus J. WEBB — Bronze Age Religion in Cyprus M.A. Theses in Progress J. BUTLER - Studies in Early Christian Biography A. DONN — Suetonius' Life of Titus J. G REN NESS - 77ie Early Books of Malalas S. HOGAN — Dionysius of Alexandria

13 14 FACULTY OF ARTS

A. M. HOLMES - Greek Knowledge of Egyptian Religion 6-4 Cent. BC J. HOUGH — Theophanes' Account of the Emperor Heraclius J. MeDONALD — The Role of the Gods in Apollonius' Argonautica R. PITCHER - People in Martial C. STALLMAN - Studies in Early Patristic Literature T. TYLER — Aelred of Rievaulx: de standardo

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: (G. W. Clarke) Editing the Epistles of Cyprian. ARGC: (J. R. C. Martyn) Editing Juvenal's Satires. CRIMINOLOGY Chairman of department: Mr S. W. Johnston Reader STANLEY WILLIAM JOHNSTON Senior Lecturer: KERRY LEON MILTE Lecturers: DENNIS OWEN CHALLINGER LYNETTE ETHEL FOREMAN STANLEY AUSTIN LOVEGROVE DEIDRE NGAIO GREIG Tutor MAXWELL CHARLES HART

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS S. W. JOHNSTON 1. Crimes and sanctions in United Nations law. 2. The principles of sentencing legislation. . K. L. MILTE 1. A study into the police occupational role. 2. Police strategies against patrol preventable crime. 3. Homicide in Victoria (1964-1976). 4. Political terrorism. D. C. CHALLINGER 1. Recidivism amongst young offenders. 2. The extent and control of shoplifting. I.. E. FOREMAN 1. The welfare role of Victoria Police. 2. Family and juvenile courts in Australia. 3. The feasibility and implications of establishing a family-orientated welfare system in Australia. 4. Social welfare research in Australia. 5. A. LOVEGROVE 1. The place of the law in road traffic control. 2. Driver's response to the amber and red lights at signalised intersections. 3. Driver's observance of the give-way-to-the-righl rule at uncontrolled cross-intersections. 4. Personality and juvenile offending.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. CHALLINGER. D. (Fd.) - Studies in Shoplifting. Australian Crime Prevention Council, 1977. 2. CHALLINGER, D. - Young Offenders, Victorian Association for the Care and Resettlement of Offenders, 1977. 3. MILTE, K. L. and WEBER, T. A. - Police in Australia- Development. Functions and Procedures, Butterworths, Sydney, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. FOREMAN, L. F. and CLUNIES-ROSS, .1. - Deviance or Deprivation - the Dilemma olTdenlification, 77ie Australian Criminal Justice System, eds D. Chappell and P. Wilson, pp. 163-169. Butterworths, Sydney, 1977. 2. JOHNSTON, S. W. - Utilitarian Sentencing, in The Australian Criminal Justice System, eds D. Chappell and P. Wilson, pp. 263-276, Butterworths, Sydney, 1977. 3. JOHNSTON, S. W. - Crime and Punishment, in Hevdavor Doomsday'/ Australia 2000. ed. P. Tennison. pp. 136-151, Hill of Content, Melbourne, 1977.

ARTICLES 4. CHALLINGER. D. C. - Thc Young Shoplifter, Summons, 1977. 5. FOREMAN, L. E. CLUNIES-ROSS, J. - A Case Study of Girls Exposed to Moral Danger, Summons. 1977. 6. MILTE, K. L„ BARTHOLOMEW, A. A., and BADGER, P. - The Psychologist as an Expert Witness in Criminal Courts, Australian Psychologist, 12:2, 133-149 (1976).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts I. McKINNA. C. - Delinquent Schools

15 16 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress FOREMAN, L. E. - The Welfare Role of Victoria Police M.A. Theses in Progress HART, M. D. - Authority and the Prison Officer MILTE, K. L. - Contemporary Australian Police Administration SPAIN, M. - Employee Theft

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: - Criminology Research Council, Australian Bankers' Association, Totalizator Agency Board of Victoria, Mayne Nickless Pty Limited. Wormald International Security Pty Limited. State Savings Bank of Victoria, Savings Bank of South Australia. EAST ASIAN STUDIES

Chairman of department: Professor H. F. Simon Professor HARRY FELIX SIMON Senior Lecturers in Chinese TSAI-HSIEN CHANG ROBERT CHENG-1 KING Senior Lecturer in Japanese WILLIAM BRAITHWAITE EGGINGTON Lecturer in Chinese CHRISTINE McEACHRAN LIAO Lecturer in Japanese LESLIE RUSSELL OATES Senior Tutor in East Asian Studies JOAN ALISON ANDERSON Tutor in Japanese CHIZU PATRICIA SHERRHFF

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The structure of spoken texts in standard Chinese. 2. Script reform and romanization in China! 3. Contemporary Chinese and Japanese literature. 4. Succession issues in the Ching Dynasty. 5. Nationalism and romanticism in post-war Japan.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTER OF BOOK I. SIMON, H. F. — Surface Marking Features and Event and Discourse Related Categories, in Chinese Language Use, ed. Beverley Hong, pp. 37-68, A.N.U. Press, Canberra, 1978.

ARTICLES I. KING, R. C. I. - The Life of Yin-chen. Bulletin of the Institute of Modern History. Academia Sinica, Taiwan. Volume VI; 95-122 (June, 1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress C. M. LIAO — A study of clause words in standard Chinese M.A Thesis in Progress F. HUA - A study of some selected leftist writers from 1930-1942 C. NAILER — Ch'ii Yuan: The emerging personality — a study of the evolution and adaptation of the legends surrounding the 4th century B.C. poet, Ch'ii Yuan

17 ENGLISH

Chairman of department: Prof. G. H. Russell (until June 1977) Mr T. J. Kelly (from June 1977)

Professor of English Language & Literature GEORGE HARRISON RUSSELL Robert Wallace Professor HOWARD FELPERIN, (from June, 1977) Professor VINCENT THOMAS BUCKLEY Readers THOMAS PYE DOBSON, HUME DOW, THOMAS BRIAN TOMLINSON, CHRISTOPHER KEITH WALLACE-CRABBE Senior Lecturers ROBIN MARSHALL GROVE, EVAN LLOYD JONES, TIMOTHY JOHN KELLY, MARY TERESA TOMLINSON Lecturers ADELE AUDREY CHESSELL, TERENCE JOHN COLLITS, JAMES MARK QUENTIN DAVIES. RICHARD DOUGLAS JORDAN, PETER DANIEL STEELE Lockie Fellow in Creating Writing & Australian Literature ROBERT RAWDON WILSON Tutors DAVID NEIL BENNETT, DAVID CARTER, ROSEMARY ANNE CLEREHAN, EWAN KEITH COFFEY, MICHAEL DAVID FUNSTON, JOHN MILTON GODDARD, VIVIENNE MADELEINE KELLY, PAULINE ANNE NESTOR, BARRY NONWEILER, WILLIAM JAMES SIMPSON, GEOFFREY TOUT-SMITH, PETER FRANK PIERCE Part-lime Lecturer Professor Emeritus IAN RAMSAY MAXWELL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Conrad's novels, in particular Victory (T. Collits). 2. Contemporary criticism; articles on Shakespeare & Milton (H. Felperin). 3. Demotic & Formalist strains in C20th poetry (C. Wallace-Crabbe). 4. Essays on Blake and commentary on Blake's design sequences to Milton's major poems (M. Davies). 5. Landscapes of countries of the Empire as represented in late C19th Fiction (P. Pierce). 6. Langland's Piers Plowman C-Version (G.H. Russell). 7. Modern Australian Drama: J. Hibberd's treatment of legendary figures (P. Pierce). 8. Neo-Platonism in Donne's Anniversaries (R. Jordan). 9. Pope's revisions to 777? Rape of the Lock (R. Grove). 10. Shakespearean Comedy (T. J. Kelly). 11. Shakespearean Drama (R. Grove). 12. Shakespeare's Measure for Measure (T. Collits). 13. Symbolic imagery in Tourneur (R. Jordan). 14. Study of effects of the Restoration on Milton's poetry (R. Jordan). 15. Transition: Joyce & W. C. Williams: The Literature & Criticism of Intransitive Language in the Age of transition (D. Bennett).

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. FELPERIN, H. — Shakespearean Representation: Mimesis and Modernity in Elizabethan Tragedy, Princeton U P., 1977. 2. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - The Foundations of Joy: Poets ofthe Month Series 2. Angus & Robertson, Syd., 1976.

ARTICLES 3. BUCKLEY, V. T. - Introduction lo the Poetry Course. Viewpoints 78, pp. 3-9 (1977). 4. CHESSELL, A. - "The Twa Corbies" and "The Three Ravens", Viewpoints 78, pp. 16-20 (1977).

18 ENGLISH 19

5. DANIEL, H. - "Observer & Accomplice: The Narrator in Ireland's The Flesheaters" Westerly, No. 3, pp. 39-46, (1977). 6. DANIEL, H. - "Ways of Resistance in David Ireland's The Unknown Industrial Prisoner", Westerly, No. 2, pp. 59-66 (1977). 7. DANIEL, H. - "Narrator and Outsider in Trap and Johnno", Southerly No. 2, pp. 184-195 (1977). 8. GROVE, R. M. - "Shakespeare's Measure for Magistrates", 77ie Critical Review, 19, pp. 3-23 (1977). 9. GROVE, R. M. - "Novel and Reader", Viewpoints 78, pp. 138-141 (1977). 10. GROVE, R. M. - "The Importance of Not Being Earnest", Viewpoints 78, pp. 237-247 (1977). 11. JORDAN, R. D. — "Una among the Satyrs"; The Faerie Queene", Modern Language Quarterly, No. 38, pp. 123-131 (1977). 12. JORDAN, R. D. - "The Trouble with Dubliners", Durham University Journal, pp. 35-40(1977). 13. KELLY, T. J. - Twelfth Night, The Critical Review, No. 19, pp. 54-70 (1977). 14. MAXWELL, I. R. - "Fit, though few"? Paradise Lost (from Book IX), Viewpoints 78. pp. 32-35 (1977). 15. PIERCE, P. - "Rider Haggard in Australia, Meanjin, Vol. 36, No. 2 (1977). 16. PIERCE, P. - "A Good Life if you don't weaken: Professing Australian Literature", Meanjin, Vol. 36, No. 3. 17. TOMLINSON, T. B. - "Dramatic Foreshadowing in Ibsen's Ghosts", Viewpoints 78, pp. 225-230, (1977). 18. TOMLINSON, T. B. - "Energy in Decadence: The Duchess of Mal ft. Perspectives 78. pp. 223-232, (1977). 19. TOMLINSON, M. T. - "A Violent World. Shakespeare's King Lear, Viewpoints 78. pp. 98-109, (1977). 20. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - "Images or Freedom" Aalade, No. 5, pp. 6-8, November, 1976. 21. WALLACE-CRABBE, C. K. - "The Keatsian Autumn", Viewpoints 78. pp. 53-57, (1977). 22. WILSON, R. R. - "Spooking Oedipa: Godgames in Literature", Canadian Journal of English Studies. June, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES

Master of Arts

1. COFFEY, Ewan - Paradise Lost 2. SMITH, J. — 77ie Development of Pessimism in the Works of Mark Twain i. WRIGHT, J. - On'. Country & Self in Contemporary Australian Poetry

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress K. ARTHUR - T. S. Eliot & Samuel Beckett T. J. COLLITS - Greek & Shakespearean Tragedy P. CURTIS - A Critical Study of Chaucer's Chanterbury Tales H. DANIEL - The Outsider & Society: A Study of the Post-War Australian Novel J. GODDARD - Medieval Drama J. HANRAHAN - James Joyce's Ulvsses R. SHARR - The Religious Subject in White's Early Novels

M.A. Theses in Progress J. ACKLAND - Aspects of Poetry of the Late 15th & 16lh Centuries J. BARNES - Poetry & Plavs of Christopher Marlowe P. BELL - Public Service Writing C. BURVILL - Women in the Novels of D. H. Lawrence K. DOWN - Samuel Johnson G. DUNCAN - William Langland's Piers Plowman P. GROWNEY - Innocence & Experience - William Blake A. HANSFORD - Troilus i Criseyde I. HARRIS - Australian Poetry - 1950-1970 G. KIRBY - Anthony Trollope: The Pallisser Novels D. LANG - Wordsworth's Poetry A. LYNCH - Chaucer's Earlv Poetrv H. McGUINESS - The Short Story:' D. H. Lawrence, Faulkner D. McMULLEN - The Novels of Thomas Keneally M. MYLONAS - The Poems of Auden M. NESTOR - Dickens & the Family H. O'SHEA - Writings of Blake and Yeats J. PENDER - 14th Century Devotional Prose M. PERRETT - Greek Tragedy L. RADIC — The Changing Face of Comedy J. REIDY - The Novels of Patrick White J. SCAHILL - Old Norse Literature G. SHAW - George Eliot B. SYMES - Alexander Pope J. SPENCELEY - Novels of Bellow D. TURNER - Patrick White D. WILSON - Coleridge's Poetry 20 FACULTY OF ARTS

LINGUISTICS SECTION Reader RICHARD JANUSZ ZATORSKI Lecturer GEOFFREY McLAREN MILLAR Tutor ELIZABETH HASTINGS PEARCE

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts ELIZABETH H. PEARCE - "A Study of the French Universal Quantifiers: tout, tous, chaque. chacun." (French Department, Monash)

PUBLISHED WORK

PERIODICAL 1. ZATORSKI, R. J. and PEARCE, E. H., eds - Working Papers in Linguistics, University of Melbourne, Linguistics Section, No. 3, 1977. FINE ARTS

Chairman of department: Miss M. Plant

Professor JOSEPH TERENCE BURKE Senior Lecturers LAURENCE JOHN COURSE MARGARET MANION MARGARET PLANT Lecturers ANN ELISABETH GALBALLY BASIL JAMES GILBERT Senior Tutor BIRUTA RUTH ZUBANS Tutors LEIGH ASTBURY MARY EAGLE (part-time) JOHN GREGORY (part-time) MARGARET RIDDLE (part-time) PATRICIA SIMONS (part-time) GERARD VAUGHAN (part-time) Curator JUNE MAUREEN STEWART (part-time) Asst. Curator DINA CUTTS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS J. BURKE 1. Benjamin West and the Anglo-American Revival of History Painting. 2. William Blake's reading in the Library of the Royal Academy after his admission as a student. 3. Invented Orders in Architecture 1700-1840. L. COURSE 4. The Reliability of Teacher Assessments of H.S.C. Art Appreciation. ANN GALBALLY 5. The Art of Frederick McCubbin, a monograph. 6. Lord Leighton and Sir Richard Burton at Damascus. B. GILBERT 7. A Resource Guide to International Film Periodicals in Australian Libraries. MARGARET MANION 8. Marginal illustrations in a group of 13th and 14th Century French psalters. 9. A comparative study of medieval illuminated manuscripts. 10. Image, word and donor in a group of 15th Century Flemish paintings.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. GALBALLY, ANN - The Art of John Peter Russell, pp. 1-124, 33 colour plates, 44 b and w illustrations, Sun Books, South Melbourne, 1977. 2. PLANT, MARGARET - French Impressionists and Post Impressionists, pp. 1-32, 21 b and w illustrations, second revised edition, National Gallery of Victoria, 1977.

ARTICLES 3. BURKE, J. - British Painting 1600-1800. An and Australia, 15 No. 2: 141-2 (1977). 4. BURKE, J. - The Clavev Family by Arthur Devis, Art Bulletin of Victoria, 18: 21-24 (1977). 5. GALBALLY, ANN - William Delafield Cook, Art International XXI/I 33-36, (1977). 6. GILBERT, B. J. - Peter Sykes: Interview, Cinema Papers 13: 34-36; 95 (1977). 7. GILBERT, B. J. - The Making of . . ., Cinema Papers 13: 87-88 (1977). 8. GILBERT, B. J. - Film Periodicals: A Historical Survey, Part I: The United States, Cinema Papers 14: 142- 143; 187 (1977). 9. MANION, MARGARET - The 13th Century Psalter Offices of Joffroy d'Aspremont, Art Bulletin of Victoria 18: 3-20 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts GRAY, JOCELYN - Louis Buvelot

21 22 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress HARRIET EDQUIST — Thematic Development and Design in Piero delta Francesco J. GREGORY — The Christological cycle of Ottoman manuscripts from "Reichenau" and Echiernach: the case for their common origin in the Trier-Echternach complex MARGARET PLANT — Italian fresco painting in the fourteenth Century MARGARET RIDDLE - A Study of Joseph the Patriarch in Early Christian and Medieval Art C. UHL — The Concept of Grazia in relation to the art of Raphael VERA VINES — Concepts of reality as evidenced by certain Netherlandish artists ofthe fourteenth century M.A. Theses in Progress LEIGH ASTBURY - Late 19th Centurv Australian Subject Painting LESLEY BORLAND - Some altitudes to the Fine Arts Present in Diderot's Encvclopedia (17.15-1765) VERONICA CONDON - A Study of Ms. Douce 31 J. a 14th Century Illustrated Franciscan Missal DINA CUTTS — The Iconographical Tradition of King David the Musician RUTH EDQUIST - A Study and Catalogue of the Sadeler Collection of Prints in the Baillieu Librarv ELIZABETH FINK - The Art and Criticism of Blamire Young JILL GRAHAM - Visual Imagery in the French Symbolist School ofthe 1890s J. HOLMES — Aspects of mid-l9lh Century French Art Criticism SANDRA KIRBY - Mallarme and the French Symbolists MARGARET LEGGE — The Iconography of Vulcan's Forge in the Renaissance PATRICIA SIMONS - Family Group Portraiture in the Florentine Quattrocento P. SMITH — Stylistic relationships between the Decorative Arts and Painting in English 18th Centurv Art JOYCE THOMSON - Kenneth Rowelt. Painter and Stage Designer VIVIEN THWAITES - Aspects ofthe Art of Rosso Fiorentino MARJORIE TIPPING - The Oeuvre of Ludwig Becker G. VAUGHAN - The Art of Maurice Denis before 1910 RUTH ZUBANS - The Art of E. Phillips Fox

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: The Visual Arts Board of the Australia Council. FRENCH

Chairman of department: Dr A. K. Holland Research projects were initiated or continued by the following members of the Department: DR S. BLACK MR T. R. CASEY DR P. A. CLANCY SR J. DUNPHY MRS S. GUTIERREZ DR A. K. HOLLAND DR D. K. KEUNEMAN DR L. LAS GOURGUES DR S. J. SCOTT DR C. B. THORNTON-SMITH MRS W. A. TRINDADE DR G. D. WATSON.

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (a) Language - Romance linguistics (including Old Provencal and Calabrian Greek); word frequency lists and vocabulary lists; phonetics and stylistics. (b) Literature — Narrative structures in Old French and Middle High German Tristan romances; the theme of death in 17th century French tragedy; tragic irony in the theatre of Racine; Mme Leprince de Beaumont and the education of women in the 18th century; a physical bibliography oi Manon Lescaut; 19th and 20th century poetry; Paul Tillich and theoretical discourse; Mauriac and Jansenism; accounts of French-speaking pioneers in Australia; Bachelard; the theatre of Sartre; problems in literary criticism.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress B. A. M. GALLI — 77ie Idea of the Transcendant in Early Romantic Poetry V. WANIS — The Family Constellation in the Fiction of Herve Bazin M.A. Theses in Progress M. FLINTOFT - 77ie Medieval Garden J.-C. GASSIN - Development of a Political Commitment in the Work ofJ.-J. Rousseau N. M. PASQUA - Study of Family and Social Roles as evident in two or more of Herve Bazin's Novels J. M. P1NDER — Narrative Structure in Old French Lives of Saints G. J. WILSON — Morality and Personal Relationships in the Fiction of Jean-Paul Sartre S. M. WOODMAN - Da'udet and the Naturalist School

23 GEOGRAPHY

Chairman of department: Professor H. C. Brookfield

Professor HAROLD CHILLING WORTH BROOKFIELD Readers ERIC CHARLES FREDERICK BIRD THOMAS MELVILLE PERRY JOHN ROBERT VICTOR PRESCOTT ARTHUR ALAN WILCOCK Senior Lecturers JOHN SIRLES MASSEY GEOFFREY JAMES MISSEN Lecturer DAVID ALASTAIR WADLEY Academic Associate (Honorary) MURIEL BROOKFIELD

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Analysis of shoreline change during the past century — Bird. 2. Delineation and management of coastal scientific sites — Bird. 3. Population, environment and development in eastern Fiji — H. & M. Brookfield. 4. Regional aspects of land settlement and development in Malaysia and other countries — H. Brookfield. 5. Quantitative methods of terrain classification - Massey. 6. Agricultural and pastoral land-use dynamics in Australia, c. 1890 to present - Massey. 7. Formal and informal sectors in Kelantan, Malaysia — Missen. 8. Malay settlements in Kuantan, Malaysia — Missen. 9. Historical geography of Australia around 1800, with special reference to work to Matthew Flinders — Perry. 10. Growth of Melbourne's inner suburbs — Perry. 11. International boundaries of Asia, especially southeast Asia, and Africa — Prescott. 12. Political geography of the oceans — Prescott. 13. Australian industrial geography - Wadley. 14. Resettlement in the Yallourn valley - Wadley. 15. International interaction in the early history of geographical thought — Wilcock.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. BIRD, E.C. F. — Sites of scientific interest in the Victorian coastal region: geological and geomorphological. Town and Country Planning Board, Melbourne, 1977, 86 pp. 2. BIRD. E. C. F. — Geology and landforms of Beach Park: an excursion guide. Sandringham Environment Series 2, Sandringham, 1977, 20 pp. 3. BROOKFIELD, H. C. and BEDFORD, R. D. wilh BAYL1SS-SM1TH, T. P., BROOKFIELD, M., CAMPBELL, J. R., HARDAKER, J. B., LATHAM, M. and SALVAT, B. - Population. Resources and Development in the eastern islands of Fiji: information for decision-making. ANU for UNESCO, Canberra, 1977, x + 407 pp. 4. PRESCOTT, J. R. V., COLLIER, H. J. and PRESCOTT, D. F. - The Frontiers of Asia and Southeast Asia. Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, 1977, xi + 107 pp.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 5. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Comment: Dissent from the periphery, in The International Allocation of Economic Activity: Proceedings of a Nobel symposium held at Stockholm, eds. B. Ohlin, P-O Hesselborn and P. M. Wijkman, pp. 40-49, Macmillan, London, 1977. 6. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Constraints to agrarian change, in The Melanesian Environment, ed. J. Winslow, pp. 133-8, ANU Press, Canberra, 1977. 7. BROOKFIELD, H. C. - Editorial introduction, in The Hurricane Hazard: natural disaster and small populations (UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 1), pp. 1-7, ANU for UNESCO, Canberra, 1977. 8. BROOKFIELD, H. C. and YEN, D. E. - Concluding remarks, in 77ie Melanesian Environment, ed. J. Winslow, pp. 544-52. ANU Press, Canberra, 1977. 9. BROOKFIELD, M. - Hurricane Val and its aftermath: report on an inquiry among the people of Lakeba in 1976, in The Hurricane Hazard: natural disaster and small populations (UNESCO/UNFPA Fiji Island Reports 1), pp. 98-147. ANU for UNESCO, Canberra, 1977. 10. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. — Territorial and maritime aspects of the Torres Strait question, in The Torres Strait Border issue: consolidation, conflict or compromise, ed. J. Griffin, pp. 9-27, Townsville College of Advanced Education. 1976. 11. WADLEY, D. A. - The geography of wholesaling in the Australian agricultural machinery industry 1967- 72, in Spatial Analysis: industry and the industrial environment, eds. F. E. I. Hamilton and G.J. R. Linge, Wiley, London, 1977.

24 GEOGRAPHY 25

ARTICLES 12. BIRD, E. C. F. - Cliffs and bluffs on the Victorian coast. Viclorian Naturali.it 94 (I): 4-9, 1977. 13. BIRD, E. C. F. - (A world-wide review of shoreline changes during the past century), hvestia Academia Nauk CCCP. Geographical Series 3. 113-19, 1977, [in Russian). 14. BIRD, E. C. F. and BARSON, M. M. — Measurement of physiographic change on mangrove-fringed estuaries and coastlines. Marine Research in Indonesia 18: 73-80, 1977. 15. BROOKFIELD, H. C. — Effects of transport arrangements on the human geography of outer islands. Paper for Expert Meeting, United Nations Conference on Trade and Development, 1977. 16. MASSEY, J. S. — Teaching applied geography: the Alexandra timber-historical village feasibility study. Australian Geographical Studies 15: 174-77, 1977. 17. PERRY, T. M. - Seasons for exploration. Proc. Rov. Geogr. Soc. Australasia S. Australia Branch 76. 51-8, 1977. 18. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Asia's maritime boundaries. Dyason House Papers 2 (4): 1-4, 1976. 19. PRESCOTT. J. R. V. - Political organization in Chinese agriculture. Proc. Geogr. Assoc. Rhodesia 10. (1977). 20. PRESCOTT, J. R.V. - Africa's maritime claims. South African Geographer (Stcllenbosch) 6. 453-64, 1977. 21. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. - Imperial mapping pens. Current Affairs Bulletin (Sydney) 54 (8), 4-19, 1977. 22. PRESCOTT, J. R. V. — Who should call the tune? Toward a resources policy for Australia (Australian Conservation Foundation), 34-50, 1977. 23. WILCOCK, A. A. - Fritz Loewe, 1895-1974. Australian Geographer 13: 306-10, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy McQUILTON, F. J. - 77ie geographical dimensions of social banditry - Ned Kelly outbreak 1878-1880 Master of Science MILES, I. W. - The morphology of northern Westernport Bay

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BIRD, J. - Historical geography of Victoria's lakes and wetlands BOSTON, H. G. - The physiographic role of Spartina DEVRIES, B. — The nature of the interior — an examination of the explorers' assessment of landscape in the State of South Australia. 1802-18 TEH. TEONG-SA — Beach ridge-systems in Malaysia M.A Theses in Progress BALLOCK, M. — Land-use and planning in Pakenham Shire CABENA, P. B. - Transhumance in the Victoria Alps COHEN, S. E. - Urban development in Kuala Pilah District. Malaysia CROOKS, M. — The Grampians: environmental interpretation and recreational planning LANCASHIRE, C. — Historical geography of central Victoria PHILLIPS. A. - Catchment areas of some private Melbourne Schools ROSENGREN, N. J. - Coastal dune systems in east Gippsland SHARP, N. R. - Land-use and settlement in the Daylesford Region TUAN-MU, A. — Population projections of the M.S.D. M.Sc Theses in Progress BRINSMEAD. G. - A geographical study of the dairy manufacturing industry in Gippsland. 1840-1910 GELL, R. — Beach systems on the Victorian coast FETTERPLACE. P. - The development of a hydro-logical model of the Gippsland Lakes SYMONS, C. - Geomorphology of the sand hummocks QUINN, P. B. - Erosion surfaces in geomorphology of southern central Victoria WILLIAMS, M. — Geomorphology of Mallacoota inlel

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: Regional aspects of land settlement in Malaysia and other countries - Brookfield. ARGC: Malay settlements in Kuanlan, West Malaysia - Missen and Swift, Monash U. Town and Country Planning Board, Victoria: Sites of scientific interest - Bird. Menil Foundation (Texas): Regional development in developing countries - Brookfield. Ministry of Conservation, Victoria: Revision of Gippsland Lakes monograph - Bird. UNCTAD: Human geography of small isolated islands - Brookfield. UNESCO: Population, resources and development in the eastern islands of Fiji — Brookfield. GERMANIC STUDIES

Chairman of department: Professor G. Schulz

Professor GERHARD SCHULZ Reader HECTOR MACLEAN Senior Lecturers MARION ADAMS JOHN STANLEY MARTIN Lecturers BRUCE C. DONALDSON CHRISTIAN GRAWE HEINRICH ALFRED HESSE HANS JOACHIM POTT EVA RUFF CHRISTOPHER ZWALF Principal Tutor ALMA JOHNSON Tutor LENNART PALLSTEDT

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Early 20th Century Literature in Germany (Adams). 2. A Reference Grammar of Dutch (Donaldson). 3. Translation into English of C. van Haeringen's Nederlands lussen Diuls en Engels (Donaldson). 4. A Fontane Companion (Grawe). 5. Critical Commentary of Goethe's Torquato Tasso (Grawe). 6. Wedekind's Dramatic Work (Maclean). 7. Analysis of Swedish Textbooks (Martin). 8. History of German Literature 1789-1830 (Schulz).

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. GRAWE, CH. — Jane Austen: Stolz und Vorurleil. Ubersetzt (in collaboration with U. Grawe). Anmerkungen und Nachwort. Reclam, Stuttgart, 1977, 460 pp. 2. MARTIN, J. D. — (ed.). The Teaching of Swedish in Melbourne. Department of Germanic Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977, 60 pp. 3. SCHULZ, G. — (ed.), Friedrich de la Motte Fouque. Romantische Erzahlungen. Nach den Erstdrucken mit Anmerkungen, Zeittafel und einem Nachwort herausgegeben. Winkler, Munchen, 1977. 517 pp.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 4. MARTIN, J. S. — "Swedish in Melbourne, 1962-1976" in: The Teaching of Swedish in Melbourne. 1977, pp. 4-5. 5. SCHULZ, G. - Arno Holz: Kunst und Natur. In: Frankfurter Anlhologie. Vol. II, ed. M. Reich-Ranicki, pp. 81-84. Insel, Frankfurt/M., 1977. 6. -, Jean Pauls "Siebenkas". In: Aspekte der Goethezeit, eds. M. Curschmann et al., pp. 215-239. Vandenhock and Ruprecht, Gottingen, 1977. 7. — Kleist poetische Meditationen iiber die Riickkehr ins Paradies. In: Festschrift for Ralph Farrell. eds. A. Stephens, H. L. Rogers and Brian Coughlan. 8. SCHULZ, G. — Burgerlichc Epopden? Fragen zu einigen deutschen Romancn zwischen 1790 und 1800. In: Deutsche Literatur zur Zeil der Klassik, ed. K. O. Conrady, pp. 189-210, Reclam, Stuttgart, 1977.

ARTICLES 9. GRAWE, CH. — Zur Deutung von Kleisls Novelle 'Der Zweikampf. In: Germanisch-Romanische Monatsschrifi NF 27/4 (1977), pp. 416-425. 10. MACLEAN, H. - Brecht's Die heilige Johanna der Schlachthofe and the Fall. In: Seminar XIII 11977). pp. 29-41. 11. MARTIN, J. S. — 'Augustin Lodewijckx' Bijdrage tot het Australisch Onderwijs'. In: ViW. Nieuws, Nr. 25, mei — juli 1977, pp. 4-5.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress

M. E. ADENEY — Drama as Thought: A Study of the Medieval Religions. Drama in Germany and England H. A. HESSE — Peter Huchel and die Tradition der deutschen Erlebnislyrik Y. PERCZUK — Max Frisch's Novels and the Romantic Tradition

26 GERMANIC STUDIES

M.A. Theses in Progress M. FRIEDEL - Motive aus Hoffmans Die Elixiere des Teufels im zellgenb'ssischen Koniexi J. KALITO - The Theme of Self-Realisation in the Novels of Max Frisch

GRANTS RECEIVED ARGC Grant for Professor Schulz' History of German Literature. HISTORY

Chairman of department: Dr Alison M. H. Patrick

Max Crawford Professor GREGORY MOORE DENNING Ernest Scott Professor GEOFFREY NORMAN BLAINEY Readers WESTON ARTHUR BATE WILLIAM CULICAN LAWRENCE ROY GARDINER DONALD EDWARD KENNEDY NOEL DAVID McLACHLAN LLOYD ROBSON Senior Lecturers GRAEME DAVISON JOHN BRADLEY HIRST SOW THENG LEONG DONALD FARQUHAR MACKAY DONNA MERWICK JOY PARNABY ALISON MARY HOUSTON PATRICK RONALD THOMAS RIDLEY IAN GORDON ROBERTSON Lecturers CARNEY THOMAS FISHER JOHN HARVEY FOSTER ALLAN JOHN JOHNSTON COLIN JAMES MITCHELL DAVID PHILIPS CHARLES ORVIS SOWERWINE CHARLES FRANCES ZIKA Principal Tutor JACQUELINE TEMPLETON Senior Tutor SUSIE EHRMANN Tutors DAVID DUNSTAN PATRICIA GRIMSHAW PHILIPPA MADDERN BEVERLEY ROBERTS Aboriginal and Oceanic Ethnology Research Fellow WAYNE ORCHISTON Research Fellow ROBERT DEVELIN Research Associate BARBARA FALK Associate DANNY SPOONER A. AMERICAN HISTORY 1. D. MERWICK - Dutch Uses of Land and Space in Colonial Albany, New York, 1652-1700; Translation of the Works of Domini Henricus Selyns, a Dutch Minister of New York in the 17th Century. 2. A. JOHNSTON - The Black Community of Washington, 1860-1880; Ethnicity and the American Past.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress A. HOWE - Popular Action in New York in the American Revolution

M.A. Thesis in Progress P. NEWBURY - Social Structure and Political Allegiance in Revolutionary New York City. 1765-1775

B. ANCIENT HISTORY 1. R. DEVELIN - Roman History. 2. R. T. RIDLEY - Completed six articles on the Palermo Stone. Thucydides' audience, Pompey's career in the 50s, Roman extraordinary military commands, the economic effects of the civil wars, and reactions to Augustus; Monograph Study on Perizonius.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress R. GILLIAM - Character of the Goddess Hathor W. TABBERNEE — The Opposition lo Monlanism from Church and State

28 HISTORY 29

M.A. Theses in Progress E. HOOPER — Antiquarian Theory Concerning the Origin ofthe Cells A. HORSLEY — An Urban Study of a Town in Roman Gaul J. ZIMMER — Islamic Jewellery

C. ASIAN HISTORY 1. S. T. LEONG - Swatow and its hinterland since the mid-19th Century; Traditional issues in Contemporary Sino-Soviet Relations. 2. C. FISHER — The Great Ritual Controversy in Ming China. PhD Theses in Progress L. DIXON — Australian Participation in the Christian Missionary Enterprise in China. 1888-1953 A. G. MOLLER - Chinese Intellectuals under the KMT. 1930's and 1940s M. UNDERDOWN — Mongolian nationalist movements

D. AUSTRALIAN HISTORY 1. W. BATE - Ballarat History. 2. L. ROBSON - Historv of Tasmania. 3. J. PARNABY - Biography of Sir Charles Gavan Duffy. 4. J. HIRST - Social and Political History of New South Wales, 1788-1860. 5. B. FALK - Five generations of Jewish assimilation in Australia: The ethos of Australian universities.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress A. G. BARRETT - Local Government in Victoria 1835-70 G. S. COPE — 77te Woollen industry in 19th Century Victoria J. D. DAVIES — Some Aspects of Commonwealth Government Policy towards Germans and German Descendants in Australia 1914-20 D. J. JORDAN - Nettie Palmer and Woman Writers of the 1920s and 30s D. J. McCONVILLE - Irish Immigrants in ihe Societies of Melbourne and Sydney in late 19th and early 20th Centuries J. TEMPLETON - 77ie Boys Come Home: A Study of World War I Veterans

M.A. Theses in Progress J. CRITCHETT - A Study of Victorian Government Aboriginal Policy in the period I860 to early 1900s and its Impact on the Aborigines in Western District M. EAGLE — Sydney Painters and Svdnev Society in the 1920s D. EDWARDS - History of Diamond Valley J. C. FAHEY - Land Settlement in North of Victoria C. R. GIBBS — Transportation Debate in Van Diemen's Land T. D. HOLLAND - The Importance of Irish Immigrants in Victoria 1850-70 C. JOHNSTONE - Study of the establishment 119151 and Growth and Development of the Broken Hill Associated Smelters Ply. Ltd., at Port Pirie, S. Australia G. D. JONES — Study of the Employment of Single Women in the Teaching Profession in 19th Century Australia, with special reference to the work of governesses. R. KISS - History of Fitzroy M. LETHLEAN - Historv of Ballarat An Gallery R. W. MARRIOTT - The Patterns of Land Settlement around Ballarat after the Gold Rushes 1850-60 J. MILLMAN — 77ie Organization and Administration of Institutions for the Mentally 111 in Victoria 1850-86 P. McKAY — A Historv of the Cement Industry in Australia A. McPHERSON - William Butterfield and the building of St. Paul's Cathedral. Melbourne L. O'BRIEN — Destitute Old Age in Victoria in the Colonial and early Commonwealth Period K. J. PEOPLES - Social Elites in Bendigo 1860-90 H. POOK — Depression and Government in Victoria 1929-35 C. RASMUSSEN - History of Coburg Branches ofthe A.L.P. F. ROCCA — Italian Community in Australia A. ROLFE — Themes Relating to the Development of Swan Hill E. ROSANDER - Viclorian Museums D. THOMPSON - Gambling in Australia P. B. THORNTON-SMITH - 1917 General Election in Australia B. R. USSHER - Protestant Churches and the Working class in Melbourne, 1880-1900 D. W. WEBSTER - 77ie Radical Press in the 1840's J. WHITESIDE - 77ie Live Theatre in Australia during the First World War A. WORRALL — The Single Tax Movement in Eastern Australia 30 FACULTY OF ARTS

E. BRITISH HISTORY

1. L. GARDINER — Cardinal Wolsey's Household and associated activities 2. N. McLACHLAN - Biography of Wilmot Horton 3. D. PHILIPS - Crime and Authority in England, c. 1780-1850 4. D. McKAY - British Women and the Risorgimento.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress P. OLIVER - Quaker Testimony and Lamb's War M.A. Theses in Progress L. M. CONWAY — Nationalism. Feminism and Revolutionary Ireland 5. COFFEY — Sabbatarianism J. DODDS - 77ie Pilgrimage of Grace J. DOLAN — Newspaper Press in Britain during [he Great War J. ELLIS — Puritanism and the Jacobean Church J. C. HARRIS — Richard Sibbes and early I6th century Puritanism A. G. L. LEMON — Biography of James Balfour G. R. TREMBATH — Women and the Owenite Movement Within Great Britain J. C. MAGUIRE — Hegelianism in 19lh Century Scottish Intellectual Life: the Influence of the Brothers John and Edward Caird

F. EUROPEAN HISTORY 1. J. FOSTER - Bavarian Jewish Communities in the 19th Century. 2. A. PATRICK — French revolutionary history, concentrating on the response of local government bodies to revolutionary policy, and the problem of implementing policy in local areas; Completed for publication a paper on religious policy in the department ofthe Maine-et-Loire, and an article on the problem of public information during the revolutionary period. 3. I. ROBERTSON - The Papal State under Paul II. 4. C. O. SOWERWINE - Revision of Les Femmes et le socialisme en France, un siecle d'hisloire; 300 biographical notices for the Dictionnaire biographique du mouvemenl ouvrier francais; Socialists, Syndicalists, and Women: The Couriau Affair; The Origins of Socialism and Communism in the Department of the Ain. 5. C. ZIKA — Aspects of the interrelationship between humanism, religion and the occult sciences at the turn of the 16th Century.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress P. MacLEAN — Eastern Jews in Germany C. J. MITCHELL — 77ie French Legislative Assembly. April — September 1792 M.A. Theses in Progress J. ADLER — Jewish Resistance in Paris M. HOPKINS - German-Russian Relations C. J. McGUFFIE — International Labour Organizations, 1914-21 G. PACIFIC HISTORY 1. G. M. DENING - Completed editing of The Journal of William Pascoe Crook and a Marquesan-English Dictionary for publication; Research on Islands and Beaches, a study of cultural boundaries and those who crossed them; Social history of lower-deck sailors in the Pacific; completed for publication "Violent Men: Americans in the Pacific". 2. W. ORCHISTON - Continued research into Culture Contact and Culture Change in Early Protohistoric New Zealand; Prehistoric South Island New Zealand Maori Culture; The Quaternary Geology and Prehistory of Flinders Island; Analysis of most of the Material Derived from Dr Gallus'. A Excavation at Dry Creek near Keilor. Also maps and text for section of Times Atlas of World History; continued as Editor of The Artefact.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress E. WOOD-ELLEM - Queen Salole Tupou III M.A. Theses in Progress J. CARTER — Role of Collectors of Archaeological Relics in Victoria prior to Professional Archaeological Studies HISTORY 31

M. CHAMBERS - Polynesian Missionary Teachers in the W. Pacific 1830-70 C. HELMS — The Reception ofthe Anglican Church Mission in British New Guinea L. C. HORROCKS - Dynamics of Culture Contact in the Pacific

H. URBAN HISTORY ]. G. DAVISON - Origins of Urban Sociology: Britain and the United States, 1880-1930.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. BLAINEY, G. — The Causes of War. Sun Books and Macmillan, London, 1977 (enlarged edition), pp. x + 302. 2. DENING. G. M. - Xavier. A Centenary Portrait. Graphic Press, 1977. 3. PHILIPS, D. - Crime and Authority in 'Victorian England: The Black Country 1835-1860. Croom Helm, London, 1977.

BOOKLET 4. BLAINEY, G. — The Politics of Big Business: a History. Academy of Social Sciences, Canberra, 1977, pp. 17.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 5. BLAINEY. G. — Forward to Adelaide Lubbock, People in Glass Houses. Nelson, Melbourne, 1977, pp. xi- xii. 6. BLAINEY, G. — Foreword to R. Lacour-Gayet, A Concise History of Australia, Penguin Books, 1977, pp. ix-x. 7. MERWICK, D. - Orestes Brownson and the Boston Catholic Clergy, 1844 to I860 in American Studies Down Under: Proceedings of the Australian and New Zealand American Studies Association, ed. Norman Harper, University of Queensland Press, 1976.

ARTICLES 8. CULICAN, W. C. - Seals in Bronze Mounts. Rivista di Studi Fenici. V, 1, (1977) 1-4. 9. CULICAN, W. C. - Syrian and Cvpriot Cubical Seals. Levant, IX, 162-7 (1977). 10. CULICAN, W. C. - The Case for the Baurat-Schiller Crowns. J. Wallers Art Gallery. 35. 15-36 (1977). 11. ORCHISTON, D. W. - Discovery of the bones of the extinct giant rail, Aptornis otidiformis, at an archaic site near Needles Point, Marlborough. New Zealand Archaeological Association Newsletter 20, (1977). 12. ORCHISTON, D. W. - Petrological studies in South Island New Zealand Prehistory. 2. Maori use of while limestone. The Artefact (n.s.) 2: 171-196 (1977). 13. ORCHISTON. D. W. - Prehistoric man in the Nth. Canterbury Downlands, New Zealand Archaeological Association Newsletter 20: 114-121 (1977). 14. ORCHISTON, D. W. et al. - "A historv of 19th Centurv investigations at the Lancefield megafaunal site. 77je Artefact (n.s.) 2: 105-122 (1977). 15. ORCHISTON, D. W. et al. - The significance of the Dry Creek archaeological sites in Australian prehistory. In 48th ANZAAS Congress Abstracts 2, 473 (1977). 16. RIDLEY, R. T. - Ettore Pais. Heltkon 15/16, 500-533. 17. RIDLEY, R. T. - Reactions to Octavian-Augustus. Iris, 9-27. 18. SOWERWINE, C. O. - Le Groupe feministe socialiste (1899-1902). Le Mouvemem social. No. 90. 19. SOWERWINE, C. O. - The Organization of French Socialist Women, 1880-1914: A European Perspective for Women's Movements. Historical Reflections/Reflexions Historiques. Winter 1976. 20. SOWERWINE, C. O. - Revolution and Introduction (the latter with D. Philips), ABC Civilization Series. The 19th Century. 21. SOWERWINE, C. O. - Women and the Origins of the French Socialist Party: A Neglicted Contribution. Third Republic/Troisieme Republique. Winter 1976-77. 22. SOWERWINE, C. O. - Women, Socialism, and Feminism, 1872-1922. Third Republic/Troisieme Republique. Winter 1976-77. 23. ZIKA, C. - Reuchlin and Erasmus: Humanism and Occult Philosophy. Journal of History of Religions, 9: 223-246 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HOFFMAN, J. E. - "The Malay Language as a Force in Nationalism in the Indonesian Archipelago, 1870- 1930". 2. McPHEE, P. - "The Study of the Nature of, and Reasons for the Emergence of a Left Wing Tradition in France under the 2nd French Republic". 32 FACULTY OF ARTS

Master of Arts 3 FERGUSON, B. A. - "Quadripartite Interaction of Portland, Mt. Gambicr, Adelaide and Melbourne 1860- 1917". 4. KEANE. Ms. M. D. — "Missionary Families in thc New Hebrides". 5. WALKER. D. J. - "Puritan Arguments in the 1640s". HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE

Chairman of department: Dr F. J. Clendinnen Professor RODERICK WEIR HOME Readers FREDERICK JOHN CLENDINNEN DIANA JOAN DYASON Senior Lecturer JOHN CLIFTON POTTAGE Lecturers MONICA MACKINTOSH MACCALLUM HENRY PAUL KRIPS HOMER EUGENE LE GRAND Part-time Lecturer LESLIE JAMES JONES Graduate Research Assistant HAZEL GWEN MAXIAN Senior Research Fellow LYNDSAY ANDREW FARRALL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. HISTORY OF SCIENCE 1. R. W. HOME - Thc evolution of physics during the eighteenth century. 2. D. J. DYASON - Aspects of thc germ theory of disease. 3. D. J. DYASON - Public health in colonial Victoria. 4. J. C. POTTAGE - Mathematical heuristic, with special reference to classical (Euclidean) geometry. 5. M. M. MACCALLUM - James Blake and the history of pharmacology in thc nineteenth century. 6. H. E. LE GRAND — The French chemical community and the 'chemical revolution' of the eighteenth and early nineteenth centuries. 7. L. A. FARRALL - Biology and society in Australia, 1850-1940. 8. L. A. FARRALL — Aspects of the history of the English eugenics movement. 9. L. A. FARRALL — Aspects ofthe history and epistemology of Microncsian navigational knowledge.

B. PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE 1. F. J. CLENDINNEN - The analvtic-synthetic distinction. 2. F. J. CLENDINNEN - Mathematical truth and ontology. 3. F. J. CLENDINNEN — Identity and inter-theoretic reduction. 4. H. P. KRIPS — Demarcation of science from non-science. 5. H. P. KRIPS — Theories of space and time. 6. H. P. KRIPS — Foundations of quantum theory.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTER OF BOOK I. HOME, R. W. and CLENDINNEN, F. J. - Commentary and Exercises, pp. 54-59 in Bernard Jafl'e, Michelson and the Speed of Light. 2nd. ed., with additional material by R. W. Home and F. J. Clendinnen. Heinemann Educational, Melbourne. 1977.

ARTICLES

2. HOME, R. W. - Aepinus, the Tourmaline Crystal, and the Theory of Electricity and Magnetism, his. 67 pp. 21-30 (1976). 3. HOME, R. W. - Review of Raymond J. Seeger, Benjamin Franklin: New World Phvsicisl (Oxford, 1973), /.tit. 67: pp. 130-131 (1976). 4. HOME, R. W. - The Scientific Education of Catherine the Great, Melbourne Slavonic Studies. No. 11, pp. 18-22 (1976). 5. HOME, R. W. - The History and Philosophy ofScience: Its Place in Science Teaching. Some Introductory Remarks, Australian Science Teachers Journal. 23(2): pp. 5-7 (1977). 6. HOME. R. W. - "Newtonianism" and thc Theory of the Magnet. Historv ofScience. 15: pp. 252-266 (1977). 7. CLENDINNEN, F. J. - Inference, Practice and Theory. Svnthese. 34: pp. 89-132 (1977). 8. DYASON, D. J. - After Thirty Years: History and Philosophy of Science in Australia, 1946-1976, Melbourne Studies in Education, 1977. pp. 45-74. 9. KRIPS. H. P. - Quantum Theorv and Measures on Hilbert Space, J.Math.I'hvsics. IS: pp. 1015-1021 (1977). 10. LE GRAND. H. E. - Genius and the Dogmati/ation of Error, Organon (Warsaw), 13: pp. 193-209 (1977). 11. FARRALL. L. A. - On Teaching Social Studies ofScience in Papua New Guinea, 4S Newsletter, 2(3): pp. 25-27 (1977).

33 34 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Arts

1. JARASIUS, VIDA - An Analysis of Quine's Philosophy ofScience

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress PETER J. GALLE — The Meaning of Theoretical Terms MARGARET A. NAYLER — Theories of Muscle Function after the Seventeenth Century M.A. Theses in Progress VIVIAN E. BOUNDS - Some Problems in Epistemology JOHN F. CLARK - The Quantification of Electrostatics in the Early Nineteenth Centurv GEORGE G. DURBRIDGE - Probability and the Coherence Theory of Knowledge JEANETTE EICH1NSKI — The Controversy between Richard Kirwan and James Hutton concerning the Theory of the Earth GRAEME A. K. HUNT - The Role ofthe Concept of Set LESLIE J. JONES — The Contribution of John Ridley to Australian Technology JILL R. KEEN — Dr William McCrae. First Chairman of the Central Board of Health in the Colony of Victoria ROBERT B. KENNEDY - The Development of the Concept of Normal Distribution DENIS C. KENNEDY - On Zeno's Paradoxes MARGARET J. McCARTH Y — Investigations of Scientific Methods and Predictions with Special Reference to Lakatos JOHN D. O'HAGAN — A Work on Human Generation formerly attributed to Albert the Great. 'De secrclis mulierum et virorum'. RAYMOND J. OVERTON - The'Beginnings of Group Theorv THEODORE F. SCHMECKPEPER - The Interaction of Scientific and Theological Considerations in the Leibniz—Clarke Correspondence ANTHONY P. SMITH — The Statistical Relevance Account of Explanation ALAN B. TAYLOR - The Royal Society under Newton G. DAVID TURNBULL — Some Historical and Philosophical Aspects of the Demarcation between Science and Non-science M.Sc Theses in Progress BRENDEN G. DAVEY — Kantian Explications ofthe Metaphysical Residues of Newton's Concept of Space WILLIAM GILL - Chemistry and Public Health in the Nineteenth Century JOHN T. OZOLINS - An Examination of Personalisi Probability

GRANT R. W. HOME — ARGC grant for a study of 'The Mathematization of Physics during the Eighteenth Century'. INDIAN STUDIES

Chairman of department: Mr S. N. Ray

Reader-in-Charge SIBNARAYAN RAY Senior Lecturer ATINDRA MOJUMDER Lecturer JOHN MARTIN DUNHAM Tutor TELWATTE RAHULA

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. British Interests in Religious Matters in Eastern India. 2. A critical study of Rasavahini. 3. A critical study of Gatha-Saptasati. 4. Intellectuals and Social Change in Asia. 5. Renaissance in Bengal. 6. M. N. Roy: projected biography of a revolutionary, in three volumes. 7. Social organization and religious beliefs of the Santals.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. DUNHAM, JOHN - Sources for the Study of British India in the Stale Library of Victoria Part I Serials. Library Council of Victoria. Melbourne, 1977 (pp. vii + 74). 2. MADDERN, MARIAN — Bengali Poetry into English: an impossible dream?. Melbourne University Indian Studies Monograph I, Editions Indian, Calcutta, 1977 (pp.xiii + 104). 3. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Apartheid in Shakespeare and other Reflections. United Writers, Calcutta, 1977 (pp. 166). 4. RULE, PAULINE - The Pursuit of Progress: A study of ihe intellectual development of R. C. Dull 1848- 1883. Melbourne University Indian Studies Monograph 2, Editions Indian, Calcutta, 1978. (pp. 170).

ARTICLES 1. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Radicalism and the Bengali Intelligentsia (1827-1930), Solidarity xi:2:41-50 (1977). 2. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Hinduism, the Bengal Renaissance and Tagore. The Visvahharati Quarterly 41:1- 4: 181-215 (1976). 3. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Thc Sikha Movement (1927-32): Bengali Muslim Intelligentsia in search of Modernity. The Radical Humanist 41:9 and 10: 10-15; 11-15 (1977-78). 4. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Bharat - jijnasa: Problems of Indian Hisloriographv. Kolkata V: 2:1-28 (1977). 5. RAY, SIBNARAYAN - Gandhi's Charisma. Methodology and Utopia, Desh 44:49:11-23 (1977).

THESIS SUBMITTED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor nf Philosophy I. BACSKOVSZKY, ELIZABETH - The Last Phase of Rabindranath Tagore

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress 1. G. M. BAILEY — The Mythology of the god Brahma 2. J. M. DUNHAM — Time and History in ihe Mahabharata 3. MARIAN MADDERN — A Bengali Grammar: Structure of Bengali in relation to that of English 4. PAULINE RULE - Crime and Society in Calcutta 1859-1947. M.A. Theses in Progress 5. NILANJANA DEY - Bengal Congress in Legislative Politics 1937-47 6. MOH1NDAR S. DHILLON - Radical Trends in Indian Literature 1920-47 7. JOSEE MACH - A Critical Study of 19th Century Moslem Elites 8. ROMA O'NEILL — Institutionalized Spirit Possession in Religious Ceremonies in the Ganyar District of India 9. G. J. PRATT - M. A. Jinnah and the Partition of India 10. I. R. PURVIS - Bauls of Bengal II. L. B. RIVERS — Tagorc's Approach to the Education of the Child 12. L. G. SHOME — Women in post-independence Indo-English Fiction 13. L. STRANGE — The Dynatnios of Vernacular Education in Bengal in the ISJO's. 14. D. J. WHITE — Tradition and Innovation in Badnore Painting

35 INDONESIAN AND MALAYAN STUDIES

Chairman of department: Mr J. P. Sarumpaet

Senior Lecturers JAN PIETER SARUMPAET, MUHAMMAD SLAMET Lecturer CHARLES ANTONY COPPEL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Syntax and etymology of Bahasa Indonesia. 2. Modern usage in Bahasa Indonesia. 3. Compilation of Toba-Batak — Bahasa Indonesia dictionary. 4. Collection of material on the life and work of the writer, Idrus. 5. Priangan gentry-peasantry relationships. 6. "Subud" and "Pangestu" spiritual movements. 7. History of Confucian religion in Indonesia. 8. Comparative study of Chinese and Arab minorities in Indonesia.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. SARUMPAET, J. P. - The Structure of Bahasa Indonesia, Sahata Publications, Melbourne, 1977 (pp. XII + 280).

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 2. COPPEL. C. A. — The Chinese Minority: Politics or Culture?, in People and Society in Indonesia: A Biographical Approach. Leonard Y. Andava, Charles Coppel and Yuji Suzuki, pp. 12-30, Monash University, Melbourne, 1977 (pp.ii + 50). 3. O'NEILL, ROMA - Institutionalized Spirit Possession and Healing Rites in a Balinese village, in Australian Essavs in World Religions, ed. Victor C. Hayes, pp. 49-65, Australian Association for the Study of Religions, Adelaide, 1977, (pp. 128). 4. SLAMET, M. — Priyayi Value Conflict, in Religion and Social Ethos in Indonesia. Benedict R. O'G. Anderson, Mitsua Makamura and Muhammad Slamet, pp. 33-47, Monash University, Melbourne, 1977 (pp. ii + 61).

ARTICLES 5. COPPEL, C. A. — Values and thc Study of the Indonesian Chinese, in Review of Indonesian and Malayan Affairs X/2: 77-84 (Julv-I)ec. 1076). 6. COPPEL. C. A. - Studying the Chinese Minorities: A Review, in Indonesia 24: 175-183 (October, 1977).

THESIS IN PROGRESS Master of Arts R. O'NEILL — Trance and Religion in Bali

36 ITALIAN

Chairman of department: Professor C A. McCormick Professor COLIN ANGUS McCORMICK Senior Lecturer CORDELIA GUNDOLF Lecturer MYRA CAUO Principal Tutor ANNA MARIA SABBIONE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The poetry of Montale. 2. Ferdinando Gagliardi and his book on Australia. 3 Italian dialects in Australia. 4. Early Italian anarchists in Australia. 5. Enlightenment in 18th century Italy. M.A Theses in Progress P. GENOVES1 - Periodization of Italian 20th century literature J. GIOSCIO - The dialects of Lucania W. MUSOLINO - 77ie poctrv of Eugenio Montale I. O'HALLORAN - The poetry of Umberto Saba MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES

Chairman of department: Mr A. D. Hallam

Professor JOHN BOWMAN Readers A1M0 EDWARD MURTONEN, JOHN ARTHUR THOMPSON Senior Lecturers ARTHUR DUDLEY HALLAM, ABDUL KHAL1Q KAZI, NASSEH MIRZA Lecturer JAMES GARFIELD FRASER

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Commentary on Jeremiah - Dr J. A. Thompson. 2. The character of Israel's 'Haters' in the Old Testament — Dr J. A. Thompson. 3. Hebrew in its West Semitic Setting - Dr A. Murtonen. 4. History of Islam in Australia since World War 2 - Dr A. K. Kazi. 5. A Study of Modern Arab Society — Dr N. Mir/.a. 6. Baptism and Atonement in Syriac Christianity — Professor J. Bowman.

THESES IN PROGRESS

A. ARABIC AND ISLAMIC (MIDDLE EASTi STUDIES PhD Theses in Progess ATA. I. — Impact of the Australian culture on the assimilation and social behaviour of Lebanese migrants in Melbourne MOJUMDER, A. J. — Arabic, Persian and Turkish words in Bengali SALT. J. — The building of the Hejaz railway M.A. Theses in Progress DAY, A. — Sources and elements of Mughal Miniatures at the time of Akbar and Jahangir DIAB, E. — Conditions in Egypt leading up to the political revolution of 1952 KEDEM, R. — Symbolism in Islamic Art. Middle Eastern art and art concepts MOUSSA, MOHAMMAD — Crime and Punishment in Islamic Sharia MOUSSA, MOHAMAD EM AD A. A. - A Comparative Study of Al-Farabi'.s First Chief and the Muslim Caliph NAZRALLAH. N. - The Palestine Problem

B. ARCHAEOLOGY (MIDDLE EASTERN) PhD Theses in Progress CLARK, V. — A study of Safaitic Inscriptions from the Eastern Desert of Transjordan OSBORNE, W. — The Development of Judicial Procedures in the Ancient Near East M.A. Thesis in Progress SAMSONAKIS, S. — Sociological aspects ofthe Safaitic Society

C. COMPARATIVE RELIGION (MIDDLE EAST] M.A. Theses in Progress FLATTLEY. K. — God and Suffering in Biblical and Post-Biblical Literature WHITE, P. J. — 77ie Influence of Syrian Asceticism on the Ascelical Theology of St. John Chrysostom

D. HEBREW STUDIES PhD Theses in Progress AMINOKF, I. — The Conflict between Jacob and Esau as Refected in Midrashic-Talnntdic Sources and Contemporary Parallel Literature BERGMAN. B. — Hebrew Literature — A New Method of Analysis HALLAM, A. D. — Jesus and the Hebrew Heritage SHAVITSKY, Z. — A Critical and Comparative Study of Methods of Teaching language to Immigrants to Israel and in Australia

38 MIDDLE EASTERN STUDIES 39

M.A. Theses in Progress AVIAD, E. — The Language of the Mishnah According to Manuscripts and Oral Tradition KAL1CH, E. — The Part-lime Education in the Jewish Community as a Contributing Factor Determining the Maintenance of their National Identity in their Country of Adoption 1920-40

E. JUDAICA AND JUDAEO-CHRISTIAN STUDIES M.A. Theses in Progress FIELD, R. - The Symbol Fire in Biblical and Post-Biblical Literature LENG, W. — Symbolism in Selected Prophets in Israel LLOYD, A. — The Exegetical Methods of John Chrysostom McNAIR, D. - Biblical Influences in Writing of C. S. Lewis TUDBALL, B. — A form critical study of the Seventh Century Minor Prophets of Israel

F. SYRIAC STUDIES PhD Theses in Progress FRANK, E. — A Translation and Critical Edition of Medieval Syriac Manuscripts OKNO, G. — A Critical Theological Analysis of St. Ephraem's Hymns and Homilies M.A. Thesis in Progress MAHON, P. — Early Christian lives oj the Saints or Martyrs

PUBLISHED WORKS

BOOKS I. BOWMAN, J. - Samaritan Documents - Relating lo their History. Religion and Life. Translated and edited by John Bowman. (Pittsburgh 1977). pp. 370.

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 2. THOMPSON, J. A. — The root 'Im in Semitic Languages and some proposed new translations in Ugaritic and Hebrew, in A Tribute to Arthur Vobbus, Studies in Early Christian Literature and its environment primarily in the Syrian East. (Chicago, 1977), pp. 159-166. 3. BOWMAN, J. - Exorcism and Baptism, in /( Tribute to Arthur Voobus. Studies in Early Christian Literature and its environment primarily in the Syrian East. (Chicago, 1977), pp. 249-263.

ARTICLES 4. THOMPSON, J. A. - Israel's 'Lovers', Vents Testamenlum. XXVII. 4. 1977. pp. 475-481.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. JAWARY, S. - A Critical Discussion and Translation of the Anonymous Garshuni Commentary on Genesis — 11:26 36:20 According to Mingana Ms. 132A. Master of A rts 2. FARQUER. A. M. - Christology in the Quran 3. PRESTON, L. - Gnosticism: A Psychological Interpretation of Gnostic Themes 4. SALT, J. — Islam in Syrian Ideology and Political Practice PHILOSOPHY Chairman of department: Fr. J. E. D'Arcy

Boycc Gibson Professor LEONARD GODDARD Readers CECIL ANTHONY JOHN COADY JOSEPH ERIC D'ARCY GRAEME DONALD MARSHALL JAN TADEUSZ JFRZY SRZEDNICKI Senior Lecturers DONALD LAWRENCE GUNNER MARY AGNES McCLOSKEY Lecturers BRENDA MARY JUDGE BRUCE LANGTRY LEONARD JOHN O'NEILL WILLIAM KEVIN PRESA VERNON IRVING RICE BRIAN FRANCIS SCARLETT BARRY MARSHALL TAYLOR Research Fellow Visiting Professor ALLAN CAMERON JACKSON Senior Tutor ANN ELIZABETH JACKSON Full-time Tutors LYNDA CLAIRE BURNS DENIS JOHN ROBINSON Part-time Tutors MELVYN AKIE IRENE BLONDER LYNNE BROUGHTON ALEX DEL PORTO BARBARA GREY RUSSELL GRIGG VIDA JARASIUS HINTON I.OWF CATHY LOWY GEOFFREY MARNELL RICHARD MILLER ANN NEGRI CHRIS OPIE TA MAS PATAKI WAYNE PATTERSON JOHN PRICE NATHAN TIERNEY STANISLAUS VAN HOOFT RICHARD WYATT

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Representation and Reality (for PhD thesis al ANU) - Brenda Judge. 2. Locke on Representative Ideas: Agency and Causation - Brenda Judge. 3. The Semantics of Mass Terms (for PhD thesis at La Trobe) — D. J. Robinson. 4. Logical probability; identity through time: the philosophy of Leibniz - B. Langtry. 5. Definition of knowledge — C. Lowy. 6. Social Problems — C. Lowy. 7. Principles of Rational Enquiry - I.. J. O'Neill. 8. Studies on the Tractatus I.ogico Philosophicus — L. J. O'Neill. 9. Leibniz; objectivity, identity through time - L. J. O'Neill. 10. Critical problems — J. T. i. Srzednicki. 11. Inquiry into the nature of ethical discourse — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 12. Examination of concepts of democratic and responsive governments — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 13. S. Lesniewski's Logical papers (a translation and edition of Lesniewski's collected published work in collaboration with the Institute of Logic, Jagicllon University, Krakow, and D. Barnett, department of Philosophy, Flinders University) - .1. T. J. Srzednicki. 14. Limits of computation — J. T. J. Srzednicki. 15. The semantics of natural language - B. M. Taylor. 16. Reductionism — D. I.. Gunner. 17. Rawls's Reflective Equilibrium, especially his account of Conscientious Refusal and Tolerating the Intolerant - Eric D'Arcy. 18. Intellectualist, Symbolist, and self-contained-language-games accounts ofthe logical status of religious belief and ritual — Eric D'Arcy. 19. Four Essays on Rationality - G. D. Marshall. 20. Ovcrdetermination and the Emotions - G. D. Marshall.

40 PHILOSOPHY 41

21. Activity and Passivity - G. D. Marshall. 22. Epiphenomenalism — B. F. Scarlett. 23. Sensation - B. F. Scarlett. 24. Reasons, Morals and Mental Conflict - M. A. McCloskey. 25. An Interpretation of Kant's Critique of Aesthetic Judgement — M. A. McCloskey. 26. Foundations of Aesthetic Appraisal - M. A. McCloskey. 27. Intrinsic Good — M. A. McCloskey. 28. Pleasure, Beautv and Good in Plato - M. A. McCloskey. 29. Mysticism - VV. K. Presa. 30. Emotions - W. K. Presa. 31. Metaphor and imagination - \V. K. Presa.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS SRZEDNICKI. J. T. J. ed. - Melbourne International Philosophy Series. (With L. M. Broughton, assist, editor.) (Publisher: Martin Nijhoff, The Hague.) Published volumes: 1. N. KOTENSTRE1CH - Philosophy. History and Politics. 1976. 2. J. T. I. SRZEDNICKI - Elements of Social and Political Philosophy. 1976. 3. W. TATARKIEWICZ - Analysis of Happiness. 1976. Others in preparation.

ARTICLES 1. D'ARCV, E. - Conscience in Journal of Medical Ethics. London, June 1977. 2. JUDGE, B. - On Reflection in Psychotherapy (forthcoming). 3. LANGTRY. B. - Popper on Induction and Independence in Philosophy of Science 44 (1977). pp. 326-331. 4. LANGTRY. B. - Young on Decisions Concerning Medical Aid in Theory and Decision S (1977). pp. 377-379. 5. LOWY. C. - Gettier's Notion of Justification in Mind, January 1977. 6. LOWY. C. — The Distinction between Health and Welfare — a Conceptual Discussion with Special Reference lo the Arthritic. Paper presented at A.N.Z.A.A.S. Conference, August 1977. 7. O'NEILL, L. J. - Account of Hume's Causation in Philosophical Studies (forthcoming). 8. SRZEDNICKI. J. T. J. - The Two Paradoxes of Induction in Dialectics and Humanism, Februarv 1976. 9. TAYLOR, B. M. - Tense and Continuity in Linguistics and Philosophy I: pp. 199-220 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. PATTERSON, W. A. - The Identity Theory of Mind Master of Arts 2. AK1E, M. — A Characterization of Justice 3. BRIN. P. — Self Realization: an analysis 4. HUGHES. D. - An Examination of an Argument of E. L. Mascall's in The Christian Universe 5. JARASIUS. V — An Analysis of Quine's Philosophy ofScience 6. JONAS, R. - Metaphysics and the Consciousness of Individuals 7. WYATT, R. - Slramon's Metaphysics in his Individuals

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress L. BROUGHTON — Language and Innate Structure L. BURNS — Precision and Vagueness J. CROSSTHWAITE — Analysis and Comparison of Some Theories of Meaning C. GARDNER - Punishment' B. GREY — 77me. Responsibility and the Essential Attributes of Persons H. LOWE — Aeslhelic Judgement C. OPIE - Vagueness T. PATAKI - Facts. Events and Stales of Affairs A. THEOPHANOUS — The Structure of Experience and the Foundations of Science J. WECKERT - Conceptual Schemes M.A Theses in Progress I. BLONDER — Psychologism: Frege-Husserl Dispute R. COTTER — Teleological Explanation and Action A. DEL PORTO - Davidson's Identity Theory R. GR1GG — Hermeneulic Phenomenology of Paul Ricoeur 42 FACULTY OF ARTS

G. MARNELL - Hypothetical Universalization in Ethics R. MILLER - On Explanation R. MILTIADOU - The Status of Reality A. NEGRI - Equality - Political Philosophy G. RAWNSLEY — The possibility of Formalizing an Inductive Logic — Philosophy ofScience A. RAY — Philosophical Problems of Political Utopianism C. SANDS — A Review of Freud and Sartre's Theories of Mind G. SMITH - Kant: 3rd Antinomy N. TIERNEY - Philosophy of Natural Science POLITICAL SCIENCE

Chairman of department: Professor A. F. Davies Professors ALAN FRASER DAVIES JOHN MARCUS POWER Readers KENNETH GREGORY ARMSTRONG LLOYD GORDON CHURCHWARD EDWIN ARTHUR HUCK (Dean of Arts) LEON GEORGE PERES Senior Lecturers PHILLIP GEORGE CAVELL DARBY MARJORIE JEAN HOLMES ALAN HUGO HUGHES DAVID ALASTAIR KEMP FRANK GRAHAM LITTLE DONALD FRANCIS MILLER Lecturers BRUCE WYNDHAM HEADEY JONATHAN KING DAVID FRANCIS BURKE TUCKER Research Assistant ELSIE HOLMSTROM Senior Associate SIR WILLIAM KILPATRICK

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A rollcall analysis of U.S. Congressmen's ideology. 2. A survey of the Australian public's expressed values and aspirations, to be used as a basis for designing appropriate "positive'' welfare programs. 3. An econometric study of different rates of economic return available to homeowners and tenants under different sets of assumptions about inflation, mortgage interest rates and investment returns. 4. Work roles of Victorian public servants. 5. The structure of federal/state public opinion in Australia. 6. Culture and party politics in Australia. 7. Swinging voters. 8. Electoral analysis. 9. The concept of metaphor and its relation to knowledge and social exchange. 10. Local government in Australia. 11. Intergovernmental relations in Australia. 12. Urban development corporations in Australia. 13. Skills, passions and outlooks. 14. A social and political history of Australia. 15. Research into strains on responsible government in Australia today. 16. Anomic sentiment in prisons. 17. The measurement of optimal liberal sentiments. 18. Worker participation in management in West Germany.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. DAVIES. A. F., ENCEL, S. and BERRY, M. - (eds.) Australian Society A Sociological Introduction (3rd Edition), Longman Cheshire. Melbourne. 1977. 2. HOLMES, J. and SIIARMAN, C. - (joint authors) - The Australian Federal Svstem Allen & Unwin, Sydney. 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. DARBY. P. G. C. — "East of Suez Reassessed" in British Defence Policy in a Changing World. J. Baylis (ed.), Croom Helm London, 1977,_pp. 52-65. 2. LITTLE. G. (with E. HOLMSTROM) - "Family Authority" in A. F. Davies, S. Enccl. M. Berry (eds.), Australian Society A Sociological Introduction. Longman Cheshire, 1977. 3. LITTLE. G. - "Students' Conceptions of the University", in O. Dent, P. Kringas and S. Mugford, (eds.) Readings in Social Research and the Life Cycle. A.N.U. Press. 1977.

ARTICLES 4. HEADEY, B. — "Governing Parties as Agenda Setters. Policy Initiators and Policy Reactors: Housing Politics in Sweden, the U.K. and the U.S.A." American Political Science Association Conference proceedings. September 1-4, 1977.

43 44 FACULTY OF ARTS

5. HOLMES, J. — "Administrative Style and Sir Frederic Eggleston", Australian Journal of Public Administration 36: 3, 249-257 (1977). 6. HOLMES, J. — "Administrative Chronicle of Victoria" in Australian Journal of Public Administration 36: 3, 285-291 (1977). 7. HOLMES, J. - "Making Federalism Work: The State Perspective in The Politics of New Federalism of "New Federalsim". ed. Dean Jaensch, A.P.S.A., Adelaide, pp. 192-6 (1977). 8. HOLMES, J. - "Bureaucrats on the Brink? - a Critique in Bureaucrats on the Brink. R.I.P.A. Qld.. pp. 115-23, 1977. 9. HOLMES, J. - "Political Chronicle - Victoria" in Australian Journal of Politics and Historv 22: I, pp. 85- 91; 22: 3, pp. 405-10 (1977). 10. HOLMES. J. - "Victorian State Politics" CA B. 53: II. 16-31 (1977). 11. KEMP, D. A. - "Political Parties and Australian Culture" Quadrant. XXI. No. 12: 3-13 (1977).

In 1977 there were 17 Doctor of Philosophy candidates and 35 Master of Arts (16 full-time and 19 part-time) enrolled in the department.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. McINTYRE, ANGUS PILCHER - Political Styles and Political Change in the Communist Party of A ustralia Master of Arts 2. MARKWICK, ROGER DENNIS - Leon Trotsky: The Rise of Fascism and the Communist International 3. NICHOLLS, MARGOT VIOLET - Growing Crisis in Commonwealth/State Financial Relations 1948-1973 4. PALMER, DAVID F. - Army Base-Host Community: A Case Study of the Social Integration ofthe Military and Larger Society 5. WEBB, ANN VALERIE - Biafra: Foreign Policy in the Quest for Statehood. 1967-1970 6. WIENEKE, DIANE - Politics and Personality 7. WHITFORD, KEITH JAMES - 77ie Political Imagination of British Migrant Schoolchildren PSYCHOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor Alexander J. Wearing Professors SAMUEL BATTLE HAMMOND GORDON VEITCH STANLEY ALEXANDER JAMES WEARING Readers FRANK KNOPFELMACHER ROGER JULYAN WALES Senior Lecturers WARREN KEITH BARTLETT LOREN ROSS BORLAND GODFREY GARDNER NORMA GRIEVE TAMARA KOTLER CHARLES WILLIAM LANGLEY KEITH FRANCES TAYLOR KEVIN WILLIAM WALSH Lecturers PATRICIA LESLEY BROTHERTON TERRENCE MICHAEL CAELLI IAN MATTHEW CAMPBELL ANTOINETTE GABRIELLE CROSS GORDON RICHARD GATES VIRGINIA MARGARET HOLMES NANCY ELLEN McMURRAY JEFFERY JOSEPH SUMMERS Senior Tutors SUSAN MARY CHAMBERS MARIA CHRISTINA LAWSON CHRISTINE MARGARET MARTIN THEODORUS GERARDUS WERNER NIENHUYS ROBYN PENMAN Tutors RIGMOR HELENE BERG ROSS McNElL GURNEY LYNNE JENKINS GERALD1NE O'CONNOR GWYNETH OTTREY MICHAEL WALLIS ROSS YVONNE STOLK HUGH TONER RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Markovian stability in behaviour sequences. 2. Symmetrization of incidence matrices. 3. Geometry of visual space-time. 4. Processes underlying visual shape, texture, and motor perception. 5. Multidimensional scaling of curved spaces. 6. Instrument effect in objective personality inventories. 7. The natural history of personality disorders. 8. The efficacy of restricted sensory input as a therapeutic technique. 9. Thc role of parent and sibling speech in normal, delayed, and aphasic language development. 10. Language acquisition and cognitive development in normal, deaf, and communicatively disordered children. 11. The development of speech, language, and conversation abilities in day-care centres. 12. Investigations of mother-infant interaction at the pre-linguistic stages. 13. Handedness. 14. Audiogenic seizures. 15. Timing and behaviour. 16. Neuropsychology of multiple sclerosis. 17. Cerebral asymmetry. 18. Context effects in sentence comprehension. 19. Early visuo-motor experience in the kitten. 20. Freud and Weber. 21. Paradigms in the social sciences. 22. Parental involvement and school achievement in a socio-economically homogeneous group. 23. Methods of representing interpersonal relations in families — by structural analysis and by mutual evaluations. 24. Socio-economic contrasts in same-sex and cross-sex parent-child interactions. 25. Contrasting resources in disturbed and non-disturbed family systems. 26. Personal space, body build, and self-esteem. 27. Assertion training with adolescents. 28. Human relations training, self-esteem, and socialization with primary school children. 29. Aspects of concept learning with mentally retarded students. 30. Effects of assertion training on adolescent delinquent self-esteem. 31. Acquisition and development of phonology in children. 32. Sex roles, homosexuality, and societal control.

45 46 FACULTY OF ARTS

33. Cross-cultural studies in conservatism and political socialiation. 34. Developmental assessment techniques in developmental neuropsychology. 35. Psychological factors in pain. 36. Visual information processing in dyslexia. 37. Memory representation and the production of skilled movements. 38. A longitudinal study of career development. 39. Intonation and ambiguity. 40. Children's abilities to use words involving spatial and temporal references. 41. The analysis and synthesis of speech by computer. 42. Subjective models of the economy. 43. Methodological problems in dynamic modelling. 44. Social judgment theory and decision making. 45. Complexity and problem solving and decision making. 46. Social impact analysis. 47. Stages in problem solving.

PUBLISHED WORKS

BOOK I. DAY, R. H. and STANLEY, G. V. - Eds. Studies in Perception. University of Western Australia Press, 1977.

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 2. CROSS, A. G. — Mother's Speech Adjustments: the Contribution of Selected Child Listener Variables, in Talking to Children: Language Input and Acquisition, eds C. E. Snow and C. A. Ferguson, pp. 151-188. Cambridge University Press, 1977. 3. HAMMOND, S. B. — Personality Studied by the Method of Rating in the Life Situation, in Handbook of Modern Personality Theorv, eds R. B. Cattell and R. M. Dreger, pp. 43-68. Halstead Press, New York. 1977. 4. HERON, A., GARDNER, L. and GRIEVE, N. - Concrete Operational Development in Yugoslav Immigrant and Australian Children, in Basic Problems in Cross-Cultural Psychology, cd. Y. H. Poortinga, pp. 43-68. Swets and Zeitlinger, Amsterdam, 1977. 5. STANLEY, G. V. - Visual Information Processing and Specific Reading Disability (Dyslexia), in Studies in Perception, eds R. H. Day and G. V. Stanley, pp. 224-240. University of Western Australia Press, 1977.

ARTICLES 6. ARMSTRONG, A. F. and WEARING, A. J. — A Social Impact Assessment of Changes in Mornington Peninsula. Social Impact Assessment 23: 14 (1977) (abstract). 7. BROTHERTON, P. L. and PENMAN, R. A. - A Comparison of Some Characteristics of Male and Female Speech. Journal of Social Psychology 103: 161-162 (1977). 8. CAELLI, T. M. - Is Perceived Length Affected by Interactions between Orientation Detectors? Vision Research 17: 837-941 (1977). 9. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. — Maturational State of the Auditory Receptor System and the Sensitive Period for Priming for Audiogenic Seizure in Mice. Experimental Neurology 54: 283-290 (1977). 10. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. — Effects of 6-Aminonicotinamide on Abolition and Induction of Audiogenic Seizure. Experimental Neurology 57: 1049-1053 (1977). 11. CHEN, C. S. and GATES, G. R. - Offset-induced Audiogenic Seizures. Experientia 33: 1467-1468 (1977). 12. CLARK, G. M., O'LOUGHLIN, B. J.. RICKARDS. F. W.. TONG. Y. C. and WILLIAMS. A. J. - Assessment of Cochlea Implant Patients. Journal of Laryngology and Otology 91: 697-708 (1977). 13. CROSS, A. G. — Mothers' Speech Adjustments and Child Language Learning: Some Methodological Considerations Working Papers in Linguistics No. 3: 15-32. University of Melbourne, 1977. 14. ELTON, D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Relaxation as a means of pain control. Psychotherapy 63: 22 (1977). 15. ELTON, D., BURROWS, G. D. and STANLEY, G. V. - Psychological Control of Pain. Australian Journal of Clinical Hypnosis 5: 12-24 (1977). 16. GARDNER, GODFREY — The Higher-order Needs of London Bus Crews: a Two-factor Analysis. Human Relations 30: 767-785 (1977). 17. GARDNER. GODFREY - Is there a Valid Test of Herzberg's Two-factor Theory? Journal of Occupational Psychology 50: 197-204 (1977). 18. GARDNER, GODFREY - Workers' Participation - a Critical Evaluation of Coch and French. Human Relations 30: 1071-1078 (1977). 19. HILL, D. J., GARDNER, G. J., CARSON, N. E., EAST, SUSAN, GRAY, N. J.. HEFFERNAN, M. W. and PAGET, N. S. — General Practitioners and Cancer Education. Australian Familv Phvsician 6: pp. 4 (1977). 20. McMURRAY, N. E. and BERNARD, M. E. - Instructional Design for Accelerating Children's Concept Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology 69: 660-667 (1977). 21. NIENHUYS, T. G. W. and CLARK. G. M'. - Frequency Discrimination and Critical Bands following the Selective Destruction of Cochlea Inner and Outer Hair Cells. IRCS Medical Science 5: 586 (1977). 22. ROGERS. L. J„ ROSS, M. W. and McCULLOUCH, H. - Stigma, Sex and Society: Gender Differentiation and Sexual Variation. Social Biology Resources Centre Report. University of Melbourne (1977). PSYCHOLOGY 47

23. ROSS, M. W. - Paradigm Lost or Paradigm Regained? Behaviour Modification and Homosexuality. New Zealand Psychologist 6: 42-51 (1977). 24. SCHNEIDER, M. A., BROTHERTON, P. L. and HAILES, J. - The Effect of Exogenous Oestrogene on Depression in Menopausal Women. Medical Journal of Australia 2: 162-163 (1977). 25. STANLEY, G. V. — Visual Information Processing and Reading. Australian Journal of Remedial Education 9: 10-13 (1977). 26. SUMMERS, J. J. — Adjustments to Redundancy in Reaction Times: a Comparison of Three Learning Methods. Acta Psychologica 41: 205-223 (1977). 27. SUMMERS, J. J. — The Relationship between the Sequencing and Timing Components of a Skill. Journal of Motor Behavior 9: 49-59 (1977). 28. TAYLOR, K. F., KELSO, G. 1., and REMENYI, A. G. - Psychological Perspectives on the Work ofthe Commonwealth Employment Service. Australian Psychologist 12: 273-281 (1977). 29. WALES, R. J. — Revue du language et de la pensee chez Tenfant. Hommage a Jean Piaget: Bulletin de Psychologie 30: 406-408 (1977). 30. WALKER, J., FLETCHER, C. A., WILLIAMS, R. S. and TAYLOR. K. F. - Performance Appraisal: an Open or Shut Case? Personnel Review 6: 38-42 (1977). 31. WEARING, A. J. - An Exploration of the Long Term Development or Telecommunications in Australia. Program on Information Technologies and Puhlic Policy. 1977 (abstract).

REPORTS 32. S. M. CHAMBERS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 28. 1977 - An Inhibition Effect in Word Recognition? 33. TAMARA KOTLER and PH1LIPPA PATTISON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 29, 1977 - Representing Interpersonal Relations in Families; I: A Structural Analysis. 34. TAMARA KOTLER and PETER W. SALMON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 30, 1977 - Representing Interpersonal Relations in Families, 11: Mutual Evaluations. 35. NEIL J. McLEAN and IAN M. CAMPBELL - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 31, 1977 - The Drinking Driver: a Personality Profile. 36. S. M. CHAMBERS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 32, 1977 - The Use of Visual Stimulus Information in Word Recognition: Letter and Order Information. 37. ANONA F. ARMSTRONG and ALEXANDER J. WEARING - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 33, 1977 — A Social Impact Assessment of Some Current and Expected Changes in the Social Environment of the Mornington Peninsula. 38. SUSIE ALLANSON and TAMARA KOTLER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 34, 1977 - Socioeconomic Contrasts in Same-Sex and Cross Sex Parent-Child Interactions. 39. PAUL LAF1TTE - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 35, 1977 - Personality: an Introduction to a General Psychological Theory of Action. 40. CARMEN STEGER and TAMARA KOTLER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 36. 1977 - Contrasting Resources in Disturbed and Non-Disturbed Family Systems. 41. R. W. DAWSON and N. E. McMURRAY - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 37, 1977 - Desensitization without Hierarchical Presentation and Concomitant Relaxation. 42. ROBYN A. PENMAN - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 38, 1977 - Manifest and Latent Communication: a Conceptual Scheme for thc Classification of Marital and Family Interactions. 43. B. J. ROBBINS and P. L. BROTHERTON - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 39, 1977 - Mood Change with Alcohol Intoxication. 44. GREG MURPHY and GODFREY GARDNER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 40, 1977 - Job Satisfaction and Turnover among Psychologists in Two Government Departments. 45. DAVID HILL and GODFREY GARDNER - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 41, 1977 - Repression- Sensitization and Yielding to Threatening Health Communications. 46. M. W. ROSS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 42, 1977 - Societal Reaction Theory: a Phenomenological Approach. 47. SUSAN C.SOMERVILLE, B. A. HADKINSON and C. GREENBERG - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 43, 1977 — Two Levels of Inferential Behaviour in Young Children. 48. GRAEME HOLLOWAY and ALAN ISAACS - Melbourne Psychology Report No. 44, 1977 - A Versatile Laboratory Interface System.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Arts 1. ALLOWAY, WENDI J. - Effects of Behavioural Self-Control on Disruptive Behaviour in Classrooms: a Method of Programming Generalization 2. FARHALL, JOHN F. - The Nature ofthe Third Factor in the W1SC-R 3. MOLLOY, MAUREEN P. — A Neuropsychological Investigation of the Memory Disorder found in Chronic Alcoholism 4. PRESS, MALCOLM — An Investigation into the Effects of Assertion Training and Increasing Positive Male Statements on Raising Self-Esteem in Juvenile Delinquent Males 5. SECOMB, MEREDITH A. — Religious Experience and Ego Permissiveness in a Charismatic and a Divine Light Group 6. STUART, IAN M. — The Study of the Origins and Nature of Number Conservation 7. WANGEMAN, JOHN F. — Coping with Stress: Impulsivity Trait-state Reactions under Stressful Conditions 8. WYATT, GOERGE A. - The Acqusition of English by Turkish and Italian Children 48 FACULTY OF ARTS

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy 1. M. CAMPBELL - The Joint Domain ofthe MMPI and the CPI P. N. CLARKE - Pre-training Influences upon Student Teachers A. G. CROSS — An Analysis ofthe Course of Development of Language in the Pre-school Child M. G. DARBYSHIRE — A Study of Behavioural, Cognitive, and Development Anomalies: Deficits in Children R. DAWSON — An Investigation into the Consequences of the Direct Manipulation of Covert Behaviours in Behaviour Therapy D. ELTON — Cognitive Control of Pain M. FORD — Planning in Sentence Production L. GETHING - Extreme Response Styles J. D. GUDKOVS — Depression — a Psychoanalytic and Cognitive Development Approach R. M. GURNEY — The Self under Stress: a Study of School Leavers in a Period of High Unemployment D. J. HILL — Situational and Personality Determinants of Precautionary Health Behaviour in Response to Persuasive Communications R. W. HOLDEN - The Delinquent Self A. H. HUGHES — Some Aspects of Subjective Alienation (including its measurement) S. E. JONES — Divergent Thinking in Primary School Children F. D. KIELLERUP — Social Class, Ability, and Anxiety Contrasts in the Written Language of Primary School Children T. N. G. NIENHUYS — A Behavioural Study of the Role of Hair Cells in Frequency Processing in the Cal P. E. PATTISON — The Analysis of Social Structure by the Algebra of Semi-groups R. PENMAN — The Structure of Communication in Dyadic Systems R. C. ROBINSON — Learning in Courses of Continuing Education M. W. ROSS — Homosexuality. Sex Roles, and Societal Control H. ROWE — The Interrelation of Various Componential Processes in Problem Solving C. SHARP — Lateralization of Motor Functions in the Cerebral Hemispheres S. SMALE — Transactions and Perceptions within Families J. A. UMANSKY — Reading Retardation: an Information Processing Approach A. WILLIAMS — Investigations of Speech Perception in Young Children

Master of Arts L. A. ALBERTSON — Psychological Aspects of Visual Teleconferencing S. J. ALLANSON — Efficacy of Certain Small-group Training Procedures for Workers in Social Welfare A. F. ARMSTRONG - An Application of Social Impact Analysis F. A. BAGOT — Effects of Anaesthesia with Children R. J. BARKER - Validation of Personality Types from Internal Data I. M. BOCK — The Role of Information in Farm Management Decision Making V. BOYD — Judgments of the Relationship between Students' Facial Expressions and Proximity in Interaction between Greek and Australian Subjects C. A. BURTON - Disorders of Higher Cortical Function G. J. CHANT - Managers' Preferences for Compensation Packages A. E. CROOK - Organizational Strategies for Turbulent Environments - Coping with Uncertainly F. R. FAIR — Item Level Factorial Relationships among CPI and EPI Assessment Devices for Males and Females M. M. E. FIELD — Agenesis of the Corpus Callosum: a Developmental Neuropsychological Studv P. D. FOX - Is nach a Situation Artifact? G. GALLAGHER - A Study of Cognitive Development as it Relates to Mathematical Learning - Children's Understanding of Proportionality and Operations on Fractions J. GREEN - Perceptions and Constructs of Health Professionals M. E. HENDERSON - Work Role Centrality R. HUDSON - Patterns of Alcoholism K. M. KIRBY - Structural Ambiguity M. A. KOTZMAN - Memory and Testing of Patients with Related Brain Damage J. LANGFORD - Presuppositions A. R. LOWE - Personality in Sport I. W. MACMILLAN — Parameters of Recognition Memory N. MAIZELS - Self Ratings on Personality Attributes: a CPI Validity Study. C. M. MARTIN — The Vocational Choices of Males and Females J. P. MATTHEWS — Importance of Semantics and Classification Tasks P. E. MILLIS — Cognitive Behavioural Therapy: Group vs Individual C. J. S. MOLLOY - Employee Job Compatibility: a Study of Low-level Technical Workers J. MUNRO — Intellectual and Linguistic Abilities Involved in ihe Solution of Verbal Arithmetic Problems B. M. O'CONNEL - Sex, Personality, and Background of Melbourne's Illicit Drug Users G. O'CONNOR — Perception and Production in Children's Speech G. L. O'NEIL — Local and Global Processing in the Visual System G. OTTREY — Investigation of Verbal I Vocal Exchanges between Mothers and their Infanls P. PERSHIN — Developmental Stages in Graphic Production in Preschool Children R. PICKERING - Cumulative Deficit Hypothesis L. RECHTER — Patterns of Interaction, Disruption and Stress Coping Mechanisms through First Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Infancy — Parent Variables A. J. RZECHORZEK — Functional Asymmetry of the Frontal Lobes of Man M. A. SCHNEIDER - Rape: The Effects on the Victim. A Pilot Study in Melbourne PSYCHOLOGY 49

C. M. STEGER — Client's Ferceptions of Useful Therapeutic Interventions within a Cognitive-Behavioural Framework Y. STOLK — Social and Psychological Factors in the Life-Style of Single Women S. A. THOMAS — Methodological Problems of Social Judgment Theory S. F. UMANSKY — Demographics of Menstruation and Menstrual Discomfort A. WALT A — The Development of an Understanding ofthe Properties of the Whole Number System in Primary School Children G. G. WEARNE — Patterns of Interaction. Disruption and Stress Coping Mechanisms through First Pregnancy, Childbirth, and Infancy - Baby Variables Master of Science L. D. ARNOTT — Spatial Abilities and the Teaching of Mathematics P. E. FOREMAN — Clinical Training of Occupational Therapy Students M. McGARTLAND — Comparisons of Factorial Structures of Standard and Short Forms of the MMPI B. ROBBINS — Personality Factors in Mood Changes with Alcohql Intoxication R. M. ROSA LION — Cognitive Performance of Tobacco Smokers

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: A Longitudinal Study of Career Development ARGC: Instructional Variables in Concept Teaching with the Educable Mentally Retarded Student ARGC: Context Effects in Sentence Perception ARGC: Some Studies of Children's Ability to Infer Location and Reference from Verbal Instructions ARGC: Visual Information Processing in Dyslexia RUSSIAN

Chairman of department: Mr P. V. Cuhberley

Professor ROLAND DENIS SUSSEX Senior Lecturers PAUL VINCENT CUBBERLEY IGOR MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN Lecturers JUDITH MARY ARMSTRONG RAE DORAN SLONEK Senior Tutor NATALIA GRISHIN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Moveable affixes in Polish. 2. Affix-hopping and the typology of movement rules. 3. Anglo-Polish. The Polish language in Australia and Britain. 4. North American English in the media. 5. Features of phonetic stylistics in the Slavonic languages.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ARMSTRONG, R. M. - Desire of desire, Southern Review 29,2: 101-110 (1977). 2. SUSSEX, R. D. — 'A tribute to the Kahanes: contributions to contemporary linguistics.' Review article of Issues in Linguistics. Papers in Honor of Henry and Rente Kahane. Edited by Braj B. Kachru, Robert B. Lees, Yakov Malkiel, Angelina Pietrangeli, and Sol Saporta. Urbana, Chicago and London: Universitv of Illinois Press, 1973. In: Journal of Literary Semantics. 6, 2: 101-108 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DECREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. CUBBERLEY, P. V. - The role of suprasegmental features in the Slavonic languages. Master of Arts 2. KREISMANIS, BA1BA - Towards an understanding of Mikhail Bulgakov's Mauer i Margarita.

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy J. E. M. CLARKE - A. A. Barsov's Rossijiskaja Grammatika - a critical study ZHANNA DOLGOPOLOVA - The structure and humourous effects of modern anecdotes I. MESHAKOV-KORJAKIN - Yevgeny Yevtushenko: a critical study. HELEN MAE VICKERY - The Dolgushin case and Dostoevsky's novel A Raw Youth. IHITA KESARCODI-WATSON - The 'Fallen Woman' in Dostoevsky's Work Master of Arts L. E. BAGG — A re-examination of Dostoevsky's House of the Dead HELEN ELIZABETH BORLAND - The Learning of Russian as a second language by native English speakers in Australia A. L. COCKERILL — Stylistic examination of the work of Platonov D. HINTZE — Russian intellectuals as depicted by Chekhov BELLA HIRSHORN - The influence of Russian literature on the Polish literature of the 20th century LYDIA VICTORIA KLIMOVITCH - Literature for children in the period 1920-1970: its role in Soviet literature A. MOLNAR — 18th Century Russian literature with special reference to the socio-political ideas of Radishchev R. J. REISNER — The philosophy of Pasternak's art; creative/aesthetic views as an artist and how this manifests itself in his novel Dr Zhivago JILL ROSEMARY SCURFIELD - Medieval language influence of Scandinavian on Russian JULIA WERCHOLA - Contemporary Russian poetry

50 THE HORWOOD LANGUAGE CENTRE

Chairman of department: Dr T. J. Quinn

Reader TERENCE JOHN QUINN Senior Lecturers WERNER HAARBURGER, VICTOR AUSTIN Lecturer PETER GEORGE KELLY Tutor JOHN STANLEY Research Assistant COLLEEN ISAAC

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A position paper on foreign language teaching research in Australia. 2. A programme using uncontrolled language data as source material for training foreign students in the comprehension of Australian speech. 3. Self-instructional cassette programmes for acquiring basic communicative competence in five ethnic languages.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. QUINN. T. J. - Choosing among the Options. Babel. 13, 1: 28-29 (1977). 2. KELLY, P. G. - Focus on Reading Skills. Babel. 13. 2: 36-39 (1977).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows:- Education Research and Development Committee: Position paper on foreign language teaching research in Australia.

51 CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY

Chairman of department: Dr W.A. McDougall

Professor of Child Dental Health ELS DON STOREY Professor of Conservative Dentistry VACANT Reader WALLACE ARTHUR McDOUGALL Senior Lecturers MELDRUM JAMES ARTHUR CAMPBELL RICHARD HENRY HAMMOND ALAN SCOTT MALCOLM HARRY ATHOL MclNTOSH ASJA ALMA VERIEKS FREDERICK ALLAN CLIVE WRIGHT Senior Lecturer in Orthodontics VICTOR CHARLES WEST Lecturers GRAHAM ELLENDER IAN HOWARD JOHNSON Lecturer-fixed tenure JOHN ANDREW CARROLL Special Dental Clinical Tutors ANDREW JOHN SPENCER SOPHIE FEIK

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The relationship between force and function during growth, development and maintenance of bone and bones. 2. Ultrastructure of low calcium/high phosphorus rickets 3. Connective tissue responses to heavy metals 4. Effects of beverages on tooth enamel 5. Permeability of gingival blood vessels in diabetic animals 6. Dental health status and treatement needs of selected groups in Victoria.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. BEIGHTON, D. — The effect of cadmium on the normal fissure plaque flora of Sprague-Dawley rats. Archs oral Biol 22: 99-102 (1977). 2. WEST, V. C, BANG, S„ BAUD, C. A. and MALCOLM. A. S. - The electron microprobe analysis of osteofluorosis in the rabbit. Calcif Tiss Res. 22: 285-296 (1977). 3. BEIGHTON, D. and MILLER, W. A. - A microbiological study of normal flora of macropod dental plaque. J dent Res 56: 8 (1977). 4. McDOUGALL, W. A. — The effect of milk on enamel demineralization and remlneralization in vitro. Caries Res II: 166-172 (1977). 5. MOR, B. M. and McDOUGALL, W. A. - Effects of milk on pH of plaque and salivary sediment and the oral clearance of milk. Caries Res II: 223-230 (1977). 6. WRIGHT, F. A. C. and LEWIS, M. - The palatal-arch pontic appliance. Aust Soc dent Child Bui I: 14-17 (1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Dental Science 1. R. K. H ALL - A study of factors inducing hypoplasia and hypocalciftcalion in teeth of man and animal and associated structural changes 2. G.J. HINRICHSEN - Changes in the bones and associated structures induced by lateral expansion of the upper jaw by orthodontic appliances 3. A. S. MALCOLM — Biophysical relationships of osteofluorotic bone 4. V. C. WEST — An investigation into the liquid/solid system of biological calcified tissues Doctor of Philosophy 5. D. BEIGHTON — Effects of various agents on rat fissure plaque. 6. G. ELLENDER — Connective tissue responses to some heavy metals Master of Dental Science 7. ANG WOO YORK - Correlation between dental and skeletal age of two groups of Melbourne children 8. S. O. AXELSON - Experiments with partial mandibular resection in the rat 9. J. CARROLL — The delivery of denial care within a University Clinic 10. D. J. CRACK — The effect of cytotoxic agents on developing dental issue 11. P. M. DEVES — Tissue changes associated with a caudal vertebral implant 12. P. J. FARREN - 77ie effects of mechanical stress on the growing rat tail

52 CONSERVATIVE DENTISTRY 53

13. T. R. HELSBY - Bone and bones, revascularization and subsequent osteogenesis after subcutaneous transplantation into the rat 14. T. J. HIGGINS — Formation of microbial dental plaque on the root surface of displaced periodontatly involved teeth 15. T. HOLDER - The effect ofsurgical incision of the transeptal fibres on relapse ofexpanded upper incisors in the guinea pig 16. G. M. LEVY — Experiments on the caudal vertebrae of the rat 17. JUDITH LEWIS - A summary of subcutaneous autoiransplants of the rat tail 18. A. J. SPENCER - The determination of treatment needs in a secondary school population 19. CHEE STEIDLER - A study of the revascularisation of mucosal grafts in the rat 20. A. J. SUTTON — A study of dimensional changes related to orthodontic therapy 21. J. F. G. WILDE — Stress mediated effects on the morphogenesis of bone in animal systems

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH and MRC: Adaptation of connective tissue, cartilage and bone under altered physical stress in vivo. Milk Board of Victoria: Factors modifying the effect of milk on dental plaque. DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY

Chairman of department: Professor P. C. Reade

Professor PETER CLARENCE READE Reader in Oral Pathology BRYAN GRAY RADDEN Senior Lecturer in Dental & Oral Pathology HECTOR JOSIAH ORAMS Senior Lecturer in Oral Surgery JOHN PRITCHARD STEWART CAMPBELL Lecturer KENNETH DAVID HAY Special Dental Clinical Tutor ANTHONY PETER BARRETT Senior Associate PHILIP RICHARD NEVILLE SUTTON Senior Research Officer FRANK RUSSELL PARKER SIM Visiting Research Fellow HAROLD HENRY MESSER Research Fellow (Part-Time) BARRY FEIGLIN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The role of extracellular matrices in dental organogenesis. 2. Ultrastructural studies of dental hard tissues using ion beam thinning. 3. The behaviour of cells from odontogenic tissues. 4. A technical and immunological study into the storage and transplantation of teeth. 5. The regulatory effect during growth and development of epidermal growth factor. 6. The brush tail possum Trichosurus vulpecula in experimental oral embryology. 7. A study of a method of preventing infective endocarditis. 8. The pathogenesis and histopathology of oral dermatoses. 9. The effects of tobacco products on human and animal oral mucosa. 10. Histopathological changes related to the cryotherapy of oral mucous membrane lesions. 11. Oral carcinoma as it occurs in Victoria. 12. Oro-facial pain and dental phobia.

PUBLISHED WORKS

ARTICLES 1. BEIGHTON, D. and MILLER, W. A. - (1977) A microbiological study of normal flora of macropod dental plaque. J.Dent.Res. 156: Aug. pp.995. 2. GERSCHMAN, J. A., BURROWS, G. D. and READE, P. C. - (1977) Oro-facial pain. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6: Oct. pp. 1219. 3. MILLER, W. A. — (1977) Extreme tooth loss in a specimen of Isoodon macrourus (Peramelidac: Marsupialia). Aust. Wildl Res. 4: 229-232. 4. ORAMS, H. J. - (1977) Clinical Pathology. A diagnostic aid to the general practitioner. Aust.Dent.J. 22: I, 37-45. 5. ORAMS, H. J. - (1977) The Swollen Face. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6: Oct. pp. 1243. 6. RADDEN, B. G. and READE, P. C. - (1977) Oral Medicine. Aust.Fam.Physic. 6: Oct. pp. 1259. 7. ROBERTS, M. L. - (1977) Epidermal growth factor concentration in hyperplastic and hypertrophic submandibular salivary glands of mice. Arch.Oral Biol 22: 233-236. 8. ROBERTS, M. L. - (1977) The in vitro secretion of epidermal growth factor by mouse submandibular salivary glands. Naunyn-Schmiedeberg's Archives of Pharmacology. 296: 301-305.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Dental Science 1. STEIDLER, N. E. - A study of middle third fractures of the facial skeleton. 2. HENNESSY, J. R. - A clinical study of oro-antral fistulae. 3. FOWLER, G. G. - Oral carcinoma in Victoria.

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy BARRETT, A. P. — An investigation into the technical and immunological problems of storage and transplantation of teeth. CHALK, A. J. — A study of the kinetics and prevention of bacteraemias induced by oral surgery procedures. GERSCHMAN, J. A. — An investigation of oro-facial pain and phobia. PRIME, S. S. - Studies of bovine odontogenic epithelium. TATE, G. W. - Differentiation of odontoblasts in vivo and in vitro.

54 DENTAL MEDICINE AND SURGERY

Master of Dental Science BERRY, R. W. — A retrospective survey of patients requiring repealed oral biopsies. GAFFNEY, T. J, — A study of psychological aspects of pain in clinical dentistry. HALL, G. M. — A study of autotransplanted teeth. HAY, K. D. — A clinicopalhological survey of some aspects of oral dermatoses. McKELLAR, G. M. — The epidemiology of penicillin allergy. NEWBURY, R. D. — A survey of oral surgery needs in the Victorian community.

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH & MRC — "Studies in dental organogenesis" Richardson Merrell - "Prophylaxis for bacterial endocarditis" Rowden White Foundation - The Late Sir A, E. Rowden White Summer Vacation Scholarships. DENTAL PROSTHETICS

Chairman of department: Dr C. G. Dennis Professor HENRY FORM AN ATKINSON Readers JOHN KENNETH HARCOURT ROY WILFRED SHEPHERD Senior Lecturers CLIVE GEOFFREY DENNIS KEITH DOUGLAS BURTON FAULKNER HARRY IAN GILL ALLIN LEONG WILLIAM JAMES RALPH Lecturer MARTYN HARRY SPRATLEY Part-lime Staff GERARD CONDON KENNETH JOHNSON JAMES FREDERICK MCCARTHY ALEJZY SZWAJCER-PRICE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies in dental materials. 2. Cleft palate and speech. 3. Mandibular movements. 4. Temporomandibular joint dysfunction. 5. Jaw muscle EMG and force. 6. Properties of peridental ligameni and bone. 7. Changes in biting force. 8. Post extraction healing — volume changes. 9. Posl extraction healing — immediate denture therapy. 10. Saliva and dental appliances. 11. Prosthetic needs of the community. 12. Properties of mouthguard materials. 13. Factors involved in gerodontics. 14. Development of the mandibular alveolar process.

PUBLISHED WORKS

ARTICLES 1. ATKINSON, H. F. and RALPH, W. J. - In vitro strength of the human periodontal ligament. J Dent.Res. 56: I, pp. 48-52 (Jan 1977). 2. CONDON, G. — Modified in vivo replica technique for scanning electron microscope. J.Dent.Res. 56: 5, pp. 542-543 (May 1977). 3. HARCOURT, J. K. — Some common problems with materials. Annals of the Royal Australasian College of Dental Surgeons, vol. 5, pp. 144-152 (June-1977). 4. GILL, H. 1. - Some aspects of electromyography. Annals of the Royal Australasian College of Dental Surgeons, vol. 5, pp. 71-75 (June 1977). 5. JOHNSON, K. - A study of the dimensional changes occurring in the maxilla following closed face immediate denture treatment. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 5, pp. 393-396 (Oct 1977). 6. JOHNSON, K. — A study of the dimensional changes occurring in the maxilla following open face immediate denture treatment. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 6, pp. 451-454 (Dec 1977). 7. SPRATLEY, M. H. - An estimation of demand for prosthetic dentistry in the year 2000. Aust.Dent.J. 22: 1, pp. 17-19 (Feb 1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Dental Science 1. RALPH, W. J. - A study of the tooth support system. Master of Dental Science 2. JACKSON. R. A. — Continuing changes in the contour of the maxillary residual alveolar ridge. 3. KROONE, R. — A clinical survey of partial denture patients.

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Dental Science GILL, H. 1. — Jaw muscle EMG and force JOHNSON, K. — Post-extraction healing — volume changes

56 DENTAL PROSTHETICS 57

MCCARTHY, J. — Development of the mandibular alveolar process PRICE, A. S. — Factors involved in gerodonlics

Master of Dental Science SPRATLEY, M. H. — An estimate of the supply and demand for prosthetic services in the State of Victoria in

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH & MRC: Studies in dental materials. ACCOUNTING

Chairman of department: Professor R. E. G. Nicol Professors ROBERT EDWARD GEORGE NICOL FREDERICK KENNETH WRIGHT Reader JEAN ST. GEORGE KERR Senior Lecturers ROBERT CHARLES CLIFT EDWARD McLAREN HOLMES KENNETH ALEXANDER MIDDLETON Lecturers GEOFFREY HERBERT BURROWS GEOFFREY JOHN HARRIS NEIL ROBERTS PETER BEAUFORT SEDDON ALAN GEORGE TOPP CHRISTOPHER JOHN WARRELL JOHN WATERHOUSE WILSON Visiting Lecturer ALAN EDMOND TALBOT Tulors COSTA ENGLEZOS JOHN JAMES GAVENS GARY JAMES JONES DAVID ANTHONY ROBERTS TERRY JAMES SHEVLIN JOHN ROBERT TREACY RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Inflation accounting. 2. A comparative study of capital markets in the United States of America and Australia. 3. Working capital management. 4. Some aspects of government accounting and budgeting in Victoria. 5. An empirical investigation into the preferences of corporate report users and Australian corporate disclosures. 6. Accounting for foreign exchange. 7. Current cost accounting, especially with regard to purchasing power gains and losses on monetary items.

PUBLISHED WORKS BOOKS 1. MIDDLETON, K. A. - Economics of Capital Expenditure. 4th ed. Butterworths, Sydney, 1977. 2. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Project Report No. I: On the Proposals of the Committee of Inquiry into Inflation Accounting. University of Waikato, Hamilton, 1977. 3. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Guidelines for Current Cost Accounting - 1977, University of Waikato, Hamilton, 1977. 4. WARRELL, C. J. and others - Project Report No. 2: The Application of CPP. CCA and CoCoA, University of Waikato, Hamilton, 1977.

CHAPTER OF BOOK 5. WRIGHT, F. K. — Asset Values and Enterprise Income, in Studies in Accounting eds W. T. Baxter and S. Davidson, pp. 195-209, Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales, London, 1977.

ARTICLES 6. BURROWS, G. H. - Lease Evaluation: The Saga Continues, The Australian Accountant, 47 pp. 437-442, August 1977. 7. BURROWS, G. H. — The Lease Evaluation Solution: A Further Comment, Accounting and Business Research. 27 pp. 208-210, Summer 1977. 8. CLIFT, R. C. — Financial Co-Ordination and Control at the State Level, Australian Institute of Tertiary Educational Administrators Newsletter Vol. 2, No. 2, December 1977. 9. MIDDLETON, K. A. - Lease Evaluation: Back to Square One. Accounting and Business Research, 26 p. 127, Spring 1977. 10. WILSON, J. W. - The Trading Stock Valuation Adjustment, A.I.D.A. Bulletin 288, pp. 6-9, August 1977.

THESES IN PROGRESS G. H. BURROWS — An Investigation into Problems and Accounting for Research and Development Expenditure I. H. HILTON - An Investigation into Trasnfer Price Policies used by Firms in Industry. P. J. MONAGHAN - The Financial Effects ofthe Wool Price Decline 1969-1972

58 ECONOMIC HISTORY

Chairman of department: Dr A. G. Thompson Professor Vacant. Senior Lecturers EDWARD ALAN BEEVER JOHN PHILLIP FOGARTY ALLAN GEORGE THOMPSON MARJORIE GRACE HARPER (Half-Time) Lecturers PAUL LAWRENCE ROBERTSON ANTONIA MARIKA VICZIANY Senior Tutors MALCOLM JAMES KENNEDY JENNIFER JEAN SOUKUP Part-Time Officers Lecturer BENITA CARTER Tutors DARYL FORDE KATHLEEN M. LEWIS KELVIN JOHN ROWLEY RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Research into British popular attitudes towards Australia — 1830-1880 - their origin and influence. 2. British economic thought c1825-35 with particular reference to E. G. Wakefield. 3. Research on Argentine economic history. 4. Non-economic influences on industrialization in Asia. 5. Tallow production in Australia before 1830. 6. The economic consequences of corruption on economic development in Northern Thailand. 7. The economics of Scottish universities, 1850-1914. 8. The Opium Trade of Bombay, 1830-1850. 9. The deindustrialisation of India, 1800-1911. 10. The Politics of Birth Control, The Indian Emergency and the Sterilization Campaign.

PUBLISHED WORKS

CHAPTER OF BOOK 1. JOHN FOGARTY - Diffusion of technology in areas of recent settlement: the case of Australia and Argentina, Ciencia y technologiu en la Cuenca del pacifico ed. Francisco Orrego Vicuna (Coleecion Esludios Internacionals, Universidad dc Chile. Santiago, 1976).

ARTICLES 2. JOHN P. FOGARTY - Difusion dc lechnologica en areas dc asentamiento reciente: F.I cast) de Australia y de la Argentina, Desarrullo Economico Vol. 17. No. 65, 1977. 3. ALLAN THOMPSON - "The Origins of a Harvesting Revolution: The Development of the Combine Harvester in Australia. Canada and U.S.A." Tools und Tillage Vol. Ill: 2. 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Arts 1. W. M. CHAMBERLAIN - Victorians in the South African War 1899-1902 2. F. D. BIRCH — The History of Australian involvement in Tin Mining in South-East Asia 3. A. E. PLYMPTON — John Stuart Mill and the Question of Inconsistency

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy W. T. DUNCAN - The Impact ofthe Baring Crisis on the Development ofthe Argentine Economy 1890-1904 L. A. FRICKER - Aspects of Melbourne's Urbanization Process. 1835-1901 M.J. KENNEDY — The Role and Significance of horses and bullocks in the economic development of Australia 1788-1929 K. J. ROWLEY - Development of Manufacturing Industry in Australia 1880-1914 Master of Arts and Master of Commerce B. W. FRANCIS — 77ie Rise of Trade Unions in the Fijian Sugar Industry during the 1930'.s M. J. HOWARD - Unemployment in Victoria to 1900

59 60 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

K. M. LEWIS - Changing Structure of the Female Workforce in Geelong R. PHILCOX - Early Computer Systems in Australia T. J. RYAN - Australian Shipbuilding Industry 1940-1976 J. E. SMITH - The Movement for Equal Pay between the Sexes. 1940-1972 J. J. SOUKUP - The Stock Exchange in the Australian Economy in the late 19th Century - its influence and image, with an investigation of the late Mining Share Boom of 1888-89 ECONOMICS

Chairman of department: Dr J. P. Nieuwenhuysen Professor JAMES OLIVER NEWTON PERKINS CHARLES SAMUEL SOPER Truby Williams Professor LESLIE ROY WEBB Professor of Econometrics ROSS ALAN WILLIAMS Readers ERNEST ARTHUR BOEHM JOHN PETER NIEUWENHUYSEN Senior Lecturers RAYMOND JOHN ALBERT HARPER KEVIN WILLIAM HINCE ARNOLD KAN NAOMI MOLDOFSKY NEVILLE ROBERT NORMAN (on leave) JOHN ERNEST SULLIVAN Lecturers LESLIE GORDON CUPPER ALAN WILLIAM GUNTHER JUNE MARGARET HEARN ROBIN DOUGLAS HOCKING IAN MARTIN MeDONALD DENNIS MICHAEL MAHONEY UNG-SUH PARK RHONDA LYNETTE SMITH Senior Tutors DAVID ANDREW ELDER TERENCE DAVID FRIEND JOHN ROBERT LLEWELLYN HICKS JULIE ELIZABETH LEE I EUAN LESLIE MAPPERSON Tutors JACOB ABRAHAMI ANDREW LEUNG JUDITH SLOAN Part-time Lecturer JOHN HERBERT REEVES RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The Economic Status of Australian Aborigines. 2. Stability of Dynamic Macroeconomic Models. 3. Foundations of the Neo-Keynesian Theory of the Rale of Profit. 4. Application of recent developments in Labour Economics to the Theory and Experience of Inflation. 5. Property Relationships. 6. Methodological issues in Economics. 7. Income distribution, poverty and the relationship between personal variation and means testing. 8. A revised edition of book titled Twentieth Century Economic Development in Australia. 9. Wages, Inflation and Economic Policy in Industrial Countries. 10. Australia's Economic Development since 1930. 11. Growth Cycles in Australia since World War II. 12. Trade Unions in China. 13. Migration Policies, the Migrant Worker and Trade Unions. 14. Political Strikes in Australia: Case Studies. 15. Concepts and structure for social accounting. 16. Pseudo-dynamics in aggregate demand and supply analysis. 17. Investment decision-making processes of Australian industry. 18. Econometric Analysis of Last Report Borrowing in the Australian Money Market. 19. Analysis of Price Expectations. 20. Demand Behaviour of Socioeconomic Groups in Australia. 21. Technical School Students' Attitudes to Trade Unionism. 22. An Appraisal of the 1977 ACTU Congress. 23. The Transport and Civic Aviation Industries. 24. The Macro-Economic Policy Mix. 25. Trade in Motor Cars between the Major European Producers. 26. Disaggregated farm cost data — construction of historical cost series for main agricultural product groups. 27. Intersectoral linkages between the rural sector and the rest of the Australian economy. 28. Study of Australian population, including migration, and its relation to the Australian economy. 29. Bougainville: A Case Study in the theory and practice of change.

PUBLISHED WORK BOOKS I. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DRAKE, P. J. - eds Australian Economic Policy. Melbourne University Press, 1977, pp. 260(+ xviii).

61 62 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

2. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DALY, A. E. - The Australian Prices Justification Tribunal. Melbourne University Press, 1977, pp. 234 (+ x). 3. WILLIAMS, R. A.: LLUCH, C. and POWELL, A. - Patterns in Household Demand and Saving. New York: Oxford University Press, 1977, pp. 280 + (xxxi).

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 4. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. and DALY, A. E. - An Assessment of the Prices Justification Tribunal, in Applied Australian Economic Policy Issues, (eds W. E. Norton and D. Stammer), RBA 1977, pp. 149-167. 5. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. - Chapter 5, The New Inflation, in Australian Economic Policy, ed. J. P. Nieuwenhuysen and J. P. Drake, pp 53-65, Melbourne University Press, 1977. 6. PERKINS, J. O. N. - Chapter 1, Lessons of Macro-economic Policy in Australia, 1951-1976, in Australian Economic Policy, ibid., pp. 1-15. 7 WEBB, L. R. — Chapter 13, Criteria for Micro-economic Policy, in Australian Economic Policy, ibid.. pp. 159-175.

ARTICLES 8. BOEHM, E. A. with DEFRIS, L. V. - Recurring Periods of Plateau Slumps and Sluggish Recoveries in the Australian Economy: 1950 to 1976. Australian Economic Review 1.77. pp. 53-60. 9. CUPPER, L. G. - Legalism in the Australian Conciliation and Arbitration Commission: A Reply. The Journal of Industrial Relations 19121 (June 1977) pp. 198-200. 10. HEARN, J. - The Problems of Migrant Workers: An Overview. Social Policy and Problems ofthe Work Force, volume 1, Australian Government Department of Social Security, 1977: pp. 27-37. 11. HEARN, J. - Whither the Trade Unions in China'.1 Journal of Industrial Relations 19121 (June 1977) pp. 158-172. 12. MeDONALD, I. - A Dynamic Macro-Economic Model. Commerce 'Singapore) Vol. IS. Julv 1977, pp. 87- 99. 13. MeDONALD, I. - The Monetary Theory of the Trade Cycle. Economic Journal (Economic Society. Nanyang University, Singapore) Vol. 8, 1967-77, pp. 43-48. 14. NIEUWENHUYSEN, J. P. - Trade Practices Law Changes and thc Institutions of Australian Economic Policy. The Australian Economic Review. 4th Quarter, 1977, pp. 56-63. 15. NIEUWENHUYSEN. J. P. - Economic Recovery: A Trade Union Perspective: Comment Economic Papers. January 1977, pp. 73-75. 16. SMITH, R. L. and SMITH, A. W. - Cereal Supply Adjustment to Slock Variation in the United Kingdom. Journal of Agricultural Economics tUK). Mav 1977, pp. 161-171. 17. SMITH, R. L. and SMITH, A. W. - A Model o( the Australian Farm Sector: A Progress Report. Economic Record. December 1976, pp. 462-482.

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy G. D. GRIFFIN — While-Collar unionism in Australia: the growth of militancy M. MAHMOOD - Jute and synthetics: a study of technical change and trade in the jute market J. RICH — Flow theory of the labour market R. L. SMITH — An econometric model of Australian agriculture wilh emphasis on disaggregated profitability.

Master of Commerce

M. BEVAN — Case study of a union wage policy — an inquiry into the influence of trade union militancy on relative wages. R. P. CRANE — Determinants of industrial relations in professional employment: the case of the Victoria Institute of Colleges M. A. DA SILVA — The impact of the cost offunds on business operations wilh special reference to government interest rate policy and bank minimum amending rales in Australia S. J. DEERY — Industrial relations in the Australian Stevedoring Industry R. ENSLEY — Some aspects of industrial relations in small manufacturing business firms A. W. HARRISON - The statutory corporation in industrial relations T. M. HOGG — The valuation of private time savings by inter-urban travellers R. F. JONES — An examination and devaluation of the major Jactors causing longer term variations in private capital expenditure on new housing in A uslrlalia from 1948-49 to the present and an assessment ofthe implications of the analysis for future private capital expenditure on new housing. P. C. L. KHAW — Dualism in the Malaysian economy J. M. McPHEE - The industrial relations svstem in the pulp and paper industry in Australia Y. M. MELOTTE - Urban Development R. NOTTLE — Income taxation and life assurance: an economic analysis M. J. RAWLINSON — Labour turnover in the technical muslerings of the RAAF — an economic analysis. J. H. ROBERTS — A comparative study of short term forecasting techniques used in planning a telephone network. G. A. SANDY — Socio-economic levels of living in Heidelberg ECONOMICS 63

I. R. SYMONS — Accounting for productivity J. A. TOME — Industrial relations and technological change: a comparative study of the metropolitan daily newspaper industry in Melbourne and Madrid C. L. WARING - Changes in land use in the Wonthaggi areas 1950-70 C. J. WARRELL — A comparative study of the taxation of company income I. R. WATSON - Price Determination in Australian industry 0. G. WILLIAMS — Local government finance in Victoria P. A. XAVIER — Principles to guide road user changes in Australia — economic issues

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows:- Australian Wool Corporation Trust Fund: Modelling the Agricultural Sector. Department of Aboriginal Affairs - Economic Status of Australian Aborigines. GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION

Chairman of department: Mr J. B. King Deputy Chairman RICHARD JOHN McGl.ASHAN Director of Advanced Management Education HAROLD FAR LOW CRAIG Sidney Myer Professor PHILIP JOHN BARNES ROSE Readers WILLIAM JOHN BYRT HAROLD FARLOW CRAIG Senior Lecturers TERENCE JOSEPH CUMMINS JOHN BERRESFORD KING MERVYN GEORGE LINCOLN RICHARD JOHN McGLASHAN HENRY GERALD STANTON Dunlop Automotive and Industrial Group Senior Research Fellow PETER ROWSELL MASTERS Lecturers GEOFFREY DAVID ALLEN IAN DAVID BOYD ADRIAN PAYNE Senior Tutor JOCELYN LOIS HOWLETT Visiting Fellow WILLIAM ALLAN DICK Senior Associate VICTOR LESLIE GOLE Academic Associate REV. FR. BRIAN SALVATORE BAINBRIDGE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Inventory Control — G. H. Stanton. 2. Women in Management - J. L. Howlett. 3. The Structures and Strategies of Australian Organizations - W. J. Byrt and T. J. Cummins. 4. Leadership - W. J. Byrt. 5. Business-Government Relations - G. D. Allen. 6. Organization Development and Change in Small Organizations - B. S. Bainbridge.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Business Administration 1. ABSOLON, V. J. - Field Study of the Capital Structure of Selected Companies Operating in Australia 2. BARRETT, L. J. — Small computers in Australia 3. BROWNELL, D. J. - Retail Marketing at Golden Fleece 4. BRYCE, C. L. — Accounting for Company Income Tax 5. BURGER, R. O. — An appraisal of the inventory control procedures issued by McPhersons Ltd 6. CRABB, M. — Competition in Australia's Domestic Air Freight Industry 7. FERME, W. D. — A Study of the Numerically Controlled Machine Tool Market in Victoria 8. FRANCIS, T. — A cost Escalation in Civil Engineering Contracts 9. HARFORD, P. F. - A Feasibility Study for the Establishment of a Sporting Centre. 10. HOPE, P. C. - An examination ofthe tertiary enrolments of the Ballarat Institute of Advanced Education in recent years and some predictions of the future enrolments as an aid of planning 11. JACKSON, G. W. - Corporate planning for Caulfield Institute of Technology 12. JOHNSON, G. K. - Analysis of industry pressure to information decisions of import restrictions relating lo the Footwear Industry 13. KIMPTON, G. H. - A Feasibility Study of Computerizing Melbourne Theatre Company Sales 14. McCULLOUGH, P. J. - Flexible Working Hours - A Local Perspective 15. McKENZIE, R. A. - An appraisal of the Victorian Canoe Market 16. MONTEIRO, A. W. L. - Corporate Social Responsibility 17. MORGAN, L. G. - A Study ofthe Numerically Controlled Machine Tool Market in Victoria 18. MUIR, P. D. — Human Resource Accounting 19. MURPHY, K. E. - Investigation into weather parameters lo attempt an upgrade of SEVC transmission lines 20. NEWTON, R. G. - An appraisal of the Viclorian Canoe Market 21. NICHOLSON, G. J. - Dividend Policy: An Australian Study 22. OR FORD, D. C. - Report on the Marketing of Life Insurance 23. PIZZEY, G. - The Quality of Work Life of the Southern European Migrant to Australia 24. PORTER, C. H. - The Marketing of Provisional Business Service 25. RICKARD, V. — Consumer Organizations 26. ROOKE, P. N. - Human Resource Accounting 27. ROSE, H. E. - An analysis of the Poseidon Company with particular reference to ihe receivership in October 1976 28. SPICER, W. N. - Australian Business-Government Relations 29. STACH, P. E. — A Feasibility Study of Computerizing Melbourne Theatre Company Sales 30. STEVENSON, K. M. - (Confidential) The nature and implementation of current cost accounting

64 GRADUATE SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 65

31. SULLIVAN, N. — An altitude study of a Government Department 32. TSUI, D. P. - Study of EDP system of L. M. Ericsson Pty. Ltd. 33. WOOLLEY, R. L. — Accounting for Company Income Tax 34. RUDD, P. — An attitude study of a Government Department

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy T. J. CUMMINS — Mid-Career Development of the Australian Manager P. C. KELL — Conflict and Power Escalation: In Search ofa Paragin J. B. KING - Patterns of Behaviour of Boards of Directors of Selected Australian Companies M. G. LINCOLN — Financial and Economic Model of Melbourne's Transport System P. R. MASTERS — The Structure and Content of Post-Experience Management Development Programs A. F. PAYNE - An Empirical Analysis of Option Trading in the Australian Stock Market G. H. STANTON — Application of Heuristic Programming Techniques to Resource Scheduling INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH

Director: Professor R. F. Henderson

Director and Professor RONALD FRANK HENDERSON Deputy Director - Econometric and Statistical Research DUNCAN STAN DON IRONMONGER Deputy Director - Administration ROBERT BROOK LEWIS Senior Research Fellows RICHARD BAILEY SCOTTON PETER JAMES SHEEHAN Research Fellows PETER JOHN BRAIN PATRICIA RUTH DAVEY LORRAINE VIVVAINE DEFRIS BEATRICE CLAUDE MARIE DERODY GEOFFREY LEWIS REVELL DIXON HELEN LAYTON FERBER BARRY SELWYN GRAY DAINA MCDONALD JOHN SIMON MCDONNELL HELEN JEAN OWENS GERARD PETER SCHUYERS ALFRED WILLIAM SMITH

RESEARCH STAFF

Research Scholars ANDREW BURBIDGE PETER FRANCIS CUTTANCE Research Assistants LOUISE BARTON JENNIFER CLARE BUCHANAN PAMELA ISOBEL BURGESS CATHERINE JANE CURTIS SUSAN MARY DONATH WILLIAM FRANCIS FOSTER RODERICK NICHOLLS HARRIS • SUSAN MARIE HOLMES CHRISTINA EUGENIE JUCHNIEWICZ JAMES WILLIAM LANG COSIMA HILARY McPHEE DEBORAH JANE NIALL JUDITH ANNE O'NEILL PETER PAUL STRICKER CLAIRE CHRISTINE THOMAS RICHARD JOHN CAMPBELL WALLIS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CURRENT ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND SHORT-TERM FORECASTS 1. Analysis of economic conditions in Australia - Barton, Derody. 2. Short-term forecasts of economic developments — McDonald. 3. Publication of the Australian Economic Review — Sheehan, et al. 4. Surveys of Consumers attitudes and intentions — McDonnell (with the Roy Morgan Research Centre). 5. Analysis of Consumers attitudes and the saving ratio - Defris. 6. Youth unemployment — Sheehan, Strieker.

B. ECONOMETRIC FORECASTING PROJECT 1. A medium-term econometric model of the Australian economy — Brain. 2. Analysis of industrial activity in Australia — Gray. 3. A model of supply and demand for energy in Australia — Schuyers. 4. A mode] of thc Australian financial sector — Burgess. 5. Econometric modelling of the operations of Telecom Australia — Donath. 6. Economic activity in the Australian States — Lang. 7. Analysis of demographic factors underlying the Australian economy — Brain, Smith, Schuyers. 8. An econometric model of Australian agriculture — Smith. 9. Analysis of selected international economies as they effect Australia — Niall. 10. Preparation of annual data bank for econometric modelling - McPhee, Curtis.

66 INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH 67

C. INDUSTRIAL AND FINANCIAL STUDIES 1. The Optimal Allocation of North West Shelf Natural Gas Reserve - Dixon. 2. Factors Contributing to Structural Change in the Australian Economy - Dixon. 3. A Study of the mining industry - McDonald. 4. Influence of import prices on Australian cost structures — Sheehan, Niall. 5. Analysis of costs of production in Australian agriculture — Smith. Wallis.

D. SOCIAL EXPENDITURE AND SOCIAL POLICY 1. A Study of social expenditure patterns in Australia — Scotton, Davey, Ferber, Juchnicwicz. 2. Study of social indicators — Owens. 3. Analysis of Youth 2007 Questionnaires on Local Government - Thomas. 4. Study of welfare operations of seven municipalities - O'Neill. 5. Funding local government welfare operations - Lewis. 6. Responsibilities of local government in welfare operations - Henderson. 7. Assessment of the Action and Resource Centre (jointly with the Brotherhood of St. Laurence) — Brooke. 8. Unemployment and social policy — Strieker.

E. ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL STATISTICS 1. Institute's Econometric Data Bank - Buchanan. 2. A Survey of Socio-Economic Data Systems in Australia — Ironmonger. 3. Computer programming for econometric modelling — Harris. 4. Computer programming for analysis of economic conditions — Foster.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. McCAUGHEY, .1.. FERBER. H. L., SHAVER, S. and others - Who Cares? Family Problems, Community Links and Helping Services. The Macmillan Company of Australia for Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research. March 1977. Sun Books - Reprinted May 1977. 2. HENDERSON, R. F. - (Editor) Youth Unemployment (Second Academy Symposium, November 1977). Academy of thc Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra, December 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 3. BRAIN. P. J. — Evaluation of the Medium Term "Impact Model" in Protection in Perspective, an Australian Industries Development Association Studv of Leading Issues in the Australian Tariff System, AIDA. Canberra. December 1977. 4. SCOTTON, R. B. with DEEBLE. J. S. - Health Services and the Medical Profession, in K. A. Tucker, ed. Economics and the Australian Service Sector. Croom Helm, London, 1977. 5. SHEEHAN. P. J. — Economic Aspects of Youth Unemployment, in R. F. Henderson, ed. Youth Unemployment. Academy ofthe Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra. December 1977. 6. STRICKER, P. P. — Statistical Appendix on Youth Unemployment, in R. F. Henderson, cd. Youth Unemployment. Academy of the Social Sciences in Australia, Canberra, December 1977.

JOURNAL 7. SHEEHAN, P. J., Ed.. MeDONALD. DAINA, Assoc. Ed. and BUCHANAN, JENNY, Asst. Ed. - Australian Economic Review, Nos. 37, 38, 39 and 40, published quarterly by the Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research.

REPORTS 8. IRONMONGER, D. S. — Socio-Economic Dala Systems in Australia: A Survey for the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation, Paris, May 1977. 9. THOMAS, CLAIRE - Local Government Study Questionnaire Results. "Youth 2007 - Local Government" Project. Youth Council of Victoria, June 1977.

ARTICLES AND PAPERS 10. BRAIN. P. J. - The Institute Atulti-Purpose Model: An Outline — Australian Economic Review, 3rd Quarter 1977. 11. BRAIN, P. J. and GRAY, B. S. — The Australian Manufacturing Sector and ihe Economy l°Q0. Paper presented at Conference on Trade, Growth and Structural Change in an Open Economy, Salamander Bay, Centre for Applied Economic Research. University of New South Wales, November ]977. 68 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND COMMERCE

12. BURBIDGE, A. — Housing and Unemployment. Eklasis. Journal of the Centre for Urban Research and Action No. 17. May 1977. 13. DEFRIS, L. V. - "Australian Consumer Expectations, Evaluation, Uncertainty and the Saving Ratio" - Australian Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977. 14. DEFRIS, L. V. and BOEHM, E. A. — Recurring Periods of Plateau Slumps and Sluggish Recoveries in the Australian Economy: 1950 to 1976 - Australia Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977. 15. DIXON, G. L. R., FERGUSON. B. J. and McPHERSON, D. - Transcontinental Pipeline or Natural Gas Exports? A Quanlitive Analysis — Paper presented to the sixth Conference of Economists, Hobart. May 1977. 16. FERBER, H. L. - Citizens' Advice Bureaux, Victorian Year Book 1977. pp. 852-4. 17. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Criteria for Welfare: Needs or Earnings? Australian Journal of Social Issues. Volume 12, Number 2, May 1977. 18. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Why Have a Guaranteed Minimum Income Scheme? Poverty in Australia. W.E.A. of NSW. May 1977. 19. HENDERSON, RONALD, F. - The Role of Local Government and Voluntary Agencies in Welfare. Poverty in Australia. W.E.A. of NSW. May 1977. 20. HENDERSON, RONALD F. and LEWIS, R. B. - Changing Responsibilities of Local Government. Australian Economic Review, 3rd Quarter 1977. 21. HENDERSON, RONALD F. - Poverty in Australia. "Poverty", Child Poverty Action Group, London. No. 37, August 1977. 22. IRONMONGER, D. S. - A Survey of the Primary Socio-Economic Dala Structure of Australia, International Social Science Journal. 29. 4, December 1977. 23. LEWIS, R. B. — Changing Responsibilities in Rural Local Government, paper presented at the workshop on Local Government, Community Groups and Social Welfare, Kellogg Rural Adjustment Unit, University of New England, Armadale, November 1977. 24. LEWIS, R. B. — Changing Responsibilities of Local Government with R. F. Henderson (q.v.) Australian Economic Review, 3rd Quarter 1977. 25. MeDONALD, DAINA, SHEEHAN, P. J. and DIXON, G. R. L. - Mining Investment in Australia 1977- 1980, Australian Economic Review, 2nd Quarter 1977. 26. McDONNELL, J. S. and DEFRIS, L. V. - The Informational Content of Australian Consumer Surveys and Their Explanatory and Forecasting Value. Paper presented at the Sixth Conference of Economists, Hobart, May 1977. 27. McDONNELL, J. S. and DEFRIS, L. V. - Recent Developments in the Australian Field of Psychological Economics. Paper presented at the 48th ANZAAS Congress, Melbourne, August 1977. 28. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - "Human needs and patterns of segregation" in 2001: Urban Space for Life and Work. Introductory report to the International Conference of thc Council on Tall Buildings and Urban Habitat and UNESCO, Paris, November 1977. 29. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - School and work: equality of outcomes. Paper given at thc annual conference of Australian Council of Slate School Organizations, Darwin, September 1977. 30. O'NEILL, JUDITH A. - "Poverty and Education". Paper given at the National Conference on Educational Disadvantage, Schools Can Make a Difference. Latrobe University, August 1977. 31. OWENS, HELEN — The OECD Social Indicator Development Programme — The Australian Experience. Paper presented to a conference on Social Indicators in Australia: Health and Housing at the Research School of Social Sciences, ANU, Canberra, 8-9 September 1977. 32. SCOTTON, R. B. - "Medibank 1976", Australian Economic Review, Ist Quarter 1977, pp. 23-35. 33. SCOTTON, R. B. - "Health Costs and Health Policy", Australian Quarterly. Vol. 49, No. 2, June 1977, pp. 5-16. 34. SCOTTON, R. B. - Public Expenditures and Social Policy. Paper delivered to the 48th Congress of the Australian and New Zealand Association for thc Advancement of Science. Melbourne, August 1977. 35. SCOTTON, R. B. with FEEHAN, H. V. and SINGH, FATTEH - Expenditure on Drugs. Medicines, Therapeutic Goods and Appliances in Victoria: Summary Report 1977. Victorian College of Pharmacy, 1977. 36. SHEEHAN, P. J. and DERODY, B. - A Forecasting Model of the Money Supply Process. Paper presented at the Sixth Conference of Economists, Hobart, May 1977. 37. SMITH, A. W. and SMITH, RHONDA L. - "A Model of the Australian Farm Sector: A Progress Report", Economic Record, Vol. 52, No. 140, December 1976, pp. 462-482. 38. SMITH, A. W., DOBES, L. and SMITH. RHONDA, L. - Inlersectoral Linkages Between the Rural Sector and the Rest of the Australian Economy, paper presented lo thc 21 si Annual Conference of the Australian Agricultural Economics Society. Brisbane. Februarv 1977. 39. SMITH, A. W. and SMITH, RHONDA L. - "Slock Variations and Cereal Supply Models for thc United Kingdom", Journal of Agricultural Economics. Vol. 28, No. 2, May 1977.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress A. BURBIDGE - Government Policies for the Work-force Poor P. CUTTANCE — Educational Achievement at the Secondary School Level E. HAYWOOD - Economic Fluctuations: Australia and its States. 1950-1972 G. P. SCHUYERS - An Economic Analysis of Energy Resources in Australia P. P. STRICKER - Operation of the Australian Labour Market

M.Com Thesis in Progress D. MeDONALD - Measurement of Potential Output in Australia INSTITUTE OF APPLIED ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL RESEARCH 69

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grams have been received as follows: — ARGC: Analysis of Industry Input/Output Tables. ARGC: Analysis of Social Expenditures in Australia. ARGC: A Study ofthe Influence of Imports on Domestic Prices. Australian Wool Corporation: Preparation and Analysis of Farm Cost Data. Felton Bequests: Analysis of Social Expenditures in Australia. Social Welfare Department of Victoria: A Study of Local Government Welfare Activities. Utah Foundation: Study of Social Expenditure Patterns in Australia. Youth Council of Victoria: Analysis of Local Government Questionnaires for "Youth 2007" Project. Details of subscribers lo the Consumer Surveys and Econometric Forecasting Projects will bc found in the Annual Report of ihe Institute for 1977. LEGAL STUDIES

Chairman of department: Mr A. J. St.J. Hannigan Reader AIDAN JAMES ST JOHN HANNIGAN Lectures BOB BOASE FRANCES CAROL HANKS RICHARD JAMES MITCHELL ZALMON SINGER Senior Tutors DENISE ADRIENNE KERR GRAEME JOHN LOWE LORETTA MARGARET RE Tutor ROBERT IAN McQUEEN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The extent to which laws against deception impose a duty to disclose information. 2. Comparative aspects of British and Australian labour law. 3. Various aspects of commercial law — for publication as a textbook. 4. Natural resources law. 5. Federal law and government. 6. Child abuse. 7. Immigration laws in Australia. 8. Worker participation in statutory corporations.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLE 1. RE, L. M. - Child Abuse: Victorian Workshop Report 2 Legal Service Bulletin 233 (1977).

70 REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOMIC STUDIES

Chairman of department: Mr C. S. Woods Reader ROBERT KENT WILSON Senior Lecturers CLIFFORD SELBY WOODS CLIVE SAUNDERS BEED Lecturer ROBERT ADRIAN CARTER Senior Tutor DAVID LESLIE MARSHALL Tutor DAVID ROSS BOOTH

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. The relation of recent planning experience in Melbourne to relevant socio-economic theory — C. S. Beed. 2. Distributional impacts of federal government housing policy — R. A. Carter. 3. Small area analysis of housing markets in Melbourne - R. A. Carter. 4. Metropolitan employment structure and urbanization processes — R. A. Carter. 5. An analysis of regional and urban policies instituted by the Australian Government from end 1972-1975 inclusive, as a contribution to a monograph being produced by the Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, on social policy in the period - R. K. Wilson. 6. Data collection for an estimate ofthe regional income of the Albury-Wodonga growth centre and its hinterland - R. K. Wilson.

PUBLISHED WORK

REPORTS 1. CARTER, R. A. - "The Post-Industrial Society", in Melbourne's Inner Areas: A Position Statement, Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works, April 1977, 40-45. 2. CARTER, R. A. — "A Strategic Approach to Urban Project Evaluation" and "The Income Model" in Outer Ring Studv. Technical Report .\n. 6. Road Planning Liaison Committee, Planning Branch, Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works, August 1977, pp. 2-12 and 143-242.

ARTICLE 3. CARTER, R. A. - "Mt. Ridley: Negotiated Development, But Not Planning", Polis. Vol. 4, No. 2, August 1977, pp. 12-19.

THESES IN PROGRESS M.Ec. Thesis in Progress BOOTH, D. R. - Inter-regional Migration in Victoria. 1966-71 M.Comm. Thesis in Progress MARSHALL, D. L. — Trends in property prices and land values in some inner suburbs of Melbourne and the economic consequences

71 EDUCATION

Chairman of department: Professor K. C. Lee Dow Professors ALBERT GORDON AUSTIN KWONG CHIU LEE DOW KENNETH BRIAN START Readers GWYNETH MAUDE DOW EDGAR LIONEL FRENCH IAN VICTOR HANSEN STEPHEN MURRAY-SMITH OLIVE WYKES Senior Lecturers PETER NORMANTON GILL WILMA DENESE HANNAH KATHLEENIMELDA PALMER MORRIS STANTON WILLIAMS Lecturers JEAN FAY BARSALOUX MICHAEL EDWIN BERNARD DONALD FREDERICK CAVE ELIZABETH ROSEMARY DINES RODERICK ALAN FAWNS KEITH GRANT FLEMING LESLEY RUTH JOHNSON WILLIAM GEORGE SHAND SMITH RICHARD VAUGHAN TEESE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. COMPARATIVE EDUCATION 1. Progress of reforms in higher education in France — O. Wykes. 2. Changes in curriculum of secondary schools in France — O. Wykes. 3. History of secondary education in Australia 1788-1900 — E. L. French. 4. History of secondary education in Victoria 1901-1938 — E. L. French. 5. The educational ethics of a free society — E. L. French.

M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Thesis H. N. POSTEMA - Some Aspects of Policy in Public Education in Victoria 1918-1940 Minor Theses B. M. COLDREY — Lord Somers Camp and Power House: An Educational Programme for Older Adolescents: The Each Years 1929-1941 M. J. ELLIOTT - 'Migrant Education' in Fitzroy 1965-1975 L. A. FRYAR — A Comparative Study of Courses for Prospective Teachers of Physical Education C. R. GARDNER — Developments in Australia Government Public Service Board Training Policy 1945-75 F. MERLINO — The Three Teachers' Unions in Victoria: A Comparative Study R. J. SNEDDON - Legal Rights of Teachers in the United Stales and Australia M. O. H. WATSON — An Examination ofthe Nature of Teacher Accountability in Relation to Changes in the Victorian Education Department School Council Regulations F. G. WILLIAMS — The Educational Recommendations ofthe World Bank Mission Report on Papua New Guinea 1964-74

B. CURRICULUM STUDIES

1. Learning lo teach: teaching to learn — G. M. Dow. 2. Curriculum innovation - G. M. Dow. 3. Individualized instruction, individualized curricula, and the education of the gifted child — W. D. Hannah. 4. The teaching of evolution in secondary science courses: the social interface — R. A. Fawns. 5. The 'clinical' components of pre-service supervision in science teacher education: Iheory and practice — R. A. Fawns. See also Substantial Grants Received below.

PhD Theses in Progress J. G. AINLEY — An Evaluation ofthe Australian Government Science Facilities Programme and its Effect on Science Education in Australian Schools P. N. CLARKE — Staff in Teachers' Colleges: Their Role, Position and Attitudes in Higher Education A. N. GRANT — A Study of the Response lo the Reading of Fiction by Pupils at the Upper Secondary School Level

72 EDUCATION 73

M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Theses B. L. BELL — In-Service Courses — Evaluation in Educational Administration K. BERRYMAN — 16 mm Film in the Classroom: Trends in Victorian Schools C. J. BIGUM - HSC Subject Choice Trends 1966-1975 B. H. BOADLE — Music Teaching in Victorian State Primary Schools in Relation to Teacher Training J. A. BOWDEN — Role of Laboratory Work in Undergraduate Science Courses M. R. BRENTNALL — Enquiry Processes at the Junior Secondary Science Level J. BR YCE — The Heterogeneity of Music Backgrounds of Students al the Beginning of Secondary School, and Implications for the Secondary School Music Curriculum C. S. CHRISTIE — Co-Education in Independent Schools P. C. CLARKSON — Activitv Learning and Individualization in Mathematics in Junior Secondarv Schools T. COSOPODIOTIS - The Social Role ofthe English Teacher M. T. HAMERSTON - The Public Examination of English in Victoria: A Study of one external influence on the Secondary School English Curriculum, 1944-1974 T. J. HEINE - Introduction and Development of Rudolf Steiner Schools in Australia G. M. MILES — The Primary to Secondarv Transition and Concept of Curriculum ofthe Middle School I. H. ROBINSON - The Place of Models'in Curriculum Theory Y. RYAN — Role Change in Mature Age Students returning lo Full-lime Education M. S. SPEAR - Curricular Innovation in Victoria's Secondary Schools 1968-1976 G. M. TROYNAR — Alternatives in Junior Secondary Science: A Critical and Comparative Study of A.S.E.P.. S.C.I.S.P. and Nuffield Junior Secondary Science C. VINCENT - An Investigation into the Historical Development of Instrumental Music at the Secondary Level in Victoria G. L. WILLCOX - An Analysis of ihe Recent Reform Movement in Education: With Special Reference to Victorian Secondary Schools in the Late I960's Minor Theses R. O. COSGRIFF — Investigation of the Role of Writing in Secondarv Schools P. J. DAFFEY — Games in the Junior Secondary Mathematics Curriculum R. GULLAN - A TAFE Staff Profile G. T. INCHLEY - The Applicability of the Current HSC Programme ro Mature Age Students M. LIM CHIOW BENG - Curriculum Sludies - Classroom Research R. McLEAN — Computer-Assisted Instruction in the Primary School I. M. ROBOTTOM - The Socio-Hislorical Approach to Science Teaching: Theory and Practice N. A. SHAW - Nurse Education A. D. WHITE - Strategies for Promoting Curriculum Change: A Literature Survey

C. DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATIONAL THOUGHT 1. Matthew Arnold: culture, society and education - K. I. Palmer. 2. Progressive and alternative school theory - P. N. Gill. 3. A. S. Neill and the education of the 'free' child - P. N. Gill. PhD Theses in Progress V. D'CRUZ — 77ie Educational Thought of Vivekananda in its Ideological and Cultural Context J. R. GRIFFITHS - Education as an Aspect of Social Reform in ihe Works of Some Victorian Writers M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Thesis D. P. TAYLOR - Yoga and Education Minor Thesis B. C. TRANTER - Raymond Williams' Theory of Culture: A Critique

D. HISTORY 1. Biographical essays on Sir James Barrett, Mother Paul Barron, John Brownlee, Percy Edgar Deane, Theodore Fink, Julia Flynn, for Australian Dictionary of Biography. 2. Australia and our recollections 1914-1975 — A. G. Austin. PhD Theses in Progress R. W. BIDDINGTON — 77ie Origin and Development of Primary Teacher Education and Training in Victoria 1850-1950 M. A. CLEMENTS - Middle Class Education and Matriculation in Victoria 1890-1912 A. J. DARE — The Educational and Social Significance of Senior Technical Education in Victoria 1890-1965 K. E. DEAR - 77ie Role ofthe Inspectorate in Victorian Education 1862-1901 P. N. LING — An Analysis of Arrangements made for the Provision of Technical Education in Australia, 1880- 1914 74 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

J. D. McLAREN — The Influence ofthe Writings of F. R. Leavis on the Teaching of Humanities with particular reference to Australia J. A. MITCHELL - The Evolution ofthe Viclorian Stale High School System 1905-1928 G. W. NOBLE - The History of Secondary Education in Australia from 1800-1858 D. H. TASKER — The Place of Religion in Commercial Television in Australia from 1956 lo the Present Time M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Theses J. BIDDINGTON — Survev ofthe Role of Women in the Education Department of Victoria from 1872-1925 G. BOURAS - The Biography of A. J. Hicks 0. COUSINS - History of Melbourne University 1880-1889 S. J. EDWARDS - Liability of Teachers in Law: Past History and Present Position of Legal Liability L. F. C. GARLICK — Movements that Led to the Establishment of The Viclorian Teachers' Tribunal and its Operations during the Years 1946-66 D. R. GIBBS — Biography of John Thomas Lawton 1878-1944: An Educational and Social Reformer P. N. GILL — Government Aid to Non-Government Schools 1959-1970 R. F. KIMBER - The Development of the Primary School Curriculum in Victoria 1901-1940 E. LYONS - The History ofthe VCTA. B. P. McPHEE — Catholic Education: The Contribution of Archbishop Carr of Melbourne C. R. MacPHERSON - Biography of Thomas Arnold the Younger in Van Dieman's Land 1. A. MORATH - Studv of the Social and Political Forces that Influenced the Formulation of ALP Education Policy between 1968-1972 G. R. REID - The Effect of the Decade of the Depression 1925-193} upon Three Upper Middle Class Independent Schools D. E. SPRATT - History of Melbourne Universitv 1901-1914 A. TURNER - Independent Working Class Education in Australia 1917-1927 Minor Theses R. F. BAKER - Payment by Results in Victoria 1864-1905 R. A. BARKLEY - A History ofthe Hermitage CE.G.G.S. P. E. BLYTH — Payment by Results as an Innovation in Viclorian Education M. T. GILCHRIST - The Role of Dr Mannix in Victorian Catholic Education 1913-1928 3. J. McDONOGH — Some Aspects of Secondarv Technical Education in Victoria C. O'DWYER - Catholic Migrant Education in Victoria in the I950's R. P. WAKEHAM - Vocational Education and Apprenticeship D. L. WHITE - History of Geelong High School R. WHITELEY - The'Administrative Style of Donald Clark

E. LINGUISTICS 1. Variability in the language of Australian children aged five to seven — E. R. Dines. 2. Longitudinal study of the acquisition of English by an Albanian child - E. R. Dines 3. Multicultural education policy for thc Victorian Teachers' Union - E. R. Dines. 4. Learning and variation in classroom language - E. R. Dines. 5. Mothers' attitudes to children's language — E. R. Dines. See also Substantial Grants Received below. M.Ed Theses in Progress C. D. DUNSTAN — Mathematical Ability and Linguistic Framework L. M. HOLROYD — The Development of Language Facility of Students between Grade 6 and Forms 2 and 4 K. P. K1NDLER - Language Differences in Fifteen Year Olds of Differing Socio-economic Backgrounds

F. PHILOSOPHY 1. Perceptions of excellence: studies in educational theory - W. D. Hannah, ed.. with essays by various staff members. 2. Propositional analysis of the criteria of the concepts of learning and teaching - K. G. Fleming. 3. Education and training — K. G. Fleming. 4. Criteria of learning and teaching - K. G. Fleming. 5. Education and intrinsic value — W. G. S. Smith." 6. An analysis of rights in an educational context — W. G. S. Smith. 7. Philosophy of music education - W. G. S. Smith. 8. Giovanni Gentile and Antonio Gramsci — D. F. Cave. M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Theses J. M. BRADBEER - Religious Knowledge and Education J. K. R. GOOD - The Philosophic Bases of T. S. Eliol's Thought: The Concept of Objectivity L. R. GRESCHKE — The Relevance of Transcendental Arguments and Values in Education J. E. M. MICHEL — Freedom and Education: An Evaluation of the Ideas of D. H. Lawrence J. NICHTERLEIN - Kant's Philosophy of Education W. T. RICE — Meaning and Understanding in Concept Acquisition EDUCATION 75

Minor Theses J. F. ATKINSON — A Discussion of ihe Distinctiveness of Hirst's Forms of Knowledge P. D. HARRISON - Panerns of Authority in the Classroom W. J. MITHEN — The Value of Educational Activities P. RZECHORZEK - Criteria Knowledge and Teaching B. SANTAMARIA - Equality and Education

G. PSYCHOLOGY 1. Attitudes and achievements of 9-11 year old children - K. B. Start. 2. Attitudes and achievements or teachers and the learning of their pupils — K. B. Start. 3. 'Time-on-task' relations with pupil learning — K. B. Start. 4. Curiosity and affective arousal — J. Barsaloux. See also Substantial Grants Received below. PhD Theses in Progress M. AINLEY — The Role of Curiosity in Problem-solving I. L. BALL — Performance in Si&ssful Situations J. McMILLAN - The Effects of Counselling on Pre- and Post-Partum Anxiety in Primiparae R. MILNE — Moral Development in Early Childhood H. SCHOFIELD - The Relationship between Teachers' Attitudes and Pupils' Achievements M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Theses A. BALLARD — Curiosity and Cognition in Early Adolescence M. J. BOURNE — Cognition and Spatial Relations in Mathematics G. J. BOYLE - Delimitation of Slate and Trail Curiosity in Relation lo Stale Anxiety and Performance on a Learning Task H. GILMOUR - Survey of Oral Reading of Grade 2 Children A. KENNEDY - Personality Factors and Mathematics Performance in Primary School Children J. PARKER — Aspects of Peer Group Relationships in Primary School Classes wilh a Significant Migrant Component A. M. RIDSDALE - The Achievement of and AuiiudeTowards the Teaching of Reading in Pre- and Post-science Teachers I. F. SH ER WELL - Learner and Instructional Variables Contributing to the Learning and Retention of Related Concepts al the Formal Levels of Attainment R. K. WATSON — Sources and Consequences of Classroom Empathy J. D. WHITE - Personality and Achievement in Computer-based drill and Practice for Primary School Children V. C. YULE — Literacy for Educationally Disadvantaged Children Minor Theses J. BECROFT - Relationships between Home Environment and Spelling Achievement of Grade 6 Pupils in Canberra H. J. DAP1RON — Achievement of Migrant Children in Secondarv Schools B. T. DICKIE - Anxiety Scales J. L. EVANS — Components of Test Anxiety B.C. HESKETH - Provision of a Centralized Computing Facility for Secondary Schools in a Victorian Regional Area R. D. HEWITT - Some Factors Contributing to the School Performance of 10 and 14 year old Migrant Children in Australia B. HODGSON - Relieving Anxiety in Multiple Choice Examinations B. F. JACKLING — .SV.v. Sex Role Identity and Field Independence B. JOHNSON - The Effects of Schools on the Reading Ability of Primary School Children T. C. MATTHEWS — The Effects of Item Wording on Item Characteristics in the Slate-Trail Anxiety Inventory and the State-Trait Curiosity Inventory M. MAYERS - The Use of the Rasch Model in Mathematics G. MORGAN - Application of Bayesian Decision-theoretic Procedures to Criteria-referenced Texts N. A. PATEMAN — Remediating Elementary Mathematics of First Year Primary Teaching Students A. SCOTT — Motor-Sensory Therapy for Under-Achieving Children K.J. SHARM AN - Relationship between Television Viewing Habits and Reading ofT welve Year Old Children B. W. SMITH - Investigations into "Time on Task" Concepts M. SMITH — The Relationship between Peer Group Status and Academic Achievement in the Primary School R. 1. TINNING - Evaluation of the Status of Physical Education in a Sample of Geelong Primary Schools and an Analysis of the Constraints Affecting its Teaching R. J. WELSH - Time on Task Study involving Grade 3 Primary School Children

H. SOCIOLOGY 1. Social differences in educational achievement — R.V. Teese. 2. Matthew Arnold: a study in culture and ideology - L. R. Johnson. 3. F. R. Leavis and the role ofthe English literary intellectual - L. R. Johnson. 76 FACULTY OF EDUCATION

4. The concept of culture and thc English intellectual — L. R. Johnson. 5. Innovations in schools in Victoria - L. R. Johnson and P. N. Gill. 6. Australian intellectuals in the inter-war years — L. R. Johnson. M.Ed Theses in Progress Major Theses H. BANNISTER — An Analysis of the Development ofa Centralized Educational Bureaucracy in Victoria during the Nineteenth Century O. FORD — A Study of Local Communities and their Schools in the Shire of Braybrook 1871-1951 J. D. GOODALL — The Application of Freire's Theory on Literary Teaching to English with particular reference to the Linguistic Aspects J. C. HOWELLS — Sociological Aspects of Curriculum Development in Religious Education M. KEANE — The Phenomenonological Perspective as a Methodology for the Social Sciences D. D. McCALLUM — Aspects of Ideological Functioning of Schools M. J. ORR - Critical Review of Deviance Literature with Emphasis on its Relevance to the Modern Urban Secondary School Situation P. T. TONER — Sex-Rote Conditioning in Technical Schools Curriculum Minor Theses M. DELARGY HEALY — Teachers' Involvement in the Juvenile Justice System E. DETH RIDGE - Problems in Art Education M. J. FAULKNER - Some Reality Constructions of Gifted Working Class 11 Year Olds in Inner Suburban Primary Schools J. GRANT — Sociology of Educational Ideas B. HOPKINS — 77te Role of the Primary School Teacher as seen by Teaching College Students L. LICHTMAN — Role of Education in the Creation of New Societies: An Analysis of Durkheim. Mannheim and lllich B. PASQUA — Institutionalization of Community Participation Projects R. S. STEWART — Religious Development of Senior Students in Selected Single-Sex and Co-Educational Catholic Schools

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS DOW, G. M. — Uncommon Common Sense. Pergamon Press, Sydney, 1977. Revised and republished. FAWNS, R. A. (cd.) - Handbook for the Science Talent Search. Science Teachers' Association of Victoria, 1977. HANSEN, I. V. - 77ze Meaning Machine: an introduction to sentence making for secondary students. Jacaranda Press, Brisbane, 1977. MURRAY-SMITH, S. (consulting editor) - Freedom from Prejudice: an introduction lo the Australian collection in the National Gallery of Victoria, by Brian Finemore, National Gallery of Victoria, 1977. MURRAY-SMITH, S. (ed.) - Melbourne Studies in Education 1977, Melbourne University Press, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS DOW, G. M. — 'Course B': School-Based Teacher Education, in Innovation in Teacher Education, cd. C. Turney. pp. 241-6, Sydney University Press, 1977.

ARTICLES AND PAMPHLETS DINES, E. - Variational Analysis ofa Discourse Pattern - and stuff like lhal. in Working Papers in Linguistics. eds R. J. Zatorski and E. H. Pearce, pp. 33-56, University of Melbourne, 1977, No. 3. FAWNS, R. A. - Humanistic Goals and Competency Based Teacher Education, in Journal of the South Pacific Association of Teacher Education. 1977. FAWNS, R. and BUSHELL, A. - Open Ended Research and the Science Talent Search, in Journal of the Science Teachers' Association of Victoria 21(1): pp. 6-10 (1977). FAWNS, R. A. - Science in the Compulsory Years, in Journal of the Science Teachers' Association of Victoria 21(4): pp. 34 (1977). FAWNS, R. A. — Science Teacher Questioning in Two Enquiry Directed Settings, in Research in Science Education, 1977. (Australian Science Education Research Association). FAWNS, R., SHEERS, A. and SPEHR, J. - 'Struggle for Survival' - A Game lor Senior Biologists, and a review of a trial version, in Journal of the Science Teachers' Association of Victoria 21(4): pp. 31-33 (1977). GRIFFIN, P. E. and START, K. B. - Evaluation of Museum Education Services, in New Directions in Museum Education. Australian UNESCO Seminar, Adelaide, 1977. N. E. McMURRAY, M. E. BERNARD, K. VORWEYK and J. SCHILLING - Instructional Design for Accelerating Children's Concept Learning. Journal of Educational Psychology. 69(6): pp. 660-667. SCHOFIELD, H. and START, K. B. — Attitudes towards Reading and the Teaching of Reading in a Group of Student Teachers. Journal of Educational Research 7(5): pp. 246-51 (1977). SMITH, W. G. S. — Knowledge, Objectivity and the Paradigm Case Argument, in Educational Philosophy and Theory. 9(2): pp. 19-30 (October 1977). EDUCATION 77

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Education Major Theses 1. CARDELL, K. J. — Very Little Poetry. Tertiary Literature Students and the Study of Poetry: Some Case Studies 2. ECKERSALL, K. E. - A History of Aims in Printing Education in Melbourne 1870-1970 3. GARDNER. P. R. - The Philosophy of Creativity 4. PALMER, K. I. — Matthew Arnold's Perception of Culture and the Implications of that Perception for his Educational Writing Minor Theses 5. BOYD, L. C. — Origins and Development of General Science in Victoria 1942-1962 6. BRICK, J. M. — An Analysis of Christian Socialist Thought with particular reference to Education as represented in their Journals "Politics for the People", "The Christian Socialist" and "The Journal of Association"; 1848-1852 7. BUNBURY, R. M. - Children's Understanding of Literature 8. CARNEGIE, A. B. — Continuing Education for Farmers in Victorian Agricultural Colleges 9. CLAUGHTON, W. G. - Self Overestimate and Scholastic Success 10. COOPER, M. C. - Women and Social Change 11. CROSS, R. J. — Distinguishing the Science content taken by Grade 12 students 12. ELLIOTT, R. H. - An Investigation of some Educational Implications of Holland's Theory of Vocational Choice 13. GEORGIOU, E. H. - Greek Migrant Parents' Attitudes Towards Handicap 14. MARTIN, R. A. — The Victorian Agricultural High Schools: Origins, Development and Failure, with special reference to Ballarat. Sale. Shepparton and Wangaratta Agricultural High Schools 15. MITCHELL. W. J. — Educational Leadership of Regional Directors 16. McDOUGALL, A. B. — Computer-based learning in an Australian setting: A Study of the Development and use of a Foreign Language Vocabulary Program at the University of Melbourne 17. NIELSEN, G. A. — A Comparative Study of three State Colleges of Victoria — Burwood. Frankston, Toorak 1973-1976 18. NORMAN. M. J. — Curriculum Design and Contemporary Values 19. NORTHROP, J. M. - Education in a General Sense 20. PARROTT, M. C. - Some conceptual problems in curriculum integration 21. QUIN, M. J. - The State College of Victoria 22. RAWLINGS, D. — Validation of the state-trait distinction in curiosity 23. RAWLINGS, M. L. — The effects of imputed popularity and imputed success on self-esteem and school achievement in the eighth grade 24. STUTTERD, A. B. — The nature and organization of secondary "method" programmes in teacher education: A comparison between selected institutions in Australia and England

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ERDC: A 'Think Tank' Approach to Educational Policy - K. B. Start. ERDC: Formal and Functional Variation in Urban Children's Language - E. Dines. ERDC: Pupil Outcome as Criteria in Educational Research - K. B. Start. ERDC: Small Group Responses to Literature in Undirected Learning Situations — I. V. Hansen. ERDC: Subject Choice in the Upper Secondary School in Victoria — K. Lee Dow. ERDC and Victorian Education Department: Establishment and First Three Year of an Open Plan Design School Complex — K. B. Start. Victorian Education Department: Assessment of Educational Progress — K. B. Start. CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION

Director: Professor D. G. Beswick Director and Professor DAVID GEORGE BESWICK Senior Lecturers JOHN EDWARD ANWYL SAMUEL CYRIL DRIVER (on leave) ROBERT FREDERICK GARTON Lecturers JOHN ALBERT BOWDEN JOHN CRIGHTON JULIAN •GORDON ANDERSON SHEARER Research Fellows FELICITY CATHERINE LOUISE BEIGHTON (until June) TERRENCE RICHARD DUNN •ANNE McDOUGALL GUTTA LAKSHMANA RAO Visiting Research Fellows WILFRED NEIL BARDSLEY (from August - December) ROBERT COPE (June - August) PATRICK McDONNELL (from October - December)

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

1. A study of the social and educational values of Australian academics - Anwyl, Bowden, Rao. 2. A longitudinal study of the transition from secondary to tertiary education and career development — Beswick, Rao. 3. An analysis of Australian experiences during the first three years after matriculation — Beswick, Bardsley, Dunn, McDonnell. 4. An Australian study of equality of opportunity in education — Rao. 5. Intrinsic motivation, curiosity and career related behaviour — Beswick. 6. The evaluation of university courses — Beswick, Garton. 7. An investigation into computerized information systems in the United Kingdom — Bowden. 8. Design of materials for teaching manipulative skills in the chemistry laboratory — Bowden. 9. Studies of analysis of examination data and assessment and selection methods — Dunn. 10. A survey of student housing needs — Beswick. 11. Problems of part-time students - Anwyl, Garton. 12. Characteristics of women entering science — McDougall, Beswick.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. BOWDEN, J. A. and RIX, C. J. — Manipulative Skills in the Chemistrv Laboratory: Volumetric Techniques Guide. CSHE University of Melbourne, 1977. 2. RAO, G. L. — Overseas Students in Australia. ERU Australian National University. Canberra, 1977. 3. RAO. G. L. - Internal Migration and Political Change in India. National Publishing House. New Delhi, 1977.

ARTICLES 4. BEIGHTON, F. C. L. and GALLAGHER, A. P. - A Nationwide Survey of Tertiary Students" Budgets. Vestes 20: 35-36 (1977). 5. BESWICK, D. G. and McDOUGALL, A. B. - Characteristics of Women Entering Science. Proceedings 48lh ANZAAS Congress. Melbourne 1977. 6. BOWDEN, J. A. and FALK, B. - Confravision Links' - An Alternative to Interstate Travel for Conferences. Vestes 20: 58-60 (1977). 7. McDONNELL, P. and BESWICK, D. G. - School Effects on Educational Intentions in Australia. Education Research and Perspectives 4: 3-12 (1977). 8. McDOUGALL, A. — Student-Computer Communication for Foreign Language Learning in Davis, M. (ed.). Communication in Science — Papers given during the 48th ANZAAS Congress. Melbourne, 1977, 54- 61. 9. McDOUGALL, A. - The use of computers in foreign language teaching, 1-7. 10. McDOUGALL, A. — The computers in Education Research Group at the University of Melbourne, 8-18. 11. McDOUGALL, A. - Evaluation of Swedish vocabulary practice program, 31-40 in Martin, .1. S. (ed.), The Teaching of Swedish in Melbourne 1977: Department of Germanic Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977. 12. RICHMOND. A. H. and RAO, G. L. - Recent Developments in Immigration lo Canada and Australia. International Journal of Comparative Sociology, XVII: 183-205 (1977). 13. BEIGHTON, F. C. L. and VOWELS, L. - Student Parents al Melbourne University. Their Needs and Problems. Student Services Office. University of Melbourne (1977).

78 CENTRE FOR THE STUDY OF HIGHER EDUCATION 79

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress KENNETH NORMAN ROSS - Social area indicators and education achievement M.Ed Thesis in Progress HELEN GARRETTY — Placement of E type applicants with previous tertiary experience

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Rural Credits: Career development. Council for Educational Technology for the U.K.: Computerized information systems. University of Melbourne: Student housing survey. Committee of Inquiry into Education and Training: Australian experiences during the first three years after matriculation. Australian Research Grants Committee: Intrinsic motivation and higher education preferences. Australian Research Grants Committee: A study of the social and educational role and values of Australian academics. Education Research and Development Committee: Career development. CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Chairman of department: Mr D. C Evans Professor STANLEY ROBERT SIEMON Visiting Professor HENRY REGINALD CLIVE PRATT Readers DAVID GORDON EVANS IESTYN JAMES HARRIS WERNER STRAUSS Senior Lecturers WILLIAM REGINALD BULMER MARTIN DAVID GEORGE WOOD ROBERT SELWYN YOST Lecturers GARY NORRIS KERKIN SHENG HSIUN LIN BRIAN RALPH STANMORE DONALD GEORGE VANSELOW Tutor HOWARD ROYCE DEVLIN Senior Research Officer FREDERICK ADRIAN BULL Junior Research Fellow HENDRIK ADRIAAN JACOBUS BATTAERD Graduate Research Assistant JOHN MURRAY CHARLESWORTH RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. FUEL ENGINEERING 3. Fluid bed combustion — Dr B. R. Stanmore. 2. Processes for dewatering brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore, Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr D. G. Evans. 3. Production of hard carbon from brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore and Professor S. R. Siemon. 4. Extrusion of brown coal — Dr B. R. Stanmore. 5. Structure of brown coal — Professor S. R. Siemon. 6. Conversion of brown coal to liquid fuels - Professor S. R. Siemon and Mr R. S. Yost. 7. Handling of solid fuels - Dr F. A. Bull. 8. Electrode grist and pitch from brown coal char - Dr F. A. Bull. 9. Identification of petroleum residues in arsons - Dr F. A. Bull. 10. Solvent extraction of brown coal — Mr D. G. Evans. 11. Interaction of ammonia with brown coal - Mr D. G. Evans.

B. BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 12. Role of activated carbon in waste water treatment — Mr W. R. B. Martin. 13. Algae growth on sewage — Mr W. R. B. Martin. 14. Uptake of phosphorus from waste water by algae — Mr W. R. B. Martin. 15. Recovery of useful products from piggery wastes — Professor S. R. Siemon. 16. Thermal dewatering of piggery effluent - Dr D. G. Vanselow. 17. Thermal and mechanical dewatering of lucerne leaves — Dr D. G. Vanselow and Mr D. G. Evans. 18. Kinetics of phenol biodegradation — Dr D. G. Vanselow. 19. Utilization of oxygen in activated sludge plants — Dr I. J. Harris. 20. Effect of air pollutants on Australian plants — Dr W. Strauss. 21. Continuous high temperature/short time sterilization of liquid foods using steam injection — Dr D. G. Wood.

C. TRANSPORT PHENOMENA 22. Backmixing in solvent extraction — Professor II. R. C. Pratt. 23. Droplet coalescence and breakdown in packed liquid extraction columns — Professor H. R. C. Pratt. 24. Mass transfer coefficients in multi-component vapour-liquid systems - Mr R. S. Yost. 25. Theoretical and experimental investigation into the melting of a sphere — Dr D. G. Wood 26. Condensation inside horizontal and vertical tubes — Dr D. G. Wood. 27. Pressure drop studies in annular two-phase flow — Dr D. G. Wood. 28. Thc structure of the interface during condensation iwo-phase flow — Dr D. G. Wood. 29. Correlations for two-phase.convective heat transfer — Mr D. G. Evans.

D. OTHER 30. Heat loss during anasthaesis - Dr I. J. Harris. 31. The supply and demand of Chemical Engineers in Australia — Dr D. G. Wood. 32. The effect of transportation options on urban air pollution — Dr W. Strauss.

80 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 81

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. BATTERHAM, R. J. and WOOD, D. G. - The Effect of Return Bends on the Heal Transfer from an Internationally Flowing Turbulent Air Stream in Smooth Tubes. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, Sydney University, February I977. pp. 93. 2. DOWNING, P. G., STANMORE, B. R. and YOST, R. S. - An Assessment of Brown Coal as a Feed for Conversion to Liquid Fuels. Chemeca 77, 5th Australian Conference on Chemical Engineering, pp. 83-88. Canberra, I977. 3. EVANS. D. G. - Oil from Coal in Australia. Session K; Energy Resources and Utilization, Section 1 — Physics, 48th ANZAAS Congress, Melbourne, 1977. 4. EVANS. D. G. — A New Approach to Convective Heat-Transfer Correlations. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, pp. 305-312, Sydney, 1977. 5. GOLDING, R. M., HARRIS, B., RALPH, B. J., RICKARD, J1. A. D. and VANSELOW, D. G. - The nature of the Passivation Film on Covellite exposed to Oxygen, in GBF (Gesselschaft fur Biotechnologische Forschungj Monograph Series, No. 4, 1977, Braunschweig. 6. KERKIN, G. N„ BULL, F. A. (University of Melbourne) and KENNEDY, G. L. (Australian Char Pty. Ltd.) — A Simple Routine-control Drop-shatter Test in Proceedings of an International Conference on Fracture Mechanics and Technology, eds G. C. Sih and G. L. Chow, pp. 1381-1395, Sijthoff and Noordhoff International Publishers, Alphen aan den Rijn, The Netherlands, 1977. 7. NGUYEN, K. L. and WOOD, D. G. — Filmwise Condensation of a Pure Substance inside a Horizontal Tube. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, Svdney University, February 1977. pp. 347. 8. PRATT. H. R. C. and ANDERSON, W. J. - On Axial Mixing and the Design of Packed Extraction Columns from First Principles, Proc. Internal. Solv. Extraction Conf. (Toronto), 1977. 9. ROWNEY, J. E. and WOOD. D. G. - Melting ofa Single Body in a Hoi Gas Stream. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, Sydney University, February 1977, pp.93. 10. STANMORE, B. R. and BOYD, A. R. - Heat Transfer and Thermal Effects in Healed Cylinders of Victorian Brown Coal. Second Australasian Conference on Heat and Mass Transfer, pp. 115-120, Svdney, 1977. 11. LIN, S. H. — Consecutive Immobilized Enzymatic Reactions with and without Enzyme Denaturation, Biophysical Chemistry 7. pp. 229 (1977). 12. LIN. S. H. — Particle Deposition due to Thermal Forces in a Tube, 32, pp. 637 (1977). Applied Scientific Research. 13. LIN, S. H. — Optimal Design of Mechanical Aeration Systems for Thermally and Organically Polluted Streams, International J. of Systems Science 8, pp. Ill (1977). 14. LIN, S. H. - Analysis of Thermophoretic Deposition of Aerosol Particles from Laminar Gas Stream. Chemical Engineering Science 32. pp. 458 (1977). 15. LIN, S. H. - Longitudinal Dispersion in Porous Media with Variable Porosity. Journal of Hvdrology 34, pp. 13 (1977). 16. LIN, S. H. — Nonlinear Adsorption in Layered Porous Media Flow. Journal of Ilvdraulics Division. American Society of Civil Engineers 103 (HY9), pp. 951 (1977). 17. LIN, S. H. — An Analysis of Immobilized Enzymatic Reaction in a Packed Bed Reactor with Enzyme Denaturation. Chemical Engineering Journal 14. pp. 125 (1977). 18. NGIAN. M. F„ NGIAN, K. F.. LIN, S. H. and PEARCE, G. R. - Biogasification using NaOH Treated Pig Faeces. (Technical Notes), Journal of Environmental Engineering Division, American Society of Civil Engineers, 103, EE6. 19. SHARPE, K. and BEKTASH, R. M. - Heterogeneity and the Modelling of Bacterial Spore Death: The Case of Continuously Decreasing Death Rate, Canadian Journal of Microbiology. 23. pp. 1501, (1977). 20 STRAUSS, W. and MAINWARING. S. J. - Report to the S.A. Dept. of Transport. A Study of Air Pollution in the North East Area Public Transportation Review (Adelaide) 53 pages.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. RADFORD, R. D. - Chemical conversion in turbulent tubular reactors Master of Engineering Science 2. PATTERSON, P. J. — 77ie reaction of brown coal with formaldehyde 3. ROBINSON, E. P. — A study ofthe effect of an anionic detergent on the performance ofa standard septic lank

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress ANDERSON, W. J. — Studies of axial mixing in liquid-liquid systems BEKTASH. R. M. — Effects of heat and pressure on bacterial spores CAM1ER, R. J. — Brown coal structure CHIAM, H. F. - Kinetics of bacterial growth on phenol COVEY, G. H. — Application of the parallel plate plastometer to brown coal rheology HOOPER, R. J. — Solvent extraction of brown coal 82 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

NGIAN, K. F. — Microbial activity in a fluidized bed of carbon NGUYEN, K. L. — Condensation inside a horizontal tube OUSSA, A. R. — Interaction of ammonia with brown coal PATHAK, J. P. - Heat treatment of lucerne PYKE, L. H. — Econometrics of residue recycling ROWNEY, J. E. — Melting of a sphere due to convective heat transfer SUBRAHMANIYAM, S. — Studies of the frictional pressure drop in annular two-phase flows. TANG, T. O. — Heal loss during anaesthesis WRIGHT, M. J. — Kinetics of chlorine dioxide sterilization M.EngSc Theses in Progress BROWN, S. R. — The treatability of brown coal dewatering effluent DROHAN, P. J. A. - Effect of lithotype in coat dewatering FISHER, R. J. - Luxury uptake by the algae Chlorella Pyrenoidose ROYLANCE, S. J. — Oxygen utilization in an activated sludge aeration

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows:- Esso Australia Ltd: Interfacial studies using hot film anemometers. NCRAC: Handling properties of solid fuel NCRAC: Electrode pitch from brown-coal char. VBCR & DC: Effect of lithotype on coal dewatering ARGC: Petroleum substitutes from coal. CIVIL ENGINEERING

Chairman of department: Professor L. K. Stevens Professor of Agricultural Engineering CHARLES GLENN ELDRICK DOWNING Professors JOHN DEMPSTER LAWSON LEONARD KELMAN STEVENS Visiting Professor LARRY STEWART SLOTTA Readers DAVID EDGAR ANGUS PETER JOHN MOORE LEWIS CHRISTIAN SCHMIDT BRUCE BURNELL SHARP ALFRED KEITH TURNER Senior Lecturers GEOFFREY DONALD BASE DAVID WINSTON BENNETT HARALD RICHARD GRAZE PETER JAMES HOADLEY PETER RONALD MORGAN IAN CHAPMAN O'NEILL Lecturers HUGH PATERSON BROWN ROSS HEATLEY MACMILLAN JOHN RICHARD STYLES KULDEEP SINGH VIRD1 Part-time Lecturer,-joint appointment with Chemical Engineering DONALD GEORGE VANSELOW Senior Research Fellow ROBERT BRUCE FREEMAN Research Fellows RONALD CHARLES BASSETT JOHN LINCOLN BURROW REGINALD PAUL BURROW Tutor BRUCE GAVIN CRAWFORD Academic Associates LEON GOTTLIEB SAMUEL FRYDMAN Research Consultant ALSTAIR JAMES MACKENZIE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 1. Retardancc coefficients for shallow flow through vegetation. 2. Spray irrigation method for orchards with heavy soils. 3. Increased runoff from rural catchments. 4. The numeric description of some hydrologic processes on a small forested catchment. 5. Evaporation patterns in an agricultural catchment. 6. Calculation of actual evaporation from inland Australia. 7. Soil moisture and hydrology of the Basalt Plains of Western Victoria. 8. Runoff from cattle feedlots. 9. Thermal dewatering of piggery effluent. 10. Pneumatic separation of grain from chaff. 11. Systems analysis of engineering operations in wheat harvesting. 12. Engineering aspects of sheep and wool handling. 13. Dewatering of forage. 14. Protein extraction. 15. The effect of ultrasonic waves on soil and seeds. 16. Dehydration of grapes using a heated granular medium. 17. Fogging for frost prevention.

B. HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING 1. Basic physics of particle transport. 2. Two-phase flow in closed conduits. 3. Unsteady flow (water hammer) in closed conduits. 4. Boundary layer and friction properties of corrugated conduits. 5. Unsteady flow in open channels. 6. Mathematical modelling of stream channel morphology. 7. Mathematical modelling of sediment sources and transport within catchments. 8. Simulation modelling of water resources and multicomponent systems. 9. Coastal erosion studies. 10. Wave forces and wave run-up on coastal/offshore structures. 11. Properties of a real sea state through simultaneous measure of wave height and current. 12. Dynamic physical properties of rivers and estuaries. 13. Research into the rational behaviour of air chambers. 84 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

14. Dynamic Held investigations of integrated pumping installation. 15. Developments of novel velocity measuring techniques. 16. Modelling of air-entraining vortices.

C. SOIL ENGINEERING 1. Behaviour of surface foundations on clay. 2. Soil-structure interaction in piled foundations. 3. Earth pressure distributions on rigid and flexible walls and braced excavations in clay and sand. 4. Evaluation of subgrade and flexible pavement materials. 5. Determination of strength and deformation properties of soft clays. 6. Foundation performance of deep sea sediments.

D. STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 1. Stresses in end-zones of pretensioned concrete beams. 2. Shrinkage and thermal cracking in reinforced concrete. 3. The shear-friction analogy in reinforced concrete. 4. Thermal effects in bridge decks. 5. Composite construction. 6. Fatigue in stud shear connectors. 7. Concrete structural hinges (articulations). 8. Dynamic response of structures and structural elements to various loading systems (wind, sea, or traffic). 9. Analysis of column-supported reinforced concrete slabs. 10. Limit design of reinforced concrete slabs. 11. Prepacked aggregate concrete. 12. Inelastic behaviour of space trusses. 13. Corrosion of reinforcement in concrete. 14. Behaviour of bolted joints. 15. The response to load of elastomeric bridge bearings. 16. Stiffened steel plates as structural element for multi-storey buildings. 17. Testing procedures for scaffolding. 18. Effects of impact on structural elements. 19. Behaviour of stiffened plates in non-elastic range. 20. Development and application of limit design. 21. Inelastic behaviour or compression members. 22. The use of analytical and other techniques in construction management. 23. Management games in construction management education.

E. TRANSPORT ENGINEERING 1. Behavioural modelling of urban travel demand. 2. Studies of public transport operations. 3. Transport and land use structures for new urban areas. 4. Transport and residential location. 5. Selection and evaluation of highway locations. 6. Usage patterns for private automobiles. 7. Traffic flows at T-intersections. 8. Urban trip generation characteristics.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES

1. BASE, G. D. and MURRAY, M. H. — Control of Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete. Conf. of the Australian Fracture Group. Melbourne, Oct. (1977). 2. BASSETT, R. C. - Transport and Urban Structure for New Cities, l.E.Aust. National Transportation Conference, Orange, October 1977. 3. BROWN, H P. - Attiludinal Measures in Models of Mode Choice, Australian Transport Research Forum, Melbourne, May 1977. 4. FARRAN, I. G„ TURNER, A. K. and MULLANEY, P. D. - Management of Piggery Effluent in Victoria. Agricultural Engineering. Aust. 6 No. 2 (1977). 5. GRAZE, H. R., SCHUBERT, J. and FORREST. J. A. - Field Data Analysis of a Large Air Chamber Installation. Sixth Australasian Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Conference. Adelaide, Vol. 5, pp. 556, August 1977. 6. HARITOS, N. — Modelling the Dynamic Response of Simple Structures to Stochastic Inputs via a Fast Fourier Transform Algorithm. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., August (1977). 7. MACKENZIE, A. J. and BURROW, R. P. - The Structures ofthe Australian Wool Industry by Size and Flock. Wool Technology and Sheep Breeding. Vol. xxv, No. 3, pp. 7-13 (1977). CIVIL ENGINEERING 85

8. MORGAN, P. R. and COGAN, K, - Problems in the Modification and Analysis of Space Trusses, Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., August (1977). 9. MORGAN, P. R. and SCHMIDT, L. C. - Improving the Structural Behaviour of Flat Double Layer Space Trusses by Simple Modification, Civ. Engg. Trans.. l.E.Aust. Vol. CEI9, No. 1, pp. 75-83 (1977). 10. MORGAN, P. R. and SHAW, D. W. - The Reliable Use of Precedence Diagram Lag Factors, Gen. Engg. Trans. l.E.Aust. Vol. GEI (1977). 11. SCHMIDT, L. C, MORGAN, P. R. and COULTHARD, B. R. - The influence of Eccentricity and Continuity on the Inelastic Behaviour of a Space Truss. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., Aug. (1977). 12. SCHMIDT, L. C, MORGAN, P. R. and STEVENS, L. K. - Effects of Imperfections on Space Frame Stiffness, Journal of Structural Division, >1SC£, Vol. 103, STI, pp. 197-210, Jan. (1977). 13. SHARP, B. B. - A Simple Model for Water Column Rupture, Proc. llth Congress of Int. Assoc. for Hyd. Res. Baden Baden, Vol. 5, pp. 155, Aug. (1977). 14. SHARP, B. B. and HARITOS, N. - Flow Direction and Magnitude, A Suspension Wire Application, Sixth Australasian Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Conference. Adelaide, pp. 608, Dec. (1977). 15. STEVENS, L. K. - Review of Limit State Design Effects. Conf. on Limit State Design. Assoc. Consult. Struct. Eng. May (1977). 16. VIRDI, K. S. - A New Technique for Moment-Thrust-Curvature Calculations for Columns in Biaxial Bending. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials. University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z. Aug. (1977). 17. V1TELLESCHI, S. and SCHMIDT, L. C. - Damping in Fiction - Grip Bolted Joints. Journal of Structural Division. ASCE, Vol. 103, ST7, July (1977). 18. WESCOTT, R. J. — Nonlinear Static Response of Clamped Circular Arches. Sixth Australasian Conference on the Mechanics of Structures and Materials, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, N.Z., Aug. (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Engineering Science 1. CLIFT, T. R. - 77ie Hydraulics of Bay Irrigation - A Field Study 2. JOYCE, P. F. - The Choice of Access Mode to a Rail Interchange 3. KENT, M. J. - Optimal Location of Modal Interchanges 4. LONGLEY, T. S. - Determination of Recharge in a Combined Aquifer Using Numerical Methods 5. MARTIN, T. C. - Behaviour of a Flexible Wall Subjected to Incremental Excavation 6. McMENAMIN, D. A. — Traffic Restraint Through Congestion Pricing 7. PEDLAR, I. V. - The Geotechnical Properties of Sanitary Landfills 8. SINGLETON. D. J. - The Effect of Fare Increases on the Use of Public Transport in Melbourne 9. SMITH, R. A. — The Evaluation of Small Scale Bus Improvements 10. TURNBULL, D. A. - A Self Locking Joint for Steel Structures 11. Wl LSDON, J. - Regional Groundwater Flow Modelling by the Finite Element Method with Application to the Murray Valley Irrigation Area of Victoria

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress N. R. BACZYNSKl — Application of Physical Modelling Techniques to the Assessment of Ground Stability Around Mine Openings W. E. BAMFORD - Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects R. C. BASSETT — A Methodology for Generating Transport/Land use Structures for New Urban Areas L. J. BREN — Numeric Description of Some Hydrologic Processes on a Smalt Forested Catchment H. P. BROWN - Attitudes in Behavioural Modelling - a Study in Modal Choice I. J. CHANDLER — Transfer of Preslress in Pretensioned Prestressed Concrete A. J. GABRIC — Investigation of Buoyant Plume Distribution S. GOLDSTEIN — An Investigation in Moment Distribution of Non Prismatic Members and its Application lo Flat Slab Analysis A. HANAOR - An Aspect of Space Truss Behaviour N. HARITOS — Wave Spectra and Energy Transfer to Dynamic Structural Response P. H. JOWETT - Effect of Ultrasonic Waves on Soil and Seeds M. KENT - 77ie Measurement of Public Transport Accessibility and its Effect on Car Ownership M. MURRAY - The Control of Thermal and Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete J. P. PATHAK — Dewatering of Crops by Thermal and Mechanical Treatment T. A. PATTON — Transport and Residential Location in Western Cities I. D. RICHARDS - An Optimization of Rural Rail Goods Movement G. SCOTT — Investigation of Imperfections in Stiffened Steel Plate Structures J. STYLES — Foundation Performance in Deep Sea Sediments J. D. THOMAS — Temperature Measurement in Bridge Decks A. G. THOMPSON - Slab Foundations on Clay Subgrade C. B. UBER — Road Traffic Aspects of Gap and Lag Acceptance R. J. VASS — Simulation of Water Quality in a River System J. WASHUSEN — Investigation into Stress Strain Time Behaviour in Rocks R.J. WESCOTT - Lateral Stability of Trusses B. J. WILLIAMS - A Systems Study Involving the Water Environment of Westernport Bay R. J. WILLIAMSON - Soil Moisture and Hydrology of The Basalt Plains of Western Victoria 86 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

M.EngSc Theses in Progess N. AGELIDIS - Ortholropic Steel Plate in Multi Storey Buildings A. ALTMANN — Urban Hydrology and Sediment Transport J. APELBAUM — Ground Traffic Generation at Airports J. ATTARD - Hillerborgs Strip Method of Design of R. C. Slabs V. BECK — Repealed Uplift and Shear Loading on Steel Roofing A. BENNETT - Response of Structures to Impact Loading A. J. BETHUNE - Behaviour of Very Soft Silts and Clays I. BOLAND — Shear Friction Analogy (Concrete) G. COOK - Brittle Type Instability of HSFGB Joints B. COULTHARD — Design of Space Frameworks B. CRAWFORD - Fogging for Frost Prevention P. M. DIGHT - Pipeline Flotation M. J. DOWN — Pneumatic Grain Cleaning in Combine Harvesters J. R. DUNNE — The Evaluation of Rural Highway Locations S. A. FACHRI - Alternative Industrial Roof Structure L. FAIRHURST - Moment Rotation Characteristics of R.C. Beams H. A. FRIEND - Behaviour of Rock Socketed Piles L. GOTTLIEB - Vibration Cutting of Coal W. R. GRAYSON — Non Linear Analysis of Structural Systems of Steel and Concrete B. M. GREGG — Space Structures M. E. LANGDON - Wind Effects on Structures K. K. LO — Fatigue Behaviour of Shear Connectors in a Steel and Concrete Composite Structure B. P. McNAMEE — Dynamic Response of Marine Structures S. J. MILLS — Dissolved Oxygen in the LaTrobe River J. MOODY — The Effect of Elastomeric Bridge Bearings on Bridge Dynamics A. O'MEAGHER — Behaviour of Space Trusses in the Inelastic Range M. D. O'ROURKE — An Analysis of the Operating Costs of the Melbourne Suburban Railway Network M. PATRICK - Large Scale Nonlinear Finite Element Analysts J. P. PIPER - Vibration of Tension Piles J. A. PORTER - Trip Generation Characteristics of Parks and Recreation Facilities in Urban Areas W. L. PUMP — In situ strength of a residual fissured clay P. R. SEAMER — The Temporal Stability of Trip Generation Relationships D. SHEEHAN — Watershed Modelling with Particular Attention to Sediment D. M. SMITH — Selection of Flexible Pavement Materials R. M. STAMPBACH - Effects of Wind on Structures C. K. TANG — Properties of Prepacked Concrete J. A. TAYLOR — Design of Joints in Timber Structures J. L. VANDERMOLEN — Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete L. W. WALKER - Quantity and Quality of Stormwater Runoff from a Cattle Feedlol K. WATTERS - Progressive Failure in Stiffened Plate Structures P. J. WATTS — Evapotranspiration from an Agricultural Catchment N. B. WELLINGTON - Watershed Hydrology and Sediment Transport P. D. WHITE — Evaluation ofa Repealed Loading Triaxial Machine as an Indicator of Base Course Material Performance Y. S. WOO — Fatigue Behaviour of Composite Construction of Concrete and Stiffened Plate P. J. YTTRUP - Consolidation Characteristics of Hydraulic Fill C. ZOPPOU — Computer Simulation of Transport and Sedimentation Processes Overland and in Rivers. M.AgrSc Theses in Progress N. CHANMEESR1 - The Role of Stem Diameter for Shallow Flow of Water through Vegetation E. M. P. B. EKANAYAKE - Simple Method of Estimating Potential Evaporation M. J. WILLIAMSON - Estimation of a Degree of Cell Rupture in Lucerne Leaves Macerated by Extrusion M.AppISc Theses in Progress R. CRAIGIE - Groundwater Hydrology J. W. GRAVES - The Potential Market for Limited Range Automobiles A. E. PARISH — Simulation of Traffic Flows at a T-intersection

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australian Engineering and Building Industries Research Association Limited: Thermal and Shrinkage Cracking in Reinforced Concrete. Australian Research Grants Committee: Rational Behaviour of Air Chambers. Australian Welding Research Association: Fatigue Behaviour of Welded Stud Connectors. Australian Wool Corporation: Musheep Program on Wool Harvesting. Australian Water Resources Council: Australian Water Resources (Cattle Feedlots). Australian Water Resources Council: Australian Water Resources (Soil Moisture). Commonwealth Scholarship and Fellowship Plan: Dewatering of Forage by Thermal and Mechanical Means. Wheat Industry Research Council: Pneumatic Grain Cleaning Device for a Wheat Header Harvester. Wheat Industry Research Council: Systems Analysis of Engineering Operations in Wheat Production. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

Chairman of department: Professor K. M. Adams

Professors KEITH MEREDITH ADAMS JOHN HENRY ANDERSON Reader in Biophysics DAVID JOHN DEWHURST Reader in Electronics ARTHUR ERIC FERGUSON Reader in Communication Systems JAMES BA1LDON POTTER Senior Lecturers DONALD FRANCIS HEWITT DONALD ARCHIBALD HARVEY JOHNSON JOHN CHARLES McCUTCHAN KENNETH WALTER MACKLEY JOHN STUART PACKER Lecturers JEAN BROWN IAN CLYDE COCHRANE ROBIN JOHN EVANS DAVID JOHN HILL Tutors DAVID JOHN CADDY GEOFFREY GARTH JARMAN WAYNE PETER MARRIOTT PHILLIP LAWRENCE NICHOLSON Research Assistant ROBERT GLENN WALKER RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. WAVE DIGITAL FILTERS - K M. Adams 1. Wave digital filter hardware design and operation. 2. Theoretical studies of wave digital filters.

B. POWER-ELECTRONIC SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN - K. M. Adams

C. BIOENGINEERING - D. J. Dewhurst 1. Control of Skilled Human Limb Movements. 2. Electrical Safety in the Hospital Environment. 3. Characterisation of Respiratory Function by Complex Impedance of Airway 4. An Implanted Nerve Deafness Prosthesis. 5. Computer-assisted Training for the Physically Handicapped.

D. MICROWAVES - D. F. Hewitt 1. Large signal modelling of microwave MESFET transistors. 2. Broadband microwave transistor amplifiers using lossy equalisers. 3. Numerical simulation of microwave field effect transistors.

E. NONLINEAR CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS — D. J. Hill 1. Development ofa comprehensive set of criteria for various stability properties of nonlinear circuits and systems. 2. Instability results for interconnected systems using functional analysis techniques.

F. ELECTRIC FENCE SYSTEMS - J. C. MeCutchan 1. Development of Automatic Observation Equipment. 2. Training Cattle to Respect Electric Fences. 3. Field Performance of Electric Fence Components. 4. Electric Fencing for Kangaroos. 5. Solar Powered Electric Fence Systems. 6. Fence Pulse Strength Monitor Systems.

G. POWER SYSTEMS - K. W. Mackley I. Implementation of an optimal bang-bang excitation control ofa synchronous generator, to effect improvements in the transient stability characteristics of a power system.

87 88 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

H. CONTROL SYSTEMS - J. S. Packer 1. A microprocessor as a general purpose countrollcr. 2. Modal control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments. 3. Direct Digital Computer Control of Power System Voltage Profiles. 4. Microprocessor based Control of the Spray Boom on a Tractor. 5. Simulation Studies of Kidney Function.

J. COMMUNICATIONS - J. B. Potter and D. A. H. Johnson 1. Application of state machine concepts to the design of computer based systems. 2. H.F. transmission path simulation. 3. High speed logic. 4. Time series analysis methods. 5. Computer music project. 6. Number theoretic transforms for fast convolution. 7. Facsimile coding studies.

PUBLISHED WORKS

ARTICLES

1. ADAMS, K. M., THIEN, R., OOI. A. M. - Design of wave-digital filter systems. Proc. Radio Res. Hoard Symp. on Digital Communication Systems. N.S.W., 6.2, 1977. 2. ARNOLD, J. F., and PACKER, J. S. - An adaptive voltage regulator based on thc use ofa microprocessor. Proc. 1. E. Aust. Conference on Microprocessor Systems. Melbourne, 1977, pp. 6-10. 3. CLARK, G. M.. BLACK, R., DEWHURST, D. J.'FORSTER, I. C, PATRICK, J. F„ and TONG, Y. C. — A multiple-electrode hearing prosthesis for cochlea implantation. Med. Prog. Tech. 5 : pp. 127-140 (1977). 4. CLARK, G. M., TONG. Y. C, BLACK, R., FORSTER, I. C, PATRICK, J. F., and DEWHURST, D. J. — A multiple-electrode cochlea implantation. J. Laryng. Otol.. 91: pp. 935-945 (1977). 5. DEWHURST, D. J. - Characterization of human limb movements by accelerometrv.A/wM Riol. Eng. 15: pp. 462-466 (1977). 6. HARRIS, P. L., McCUTCHAN, J. C, TURNER, A. K. - Thc interaction between cattle and electric fences. 2nd Technical section. C1GR Conf, Budapest, 1976. 7. HILL, D. J., MOYLAN, P. J. - Stability results for nonlinear feedback systems. Aulomalica 13 No. 4. pp. 377-382 (1977). 8. MINASIAN, R. - Simplified Ga As MESFET model to 10 GHz. Electron. Leu.. 13: pp. 549-551, 1977. 9. MOYLAN, P. J., HILL. D. J. - Stability tests for multimachine power systems. 1 FAC Symp. on Automatic Control and Protection of Electric Power Systems. Melbourne pp. 70-74, 1977. 10. PACKER, J. S„ and PACKER, J. E. - Medullary sodium depletion during diuresis - a digital computer simulation. Med. & Biol. Eng. & Compul.. 15. 1977, pp. 134-139. 11. PACKER, J. S., and PACKER, J. E. - A teaching aid for physiologists — simulation of kidney function. The Physiology Teacher. 6. 1977, 4, pp. 1-5. 12. POTTER, J. B. — The state machine approach to logic design. The Convention Digest. IREE, 6th International Conf, Melbourne, 1977, pp. 107-109. 13. POTTER, J. B. — Aspects of an experimental programme for the teaching of digital systems. 771? Convention Digest. IREE. 6th International Conf, Melbourne, 1977, pp. 112-114. 14. VASEO, A., and PACKER, J. S. — An adaptive voltage regulator for coordinated control of machine excitation systems. Proc. IFAC Symposium, Automatic Control and Protection of Electric Power Systems. Melbourne. 1977, pp. 210-213.

DEPARTMENTAL RESEARCH REPORTS 15. POTTER, J. B. — A microprocessor based computer facility for student use in a digital circuits laboratory. Departmental Research Report No. 1, 1977. 16. POTTER, J. B. — Some further studies of algorithmic state machines. Departmental Research Report No. 2, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. MALACHOWSKI, G. C. — Convolution Techniques Applied to the Study of Propagating Impulses in Giant Nerve Fibres Master of Engineering Science 2. CAMERON — J. D. — Patterns of Acceleration in Human Limb Movement 3. CROSBY, P. A. — The Determination of Force on Human Limb Muscles 4. WILKINSON, M. H. — Instrumentation for the Evaluation of Electrical Safety Aspects of Electro-Medical Equipment 5. WILLIAMS, A. McK. — 77ie Control and Variability of a Simple Skilled Movement. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 89

Master of Engineering 6. STEEL, J. — Partial Response Signalling for Data Transmission

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress FORSTER, I. C. — Dala Transmission and Processing for an Audio Prosthesis MINASIAN, R. A. — Large Signal Operation of Microwave Transistors TAN, J. S. — Model Control via Eigenvalue and Eigenvector Assignments M EngSc Theses in Progress ARNOLD, J. F. — A Microprocessor as a General Purpose Controller CAMPBELL, J. C. - Fast Number Transforms CIDDOR, G. S. - Transient Measurement or Human Respiratory Acoustic Impedance DAVEY, P. 1. — A Microprocessor Controlled Spray Boom DODDRELL, H. — Generator Transient Stability: Implementation of an Optimal Bang-Bang Control Strategy HEIM, E. J. P. - High Speed Logic HOLMES, D. G. — Area Voltage Control of a Diverse Power System KAYE, R. J. — Simulation of Microwave Field Effect Transistors MACLEOD, J. R. - An Ionospheric Path Simulator MARRIOTT, W. P. - Facsimile Methods MIKELAITIS, P. E. — Lossy Equalisation in Microwave Transistor Amplifiers NEWMAN, R. G. — The Design of Computer Generated Video Displays for the Training of Physically Handicapped Patients NICHOLSON, P. L. — Microprocessor Control of Wave Digital Fillers NIVEN, R. C. — An Electric Fence Monitor System OOI, A. M. — Design Considerations of Wave Digital Filters ROWE, J. P. - The Electronic Music Studio SALVANO, S. R. — The Application of Slate Machine Techniques to Small Computer Based Systems SUM, A. — A Digital Cardiac Defibrillator Tester SUTANTO. L. W. — Facsimile Coding Studies THIEN, R. S. - Hardware Realization of Wave Digital Fillers M.E Thesis in Progress GOL, O. — Induction Machine Models for Design and Analysis M.AppSc Thesis in Progress THOMAS. L. R. — Strategy of Control of Human Limb Movement M.AgSc Thesis in Progress MeDONALD, C. L. — Animal Response to Electric Fences

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ERB: Power Systems Stability Characteristics. ERB: Optimal Design of Defibrillators for thc Emergency Treatment of Electric Shock. ERB: Optimization of Power System Dynamic Behaviour by using Co-ordinated Control Strategies. NHMRC: Thc Development of a Hearing Prosthesis. Rowden White Trust: Computer-assisted Training for the Physically Handicapped. Rural Credits Development Fund: Practical Electric Fence Design. Australian Meat Research Council: Animal Response to Electric Fences. ARGC: Adaptive Wave Digital Filters. RRB: Signal Processing using Microwave Field Effect Transistors. RRB: High Speed Wave Digital Filter. RRB: Facsimile Coding Studies. INDUSTRIAL SCIENCE

Chairman of department: Dr J. Bagg Reader JOHN BAGG Senior Lecturers OSKAR DF.LATYCKI MALCOLM HILL JOHN HERBERT KILLIP JOHN WILLIAM TYLER MEREWETHER Lecturers PETER ANTHONY BROSNAN GRAEME JOHN PRATT Senior Tutor SYLVIA JEAN MAINWARING RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Structure and relaxational behaviour of polyester networks 2. Composition and properties of epoxies 3. Studies of environmental stress cracking of: (a) PVC (b) Polyethylene 4. Flow of expanded polyethylene melts 5. Properties of structural sealants 6. Dielectric response of selected polymeric materials (joint study with University of Warwick, U.K.). 7. Concentrations of polyaromatic hydrocarbons in Antarctic ice samples 8. Air pollution in the planning process 9. Distribution of pollutants in the various size ranges of Atmospheric Particulates 10. Phosphate exchange with river and estuarine sediments 11. Determination of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons in bottom sediments and marine fauna.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. COOK, W. and DELATYCKI, O. - Low Temperature Relaxation in Styrene-Crosslinked Polyester Networks II. They' Relaxation. J. Polvmer Science (Polymer Physics) 15. 1953-1966 (1977). 2. COOK, W. and DELATYCKI, O. - Low Temperature Relaxation in Styrene-Crosslinked Polyester Networks III. Influence of Water concentration and Chemical Structure on they Relaxation. J. Polymer Science (Polvmer Physicsi 15. 1967-1982 (1977). 3. McGUIRK, M. and MAINWARING, S. J. - Reversed Two-dimensional Technique for Multiple Separations of Benzo(a)Pyrene from Atmospheric Aerosol Samples, J. Chromatog; 135. 241-244 (1977). 4. MAINWARING, S. J. and McGUIRK, M. - The Determination of Benzo(a)Pyrenc in Atmospheric Aerosols in Melbourne, Australia. Proceedings of the Fourth International Clean Air Congress. Tokyo. 373- 380 (1977). 5. MAINWARING, S. J. and McGUIRK, M. - The Analysis of Benzo(a)Pyrene. Symposium Proceedings. Clean Air Society of Australia and New Zealand. Melbourne (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. BROSNAN, P. A. - Interstate Migration in Australia Master of Applied Science 2. BIRCH, A. A. - Poly(elhylene) Screw Extrusion 3. HOLLERAN, G. — Environmental Stress Cracking and Crazing in Unplasticised Poly (Vinyl) Chloride

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress COOK, W. D. - Structure and Relaxational Behaviour of Polv(ester) networks CHARLESWORTH, J. - Structure and Properties of Epoxy Resins M.AppSc Theses in Progress BUCZMA, E. - Flow of Poly(ethylene) foams LONGMORE, A. - Phosphate Exchange with River and Esluarine Sediments MAHER, W. — B(a)P and Perylene Concentration in Sediments from Hobson's Bay. Yarra River and Corio Bay OLSZEWSKI, A. — Environmental Stress Cracking

90 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Chariman of department: Mr W. W. S. Charters Professor PETER NUMA JOUBERT Readers EDWIN JOSEPH ANTHONY ARMAREGO WILLIAM WALLACE STEWART CHARTERS WILLIAM POWELL LEWIS ANTHONY EDWARD PERRY Senior Lecturers SIDNEY JOHN CLIFTON MALCOLM CAMPBELL GOOD ERROL ROBERT HOFFMANN LESLIE JAMES JONES VENDELIN RASO MEGLER ERIC EDWARD MILKINS PETER MILNER CECIL JOHN PENGILLEY ABRAM ROTENBERG ANDREW EMERY SAMUEL HARRY CHARLES WATSON JOHN FRANCIS WILLIAMS Senior Lecturer in Industrial Engineering ERNEST ALLAN KAYE Lecturers KENNETH CHARLES BROWN EDWARD JOHN COLVILLE DALE IAN PULLIN Research Officers MIN SEONG CHONG PETER HAROLD HOFFMANN PETER OHANESSIAN ALEXANDER JOHN SMITS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS 1. Solar heat pipe collectors. 2. Solar heat pumps for building heating and cooling. 3. Performance of passive solar energy systems. 4. Natural convection phenomenon in inclined cells. 5. Solar absorption cycle air-conditioning. 6. Reduction of free convection losses in solar collectors. 7. Effectiveness of exhaust gas lead filters. 8. Heal transfer in automobile radiators. 9. Modelling of HC, CO and NOx emissions from cars. 10. Modelling of automotive fuel comsumption. 11. Cycle-by-cyclc variability in spark ignition engine combustion. 12. Flame propagation in spark ignition engines. 13. Simulation and study of traffic patterns. 14. Hydrogen engine combustion.

B. DYNAMICS 1. Vehicular crashes with ulilily poles. 2. Simulation of open-loop and closed-loop driver/vehicle dynamics on low friction surfaces.

C. ENGINEERING DESIGN 1. Problem solving and decision making processes. 2. Social and environmental factors in design. 3. Engineering judgement. 4. Information processing and computer aided design. 5. Diagnostic problem solving. 6. Design education.

D. FLUID MECHANICS 1. Viscous resistance of ship shapes. 2. Turbulent flow- in curved ducts. 3. The structure of self similar unsteady rolled-up vortex sheets. 4. An experimental study of the stability of the starling vortex.

91 92 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

5. Improved schemes lor the numerical treatment of general vortex sheet dynamics. 6. Heat conduction in a gas in the rarefied limit. 7. Coherent structures in coflowing jets and wakes. 8. Motion of smoke rings. 9. Steady and unsteady separation. 10. Structure of wall turbulence. 11. Boundary layer transition.

E. HUMAN ENGINEERING 1. The effects of steering wheel forces on drivers' steering control using a variable characteristic car. 2. Design of turn restriction signs. 3. Motor-cycle conspicuity and road accidents. 4. Mathematical modelling of drivers in lateral and longitudinal control. 5. Traffic signs for poor readers. 6. Human movements in simple assembly tasks. 7. Indirect measurement of task difficulty.

F. INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 1. Development of general cutting analyses for machining operations. 2. Geometrical specifications of single point tools. 3. Surface finish and force predictions in turning operations. 4. Economical selection of cutting conditions in single and multipass turning operations. 5. The geometrical specification of twist drills. 6. Investigations of the geometry and grinding of the conventional twist drill point. 7. Mechanics of cutting analysis of drilling geometry. 8. Geometrical and force variability in manufactured twist drills. 9. Quality control of manufactured drills. 10. Fundamental and practical aspects of machining with power hacksaws. 11. Temperatures and tool-life in machining operations. 12. Machining with form tools. 13. Standardization of cutting tool specifications. 14. Financial modelling of a firm.

G. SOLID MECHANICS AND BIOMECHANICS 1. Estimation of residual stress distribution in the vicinity of a propagating fatigue crack. 2. Mathematical models for fatigue crack growth rate with constant and variable stress intensity factors. 3. The influence of the Bauschinger effect on the stresses al the tip of a crack. 4. The effect of mean stress level on the low cycle fatigue properties of metals. 5. The effect of overload ratio and crack length on residual stresses at the tip of a crack. 6. Crack growth arrest. 7. Crack closure and compliance. 8. Time dependent effects in fatigue crack growth. 9. Structural stability of stayed yacht masts. 10. Failure criteria for carbon fibre reinforced plastics.

H. SYSTEMS THEORY AND TECHNOLOGY 1. Analysis of Complex Systems. 2. Multi-Criteria Decision Making. 3. Fluid Amplifier Characteristics. 4. Automatic Typing of Speech. 5. Pulse Control of Systems using d.c. Motors. 6. Some Comparisons between Optimal and Classical Control System Responses. 7. Numerical Control of Machine Tools using Micro Processors.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS

1. CHARTERS, W. W. S. - Ch. 6, "Solar energy utilization with liquid flat plate collectors", pp. 105-135 and Ch. 7, "Convective effects within honeycomb structures for flat plate solar collectors", pp. 137-153. "Solar Energy Engineering", Academic Press, N.Y., December, 1977. 2. SAMUEL, A. E. — "A Cement Mill Failure". Chapter 2, pp. 16-54 in Engineering Cases 1977. Washington, D. C. American Society for Engineering Education, 1977. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 93

ARTICLES 3. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. - "A General Cutting Analysis for Machining with Plane Rake Face Tools", Proceedings of the Australian Conference on Manufacturing Engineering. Inst. Engrs., Aust., 42-46 (1977). 4. ARMAREGO, E. J.A. - "Geometrical Specification of Single Point Lathe Tools and the Normal Rake Method", Proceedings of the Australian Conference on Manufacturing Engineering. Inst. Engrs., Aust., 96- 101 (1977). 5. ARMAREGO, E. J. A. and UTHAICHAYA, M. - "A Mechanics of Cutting Approach for Force Prediction in Turning Operations". Int. J. Engg. Prod.. 1, 1-18 (1977). 6. BLOCK, T. E. and LEWIS, W. P. - Computer-Aided Plant Layout - Management Tool for the 1980's. The Institution of Engineers, Australia. Proceedings of Conference on Management. Newcastle: 105-109 (1977). 7. BLOCK, T. E. and LEWIS, W. P. - On Comparison of Computer Algorithms and Visual Based Methods for Plant Layout. Management Science. 24: 235-238. 8. FOX, J. C, GOOD, M. C. and JOUBERT, P. N. - Research into Victorian Pole Crashes. Joint ARRB/DOT Fixed Roadside Hazards Symposium. Paper No. 3 (1977). 9. GOOD, M. C. and JOUBERT, P. N. - Driver Vehicle Behaviour in Restricted - Path Turns. Ergonomics 20: 217-248 (1977). 10. GOOD, M. C. — Evaluation of Transition Curve Design Parameters Using an Analytical Vehicle Model. Aust. Rd Res. 7: 14-22 (1977). 11. GOOD, M. C. - Sensitivity of Driver-Vehicle Performance to Vehicle Characteristics Revealed in Open- loop Tests. Veh. Syst. Dynamics 6: 245-277 (1977). 12. HOFFMANN, E. R. and MACDONALD, W. A. - "A Comparison of Stack and Diagrammatic Advance Direction Signs". Australian Road Research, Vol. 7, No. 4, December 1977, pp. 21-26. 13. HUNT, I. A. and JOUBERT, P. N. - Turbulent Flow in a Rectangular Duct. 6th Aust. Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics Conference, 403-406, l.E.Aust Adelaide, December 1977. 14. JOUBERT, P. N. - Viscous drag of ship bodies. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977. 15. LIM, T. T. — Coherent structures in co-flowing jets and wakes. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference, Lucas Heights, August 1977. 16. MACDONALD, W. A. and HOFFMAN, E. R. - "A Secondary Task Measure of Driving Demands: Test Track Evaluation". Australian Road Research Board, Research Report ARR 70, December 1977. 17. OHANESSIAN, P. and CHARTERS, W. W. S. - "Theoretical Performance ofa Passive Solar Energy Collection System for Home Heating". Revue Internationale d'Heliotechnique. 2nd Sentestra, 1977. 18. PERRY, A.'E. and HOFFMANN. P. H. - An experimental study of turbulent convective heat transfer from a fiat plate. JFM 77. (1976) pp. 355-369. 19. PERRY, A. E. and ABELL, C. J. — Asymptotic similarity of turbulent structures in smooth and rough- walled pipes. JFM 79. (1977) pp. 785-799. 20. PERRY, A. E. - The time response of an aspirating probe in gas sampling. Journal of Physics E. /0, (1977), pp. 898-902. 21. PERRY, A. E. . Flow patterns in coherent and non-coherent structures. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977. 22. PULLIN, D. I.. DAVIS, J. and HARVEY, J. K. - Monte Carlo Calculations of the Rarefied Transition flow past a Bluff Faced Cylinder, in Progress in Aeronautics and Astronautics (Ed. Potter), Vol. 51, Part I, pp. 379-91, AIAA, N.Y. (1977). 23. PULLIN, D. I. and HARVEY, J. K. - A Numerical Simulation ofthe Rarefied Hypersonic Flat Plate Problem. J. Fluid Mech.. 78. 4, pp. 689-707 (1976). 24. PULLIN, D. I. and HARVEY, J. K. - Direct Simulation Calculations of the Rarefied Flow past a Forward Facing Step. AIAA J.. 15. pp. 124-126 (1977). 25. PULLIN, D. I. - On Starting Flow past a Wedge. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977. 26. WATMUFF, J. H., CHARTERS, W. W. S. and PROCTOR, D. - "Solar and Wind Induced External Coefficients — Solar Collectors". Revue Internationale d'Hiliotechnique: 2nd Semestra. 1977. 27. WATMUFF, J. H. - Turbulent structures as viewed from moving frames of reference. Paper presented at 2nd AINSE Engineering Conference. Lucas Heights, August 1977. 28. WATSON, H. C. - A review ofthe Technology of motor vehicle exhaust lead traps, including proposals for methods oftheir adoption in Australia. Paper presented to Lead Filter Sub-committee of COMVE. 1977. 29. WATSON, H. C. - Proposed methods for adoption of lead traps in Australia. A.LP. Symposium on Energy Conservation and Exhaust Gas Filler Development, April 1977. 30. WATSON, H. C. - Particulate traps - the current technology costs and benefits from lead traps. S.A.E.A. paper No. 771006. 31. WATSON, H. C. and MILKINS, E. E. - The prediction of urban vehicle fuel consumption. S.A.E.J. and S.A.E.A. 3rd International Automotive Convention, paper No. 12. Tokyo, 1977. 32. WILLIAMS, M. J. and HOFFMANN, E. R. - "The Influence of Motorcycle Visibility on Traffic Accidents". Australian Department of Transport. July, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES

Doctor of Philosophy 1. BLOCK, T. E. - Aspects of the Quadratic Assignment of Indivisible Activities to Locations 2. CHONG, M. S. — Air Motion in Engine Cylinders 3. WIRIYACOSOL, S. - An Investigation of Some Geometrical and Performance Aspects of Twist Drills 94 FACULTY OF ENGINEERING

Master of Engineering Science 4. CHIA, D. T. H. — A Study of the Surface Finish in Turning 5. HII. S. — The Residual Gas Ignition of Hydrogen 6. HO, P. Y. K. — An Analysis for Maximum Production Rates in Rough Turning Operations 7. KAY, H. K. - Natural Convection Effects in Flat Plate Collectors 8. KOUTSOHERAS, W. — Convective Neat Transfer in Inclined Cells — Numerical Simulation 9. OHANESSIAN, P. — Computer Simulation ofa Passive Solar Energy Collector 10. VOKACH-BRODSKY, B. R. B. - Solar Energy System Simulation 11. WILLIAMS, M. J. — Motorcycle Visibility and Traffic Accidents 12. YOUNG, P. A. — Anthropometric Studies of Quadriplegics 13. RONOSULISTYO, C. W. - A Study of Automobile High-Speed Steering Response

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BROWNE, J. M. - Analysis of Complex Systems DOREY, A. - The Effects of Steering Wheel Forces on Drivers' Steering Control FOX, J. C. - Studv of Utility Pole Collisions GOLDSWORTHY, L. C. - Cycle by Cvcle Variability in Exhaust Emissions JOHNSON. R. C. - Multi-Criteria Decision Making LIM, T. T. — Free Shear Flows MACDONALD, W. A. - Indirect Measurement of Task Difficulty McFADDEN, P. D. — The Relationship between Flame Propagation and Cylinder Pressure PARKER, M. — Fluid Amplifier Characteristics PRYOR, T. - Heat and Mass Transfer in Desicanl Beds ROTENBERG, J. - Automatic Typing of Speech UBER, C. — Driver Gap Acceptance in Traffic Flows WATMUFF. J. H. - Wall Shear Flows WINCH, K. - Effects of Road Lighting on Vehicle Control WIRIYACOSOL, S. - An Investigation of Some Geometrical and Performance Aspects of Twist Drills WRIGHT, J. D. - The Influence of Point Geometry on the Performance of Manufactured Twist Drills

THESES IN PROGRESS M.EngSc Theses in Progress ABD-EL-SAYED, M. - Geometrical and Force Variability of'As Bought' Twist Drills ARMSTRONG. G. — Study of Human Movements in Simple Assembly Tasks BONOLLO, E. — The Geometry and Specification of Single Point Tools BORG. G. — Innovation in Australian Industry BULACH, V. - Driving Patterns and Vehicle Emissions CHIA, D. — Theoretical and Experimental Investigations of Surface Finish in Turning Operations CHUA, C. B. — Analysis of Heat Transfer Performance of Automobile Radiators CHEN, W. D. — Air Cooled Solar Absorption Cycle Air-Conditioning DIXON, C. W. - Solar Boosted Heal Pump Air Conditioning DOHERTY, B. S. - Pulse Control of Systems using d.c. Motors GRIFFITHS, J. G. — Judgement in Engineering Design HENBEST, S. - Structure of Wall Turbulence HENDERSON, J. — Numerical Control of Machine Tools using Micro Processors HO, P. — Economical Selection of Cutting Conditions for Single and Multipass Turning Operations HUNT, K. — Development of the Hydrogen Engine LAMBERT, J. F. — Some Comparisons between Optimal and Classical Control System Responses LAW, S. P. — An Investigation of Pressure Distribution on Two and Three Dimensional Bodies MARSHALL, G. — Traffic Pattern Characteristics for Emissions Prediction McADAM. A. — Design of Emergency Medical Suction Equipment MCCARTHY. J. V. - Design of Traffic Signs for Poor Readers McKAY, R. — Motion of Smoke Rings POUND, L. - The Structural Stability of Stayed Yacht Masts RONOSULISTYO. C. W. - A Study of Automobile High-Speed Steering Response SASADEUSZ, C. L. - Layout of Industrial Plant SENG, J. O. - Machining wilh Hacksaw Blades SIER. G. H. - Engineering Diagnostics and Design Problem Solving SMITH, A. — Temperatures and Tool Life in Machining Operations TAYLOR, L. E. - Solar Boosted Heal Pump

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Associated Octcl: Cycle-by-CycIc Variability in Emission. AINSE: Turbulent Convective Heat Transfer. ARGC: Convective Effects in Inclined Fluid Layers. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 95

ARGC: Solar Energy System Evaluation. ARGC: Turbulent Diffusion and Its Role in Environmental Pollution ARGC: Viscous Resistance of Ship Shapes ARRB: Driver Behaviour on Curves. Australian Department of Transport: Study of Utility Pole Impacts. CSIRO: Controlled Atmosphere Generator. ERB: Solar Boosted Heat Pump System. Reserve Bank of Aust., Rural Credits Development Fund: Energy Conservation Techniques and Solar Energy Applications in Agriculture. METALLURGY

Chairman of department: Dr C. J. Osborn Readers JOHN STUART HOGGART CYRIL JOHN OSBORN GEORGE MERVYN WILLIS Senior Lecturers DOUGLAS WILSON BORLAND JOHN JAMES CARTER NEIL BOON GRAY BRUCE DIXON GUERIN Lecturer: PETER JAMES BUNYAN Principal Tutor SOPHIA MAJ Senior Tutor DAVID MARTIN POLLARD Research Fellows WALTER BOAS ROBERT CECIL GIFKINS TERENCE GEORGE LANGDON HAROLD ALFRED STEPHENS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Mixing studies in metallurgical reactors. 2. Controlled atmosphere roasting of sulphides in a fluidized bed. 3. Chemical reactivity of carbon, including brown coal char. 4. Reduction of iron oxides by carbon-containing materials. 5. The cobalt-iron-silica system at high temperatures. 6. Precipitation hardening. 7. Structure and properties of steels. 8. Acoustic emission during phase changes. 9. Electrical resistance changes in iron-nitrogen alloys. 10. Hydrogen embrittlement in high strength steels. 11. The energy and potential dependence of model potentials. 12. Calculation of heats of formation, using the density functional formalism of Hohenberg and Kohn. 13. Creep and superplasticity. 14. Grain boundary sliding and high-temperature fatigue.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOK 1. VAN VLACK, L. H. and OSBORN. C. J. - Studv Aids for Introductory Materials Courses. Addison- Wesley, Reading, Mass., 1977.

ARTICLES 2. AIGELTINGER, E. H. and GIFKINS, R. C. - "Comments on grain-boundary sliding in diffusion creep", Scripta Met.. 10. 161-2, 1976. 3. AIGELTINGER, E. H. and GIFKINS, R. C. - "Cavitation during diffusion creep of a magnesium alloy". J. Mater. Sci.. 12. 915-8. 1977. 4. BUNYAN, P. J. - "Hartree-Foek-Slater procedure for the calculation of optimised model potential parameters for aluminium", J.Phys.F: Metal Phys. 7. 1207-17, 1977. 5. BUNYAN. P. J. and NELSON, j. A. - "The valence charge density in aluminium". J.Phys.F: Metal Phvs. 7. 2323-30, 1977. 6. BRYAN, R., POLLARD, D. M. and WILLIS, G. M. - "Removal of bismuth from copper by vacuum refining". Extractive Metallurgy Symposium, U. of N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977. 7. CONOCHIE, D. S. and GRAY, N. B. - "An onstream spectrophotometer for mixing studies in a channel reactor", Chem. Engg. Science, (in press). 8. DAVEY, T. R. A. and WILLIS. G. M. - "Lead, zinc and tin. Annual review of commodity metals". Jnl. Metals. 29. 24-29, 1977. 9. EICKE, C. E. and GRAY, N. B. — "Kinetics of reduction of manganese oxides". Extractive Metallurgy Symposium, U. of N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977. 10. GIFKINS, R. C. and PARKER, B. A. - "Introductory paper: Modern Metallography Forum". J. Aust. Inst. Metals. 21. 139-40, 1976. 11. GIFKINS, R. C. - "E.D.T.A. as an aid to metallography", J. Aust. Inst. Metals. 21. 175-77. 1976. 12. GIFKINS, R.C. - "The effect of grain size and stress upon grain-boundary sliding". Met. Trans.,SA, 1507- 16, 1977. 13. GIFKINS, R. C. — "Controlling factors in creep involving grain-boundary sliding". Sih New Zealand Science of Materials Conference, pp. 16-20, 1977. 14. GRAY, N. B. — Discussion of "Continuous sulphur drossing of lead" by F. Lawson et al.. Advances in Extractive Metallurgy Symposium. Imperial College, London, April 18-20, 1977.

96 METALLURGY 97

15. LANGDON, T. G. - "The Relationship Between Strain Rate Sensitivity and Ductility in Superplastic Materials," Scripta Metallurgica 11. 997-1000 (1977). 16. LANGDON, T. G. - "Thc Conditions Required for Superplasticity in Metals," Proceedings of the Fifth New Zealand Science of Materials Conference. Wellington, New Zealand, pp. 11-15. Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Lower Hutt, New Zealand (1977). 17. LANGDON, T. G. and MOHAMED. F. A. - "The Characteristics of Independent and Sequential Creep Processes," Journal of the Australasian Institute of Metals 22. 189-199 (1977). 18. MAJ, S and OSBORN, C. J. - "The effect of striking velocity on perforation energy for mild steel plates". Fracture, 3, 1977, 617-20, ICF.4, Waterloo, Canada. 19. NELSON, J. A. and BUNYAN, P. J. - "Calculation of the band structure of aluminium using the model potential method". J.Phys.F.: Metal Phys.. 7, 1467-75, 1977. 20. WILLIS, G. M. — "Thermodynamics of metal-sulphur melts". Extractive Metallurgy Symposium. U. of N.S.W., 7-9 November, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. NELSON, J. A. Aluminium: Calculation of Some Basic Properties Through Model Potentials Master of Applied Science 2. PARKER, A. R. The Work-Hardening Rate in Copper-Chromium Alloys 3. WRIGHT, R. A. Mechanical Properties of a Steel Having a Microstructure of Tempered Martensite and Bainite Master of Engineering Science 4. MOODIE, J. P. Debi.smuthi:ing Lead Master of Science 5. PADDLE, G. S. Precipitation in Dilute Copper Zirconium Alloy 6. PRINCE, K. C. Microstructure of Nilrided Sleel

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress I. D. GILLIES — Strain-Ageing Parameters for Pure Iron M. P. HARDING - Computer Prediction of Atom Patterns in Metallic Alloys N. UDOMPONGSANON - Substructure and Tempering of Martensite M.AppSc Theses in Progress R. C. BARNES - Effect of Residual Stresses in Fatigue Life A. K. CAVANAGH — Continuous-Cooling Transformation Behaviour of XK1340 Steel T. J. GIBSON - Cleavage Fracture Resistance of Deformed Structural Steels M. DE GLAS — Recrystallizalion of Carbon-Manganese and Carbon-Manganese-Niobium Steels V. E. JELENIEWSKI - Hydrogen embrittlement in high strength steels J. C. JULIAN - 77ie Effect of Stress Stale on Strain Hardening Behaviour D. A. SIMPSON - Metal Dusting Corrosion in High Nickel Alloys A. J. WHITE - Degradation in Double-V Butt Welds M EngSc Theses in Progress C. E. E1CKE - Alternative Reducing Agents for the Direct Reduction of Metal Oxides 1. H. G. KUK — Resistivity Changes During Strain-Ageing of High Purity Iron and Iron Alloys S. S. NYUNT - Extraction of Metals from Solutions by Brown Coal M.Sc Theses in Progress R. BRYAN — Vacuum Removal of Bismuth from Copper G. M. PEARSON - Reactivity of Brown Coal Char in Reduction of Hematite D. M. POLLARD - The Distribution of Non-Ferrous Metals in Copper Malle Smelling M.E Thesis in Progress N. F. HERBST - Modification to a Brass Foundry MINING

Chairman of department: Mr J. S. Carr Senior Lecturers WILLIAM EDWARD BAMFORD JOHN STEWART CARR Lecturers JOHN STUART FERGUSON DUNLOP NORMAN WILLIAM JOHNSON Junior Research Fellow DESMOND JAMES FITZGERALD Graduate Research Assistant ROBERT KYNASTON LANE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. MINING 1. Design of tunnel support systems. 2. Prediction of rock cuttability and correlation with tunnel boring machine performance. J. Modelling of sublevel caving by equivalent material models and computer techniques. 4. Assessment of rock properties which involve other than ideal elastic behaviour. 5. Equivalent material models to assess the stability of underground mining excavations. 6. Design of underground excavations in rock with nonlinear properties. 7. Equivalent rock column design system for tunnel linings. S. Assessment of long-term regional rock stability by means of a three-dimensional finite clement technique 9. Orebody modelling using geostatistical techniques.

B. MINERAL PROCESSING 1. Aspects of complex sulphide mineral flotation systems. 2. The flotation response of various lead sulphides. 3. Behaviour of nickel sulphide minerals in flotation systems. 4. Selective separation of minerals hy flocculation. 5. Aspects of the recovery of valuable and gangue particles by physical entrainment in the rougher and cleaner stages of flotation.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLE 1. STEWART, R. D. and BAMFORD, W. E. - Sensitivity to Expected Ranges of Rock Strengths and Stress Fields, of Stress Analyses of Underground Caverns, First int. Symp. on Storage in Excavated Rock Caverns. Vol. 2, pp. 125-130. Roy. Swedish Acad. Engng Sciences, Stockholm (1977).

REPORTS 1. C. ALFORD and W. E. BAMFORD - Stochastic Flow Model using Monte Carlo Simulation. Report to Mount Isa Mines Ltd. September 1977. 2. J. S. F. DUNLOP - Geostatistical Study of Mesa 2400E. Reports to Cliffs Robe River Iron Associates, WA (No. 1 - January 1977: No 2 - August 1977). 1. D.J. FITZGERALD - Panel 0 Regional Stability Analysis. Final Report to Zinc Corporation Ltd. May 1977. 4. D. J. FITZGERALD and R. K. LANE - Sand-Fill Stability Analysis: Arching in Mine Fills. Report to Zinc Corporation Ltd. June 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. CUTTRISS, R.H. — Thc Flotation Properties of Some Western Australian Nickel Sulphides and Associated Minerals 2. FITZGERALD, D. J. — Some Aspects of Time-dependent Rock-structure Interactions for a Braced Excavation wilh particular reference to the Museum Station, M.U.R.L. Master of Science 3. LAMB, C. M. - Selective Flocculation of Cassiterite and Quartz from Mixtures ofthe Two Minerals Master of Engineering Science 4. PANCZAKIEWICZ, T. - Optimization of the Sublevel Caving Mining Method investigated by Physical Models

98 MINING

5. STEWART. R. D. — Design of Large Underground Caverns in Rock 6. ROBINSON, K. J. - Some Tunnel Design Problems invesiigaled using ihe Finile Element Method

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress N. R. P. BACZYNSKI - Stability of Shale Hanging-walls W. E. BAMFORD - Some Geomechanical Studies for Tunnelling Projects I. G. PATTISON — Sulphite and Oxygen in Sulphide Mineral Flotation Systems J. A. WASHUSEN — Time-dependent Properties of Melbourne Silurian Mudslone M.Sc Thesis in Progress P. J. RAFTERY - A Computer Model of Sublevel Caving M EngSc Theses in Progress C. G. ALFORD - Computer Simulation of Sublevel Caving J. S. F. DUNLOP - Geostatistical Modelling of an Iron Orebody A. J. H. NEWELL - The Effect of Specific Impurities in Lead Sulphide on its Flotation Behaviour G. RECHNITZER - Nonlinear Finile Element Analysis of Underground Openings G. ROME — Automated Design of Underground Structures Incorporating Rock Restraint

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Zinc Corporation Ltd: Assessment of long-term regional rock stability. Mount Isa Mines Ltd: Stability of shale hanging-walls. John Connell & Associates: Time-dependent properties of Melbourne Silurian mudstone. Mount Isa Mines Ltd: Modelling of sublevel caving. SURVEYING

Chairman of department: Mr S. G. Bervoets Readers SIMON GERRIT BERVOETS BRIAN THOMAS MURPHY Senior Lecturer FRANCIS JOSEPH LEAHY Lecturers LEO JAMES RIVETT ROBERT EDWARD EDEN Graduate Research Assistant DAVID BRUCE McMORRAN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Adjustment of survey networks. 2. Application of photogrammetry to architectural and archaeological recording. 3. Engineering application of terrestrial photogrammetry. 4. Title boundaries in Victoria.

PUBLISHED WORK

REPORT I. RIVETT, L. J. - The Application of Photogrammetry to the Recording of Monuments and Sites in Australia. Bulletin No. 42 Department of Surveying.

ARTICLES 2. COOPER, M. A. R. and LEAHY, J. F. - Phased Adjustment of Engineering Control Surveys. XV International Congress of Surveyors. Stockholm 1977. 3. LEAHY, F. J. - Bowdilch Revisited. The Australian Surveyor. December 1977. Vol. 28 No. 8. 4. RIVETT, L. J. — Photogrammetry Applied lo Urban Conservation Surveys. Proceedings 48th ANZAAS Congress Section 4: Architecture and Planning, Melbourne 1977. 5. RIVETT, L. J. — Photogrammetry — Its Potential Application to Problems in Australian Archaeology. Proceedings I.C.CM. Workshop on Conservation of Rock Art. Penh 1977.

THESES IN PROGRESS M.SurvSc C. J. EGAN — .Survey Coordination at Daylesford A. R. HOFF - Peripheral Critique on Satellite Doppler Control P. T. LOUGHREY — Volume Determination by Aerial and Terrestrial Photogrammetry M. R. SHORTIS — Computer Aided Orientations uf Terrestrial Models

100 LAW

Chairman of department: Professor S. D. Clark Professor of Commercial Law HAROLD ARTHUR JOHN FORD Hearn Professor of Law COLIN HOWARD Harrison Moore Professor of Law SANDFORD DELBR1DGE CLARK Kenneth Bailey Professor of Law DAVID JOHN LANHAM George Paton Professor of Law HAROLD LUNTZ Reader MARY ELIZABETH HISCOCK Senior Lecturers ADRIAN JOHN BRADBROOK ETHEL RUTH CAMPBELL WILLIAM BREEN CRE1GHTON BRIAN MICHAEL LAKE CROMMELIN MANFRED PAUL ELLINGHAUS IAN DOUGLAS ELLIOTT IAN JAMES HARDINGHAM MARCIA ANN NEAVE JULIAN PHILLIPS KEVIN SOL POSE MARK SAMUEL WEINBERG Lecturers SUSAN LATHROP CAMPBELL ANTHONY JAMES DUGGAN ROBERT CHARLES EVANS ANNE MAREE LANTERI FRANCIS KEVIN HEATHCOTE MAHER SUSAN MARY MORGAN BERNARD MICHAEL O'BRIEN KEVIN PATRICK O'CONNOR RALPH BENJAMIN PLINER STANIFORTH RICKETSON JOSEPH GERARD SANTAMARIA CHERYL ANN SAUNDERS ROSALIE PAM SCHAFFER JAGINDER SINGH RICHARD ROSS SINCLAIR TRACEY GILLIAN DOREEN TR1GGS Temporary Lecturer SUSAN VIRGINIA MACCALLUM Senior Tutors GARY FORRESTER BETTY ARMSTRONG HAYES Research Fellow JUDITH GAIL BUTCHER

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. A submission to the Joint Committee on Foreign Affairs and Defence, sub-committee on Law ofthe Sea and Antarctica,on the development ofthe Third U.N, Conference on the Law ofthe Sea and their impact on Australia's proposed two hundred mile extension of the territorial sea. 2. The legal status of women in employment in the United Kingdom. 3. A textbook on the laws relating to easements and restrictive convenanls in Australia. 4. The concept of an equity as a proprietary interest. 5. The study of the constructive trust. 6. A textbook on administrative law. 7. A comparative analysis of due process and natural justice rules in Australia, England and the United States. 8. Locus standi rules for the prerogative writs of certiorari and prohibition. 9. Legal liability for fire. 10. Aggravated damages in contract law. 11. Recent Australian developments in the law relating to murder. 12. The law and practice relating to the duties of stockbrokers lo accounts for client's funds and securities. 13. The law relating to insolvent companies. 14. The use of the procedures relating to schemes of arrangement to effect takeovers under Part VIB of the Uniform Companies Acts 1961. 15. Consumer protection through tort law. 16. Cluster title legislation and its impact on planning land use. 17. Injurious affection and compensation in land acquisitions. 18. Control of urban air quality through planning law. 19. Legal aspects of child abuse in Australia. 20. The law relating to securities over movables in international trade. 21. The law relating to investment in Malaysia. 22. Legal problems of the development of Asian capita] markets, especially cofinancing and thc Asian dollar market. 23. A commentary on the law of damages for Halshury's Laws of England

101 102 FACULTY OF LAW

24. A book of cases and commentary on the law of torts. 25. A textbook on administrative law. 26. The use of privilege and confidence and the defence of public interest as a general defence in actions for copyright and breach of confidence. 27. A casebook on industrial and intellectual property. 28. Australian mining and petroleum law. 29. Government management of oil and gas resources in Australia. 30. An economic analysis of property rights. 31. A casebook on constitutional law. 32. The economic implications of intensive advertising: the feasibility of legislative controls. 33. Privity of contract and exemption clauses in shipping contracts. 34. A study ofthe 1977 Amendments to the Trade Practices Act 1974 (Cth.). 35. The law of intestate succession in Australia and New Zealand. 36. The consequences of failure to object to inadmissible evidence in criminal cases. 37. Drafting instructions for the amended River Murray Agreement. 38. The legal status and security of tenure of lodgers and long-term occupants of caravan parks. 39. The role of the State Housing Commissions in securing repairs to rented dwellings. 40. A study of the effectiveness of sub-standard housing control legislation. 41. A comparative analysis of rent control legislation in Commonwealth countries.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. CROMMELIN, B. M. L. and THOMPSON, A. R. (ed.) - Mineral Leasing as an Instrument of Public Policy, University of British Columbia Press, Vancouver, 1977. 2. FORD. H. A. J., BAXT, R. and SAMUEL, G. J. - An Introduction lo the Securities Industry Acis, Butterworths, Svdncv, 1977. 3. HARDINGHAM. f. J., NEAVE. M. A. and FORD, H. A. J. - The Law of Wills, Law Book Company, Sydnev, 1977. 4. HISCOCK. M. E., ALLEN, D. E., ROEBUCK, D. and MASEL, L. - Credit and Security in Australia. University of Queensland Press, St. Lucia, 1977. 5. WEINBERG. M. S. and WILLIAMS, C. R. - 77if Australian Law of Theft. Law Book Company, Sydnev, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. CLARK. S. D. - Interstate Rivers in Australia, in Interjurisdictional River Basin Administration, pp. 169- 188, Centro de Economia, Legislacion y Administracion del Agua, Mendoza, 1977. 2. CROMMELIN, B. M. L. - Explorations and Adventures with Commonwealth Powers, in Labor and ihe Constitution 1972-1975. ed. G. Evans, pp. 24-66, Heinemann Press, Melbourne, 1977. 3. ELLIOTT, I. D. — Theft — The Law in Victoria, in Howard, Criminal Law. 3rd ed., Law Book Company, Sydney, 1977. 4. HOWARD, C. - Legal and Constitutional Implications, in Republican Australia? ed. G. Dutton, pp. 60- 70. Sun Books, Melbourne, 1977. 5. HOWARD, C. — The Constitution as a Legal Document, in Change the Rules! ed. S. Encel, E. Thompson, pp. 21-42, Penguin Books, Melbourne, 1977. 6. HOWARD, C. and SAUNDERS, C. A. - The Blocking of the Budget and the Dismissal of the Government, in Labor and the Constitution 1972-1975. ed. G.Evans, pp. 251-287, Heinemann Press, Melbourne, 1977. 7. LUNTZ, H. - Law of Torts, in An Annual Survey of Law 1976. ed. R. Baxt, pp. 211-230, Law Book Company, Sydney. 1977.

ARTICLES 8. BRADBROOK, A. J. - The Discretionary Powers of the Hong Kong Housing Authority. Hong Komi LJ. 7: 209-241 (1973). 9. BRADBROOK, A. .1. - The Role of State Government Agencies in Securing Repairs to Rented Housing. Melb. Univ. L. Rev. II: 145-163 (1977). 10. BRADBROOK, A. J. — The Application ofa Principle of Mitigation of Damages to Landlord-Tenant Law. Syd. L. Rev. 8: 15-30 (1977). 11. BRADBROOK, A. J. - Methods of Improving the Effectivess of Standard Housing Control Legislation in Australia. U. Tas. L. Rev. 5: 166-187 (1977). 12. BRADBROOK, A. J. - Thc Rieht of a Mother to Change her Child's Surname Unilaterally, Ausi. Current Law Digest: 111-117 (1977). 13. BUTCHER, J. G. — Government Regulation of Construction and Operation of Hydrocarbon Pipelines. Melh. Univ. L. Rev. II: 246-251 (1977). 14. CREIGHTON, W. B. - The Bullock Report - The Coming of Age of Our Democracy? Brit. J. Law and Society 4: 1-17 (1977). 15. DUGGAN, A. J. - Criminal Sanctions for Misleading Advertising: the Penalty of Fine and Related Matters. Aust. L.J. 50: 625-635 (1977). LAW 103

16. DUGGAN, A. J. - Fairness in Advertising-, in Pursuit ofthe Hidden Pursuaders. Melh. Univ. L. Rev. II: 50-90 (1977). 17. DUGGAN, A. J. - The Criminal Liability of Corporations for Contraventions of Part V of the Trade Practices Act. Ausi. Business L. Rev. 5: 221-247 (1977). 18. ELLIOTT, I. D. - Theft and Related Problems — The Position in England, Australia and the United States. Int. Comp. L.Q.. 110-147 (1977). 19. LANHAM, D. J. - Killing the Fleeting Offender. Crim. LJ. I: 16-24 (1977). 20. LANHAM, D. J. - Obtaining a Financial Advantage by Deception in Victoria - the Meaning of Financial Advantage. Crim. L J. I: 188-203 (1977). 21. NEAVE. M. A. - Conveyancing under the Ontario Registry Act: An Analysis of the Priority Provisions and Some Suggestions for Reform. Can. B. Rev. 55: 500-548 (1977). 22. RICKETSON, S. - Breach of Confidence: A New Proprietary Interest? Melb. Univ. L. Rev. II: 223-245 (1977). 23. TRACEY, R. R. S. — Determination of the Validity of the Rules of Organizations under Section 140 of the Conciliation and Arbitration Act. Fed. L. Rev. 8: 57-76 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Laws 1. FORREST, J. H. L. — Consumer Redress Mechanisms 2. KARKAR, J. H. - Nationalization in the Conflict of Laws

THESES IN PROGRESS LLM Theses in Progress 1. G. 1. K. BROMLEY — Drainage Law in the Melbourne Metropolitan Area 2. J. G. BUTCHER — Government Regulation of the Construction and Operation of Hydrocarbon Pipelines in A ustralia. 3. J. M. GALVIN — Law of Credit Unions in Victoria 4. R. A. LEWITAN - Floating Charges 5. C. R. MeDONALD — The Legal Issues Arising out of the Use of New Energy Sources, in Particular Solar Energy 6. S. M. B. MORGAN - 77ie Nature of the Interest Acquired Under Various Mining Titles 7. W. S. ROBSON — A Review of the Developments ofthe Doctrine of NaturalJustice with Particular Reference to the Area of Education

SUBSTANTIAL GRANT RECEIVED Grant has been received as follows: — ARGC: Government Management of Oil and Gas Resources in Australia. ANATOMY

Chairman of department: Professor L. J. Ray Professor LESLIE JOHN RAY Senior Associate Professor Emeritus KEITH CAMPBELL BRADLEY Readers JOHN OCHILTREE LAVARACK NEIL CAMERON RAOUL MERRILLEES Senior Lecturers BOYCE DARRYLE BOWDEN CYRIL HARCOURT CHAMBERS GEOFFREY CHARLES TREADGOLD KENNY PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON BERNICE FRANCES STRATFORD Senior Demonstrators DAINE ALCORN PETER FRANCIS BURT NORMAN EIZENBERG JOSEPH G1RAMONDO ROSLYN ANNE PERRY MARY BLYTHE WHEELER JILIAN ROSE WHITNEY RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Photic regulation of pineal serotonin in the cynomolgus monkey, Macaca Fascicularis. 2. Light and electron microscopic study of retinal burns produced in the cynomolgus monkey by photocoagulation. 3. Morphology of brain as revealed in computerized axial topography. 4. An experimental study of retino-hypothalamic connections in the cynomolgus monkey, 5. Serial studies of anthropometric measurements. 6. Serial studies of craniofacial growth. 7. Computer assessments of results of surgical and orthodontic treatments for craniofacial anomalies. 8. Serial studies of maturity markers. 9. Serial studies of dental caries. 10. Locomotion of embryonic cells. 11. Morphology of the primitive streak. 12. Placental studies. 13. Development of thc juxtaglomerular complex. 14. The cytology and cytochemistry of the mammalian adrenal medulla. 15. The fine structure of adrenal cortical cells in vitro. 16. The effect of ACTH on the fine structure of sheep adrenal cortical cells. 17. The development of the sheep adrenal cortex. 18. Further investigations on factors influencing foetal sheep lung development.

PUBLISHED WORK 1. BOWDEN. B. D. — "Manual for Digitising Lateral Radiographs" Technical Notes. Monograph Series. 1977. Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne. 2. BOWDEN, B. D., JOHNSON, J., RAY, L. J., TOWNS, J. - "Height, Weight and other Anthropometric Measurements of Melbourne Children". Technical Notes, Monograph Series. 1977, Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne. 3. BOWDEN, B. D. - "Manual for Digitising Dental Study Models" Technical Notes. Monograph Series. 1977, Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne. 4. BOWDEN. B. D. - "Computer Assessments of Variations in Facial Development". I.A.D R. Abstracts (A. & N.Z. Div.), Melbourne, August, 1976. 5. BOWDEN, B. D. — "Manual of Description of Dala for Cephalometric Measurements". Technical Notes, Monograph Series. 1977. Child Growth Unit, University of Melbourne. 6. SMOL1CH, .1. J., STRATFORD. B. F.. MALONEY, J. E. and RITCHIE, B. C. - "The development of the upper respiratory epithelium of thc rat." J.Anal. 124: (1977), (3): 657-673. 7. ALCORN, D., ADAMSON. T. M., LAMBERT, T. F., MALONEY. J. E.. RITCHIE. B. C. and ROBINSON. P- M. - "Morphological effects in the foetal lamb lung." J.Anat.. 123: (1977) (3): 649-660. 8. ROBINSON. P. M„ PERRY, R. A., HARDY, K. J„ COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - "Thc innervation of the adrenal cortex in the sheep." Ovis ovis. J. Anal.. 124: 117-129 (1977). 9. WILLIAMS, I. M., KOHMAN, S., MERRILLEES, N. C. R„ OPPERMANN, B. L. and ROBINSON. P. M. - "Microembolism in the nervous system" in Platelet Aggregation in the Pathogenesis of Cerebrovascular Disorders. Ed. Agnoli & Fazio. Springer Verlag, 1977. 10. GORDON, T, PERRY, R., SRIHARI, T.and VRBOVA, G. - "Differentiation of slow and fast muscles in chickens". Cell & Tissue Res.. 180: 211-222 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master ofScience 1. BOURNE, B. R. — Locomotion of pigmented retinal epithelium in vitro 2. MILLAR, T. J. - An investigation of the cytology and cytochemistry of the mammalian adrenal medulla

104 ANATOMY 105

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress 1. PERRY, R. A. — The cytology and histochemistry of steroid cells in vitro 2. ALCORN, D. — The development of the mammalian foetal lung BIOCHEMISTRY

Chairman of department: Dr C. M. Mauritzen

Professors FRANCIS JOHN RAYMOND HIRD SIMON JOSHUA LEACH Professor of Biochemistry (Medical) GERHARD HANS SCHREIBER Readers PATRICK ROBERT CARNEGIE LLOYD ROSS FINCH JOHN WILLIAMSON LEGGE MARY TERESA McQUILLAN CHARLES ALBERT MICHAEL MAURITZEN Senior Lecturers BARRIE ERNEST DAVIDSON KENWYN RONALD GAYLER BRUCE RAYMOND GRANT ROBERT WILLIAM HENDERSON MAXWELL ARTHUR MARGINSON WILLIAM HUGH SAWYER Lecturers ROBERT CORNELIS AUGUSTEYN PAMELA ELLEN EMINA TODD Senior Tutors FLORENCE CHUN I FELLOWS GEOFFREY HAMILTON McKENZIE ALANA MITCHELL VIMLA PATEL JOHN WILLIAM PHILLIPS KARL MALCOLM ROGERS Senior Research Fellow GEORGE RICHARD JAGO Research Fellows ALAN JAMES HILLIER NEIL WILLIAM ISAACS JORG URBAN Research Assistants HEIDE 1LSE DRYBURGH LEONIE HORVATH RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. INTERMEDIARY METABOLISM I. The precursors and site of formation of ammonia as a major excretion product in the Yabbie (Cherax destructor). ' 2. The significance in various animals of glutamate-aspartate aminotransferase and of adenylic acid deaminase in tissues. 3. The significance in various animals of the circulating level of non-esterificd fatty acids in the blood to the metabolism of the liver. 4. Regulation of nucleotide metabolism in microorganisms. 5. Regulation of nucleotide metabolism and differential sensitivity to cytotoxic agents in mammalian tumour cell lines. 6. The binding of porphyrins to tumour tissue. 7. Carbohydrate metabolism in lactic acid bacteria. PROJECT DIRECTORS: I, 2, 3 - F. J. R. Hird; 4, 5, - L. R. Finch; 6 - R. W. Henderson; 7 - G. R. Jago.

B. STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION STUDIES ON PROTEINS 8. Identification of antigenic determinants in proteins using solid phase peptide synthesis. 9. Fluorescent labelled specific anti-HbF antibodies for diagnostic use. (With Haematology Dept.. Queen Victoria Hospital.) 10. The ratios of the non-allelic y- and y 8ene products in the HbF of neonates of thalassaemic parents. (With Haematology Dept., Queen Victoria Hospital.) 11. Synthesis, circular dichroism and NMR conformational analysis of tetrapeptides as models for biological recognition sites in proteins. (With Chemistry Dept.. Monash University.) 12. Conformational energy maps and random coil dimensions of copolypeptides containing hydroxyethylglutamine. 13. Application of the stochastic approach to thc evolution of distantly related monomeric globins. 14. Immunological cross-reactivities of mammalian myoglobins using sheep and rabbil antisera. 15. Evolution of myelin basic protein. 16. Influence of serum from patients with multiple sclerosis on myelin metabolism. 17. Evolution of enzymes involved in aromatic amino acid biosynthesis. 18. Structure-function studies on chorismate mutase/prephenate dehydratase and chorismate mutase/prephenate dehydrogenase.

106 BIOCHEMISTRY 107

19. Isolation of proteins involved in regulation of aromatic amino acid biosynthesis. 20. The redox potential of leghaemoglobin in the presence of added ligands. 21. New fluorescent probes for the study of membrane fluidity and protein-lipid interactions. 22. The membrane fluidity of normal and leukaemic lymphocytes. (With Dept. of Medicine, Austin Hospital.) 23. The mechanism of senile cataract formation. PROJECT DIRECTORS: 8.9, 10, 11, 12 - S.J. Leach; 13, 14 - P. E. E.Todd; 15, 16 - P. R. Carnegie; 17, 18, 19 - B. E. Davidson; 20 - R. W. Henderson; 21, 22 - W. H. Sawyer; 23 - R. C. Augusteyn.

C. PROTEIN BIOSYNTHESIS 24. Posltranslational processing of serum albumin. 25. Metabolism of transferrin. 26. Synthesis and secretion of a,-acid glycoprotein. 27. ' Synthesis and secretion of a,-antitrypsin. PROJECT DIRECTOR: 24, 25, 26, 27 - G. H. Schreiber.

D. ASPECTS OF PLANT AND MARINE BIOCHEMISTRY 28. The effects of thermal variations on phytoplankton productivity in Port Phillip Bay. 29. Amino acid biosynthesis during photosynthesis in marine algae. 30. Protein synthesis in developing seeds and leaves. 31. The biochemistry of algal chloroplasts. 32. The biochemistry and cytology of wound healing in coenocytic algae. 33. The physiology and biochemistry of the interaction of the fungus Phytophthora cinnamomi with its host species. PROJECT DIRECTORS: 28, 29, 30 - K. R. Gayler; 31, 32, 33 - B. R. Grant.

E. BIOCHEMICAL HISTORY 34. The development of ideas concerning D-amino acids and D-amino acid oxidase as an exemplar of the development of biochemistry in the period 1936-1976 — M. A. Marginson. 35. The historical significance of the suffix "-ese" for enzymes catalyzing synthetic processes — M. A. Marginson.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. CARNEGIE. P. R. and SIMS, N. R. - Myelin Proteins and Enzymes, in Multiple Sclerosis, a Critical Conspectus, cd. E. J. Field, pp. 165-206, MTP, Lancaster, England. 1977. 2. CARNEGIE. P. R. and MACKAY, I. R. - Cell Surface Receptors and Autoimmune Responses, in Autoimmunity, ed. N. Talal, pp. 597-620, Academic Press, New York, 1977.

ARTICLES 3. AUGUSTEYN, R. C. — Senile Cataracts - A Biochemical Review of Senile Cortical and Nuclear Cataracts. Aust. J. Ophthal. 5: 76-80 (1977). 4. BERKOV1C, S. F. and MAURITZEN, C. M. - Acetylation of Histones in Isolated Avian Erythroid Nuclei. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 475: 160-167 (1977). 5. CARNEGIE. P. R., FELLOWS, F. C. I. and SYMINGTON, G. R. - Urinary Excretion of Methylarginine in Human Disease. Metabolism 26: 531-537 (1977). 6. CHRISTOPHERSON, R. I. and FINCH, L. R. - The Assay of Orotate by an Isotope Dilution Procedure. Anal. Biochem. SO: 159-167 (1977). 7. CHRISTOPHERSON. R. I. and FINCH. L. R. - Regulation or Aspartate Carbamoyltransferase of Escherichia coli by the Interrelationship of Magnesium and Nucleotides. Biochim. Biophvs. Ada 481: 80-85 (1977). 8. COGHLAN, S. D. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Changes in the Distribution of Proteins in the Aging Human Lens. Exp. Eve Res. 25: 603-611 (1977). 9. COLLINS, F. D., FEHER, A. I. and HEALY. T. W. - Mixed Monolayers of Simple Saturated and Unsaturated Fatty Acids. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 511-519 (1977). 10. GAYLER, K. R. and GRANT, B. R. - Heated Effluent Study. Part 11. Effects of Temperature Stress on Productivity of Phytoplankton Species from Hobson's Bav. Report to the State Electricity Commission of Victoria, 30 pp. (1977). 11. GETHING, M.-J. H. and DAVIDSON, B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prephenate Dehydratase from Escherichia coli K 12. Modification with 5, 5'-Dithio-bis (2-nitrobenzoic acid). Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 103-110 (1977) 108 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

12. GETHING, M.-J. H. and DAVIDSON, B. E. - Chorismate Mutase/Prcphenatc Dehydratase from Escherichia coli K12. Effects of Chemical Modification on the Enzymic Activities and Allosteric Inhibition. Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 111-117 (1977). 13. HOWARD, R. J., GRANT, B. R. and FOCK, H. - The Flow of Carbon into Storage Products during Long Term Photosynthesis in Caulerpa simpliciuscula. J. Phvcol. IS: 340-345 (1977). 14. HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S.J. - The Amino Acid Sequence of Soybean Leghaemoglobin c,. EEBS Letters 80: 23-26 (1977). 15. HURRELL, J. G. R., SMITH, J. A. and LEACH, S. J. - Immunological Measurements of Conformational Motility in Regions of the Myoglobin Molecule. Biochemistry 16: 175-185 (1977). 16.. HURRELL, J. G. R., SMITH, J. A., TODD, P. E. and LEACH, S. J. - Cross-Reactivity between Mammalian Myoglobins: Linear vs Spatial Antigenic Determinants, lmmunochemislrv 14: 283-288 (1977). 17. HURRELL, J. G. R., THULBORN, K. R. and LEACH, S. J. - Leghaemoglobins: Immunochemistrv and Phylogenetic Relationships. FEBS Letters 84: 244-247 (1977). 18. LEACH, S. J., NEMETHY, G. and SCHERAGA. H. A. - Use of Proton Nuclear Overhauser Effects lor the Determination of the Conformations of Amino Acid Residues in Oligopeptides. Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Commun. 75: 207-215 (1977). 19. LEES, G. J. and JAGO, G. R. - Formation of Acetaldehyde from 2-Deoxy-D-ribose-5-phosphate in Lactic- Acid Bacteria. J. Dairy Res. 44: 139-144 (1977). 20. MITCHELL, A. and FINCH, L. R. - Pathways of Nucleotide Biosynthesis in Mycoplasma mycoides subsp. mycoides. J. Bacterial. 130: 1047-1054 (1977). 21. NICOLA, N. A. and LEACH, S. J. - Structural Rearrangements Due to Ligand Binding and Haem Replacement in Myoglobin and Leghaemoglobins. Eur. J. Biochem. 78: 133-140 (1977). 22. NICOLA, N. A. and LEACH, S. J. - Structural Basis of Heme Reactivity in Myoglobin and Leghemoglobin: Thermal Difference Spectra. Biochemistry 16: 50-58 (1977). 23. PHILLIPS, J. W. and HIRD, F. J. R. - Gluconeogenesis in Vertebrate Livers. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 57B: 127-131 (1977). 24. PHILLIPS, J. W. and HIRD, F. J. R. - Ketogenesis in Vertebrate Livers. Comp. Biochem. Physiol. 57B: 133-138 (1977). 25. PHILLIPS, J. W., McKINNEY, R. J. W., HIRD, F. J. R. and MACMILLAN, D. L. - Lactic Acid Formation in Crustaceans and the Liver Function ofthe Midgut Gland Questioned. Comp. Biochem. Phvsiol. 56B: 427-433 (1977). 26. REYNOLDS, E. C. and FINCH, L. R. - Estimation of ["P] Deoxyrihonucleoside Triphosphates in Cell Extracts Using Periodate Treatment. Anal. Biochem. 82: 591-595 (1977). 27. SAWYER, W. H„ CAMERON, D. W. and TRIKOJUS, V. M. - Colouring Matters of the Aphidoidea. XLII. Purification and Properties of the Cyclising Enzyme (Protoaphin Dehydratase (Cyclising)) concerned with Pigment Transformations in the Woolly Aphid Eriosoma lanigernm Hausmann (Hcmiptera, Insecta). Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 173-181 (1977). 28. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Incorporation of [2-JH] Ethanolamine into Rat Muscle Phosphoglycerides. Aust. J. Esp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 371-378 (1977). 29. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Pool Sizes and Metabolism of CDPcholine and CDPethanolamine in Skeletal Muscle. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 76 550-558 (1977). 30. SMITH, J. A., HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S. J. - Conformational Integrity of Myoglobin after Immunization with Freund's Adjuvant. J. Immunology 118: 226-228 (1977). 31. SMITH, J. A., HURRELL, J. G. R. and LEACH, S. J. - A Novel Method for Delineating Antigenic Determinants: Peptide Synthesis and Radioimmunoassay using the Same Solid Support. Immunochemistry 14: 565-568 (1977). 32. SULLIVAN. J. j., MUCHNICKY, E. E., DAVIDSON, B. E. and JAGO. G. R. - Purification and Properties of the Pyrrolidonccarboxylate Peptidase of Streptococcus faecium. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 543-552 (1977).

33. THULBORN, K. R., SAWYER, W. H. and SMITH, J. A. - Membrane Fluidity in Rhnui| and Normal Erythrocyte Ghosts. Blood 50: 964-965 (1977). 34. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Oxidative Changes in Human Lens Proteins during Senile Nuclear Cataract Formation. Biochim. Biophvs. Ada 492: 43-52 (1977). 35. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - Changes in Human Lens Proteins during Nuclear Cataract Formation. Exp. Eve Res. 24: 159-170 (1977). 36. TRUSCOTT, R. J. W. and AUGUSTEYN, R. C. - The State of Sulphvdryl Groups in Normal and Cataractous Human Lenses. Exp. Eve Res. 25: 139-148 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science 1. DENBOROUGH, M. A. — Studies on Malignant Hyperpyrexia and on Glycoproteins in Man Doctor of Philosophy 2. HURRELL, J. G. R. — Immunological and Structural Studies on Some Plant and Animal Glohins 3. SIMS, N. R. - 2', 3'-Cyclic Nucleotide 3'-Phosphodiesterase Master of Science 4. MILLERSHIP, A. S. - Synthesis and Secretion of Bovine Serum Albumin

Master of Agricultural Science 5. BROOME, M. C. — Inhibition of Group N Streptococci by Linoleic Acid BIOCHEMISTRY 109

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress P. N. BYRT - Biochemical Investigations in Phylophlhera cinnamomi M. CHELLADURAI — Intermediate Forms of Secretory Proteins A. L. CH'NG — Uptake. Storage and Excretion of Nitrogenous Compounds by Marine Benthic Algae SIVAPRASAD DAVULURI - Amino Acid Metabolism in relation to End-Products of Nitrogen Metabolism T. W. DREHER - The Biochemistry of the Wound Response in the Algal Genus Caulerpa K. J. EDWARDS - Biosynthesis of Albumin in Rat Liver D. J. EVANS — Studies on the Synthesis and Tertiary Structure of Peptides and their Relationship to Protein Folding E. A. HA1GH - Fluorescent Probes as Indicators of Membrane Structure D. B. HAWTHORNE - Structure and Function of I. i-B Linked Glucans Found in Siphonous Algae I. W. MITCHELSON — Investigation of Side Chain Modification lo the Nuclear Proteins of Chicken Erythrocytes during their Development Y. J. PATERSON — The Dimensions of Randomly Coiled Co-Polypeptides I. R. RADFORD - Effect of Cytotoxic Drugs on DNA Synthesis E. REYNOLDS — Thymidine Sensitivity of Murine Myeloma and Lymphoma Celts D. H. SMALL — Synthesis of Myelin Basic Protein in relation to Multiple Sclerosis Serum Factors J. A. SMITH — Synthesis. Structure and Immunochemistry of Peptide Sequences in Globins and Staphylococcal Nuclease K. R. THULBORN - Fluorescent Probes for Studying Membrane Structure S. W. WRIGHT — Special Properties associated with Chloroplasts of Siphonous Green Algae M.Sc Theses in Progress A. H.-H. BUI — Cations Transport and Membrane Fluidity of Human Blood Lymphocytes (jointly with Dept. of Medicine, Austin Hospital) K. T. BURGESS - Phosphorylation of Myelin Membrane E. C. CORNISH — Investigations into the Nature and Structure of ihe Tyr R Gene Product o/Escherichia coli (jointly with Microbiology Dept.) R. M. DAVY - The Effect of Altered Haem-Llgand Binding and other Modifications on the Properties of Cytochrome c 1. J. EAST — Interrelationships between Globin Proteins S. M. GREEN Effect of Fumaratc on the Metabolism of Streptococcus lactis G. S. HUDSON — Comparative Studies on Chorismate Mutase-Prephenate Dehydratase and Chorismate Mutase-Prephenate Dehydrogenase from E. coli J. MITCHELL — Nucleotide Contents and DNA Synthesis in Fibroblasts Treated with Hydroxy Urea M. NAGASHIMA — Biochemical Study of On-Acid Glycoprotein F. H. STONE — Regulation of Nucleotide Metabolism in Mammalian Tumour Cell Lines M. THOMAS — Aspects ofthe Metabolism of Pyruvate by Group N Streptococci

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED (OVER $5,000) Grants have been received as follows:- Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Regulation and Inhibitors of Nucleotide Metabolism of Tumour and Other Ceu Lines in Liquid Culture. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Relation between Rates of Growth and Albumin Synthesis in Minimal Deviation Hepatoma. Australian Research Grants Committee (ARGC): Structure and Function of Myelin Proteins. ARGC: Investigations into the Structure and Function of Some Bacterial Enzymes. ARGC: Amino Acid Biosynthesis during Photosynthesis of Marine Algae. ARGC: Chloroplast Metabolism. ARGC: The Structure and Evolution of Primitive Haemoglobins. ARGC: Protein-Lipid Interactions in Natural and Model Membranes. ARGC: Comparative Studies on the Structures of Three Isofunctional DAHP Synthetases from Escherichia coli K-12 (with Microbiology Dept.). National Health and Medical Research Council: Phosphorylation of Myelin Basic Protein and Multiple Sclerosis. National Health and Medical Research Council: Synthesis and Secretion of Protein by the Liver. National Health and Medical Research Council: Diagnostic. Biosynthetic and Molecular Studies on Haemoglobinopathies (with Dept. of Haematology. Queen Victoria Hospital). National Institutes of Health, U.S.A.: The Mechanism of Senile Cataract Formation. National Multiple Sclerosis Society. U.S.A.: Characterization of Antibrain Factors in Serum from Patients wilh Multiple Sclerosis. Wool Research Trust Fund (Australian Wool Corporation): Synthesis and Conformation of Peptides Forming p- Turns in Proteins. In addition, 15 grams of between SI,000 and $5,000 were received from the following donors:- Australian Research Grants Committee: Forests Commission, Victoria; Ministry for Conservation, Victoria; Multiple Sclerosis Society of Victoria; National Health and Medical Research Council; Medical Research Committee, University of Melbourne; Research and Graduate Studies Committee, University of Melbourne. COMMUNITY HEALTH

Chairman of department: Professor R. W. Webster Professor ROSS WHARTON WEBSTER First Assistant in Clinical Epidemiology DAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE Senior Lecturer DENIS URMSTON SHEPHERD Lecturer NICHOLAS PETER SIEMENSMA Research Associate LORRAINE LAWRENCE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Epidemiological and health service research into aspects of cerebrovascular disease. 2. Attitudes of medical students towards primary care. 3. Epidemiological study of occupational dermatitis.

PUBLISHED WORKS 1. WEBSTER, R. and CHRISTIE, D. - Community Health in the University of Melbourne. Med. J. Aust. 2: 128 (1977). 2. HUNT, D„ SLOMAN, G., CHRISTIE, D. and PENINGTON, C. - Changing patterns and profiles of patients with acute myocardial infarction seen in a coronary care unit over a 13 year period. Brit. Med. J. I: 795 (1977). 3. CHRISTIE, D. - Screening for breast cancer: the role of mammography. Med. J. Aust.. 2: 398 (1977). 4. CHRISTIE, D. and LAWRENCE, L. - Patients and Hospitals: a study of attitudes of stroke patients. Soc. Sci <$ Med. 12: 49 (1977).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED The following grant has been received: - NH & MRC: A Stroke Register in Melbourne.

110 MEDICAL BIOLOGY: THE WALTER AND ELIZA HALL INSTITUTE OF MEDICAL RESEARCH

Director: Professor Sir Gustav Joseph Victor Nossall Senior Associates IAN REAY MACKAY DONALD METCALF JACQUES FRANCIS ALBERT PIERRE MILLER GRAHAM FRANK MITCHELL KENNETH DOUGLAS SHORTMAN Research Fellows ADAMS, J. M. ANDERS, R. F. ARNOLD, B. BATTY E, F. L. BEADLE, G. F. BURGESS, A. W. BURTON, R. C. CORY; SUZANNE GODING, J. W. GOLDSCHNEIDER, I. HANDMAN, EMANUELA HARRIS, A. W. HOLMES, MARGARET, C. HOWARD, MAUREEN HOWARD, R. J. JOHNSON, G. R. LALA, P. K. LINTHICUM, S. D. LUCIIENBACH, G. A. MARCHALONIS, J. J. MACKENZIE, M. MANDEL, T. E. NICOLA, N. A. PYE, J. ROBERTS THOMSON, I. C. SCHRADER, J. W. SCHUMACHER, M. J. SCOTT, D. W. STABER, F. G. STANLEY, JANET SZENBERG, A. TANIGUCHI, M. TEALE. JUDY TEW, J, G. WHITTINGHAM, SENGA F. Research Assistants CULVENOR, JANETTA LAYTON, JUDITH McPHEE, DORA RODGER, BELINDA RUSSELL, SUE STEWART, ANN WEBB, ELIZABETH WHITELAW, ALISON WILSON, ELIZABETH

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. CELLULAR IMMUNOLOGY UNIT

1. Tolerance induction in immature B lymphocyte populations. 2. Further testing of the clonal selection theory of B lymphocyte stimulation. 3. The role of B lymphocyte surface IgD in the immune response and tolerance. 4. Size fractionation of B lymphocytes susceptible to clonal abortion. 5. Development of B lymphocytes from stem cells, 6. Study of Ig-like molecules on T lymphocytes. 7. Organ culture of foetal mouse thymus and spleen. 8. Maintenance and regulation of the immune response by antigen retained on dendritic cells.

111 112 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

B. CANCER RESEARCH UNIT 1. Purification and structural analysis of granulocyte-macrophage colony stimulating factor, 2. Clonal analysis of normal and leukemic cells from mice and humans. 3. Purification of factors controlling eosinophil and megakaryocyte proliferation. 4. Analysis of lymphoma serum of B-lymphocyte stimulating activity.

C. CLINICAL RESEARCH UNIT 1. Immunopathogenesis and genetic aspects of chronic active hepatitis. 2. Human histocompatibility antigens and disease associations. 3. Cloning human T lymphocytes in agar in health and disease. 4. Immunological and cellular aspects of premature ageing. 5. Mucosal mechanisms in desensitization of hay-fever patients and allergen-primed mice. 6. Isolation and purification of allergens from mice. 7. The structural basis of the autoantibody response to liver-specific F antigen. 8. The nature and origin of amyloid precursor proteins. 9. Carcinoembryonic antigen in Busselton population. 10. Effect of cytotoxic drugs on immune responsiveness. 11. Transfer of human tumours to the immunodeficient "nude" mouse. 12. Identification and mode of action of the multiple-sclerosis-associated antigen. 13. Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in the mouse. 14. Computer-processing of specific medical record data. 15. Applications of techniques of survival analyses.

D. EXPERIMENTAL PATHOLOGY UNIT 1. Delayed type hypersensitivity to allogeneic cells in mice. 2. Macrophage — T lymphocyte interactions. 3. Mechanism of H-linked Ir gene effect. 4. Differentiation of receptor for self-H-2 in thymus. 5. T cell dependent suppression of antibody responses. 6. T cell dependent suppression of delayed type hypersensitivity. 7. Characterization of factors from specific suppressor T cells. 8. Hybridization of suppressor T cells and T cell lymphomas. 9. Adjuvanticity of lysolecithin and its analogues.

IMMUNOPARASITOLOGY LABORATORY

1. T cell dependent effects in eosinophilia in parasitized mice. 2. Induction of various classes of antibodies by parasite antigen. 3. Cell surface changes in Plasmodium and Babesia parasitized blood cells. 4. Vaccination of mice against Taenia taeniaeformis. 5. Resistance to Nippostrongylus brasiliensis in mice injected with ES antigens. 6. Studies on the immunobiological properties of various allergens. 7. Mouse strain variations in susceptibility to Nematospiroides dubius. 8. Mouse strain variations in susceptibility to Giardia muris. 9. Mouse strain variation in susceptibility to Leishmania tropica.

E. BIOCHEMISTRY AND BIOPHYSICS UNIT 1. Differentiation of T and B lymphocytes. 2. Gene Expression in Mouse Myeloma Cells. 3. Physical Studies on gene organization.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. ADAMS, J. M. — Immunoglobulin messager RNA. Progress in Immunology III, Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 236-242. 2. GODING, J. W. — Genetic factors in the immune response: the immune response genes. 77ie lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 309-364. 3. KINCADE, P. W. and MOORE, M. A. S. - Ontogenetic emergence of immunocytes. 77ie lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. J.J. Marchalonis. Part 1. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 115-148. 4. MACKAY, I. R. — HLA and liver disease. "HLA and disease", ed. by J. Dausset and A. Svejgaard. Copenhagen, Munksgaard, 1977. pp. 186-195. 5. MACKAY, I. R. — The lesion of autoimmunity-overview. Progress in Immunology III. Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 485-496. MEDICAL BIOLOGY 113

6. MACKAY, I. R. and CARNEGIE, P. R. - Cell surface receptors and autoimmune responses. Autoimmunity: genetic, immunologic, virologic and clinical aspects, ed. by N. Talal. New York, Academic Press, 1977. pp. 597-620. 7. MACKAY, I. R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and MATHEWS, J. D. - The immunocpidemiology of ageing. Immunology and ageing, ed. by Takashi Makindan and Edmond Yunis. New York, Plenum Medical Book Co., 1977. pp. 35-49. 8. MANDEL, T. E. — The ultrastructure of mannalian lymphocytes and their progeny. The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 11-42. 9. MANDEL, T. E. and SANTER, V. B. - Ultrastructure of the lymphocyte surface. 77tf lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 511-540. 10. MARCHALONIS, J. J. — The lymphocyte plasma membrane: isolation and properties of biologically relevant proteins. 77ie lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 373-432. 11. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Cell interactions in the regulation of the immune response. Progress in Immunology III. Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 353-357. 12. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Lymphocytes: past, present and future: The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 1-7. 13. MILLER, J. F. A. P. - The major histocompatibility complex and the immune response. Progress in Immunology III. Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 309-310. 14. MITCHELL, G. F. - Host protective immunity in parasitic diseases. Progress in Immunology III. Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 675-680. 15. MITCHELL, G. F. - Observations and speculations on the influence of T cells in the cellular events of induction of antibody formation and tolerance in vivo. The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. by J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker, 1977. pp. 227-256. 16. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - B. lymphocyte receptors and lympocyle activation. International Cell Biology, 1976- 1977. cd. by B. R. Brinkely, K. R. Porter. New York. Rockefeller University Press, 1977. pp. 103-111. 17. NOSSAL, G. J. V. — Immunology and epidemiology of communicable tropical diseases. Progress in Immunology 111. Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience, 1977. pp. 665-666. 18. NOSSAL, G. J. V. - Immunology, health and ethics. Progress in Immunology III. Canberra, Australian Academy of Science, 1977. pp. 724-727. 19. SHORTMAN, K. - The pathway of T-cell development within the thymus. Progress in Immunology 111. Canberra, Australian Academy ofScience. 1977. pp. 197-205. 20. WARNER, N. L. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Surface antigens and receptors of normal and neoplastic lymphocytes: nature and distribution. The lymphocyte: structure and function, ed. bv J. J. Marchalonis. New York, Marcel Dekker. 1977. pp. 433-492.

ARTICLES 21. ATWELL, J. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Immunoglobulin gamma chains of a montreme mammal, the Echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus): amino acid composition and partial amino acid sequence. J. Immunogenet. 4: 73-80 (1977). 22. BERNARD, C. C. A. - Suppressor T-cells prevent experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 29: 100-109 (1977). 23. BERNARD, C. C. A., LEYDON, J. and MACKAY, I. R. - AntiT cell activity of niridazole in experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis. Int. Arch. Allergy 53: 555-559 (1977). 24. BERNARD, C. C. A., ROBERTS, I. M. and MACKAY, I. R. - Experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis in mice: antigen binding lymphocytes to basic protein of myelin in susceptible and resistant strains. J. Immunogenet. 4: 277-285 (1977). 25. BERNARD, C. C. A., SYMINGTON, G. R. and MACKAY, 1. R. - Binding properties of radiolabeled basic protein of myelin: reassessment in relation to diagnostic immunoassays. Scana. J. Immunol. 6: 1127- 1 137 (1977). 26. BERNARD, O..CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M. - Synthesis of complementary RNA on RNA templates using the DNA-dependent RNA polymerase of escherichia coli. Biochim. Biophys. Acta 478:407-416 (1977). 27. BERNARD, O. D , JACKSON, J , CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M. - Non-coding nucleotide sequence in the 3'-terminal region of a mouse immunoglobulin kappa chain mRNA determined by analysis of complementary DNA. Biochemistry 16: 4117-4125 (1977). 28. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G. F. and MACKAY, I. R. - Studies on antigen-induced arthritis I. Induction of arthritis in various strains of mice. Arlhr. and Rheum. 20: 841-850 (1977). 29. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G., VADAS, M. A., MACKAY, I. R. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Studies on antigen-induced arthritis: II. Immunological correlates of arthritis susceptibility in mice. J. Immunol. 118: 1639-1644 (1977). 30. BRACKERTZ, D., MITCHELL, G. F., VADAS, M. A. and MACKAY, I. R. - Studies on antigen- induced arthritis. III. Cell and serum transfer experiments. J. Immunol. 118: 1645-1648 (1977). 31. BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF. D. - The effect of colony stimulating factor on the synthesis of ribonucleic acid by mouse bone marrow cells in vitro. J. Cell Phvsiol. 90: 471-484 (1977). 32. BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF, D. - Serum half-life and organ distribution of radiolabeled colony stimulating factor in mice. Exp. Hematol. 5: 456-464 (1977). 33. BURGESS, A. W.. WILSON, E. C. and METCALF, D. - Stimulation by human placental conditioned medium of hemopoietic colony formation by human marrow cells. Blood 49: 573-583 (1977). 34. BURTON, R. C. and WARNER, N. Lr- ln vitro induction of tumor specific immunity IV. Specific adoptive immunotherapy with cytotoxic T cells induced in vitro to plasmacytoma antigens. Cancer, Immunology and Immunotherapy. 2: 91-99 (1977). 35. BURTON, R. C. and WARNER, N. L. — Tumor immunity to murine plasma cell tumors. III. Detection of common tumor associated antigens on BALB/c, C3H and NZB plasmacytomas by in vivo and in vitro induction of tumor immune responses. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 58: 701-710 (1977). 114 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

36. BURTON, R.C, CHISM, S. E. and WARNER, N. L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity. III. Lack of requirement for H-2 compatibility to lysis of tumor targets by T cells activated in vitro to self, oncofetal and plasmacytoma. J. Immunol. 118: 971-980 (1977). 37. BURTON, R. C. CHISM. S. E. and WARNER, N. L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity. VII. Does autosensitization occur with in vitro culture of T lymphocytes?/ Immunol. 119- 1329-1339(1977). 38. CAMAKARIS, J., BURGESS, A. W. and METCALF, D. - The purification and properties of colony stimulating factor from mouse lung conditioned medium. J. Biol. Chem. 252: 1998-2003 (1977). 39. CARNEGIE, P. R, FELLOWS, F. C.I. and SYMINGTON, G. R. - Urinary excretion of methylarginine in human disease. Metabolism 26: 531-537 (1977). 40. CHISM, S. E„ BURTON, R. C, GRAIL, D. L., BELL, P. M. and WARNER, N. L. - In vitro induction of tumor specific immunity. VI. Analysis of specificity of immune response by cellular competitive inhibition: limitations and advantages ofthe technique. J. Immunol. Methods. 16: 245-262 (1977). 41. CHISM, S. E., WARNER, N. L., WELLS, J. V., CREWTHER, P., HUNT, S., MARCHALONIS. .1. I. and FUDENBERG, H. H. — Evidence for common and distinct determinants on colon CEA, CCA-III, and molecules wilh CEA activity isolated from breast and ovarian cancer. Cancer Res. 37: 3100-3108 (1977). 42. CLAESSON, M. H. and METCALF, D. - B.-lymphocyte colony-forming cells in theSJL/J mouse thymus. J. Immunol. 118: 1208-1212 (1977). 43. CLAESSON, M. H., RODGER, M. B., JOHNSON, G. R., WHITTINGHAM, S. and METCALF, D. - Colony formation bv human T lymphocytes in agar-medium. Clin. Exp. Immunol. 28: 526-534 (1977). 44. CLAESSON, M. H. WHITTINGHAM, S., RODGER, M. B. and BURGESS, A. W. - Colony growth of human T lymphocytes in agar: effect of a soluble factor from adherent cells. Eur. J. Immunol. 7: 608-612 (1977). 45. CLARKE, A. E„ HARRISON, S„ RAFF, J., KNOX, R. B, SMITH, P. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Common antigens and male-female recognition in plants. Nature 265: 161-163 (1977). 46. COATES, A. S. and CRAWFORD, M. - Growth of human melanoma in nude mice; suppression by T- lymphocytes from the tumor donor. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 59: 1325-1328 (1977). 47. COATES, A. S. and PETERS, M. - Complete remission of metastatic malignant melanoma following immunotherapy with Bacillus Calmette-Guerin (BCG). Aust. N.Z. J. Surgery 47: 362-365 (1977). 48. CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M. - A very large repeating unit of mouse DNA containing the 18S, 28S and 5.8S rRNA genes. Cell. 11: 795-805 (1977). 49. COX, K. O., HOWARD, R. J. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. VII. Cells secreting antibodies lo modified mouse erythrocytes in Babesia rodhaini infected mice. Cell. Immunol. 32: 223-227 (1977). 50. DECKER, J. M. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Molecular events in lymphocyte differentiation: stimulation of nonhistone nuclear protein synthesis in rabbit peripheral blood lymphocytes by anti-immunoglobulin. Biochem. Biophvs. Res. Commun. 74: 584-591 (1977). 51. DECKER, J. M, WARR, G. W. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - A membrane glycoprotein which binds antilymphocyte globulin and Concanavalin A is implicated in stimulation of murine T lymphocytes. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 74: 1536-1543 (1977). 52. DRESCH, C, JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. - Eosinophil colony formation in semi-solid cultures of human bone marrow cells. Blood 49: 835-844 (1977). 53. DUMBLE, L. J. and MACKAY. I. R. - HLA and chronic active hepatitis (CAH). Digestion 15: 254-259 (1977). 54. DUMBLE, L. J„ TAIT, B. D., WHITTINGHAM, S. and ASHTON, P. W. - The immunological privilege of the foetus; decreased expression of paternal HLA. Immunogenetics 5: 345-350 (1977). 55. FIDLER, J.M. and PIKE, B. L. - Antigen-initiated B lymphocyte differentiation X. Sedimentation velocity characterization of antigen-binding cells and AFC progenitors in the in vitro microculture immune response of unprimed CBA mice to NIP-POL antigen. Cell. Immunol. 31: 163-171 (1977). 56. FIDLER, J. M., HOWARD, M., SCHLEGEL, R. A„ VADAS, M. and SHORTMAN, K. - Antigen initiated B-cell differentiation. IX. Characterisation of memory AFC progenitors by buoyant density and sedimentation velocity separation. J. Immunol. 118: 1076-1082 (1977). 57. GODING, J. W„ SCOTT, D. W. and LAYTON, J. E. - Genetics, cellular expression and function of IgD and IgM receptors. Immunological Reviews 37: 152-186 (1977). 58. GUTMAN, G. A. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Ascaris suum: location of phosphorylcholine in lung larvae. Exp. Parasit. 43: 161-168 (1977). 59. HOWARD, M. C. and FIDLER, J. M. - Antigen-initiated B lymphocyte differentiation. XI. Non-specific stimulation changes the physical properties of virgin AFC-progenitors in neonatal mouse spleen. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 510-507 (1977). 60. HOWARD, M. C, CLAESSON, M. H. and JOHNSON, G. R. - Surface immunoglobulin characteristics of B-lymphocyte developmental slates and B-lymphocyte colony-forming-cells. Scand. J. Immunol. 6: 1317- 1322 (1977). 61. JOHNSON, G. R. and METCALF, D. - Pure and mixed erythroid colony formation in vitro stimulated by spleen conditioned medium with no detectable erythropoietin. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci 74: 3 879-3882 (1977). 62. JOHNSON, G. R, DRESCH, C. and METCALF, D. - Heterogeneity in human neutrophil, macrophage and eosinophil progenitor cells demonstrated by velocity sedimentation separation. Blood 50: 823-831 (1977). 63. MACKAY, I. R. — Changes in human lymphocyte activity with age. lnterdiscipl. Topics Ceront. 11: 75-80 (1977). 64. MACKAY, I. R, WHITTINGHAM, S. and TAIT, B. - Genetic control of immune responsiveness in man. Vox Sang. 32: 10-19 (1977). 65. MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Antigen recognition by T lymphocytes: status of the minimal hypothesis. Ric. Clin. Lab. 7: 1-10 (1977). 66. MARCHALONIS, J. J., DECKER, J. M., DELUCA, D., MOSELEY, J. M., SMITH, P. and WARR, G. W. — Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulins: evolutionary origins and involvement in activation. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41: 261-273 (1976). MEDICAL BIOLOGY 115

67. MARCHALONIS, J. J., WARR, G. W., BUCANAN, C, HOYER L., SZENBERG, A. and WARNER, N. L. - Demonstration and partial characterization of murine B and T cell surface immunoglobulins using avian antibodies. ICN-UCLA Symposium on Regulation of the immune system: Genes and cells in which they function. Park City, Utah, 20-25 March, 1977. Abstracts: J. Supramol. Struct., suppl. I, 1977. 68. METCALF, D. - In vitro cloning techniques hemopoietic cells: clinical applications? Ann. Intern. Med.87: 483-488 (1977). 69. METCALF, D, JOHNSON, G. R. and WILSON, J. - Radiation-induced enlargement of granulocytic and macrophage progenitor cells in the mouse bone marrow. Exp. Hematol. 5: 299-309 (1977). 70. MILLER, J. F. A. P. — The cellular basis of immune responsiveness. Clinics in Haematology 6: 277-298 (1977). 71. MILLER, J. F. A. P. and VADAS, M. A. — Antigen activation of T lymphocytes: influence of major histocompatibility complex. Cold Spr. Harb. Symp. Quant. Biol. 41: 579-588 (1976). 72. MILLER, J. F. A. P. and VADAS, M. A. -r The major histocompatibility complex: influence on immune reactivity and T-lymphocyte activation. Scand. J. Immunol. 6: 771-778 (1977). 73. MILLER, J. F. A. P., VADAS, M. A., WHITELAW, JS... GAMBLE, J. and BERNARD, C. - Histocompatibility linked immune responsiveness and restrictions'imposed on sensitized lymphocytes. J. Exp. Med. 145: 1623-1628 (1977). 74. MITCHELL, G. F. - Some expectations for immunology in veterinary medicine. Viclorian Veterinary Proceedings pp. 6-7 (1977). 75. MITCHELL, G. F. — Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. V. Different susceptibilities of hypothymic and intact mice to Babesia rodhaini. Int. Arch. Allergy 53: 385-388 (1977). 76. MITCHELL, G. F. and HANDMAN, E. — Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice: a simple mechanism of nonspecific immunosuppression in mesocestoides corti infected mice. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 615-622 (1977). 77. MITCHELL, G. F„ GODING, J. W. and RICKARD, M. D. - Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice. I. Increased susceptibility of certain mouse strains and hypothymic mice to Taenia laeniaeformis and analysis of passive transfer of resistance with serum. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 165- 186 (1977). 78. MITCHELL, G. F, HOGARTH-SCOTT, R. S., EDWARDS, R. D. and MOORE, T. - Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. III. Nippostronglylus brasiliensis infections in hypothymic nu/nu mice. Int. Arch. Allergy 52: 95-104 (1977). 79. MITCHELL, G. F, MARCHALONIS, J. J., SMITH, P. M„ NICHOLAS, W. L. and WARNER, N. L. — Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice. II. Immunoglobulins associated with the larvae of Mesocestoides corti. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 187-211 (1977). 80. MOORE, M. A. S„ BURGESS, A. W., METCALF, D„ McCULLOCH, E. A, ROBINSON, W. A, DICKE, K. A., CHERVENICK, P. A., BULL, J. M„ WU, A. M, STANLEY, E. R, GOLDMAN, J. and TESTA, N. - Report of a workshop on standardization of selective cultures for normal and leukaemic cells - International Cancer Research Workshop Programme (Icrew). Brit. J. Cancer 35: 500-518 (1977). 81. MORRIS, P. J, VAUGHAN, H, TAIT, B. D. and MACKAY, I. R. - Histocompatibility antigen (HLA): associations with immunopathic diseases and with responses to microbial antigens. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 616-624 (1977). 82. MOSELEY, J. M., MARCHALONIS, J. J., HARRIS, A. W. and PYE, J. - Molecular properties of T lymphoma immunoglobulin. I. Serological and general physicochemical properties. J. Immunogenet. 4: 233- 248 (1977). 83 MYERS, J. B, FROST, M„ COATES, A. S„ MATHEWS, J. D. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Carcinoembryonic antigen in renal allograft recipients and immunosuppressed renal patients. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 16-19 (1977). 84. NOSSAL, G. J. V. — Scientific research and medical progress — nemesis or nirvana? World Hospitals 13: 185-188 (1977). 85. NOSSAL, G. J. V„ SHORTMAN, K., HOWARD, M. and PIKE, B. L. - Current problem areas in the study of B lymphocyte differentiation. Immunological Reviews. 37: 187-209 (1977). 86. RAISON, R. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. — Comparative peptide mapping of radioiodinated light chains derived from homogeneous rabbit anti-streptococcal antibodies. Biochemistrv 16: 2036-2039 (1977). 87. RAISON, R. L. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Structural restriction and similarities ofthe light chains of antibodies to group B streptococcal carbohydrate produced in a single rabbit. J. Immunogenet. 4: 221-231 (1977). 88. RUBEN, L. N., WARR, G. W, DECKER, J. M. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Phylogenetic origins of immune recognition: Lymphoid heterogeneity and the hapten/carrier effect in the goldfish. Carassius auratus. Cell. Immunol. 31: 266-283 (1977). 89. SCHMECKPEPER, B. J, CORY, S. and ADAMS, J. M. - Comparison of immunoglobulin chains made in an ascites extract and reticulocyte lysate programmed with mRNA from four mouse myelomas. Biochim. Biophvs. Acta. 476: 303-320 (1977). 90. SCOTT, D. W., LAYTON, J. E. and NOSSAL, G. J. V. - Role of IgD in the immune response and tolerance. I. Anti-u pretreatment facilitates tolerance induction in adult B cells in vitro. J. Exp. Med. 146: 1473-1483 (1977). 91. SHORTMAN. K.. RYDEN, A., DUNKLEY, M. and VON BOEHMER, H. - Some requirements for the response of separated T-cell sub-populations to the mitogens phytohaemagglutinin and concanavalin A. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 585-603 (1977). 92. STEVENS, D. P, STAGG, R. and MACKAY, I. R.'- What happens when hospitalized patients see their own records? Ann. Intern. Med. 86: 474-477 (1977). 93. STOCKER, J. W. - Function maturation of B cells in vitro. Immunology 32: 275-282 (1977). 94. STOCKER, J. W. - Tolerance induction in maturing B cells. Immunology 32: 283-290 (1977). 95. SYMINGTON, G„ MACKAY, I. R. and CURRIE, T. T. - Functional improvement in multiple sclerosis during prolonged induced hvpothermia: Report of two cases. Neurology 142: 302-303 (1977). 96. SYMINGTON, G. R, MACKAY, I. R. and LAMBERT, R. P. - Cancer and teratogenesis: Infrequent occurrence after medical use of immunosuppressive drugs. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 368-372 (1977). 116 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

97. SZENBERG, A, MARCHALONIS, J. J. and WARNER, N. L. - Direct demonstration of murine thymus-dependent cell surface endogenous immunoglobulin. Proc. Nal. Acad. Sci. 74: 2113-2117 (1977). 98. TANIGUCHI, M and MILLER, J. F. A. P. - Enrichment of specific suppressor T cells and characterization of their surface markers./. Exp. Med. 146: 1450-1454 (1977). 99. VADAS, M. A. and MILLER, J. F. A. P. — Influence of the major histocompatibility complex on the transfer of delayed hypersensitivity to antigens under Ir gene control in mice. ICN-UCLA Symposium on Regulation of the immune system; genes and cells in which they function. Park City, Utah, 20-25 March, 1977. Abstracts: J. Supramol. Struct, suppl. 1, 1977. 100. VADAS, M. A., MILLER, J. F. A. P., WHITELAW, A. M. and GAMBLE, J. R. - Regulation by the H-2 gene complex of delayed type hypersensitivity. Immunogenetics 4: 137-153 (1977). 101. WARNER, N. L, GODING, J. W, GUTMAN, G. A., WARR, G. W„ HERTZENBERG, L. A., VANDER LOO, W, BLACK, S. J. and LOKEN, M. R. - Allotypes of mouse'Igm immunoglobulins. Nature 265: 447-449 (1977). 102. WARR, G. W. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulin ofthe goldfish differs from its serum counterpart. Development and Comparative Immunol. 1: 15-22 (1977). 103. WARR, G. W., DECKER, J. M., MAlMDEL, T. E., DELUCA, D., HUDSON, R. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. - Lymphocyte-like cells of the tunicate, pyura stolonifera: binding of lectins, morphological and functional studies. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 151-164 (1977). 104. WHITELAW, A., MILLER, J. F. A. P. and MITCHELL, G. F. - Studies on immune responses to parasite antigens in mice. VI. Delayed type hypersensitivity to blood cells from Plasmodium berghei infected mice. Cell. Immunol. 32: 216-222 (1977). 105. WHITTINGHAM, S. and MACKAY, I. R. — Tissue antigens: Autoantigens, alloantigens, xenoantigens and neoantigens. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 172-194 (1977). 106 WHITTINGHAM, S„ PITT, D. B„ SHARMA, D. L. B. and MACKAY, I. R. - Stress deficiency ofthe T lymphocyte system exemplified by Down's syndrome. Lancet 1: 163-166 (1977). 107. WOODRUFF, M. F. A. and WARNER, N. L. - The effect of corynebacterium parvum on tumor growth in normal and athymic (nude) mice. J. Nat. Cancer Inst. 58: 111-116 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy BURTON, R. C. — In vitro induction of T cell mediated immunity to murine tumour antigens GODING, J. W. - Lymphocyte surface immunoglobulin and la antigens in the mouse. HOWARD, M. C. — B lymphocytes differentiation in the mouse.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress BUCKLEY, J. D. — Cancer epidemiology and diagnosis CEREDIG, R. - In vitro studies of cell mediated immunity lo human and murine tumour associated antigen GOUGH, N. M. — Control of immunoglobulin gene expression IMANISHI, K. — Electron microscopic studies of the surface membranes of normal and neoplastic murine lymphoid cells and of membrane models. LAMBERT, R. P. — Computer processing of medical record data in a cardiac surgery unit. LAYTON, J. E. — The function of lymphocyte surface IgM and IgD during B cell maturation McCARTHY, J. H. — Regulation of granulocyte and macrophage populations in leukaemia SCHUMACHER, M. J. — Immunological mechanisms in immediate hypersensitivity diseases of the respiratory tract SMITH, F. I. — Activation of T lymphocytes in cellular immunity WATT, S. M. — Molecular aspects of haemopoietic differentiation M.Sc Theses in Progress MOTTRAM, P. — The role of the macrophage in delayed type hyposensitivity PIKE, B. — Humoral immune responses by mouse B lymphocytes in vitro RUSSELL, S. — Characteristics of serum factors inhibiting or potentiating the action of colony stimulating factor WILSON, E. — Colony stimulating factor for human cells MEDICAL HISTORY

Chairman of department: Professor Emeritus K. F. Russell Senior Associates KENNETH FITZPATRICK RUSSELL JEAN FOGO RUSSELL Research Student ROBERT ANDREW CUTHBERTSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Early history of anatomy and thc work of Mondino dei Luzzi (1275-1326). 2. History of the teaching of anatomy in Britain. 3. Early printed books in the library of the Royal Australasian College of Surgeons. 4. Music and medicine. 5. The dancing manias. 6. Tarantism and the tarantellas. 7. Work and life of Duchenne of Boulogne (1806-1875).

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOK RUSSELL, K. F. - 77ie Melbourne Medical School 1862-1962. Melbourne University Press, 1977.

ARTICLES RUSSELL, K. F. - Medicine in Melbourne - the first fifty years. Med. J. Aust.. 2. 17-21 (1977).

117 MEDICINE

AUSTIN HOSPITAL AND REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor A. E. Doyle Professor AUSTIN ERIC DOYLE Professor (Repatriation General Hospital) THOMAS JOHN MARTIN Professor of Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics WILLIAM JOHN LOUIS Reader IAN FARQUHAR CAMPBELL McKENZIE Reader in Psychiatry RUSSELL A1NSL1E MEARES First Assistant (Austin Hospital) FREDERICK ARTHUR OSCAR MENDELSOHN First Assistant (Repatriation General Hospital) RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS Second Assistants NEVILLE DAVID YEOMANS JAMES SAVILLE WILEY Second Assistant in Psychological Medicine (Repatriation General Hospital) PAUL EDWARD DEBENH AM Senior Lecturer in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics BEVYN JARROTT Lecturer in Psychiatry BRUCE JOHN TONGE Senior Research Officer in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics PHILIP MARK BEART National Health and Medical Research Council Senior Research Officer JEANNETTE FRIEDMAN National Heart Foundation of Australia Research Fellow SADANAND NEGESHRAO ANAVEKAR National Health and Medical Research Council Postgraduate Research Scholars NICHOLAS CHRISTOPHIDIS PETER JOHN MIACH National Blood Pressure Study Research Fellow MARY STEWART Visiting Research Fellow in Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics ROGER JAMES SUMMERS Postgraduate Research Scholars ANDREW BUI OLAF HE1NO OSKAR DRUMMER STUART GRANT DUFFY ANDREW SIMON GIRAUD PHILLIP MARK HOGARTH BRUCE EDWARD LOVELAND MARY M1CHAEL1DES GEORGE WILLIAM MIHALY GILLIAM MARGARET MORGAN TERRANCE ADRIAN POTTER ALAN GREGORY RIGLAR MAURO SERGIO SANDRIN ELIZABETH LYN CONWAY ANNE JULIA CULVENOR ARLIE McQUEEN Trainee Fellow in Gastroenterology RICHARD BLAMIRE SEWELL Professorial Associates PETER FRANCIS BLADIN PETER ANTHONY CASTALDI JOHN KINGSLEY DAWBORN RICHARD ALAN SMALLWOOD Senior Associate in Social Medicine DAVID GEORGE LEGGE Senior Associates (Austin Hospital) JOHN PAUL COGHLAN ALAN JAMES GOBLE WALTER FRANCIS HEALE GEORGE JERUMS ROBIN MACINTOSH LATHROP MURRAY MARY ROSE STEWART FRANK JOHN EMERY VAJDA Senior Associates (Repatriation General Hospital) WILLIAM ROBERT ADAM COLIN EDWIN BARTER ALAISTAIR HERIOT CAMPBELL JOHN GREEN JOHN DESMOND PARKIN Associates (Austin Hospital) JOHN COURTNEY DUGGAN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (Medicine — Austin Hospital) 1. Investigation ot the local role of the renin angiotensin system in the kidney. 2. Control of aldosterone secretion from isolated zona glomerulosa cells. 3. Radio nucleotide detection of experimental cortid ulceration. 4. Handling of drugs and protein metabolites in renal failure.

118 MEDICINE 119

5. A study of 'H-ouabain binding to normal and leukaemic lymphocytes. 6. Platelet sizing by measurement of intracellular water content. 7. Evolution of trace proteinuria in diabetes mellitus. 8. Effects of thyroid status on lymphocyte Na-K ATPase. 9. Comparative structural and functional studies of the gastric mucosa of chordates. 10. The mucoid cells in the gastric mucosa: their role in gastric physiology and pathophysiology. 11. Studies of the mechanism of the peptic ulcerogenic effects of tabacco smoking. 12. Transport and excretory function of the foetal liver. 13. Bile acid transport. Its relationship to bile acid structure and biliary lipid composition. 14. Platelet membrane proteins in coagulation. 15. Lymphocyte surface alloantigens. 16. H-2 mutants. 17. The H-2 complex in transplantation tolerance and enhancement. 18. The human Ia System. 19. Ia+cells in mouse bone marrow. 20. The padrenergic receptor of murine lymphocytes. 21. Methods of detection of circulating immune complexes in man.

(Medicine — Repatriation General Hospital) 1. Hormones and guanyl nucleotides in the regulation of adenylate cyclase in normal and tumour cells. 2. Prostaglandins in the pathogenesis of malignant hypercalcaemia. 3. Role of prostocyclin and thromboxanes in platelet-vessel wall interaction. 4. Secretion and action of vitamin D metabolites. 5. Regulation of insulin secretion. 6. Pathogenesis of Paget's Disease and of renal bone disease.

(Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics) 1. Thc role of central nervous system-transmitters and blood pressure regulation. 2. Specific labelling and isolation of cardiac beta adreno-receptors using radioactive photo affinity agents. 3. Structure activity relationship of beta adreno-receptor drugs and the relationship of alterations of beta adreno-receptors to disease states. 4. Vascular cyclic AMP and blood pressure regulation. 5. Pharmacokinetics of anti-cancer drugs. 6. Amino acid transmitters in central nervous system diseases. 7. Pharmacokinetics and clinical evaluation of anti-hypertensive drugs. 8. Pharmacokinetics and clinical evaluation of anti-epileptic drugs. 9. Mechanisms of action of methyldopa. 10. Control of noradrenaline synthesis.

(Psychiatry) 1. Post-natal depression and its effects on attachment and child development. 2. Emotional disturbance in the physically ill hospitalized child. 3. Outcome studies of group play psychotherapy for latency age children. 4. A study of sensory screening and its relation to personality. 5. Stimulus intensity control in personality. 6. Stimulus intensity control in hysteria and psychogenic pain. 7. Stimulus intensity control in anxiety states, and the effect of treatment. 8. Stimulus intensity control of depression, and the effect of treatment. 9. Psychophysiology of the menstrual cycle. 10. Pschopnysiological effects of tobacco smoking. 11. Stimulus intensity control and tobacco smoking. 12. Repression and hypertension. 13. The circannial variation in suicide rates and attempted suicide. 14. A study of temporal patterns of gaze and vocalization in mother-child interaction. 15. A longitudinal study of mother-child interaction and its relation to attachment. 16. Some physiological changes occurring during mother-child interaction. 17. Attachment in children referred for "Hyperactivity" 18. Cortical evoked potentials in hyperactive children. 19. Naturopathic treatment in hyperactivity in children. 20. Attention in hysteria.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOK I. MEARES, R. A. — The Pursuit of Intimacy: An Approach to Psychotherapy, Nelson, Australia, 1977. 120 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 1. LIPTON, G. L. and TONGE, B. J. — The essence of Mothering Children under Five, in Modern Perspectives in the Psychiatry of Infancy, ed. J. G. Howells, Brunner/Mazel Inc., New York.

ENCYCLOPAEDIA ARTICLE 1. MEARES, R. A. — Psychiatry in Australia, in International Encyclopaedia of Neurology, Psychiatry, Psychoanalysis and Psychology, ed. B. Wolman, Van Nostrand Reinhold and Aesculapius Publishers, N.Y. 1977.

ARTICLES 1. ATKINS, D, HUNT, N. H., INGLETON, P. N., UNDERWOOD. J. C. E. and MARTIN, T. J. - Rat osteogenic sarcoma cells. Isolation and effects of hormones on the production of cyclic AMP and cyclic GMP. Endocrinology, 101: pp. 555-562, 1977. 2. ATKINS, D, IBBOTSON, K. J., HILLIER, K, HUNT, N. H.. HAMMONDS, J. C. and MARTIN, T. J. — Renal cortical carcinoma. Secretion of prostaglandins as bone resorbing agents by renal cortical carcinoma in culture. Brit. J. Cancer 36: pp. 601-607, 1977. 3. ATKINS, D. and MARTIN, T. J. — Rat osteogenic sarcoma cells: effects of some prostaglandins, their metabolites and analogues on cyclic AMP production. Prostaglandins 13: pp. 861-871, 1977. 4. ANAVEKAR, S. N. — Management of acute hypertensive crises. Rational Drug Therapy 11 (8): 1, 1977. 5. ANAVEKAR, S. N. — Propranolol in the management of hypertension. Drug Therapy, Vol 8: pp. 99. 1977. 6. BACQ. A. M, BLAKELEY, A. G. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - The effects of 1.93494 on adrenergic transmission in the cat spleen. Bri. J. Pharmac. 60: 286P, 1977. 7. BEART, P. M. and BILAL, L. - L.-2,4-diaminobutyric acid and thc GACA system. Neuroscience Letters 5: pp. 193-198, 1977. 8. BEART, P. M. and LEE, V. — Transmitter enzymes in weaver and staggerer neurological mutant mice. Brain Res. 124: pp. 171-171, 1977. 9. BEART, P. M. and ROFFLER-TARLOV, S. - GABA synthesis in the Purkinje cell deficient mouse. Proc. Australian Physiol. Soc. 8 (1): 45P, 1977. 10. BEST, L. C, MARTIN, T. J, RUSSELL, R. G. G. and PRESTON, F. E. - Prostacyclin (PG) stimulates the accumulation of cyclic AMP and adenylate cyclase activity in human blood platelets. Nature 267: pp. 850-852. 1977. 11. BEVERLEY, P. C. L, FELDMANN, M, DUNKLEY, M. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Antigenic Phenotypes of T Cell subsets. Transplant Proc. 9: 703, 1977. 12. BLADIN, P. F., VAJDA, F. J. E. and SYMINGTON, G. - Therapeutic problems related to tonic status epilepticus. Assoc. Neurologists Proceedings. 1977. 13. BLAKELEY, A. G. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - The effects of labetalol (AH5258) on adrenergic transmission in the cat spleen. Br. J. Pharmac. 59: pp. 643-650, 1977. 14. BLANDEN, R. V.. McKENZIE, I. F. C, KEES, U., MELVOLD, R. W. and KOHN. H I - Cytotoxic T Cell response to ectromelia virus-infected cells. Different H-2 requirements for triggering precursor T Cell induction or lethal hit by effector T Cells defined byan H-2D°mutation./. Exp. Med. 146: pp. 869-880, 1977. 15. BOYD, H. and MARTIN, T. J. — The effect of propranolol on induction of rat liver tumours by a chemical carcinogen. Molec. Pharmacol. 13: pp. 576-578, 1977. 16. BOYSE, E. A., CANTOR, H, SHEN, ,F. W. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Nomenclature for antigens demonstrable on lymphocytes. Immunogenelics 5: 189, 1977. 17. CALDWELL, A. B. and JARROTT, B. - A photoaffinity probe for the beta adreno-reccptor. Adv. Cyclic Nuc. Res. 9: 75. 1977. 18. CONNELLAN, J. M., CASTALDI, P. A. and MUNTZ, R. H. - The role of factor XI in the coagulant activity of platelets. Haemostasis 6: 41, 1977. 19. CONWAY, E. L„ JARROTT, B. and LOUIS, W. J. - Alpha methyldopaminc as a false transmitter in thc corpus straitum. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: pp. 216-217, 1977. 20. CULVENOR, A. J. and JARROTT, B. - Effect of chronic administration of L-a-methyldopa on L- aromatic amino acid decarboxylase in thc rat. Proc. Aust. Phvsiol. Pharmacol. 8: 37P, 1977. 21. DAWBORN, J. K, SEMMENS, K. and STORY, H. F. R. — Urinary tract infection in men. Patient Management. Issue 8. Vol.6: pp.47, 1977. 22. DAWBORN, J. K., MacNEIL, S. and MARTIN, T. J. - Diuretics and thc renal adenylate cvclase system. Brit. J. Pharmacol. 61: pp. 657-667, 1977. 23. FELDMANN, M., BEVERLEY, P., ERB, P., HOWIE, S., KONTIAINEN, S, MOAZ, A, MATHIES, M, McKENZIE, I. F. C. and WOODY, J. - Current concepts of the antibody response - heterogeneity of lymphoid cells, interactions and factors. 41 si Cold Spring Harbor Symposium 61: 113, 1977. 24. FELDMAN, M.i BEVERLEY, P. B. L, WOODY, J. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - T-T interaction in the induction of suppressor and helper T Cells. Analysis of membrane phenotvpe of precursor and amplifier cells. J. Exp. Med. 145: 793, 1977. 25. FREEMAN, M. and TONGE, B. J. - A case study of emotional and cognitive growth. A joint treatment approach, Aust. J. of Human Comm. Dis. 5: pp. 61-67, 1977. 26. GEFFEN, L. B. and JARROTT, B. - Cellular aspects of catecholaminergic neurons. Handbook of Physiology, Section 1: The nervous system, pp. 521-571, 1977. 27. GIRAUD, A. S., YEOMANS, N. D. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Comparative ultrastructure and histochemistry of vertebrate gastric mucosa. 1. Reptilia (genus Tiliqua). Clin. Exper. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4: 478, 1977. MEDICINE 121

28. HEYMA, P., LARKINS, R. G.. PERRY-KEENE, D, PETER, C. T, ROSS, D'. and SLOMAN, J. G. - Thyroid hormone levels and prolein binding in patients on long-term diphenvlhydantoin treatment. Clinical Endocrinology 6: pp. 369-376, 1977. 29. HUNTER, C. R, GIRAUD, A. S. and ST. JOHN, D. J. B. - Surface epithelium cytoarchitecture ofthe proximal gastrointestinal tract in the blue tongue lizard. (Tiliqua scincoides). J. Anlat. 124: 525. 1977. 30. HUNT, N. H.. ELLISON, M., UNDERWOOD, J. C. E. and MARTIN, T. J. - Calcitonin-responsive adenylate cyclase in a calcitonin-producing human cancer cell line. Brit. J. Cancer 35: pp. 777-784, 1977. 31. INGLETON, P. M., UNDERWOOD, J. C. E., HUNT, N. H., ATKINS, D., GILES, B., COULTON, L. A. and MARTIN. T. J. — Radiation induced osteogenic sarcoma in the rat as a model of hormone-responsive differentiated cancer. Lab. Animal Sci. 27: pp. 748-756, 1977. 32. JACKSON. D. C, PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, 1. F. C. - Detection and isolation of an la glycoprotein antigen from mouse serum. Immunogenetics 4: 267. 1977. 33. JARROTT, B. - Drugs and receptors I. An overview, Clin. Pharm. I: pp. 1-4, 1977. 34. JARROTT, B. — Drugs and receptors II. The adenyl cyclasc/cyclic AMP system. Clin. Pharm. 2: pp. 5-12, 1977. 35. JARROTT. B. - Drugs and receptors III. Acetyl-choline and its receptors, Clin. Pharm. 3: pp. 13-20, 1977. 36. JARROTT,' B. - Drugs and receptors IV. Opiates and their receptors. Clin. Pharm. 4: pp. 21-24, 1977. 37. JARROTT, B. and LOUIS. W. J. - Abnormalities in enzymes involved in catecholamine synthesis and catabolism in phaeochromocytoma. Clin. Schi. Mol. Med. 53: pp. 529-535, 1977. 38. JARROTT, B. and SPECTOR, S. - Development ofa radio immunoassay for clonidine. Fed. Proc. 36: 949, 1977. 39. JONES, E. A, CAIN.G. D, SMALLWOOD, R. A. and ROSENOER. V. M. - Possible adverse effects of corticosteroids on nitrogen metabolism in fulminant hepatic failure. Proceedings of conference on Fulminant Hepatic Failure. N.I.H.. Bethesda, February, 1977, Page 356. 40. LARKINS, R. G. and SIMEONOVA, L. - The relationship between glucose utilization cyclic AMP generation and insulin secretion in C57BI6J and NZO islets. Diabetologia 13: 412, 1977. 41. LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D metabolism. Med. J. Aust. 2: pp. 175-176, 1977. 42. LESTER, R, SMALLWOOD, R. A, LITTLE, J. M., BROWN, A. S., PIASECKI, G. J. and JACKSON, B. T. - Fetal bile salt metabolism. The intestinal absorption of bile salt. J. Clin. Invest. 59: pp. 1009-1016, 1977. 43. LOUIS, W. J., JARROTT, B., BURNSTOCK, G. and WATANABE, H. - Studies of neurotransmitter release in the pathogenesis of hypertension. Conlr. Nephrol. 8: pp. 182-189. 1977. 44. LOUIS, W. J. and McNEIL, J. J. — The clinical pharmacology and therapeutics of beta-blocking drugs. Sandoz Therapeutic Quarterly 413: pp. 1-11, 1977. 45. LOUIS, W. J„ McNEIL, J. j. and DRUMMER, O. H. - How safe are beta-blocking drugs. Med.J. Aust. Special Suppl: 2: pp. 20-24, 1977. 46. MacINTYRE, I., EVANS, I. M. A. and LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D. Clinical Endocrinology 6: pp. 65- 79. 1977. 47. McCLELLAND, M. J, SMALLWOOD, R. A, HOFFMAN. N. E. and HOOGENRAAD, N. J. - Binding of cholic acid to soluble proteins from rat liver. FEBS Letters 82: 2, 1977. 48. McNEIL, J. J.. LOUIS, W. J., VIJAYASEKARAN, V. and VAJDA, F.J. E. - Bioavailability comparison of two generic preparations of Frusemide. Med. J. Aust. 2: 505, 1977. 49. McKENZIE, I. F. C, MORGAN, G. M„ MELVOLD, R. and KOHN, H. I. - H-2db mutant which separates H2-Ddinto 2gcncs. Immunogenetics4: 133, 1977. 50. McKENZIE, I. F. C, CLARKE, A. E. and PARISH, C. R. - Ia Antigenic specificities areOligosaccharid in Nature. Hapten Inhibition Studies. J. Exp. Med. 145: 1039, 1977. 51. McKENZIE, 1. F. C, MORGAN, G., MELVOLD, R. and KOHN, H. I. - Studies of H-2 mutations in C57BL/6 and Balb/c. Transplant Proc. 9: 551, 1977. 52. McKENZIE, I. F. C. GARDINER, J, CHERRY, M. and SNELL, G. - Lv lymphocyte antigens Ly-4. Ly-6 and Ly-7. Transplant Proc. 9: 667, 1977. 53. McKENZIE. I. F. C. and PARISH, C. R. — Detection and characterisation of serum la material in the mouse. Transplant Proc 9: 621, 1977. 54. McKENZIE. I. F. C. and HENNING, M. - Studies of immunogenicity and enhancement of alloantigens of the various regions ofthe H-2 complex. Transplant Proc. 9: 609. 1977. 55. McKENZIE, I. F. C. MORGAN. G, MELVOLD, R. W. and KOHN, H I - Studies on H-2 mutations in C57BL/6 and Balb/c. Folia Biol. 22: pp. 389-390, 1977. 56. McKENZIE, I. F. C. and HENNING, M. - The immunogenicity of alloantigens of thc various regions of the H-2 complex. Folio Biol. 22: 417-418, 1977. 57. McKENZIE. I. F. C. - The HLA system and its relationship to disease. Proc. Aust. Inst. Med. Tech. 1977. 58. McKENZIE, 1. F. C. - Histocompatibility antigens and the immune response. Aust. Blood Transfusion Society. 1977. 59. McKENZIE, I. F. C. and HENNING, M. - The H-2 complex. Immunogenicity and enhancement studies of H-2K region alloantigens. J. Immunogenetics 4: 249, 1977. 60. McKENZIE, I. F. C. and HENNING, M. — The I region transplantation antigens, immunogenicity and enhancement. J. Immunogenetics 4: 259. 1977. 61. McKENZIE, I. F. C, PANG, T. and BLANDEN, R. V. - The use of H-2 mutants as a model for studying T Cell activation. Immunol. Rev. 35: 181, 1977. 62. McKENZIE. I. F. C. and PARISH, C. R. — Detection and characterisation of serum Ia material in the mouse. Folia Biol. 22: 413, 1977. 63. McKENZIE. I. F. C. - Inbred and genetically defined strains of laboratory animals. Section III 37a. b, c. F.A .S.E.B. Office of Biological Handbooks. 1977. 64. MUNTZ, R. H. and CASTALDI, P. A. - Use of rabbit antisera in the preparation of Factor XII - free platelet rich and platelet poor plasma. Haemostasis 6: 35, 1977. 65. PARISH, C. R. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. — Mitogens and T-independent antigens stimulate T lymphocytes to secrete la antigens. Cellular Immunology 33: 134, 1977. 122 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

66. PARISH. C. R. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. — Direct visualization of T Ivmphocvtes bearing la antigens controlled bv the I-J subregion. J. Exp. Med. 146: 332, 1977. 67. PERRY-KEENE. D. A., ALFORD, F. P., CHISHOLM, D. J, FINDLAY, D. M.. LARKINS. R. G. and MARTIN. F. I. R. — Glucagon and diabetes I. The failure of hyperglucagonacmia to influence thc response of diabetic keto-acidosis to therapv. Clinical Endocrinology 6: pp. 471-477, 1977. 68. SEWELL, R. B, HOFFMAN, N. E, IRETON, H. J. C and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Plasma disappearance of intravenously injected radiolabeled glycocholic acid in patients wilh liver disease. Ausi. N.Z.J. Med. 7: pp. 148-150, 1977. 69. SNOW. D. H. and SUMMERS, R. J. - Thc actions of the beta adrcno-ceptor blocking agents propranolol and mctoprolol in the maximally exercised horse. J. Physiol. 271: pp. 39-40, 1977. 70. SUMMERS, R. J. and JANET TILLMAN — An investigation of supersensitivity produced by cocaine in isolated strips of cate splenic capsule. Proc. Aust. Phys. Pharmac. 8: 157, 1977. 71. SUMMERS. R. J. and JANET TILLMAN - The effects of labetalol (AH5I58) on metabolism of !H(-) noradrenaline released from the cal spleen by nerve stimulation. Biochem. Pharmac. 26: pp. 2137-2143, 1977. 72. MARTIN, T. J. — Mode of action of calcitonin. In "Human calcitonin and Paget's disease". Ed. I. Maclntvre, Hans Huber, Bern. pp. 34-49, 1977. 73. MARTIN. T. J., JERUMS, G., MELICK, R. A., XIPELL, J. M. and ARNOTT, R. - Clinical, biochemical and histological observations on the effect of porcine calcitonin in Paget's disease of bone. Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7: pp. 36-43, 1977. 74. MARTIN, T. J, HUNT, N. H., ELLISON, M, UNDERWOOD, J. C. E. and MICHEI.ANGELI. V. P. — Physiology and pharmacology of calcitonin action. Molecular Endocrinology ed. I. Maclntyre and M. Szelke, Elsevier/North Holland Biomedical Press, pp. 179-192. 1977. 75. MARTIN, T. J. - Secretion of hypothalamic and pituitary hormones by non-endocrine tumours. / Clin. Path. 7S: pp. 26-30, 1977. 76. MEARES, R. and HOBSON, R. - The persecutory therapist. Brit. J. Med. Psychol. December, 1977. 77. MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. - Intra-renal angiotensin II during sodium deficiency in the rat. Aust. M.Z.J. Med 7(2): 206, 1977. 78. MENDELSOHN, F. A.O. - Measurement of intra-renal angiotensin U.Atut. N.Z.J. Med. 7(6): 678, 1977. 79. MENDELSOHN, F. A. O. - Intra-renal angiotensin II in acute renal failure Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7(4): 447, 1977. 80. M1HALY, G. W, PHILIPS, J. A., LOUIS, W. J. and VAJDA, J. F. E. - Measurement of carbamazepine and its epoxide metabolite by High-Performance Liquid Chromatograph, and a comparison of assay techniques for the assay of carbamazepine. Clin. Chem. 23: pp. 2283-2287, 1977. 81. VAJDA. F. J. E„ SYMINGTON, G. and BLADIN, P. F. - Rectal administration of sodium valproate. Lancet fi): pp. 359-360, 1977. 82. WILEY, J. S. and SHALLER, C. C. - Selective loss of calcium permeability on maturation of human reticulocytes. J. Clin. Invest. 59: pp. 1113-1119, 1977. 83. WILEY, J. S. - Genetic abnormalities of cation transport in the human erythrocyte. Membrane transport in red cells. Academic Press {London), pp. 337-361, 1977. 84. WILEY, J. S., KRAFT and COOPER, 1. A. - JH-Ouabain binding sites on normal and leukaemic lymphocytes. Clin. Exp. Pharm. Physiol. 4: 473, 1977. 85. WILEY, J. S., WRAY, G. and COOPER, I. A. - Platelet water content is decreased by gel nitration. Thrombosis and Haemostasis 38: 214, 1977. 86. WILEY, J. S, KRAFT, N. and COOPER, I. A. 'H-Ouabain binding sites are reduced on chronic leukaemic lymphocytes. (CLL). Proc. Haem. Soc. Aust.. 1977. 87. WOODHOUSE. N. J. Y, MOHAMEDALLY, S. M„ SAED-NAJAD, F. and MARTIN. T. J. - Development and significance of antibodies lo salmon calcitonin in patients with Paget's disease on long-term treatment. Brit. Med. J. 2: pp. 927-929, 1977. 88. WOODY. J. N„ FELDMANN, M, BEVERLEY, P. C. L. and McKENZIE, I. F. C. - Expression of alloantigens Ly-5 and Ly-6 on cytotoxic effector cells. J. Immunol. 118: 1739. 1977. 89. YEOMANS, N. D. - Cell differentiation in developing fundic mucosa. Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7: 102. 1977. 90. YEOMANS, N. D. - Differentiation of the mucoid cells in developing gastric antrium. CVin. Exper. Pharmacol. Physiol. 4: 479, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Medicine 1. HOFFMAN, N. E. - Bile Acid Physiology Doctor of Philosophy 1. CALDWELL, A. - Studies Toward the Isolation of the Beta-adreno Receptor 2. FRIEDMAN, J. — Psychopharmacological and Psycho-physiological Studies in Normal Subjects and Psychiatric Patients

THESES IN PROGRESS (Medicine — Austin Hospital) PhD Theses in Progress A. BUI — Volume Regulation by Human Blood Lymphocytes C. F. BUTTIGIEG — Control of Renin Release in vitro S. DUFFY — Exchangeable Sodium and Experimental Hypertension MEDICINE 123

A. GIRAUD — A Comparative Study of the Gastric Mucosa in Chordata M. HOGARTH — The Alloantigens of Murine Tumours B. LOVELAND — Models of Transplantation Rejection, Enhancement and Tolerance M. MICHAELIDOS — The Alloantigenic Phenotypes of Mitogen Responsive Lvmphocvtes 0. MORGAN - H-Z Mutants T. POTTER — Lvmphocvte Surface Alloantigens M. SANDRIN -' The Human la System BSc (Hons) Thesis in Progress C. THOMSON — Identification of the cell mediating suppression of delayed type hypersensitivity in mice MSc Thesis in Progress A. RIGLAR — Methods of Detection of Circulating Immune Complexes in Man MD Theses in Progress A. MARSHALL — Hepatic Transport of Drugs R. SEWELL - Ontogenesis of Bile Acid Metabolism

THESES IN PROGRESS (Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics) PhD Theses in Progress N. CHRISTOPHIDIS - Pharmacokinetics of Cytotoxic Drugs E. L. CONWAY — Interactions ofa-methyldopa with Aminergic Pathways in the Central Nervous System A. CULVENOR — The Subcellular Distribution and Regulation of Noradrenaline Synthesising Enzymes J. J. McNEIL — Clinical and Pharmacokinetic Studies of Beta Blockers A. McQUEEN — The effects of Serotonin on Blood Pressure and Social Dominance in Rats P. MIACH — Sympathetic Nervous Activity in Renal Hypertension G. M1HALY — Clinical Pharmacology of Anticonvulsants MSc (Prelim) Thesis in Progress O. H. O. DRUMMER - Studies ofthe Metabolism of Anti-epileptic Drugs

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — National Heart Foundation: Role of Central Nervous System Transmitters and Blood Pressure Regulation National Heart Foundation: Control of Aldosterone Secretion from Isolated Zona Glomcrulosa Cells. National Heart Foundation: Specific Labelling and Isolation of Cardiac Beta Adreno-receptors using Radioactive Photo-affinity Agents. National Heart Foundation: Renal Response to Aldosterone. National Health and Medical Research Council: The Significance of Brain Adrenaline and its Role in Blood Pressure and Hypertension. National Health and Medical Research Council: Investigation ofthe Local Role ofthe Renin Angiotensin System in thc Kidney. National Health and Medical Research Council: The Structural and Functional Variation in the Surface Lymphocyte and Tumour Cells. National Health and Medical Research Council: Modulation of Cellular Cyclic AMP Response by Thyroid Hormones. National Health and Medical Research Council: The Mucoid Celts in the Gastric Mucosa: Their Role in Gastric Physiology and Pathophysiology. National Health and Medical Research Council: Vascular Cyclic AMP and Blood Pressure Regulation. National Health and Medical Research Council: Transport and Excretory Function of the Foetal Liver. National Health and Medical Research Council: Bile Acid Transport. Its Relationship to Bile Acid Structure and Biliary Lipid Composition. National Health- and Medical Research Council: A Physiological Study of Attachment. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Detection of Ia Antigens and their Relevance to Cancer in Man. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Pharmacokinetics of Anti-Cancer Drugs. Life Insurance Fund of Australia and New Zealand: Structure Activity Relationship of Beta Adreno-receptor Drugs and the Relationship of Alterations of Beta Adreno-receptors to Disease States. Life Insurance Fund of Australia and New- Zealand: Genetic and Functional Studies of the Receptors for Catecholamines in the Mouse. Tobacco Research Foundation of Australia: The Production of Ia Antigcnetic Specifications on Exposure to Tobacco Smoke in Mouse and Man. Tobacco Research Foundation of Australia: Aspects of Central Nervous System Function as it Relates to Smoking. 124 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

Australian Kidney Foundation: Investigation ofthe Local Role of the Renin-Angiotensin System in the Kidney. The Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundations: Comparative Ultrastructural and Function Studies of the Gastric Mucosa. National Institutes of Health: Studies of la Antigenic Specifications in Mouse and Man. MEDICINE

DEPARTMENT OF THE JAMES STEWART PROFESSOR. THE ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor R. R. H. Lovell Professor RICHARD ROBERT HAYNES LOVELL Professor PRISCILLA SHEATH KINCAID-SMITH* First Assistant, Assistant Director and Reader JOSEPH ROBERT EMMOTT FRASER First Assistants and Readers ROGER AZIZ MELICK KENNETH DAVID MUIRDEN First Assistant (Clinical Pharmacology) JOHN SHAW First Assistant (Clinical Epidemiology) DAVID GORDON STUART CHRISTIE Second Assistant (Temporary) ROBERT FRANCIS WESTLAND MOULDS Third Assistant ANTHONY LAWRENCE CUNNINGHAM NH & MRC Research Fellow JOHN DUNCAN MATHEWS NH & MRC Fellow in Rheumatology BARRY JAMES CLARRIS NH & MRC Senior Research Officer ELSMAREE BAXTER NH & MRC Postgraduate Research Scholars MARIO DE LUISE LINUS DZIUKAS JOHN DACRE FOUNTAYNE ENGLAND (to 14.2.77) Postgraduate Medical Research Scholar ANDREW SU PING HUA Commonwealth Scholar CHOI KIT YEUNG Research Student JOHN DAVID HOBSON Graduate Research Assistants STELLA CLARK DOUGLAS BIRCH ROLF ALEXANDER JAUERNIG SHARON LEE JOHNSON ILEENE MARGARET MACDONALD HELEN LOUISE PHILLIPS KAYLENE JOY QUELCH ANDREW DAMIAN ROBINSON CHRISTOPHER WESTON SLEE SIEW KIM TAY JANETTE ROSE TEMPERLEY ROBIN LOIS THATCHER Professorial Associates KENNETH FAIRBAIRN FAIRLEY THOMAS HENRY HURLEY IAN REAY MACKAY FRANK IAN RUSSELL MARTIN JOHN GRAEME SLOMAN Senior Associates in Medicine ANTHONY JOHN FEDERICK D'APlCE PETER BERT GREENBERG VERE DAVID URQUHART HUNT RICHARD GRAEME LARKINS MICHAEL COWPER FRANKLYN PAIN JOHN RICHARD SULLIVAN ALFRED JOHN WALL JUDITH WHITWORTH Senior Research Associate KINGSLEY WALLIS MILLS Associates DAVID ROY EGERTON BARRACLOUGH MARGARET URSULA BULLEN JENNIFER JOY MARTY MARGARET ELIZABETH MITCHELL JOHN DENNIS WARK * Personal Chair in the department of Medicine

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. HYPERTENSION - Epidemiology, pharmacology,-immunogenetic aspects, association with renal disease and treatment. 2. HUMAN SYNOVIUM — Biochemical, cultural and immunological aspects including metabolism of hyaluronic acid in joints. 3. ARTHRITIS — Experimental, epidemic and virus associated forms. Studies on immunological changes and joint tissues in various forms of arthritis and comparisons of different drug treatments. 4. RENAL DISEASE - Immunology, occult infections and histopathology of glomerulonephritis.

125 126 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

5. INSULIN — Receptors, release, binding and studies on the aetiology of vascular disease in diabetes mellitus. 6. IMMUNOGENETICS — Hypertension and heart disease. The Victorian Registry. 7. ASTHMA — Interactions of beta-agonists and methylated xanthines, clinical and biochemical aspects.

PUBLISHED WORKS

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. LOVELL, R. R. H. — Hypertension as a risk factor, in Der Herzinfarkt. eds. Schettler. G, Horsch, A, Mori, M, Orth, O. and Weizef, A, pp. 43-48, F. K. Schaltauer Verlag, Stuttgart, New York, 1977. 2. MUIRDEN, K. D. — Lysosomal enzymes arid tissue damage in rheumatoid arthritis, in Non-Articular Forms of Rheumatoid Arthritis, ed. Fellkamp, T. E. VV., pp. 77-79, Staflen's Scientific Publishing Co, Leyden, 1977. 3. MACKAY, I. R, WHITTINGHAM, S. F. and MATHEWS, J. D. - Thc immunoepidemiology of ageing, in Comprehensive Immunology — Immunology and Ageing, ed. Makinodan. T, pp. 35-49, Plenum, 1977.

ARTICLES 1. BAXTER, E, CLARRIS. B. J. and FRASER, J. R. E. - Indications of structural heterogeneity found in biosynthesis of hyaluronic acid from minor substrates. Upsala J. Med. Sci. .12 11977). 2. BECKER. G. J, d'APlCE, A. J. F, WALKER, R. G. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Plasmapheresis in the treatment of Glomerulonephritis. Med. J. Aust. 2: 693 (1977). 3. BINGHAM. P. J, MELICK. R. A. and MERCURI, S. M. - The effect of growth retardation and of osteomalacia on the uptake of albumin by bone. Calc. Tiss. Res. (in press). 4. CLARRIS. B. J. and FRASER, J. R. E. - Cytological variation in established synovial cell lines. Upsala J. Med. Sci. H2 (1977). 5. CLARRIS, B. J, FRASER, J. R. E, MORAN, C. J. and MUIRDEN. K. D. - Rheumatoid synovial cells from intact joints: morphologv. growth and polykaryocvtosis. Ann. Rheum. Dis. 36: 293-301 (1977). 6. DOLL, R, MATHEWS, J. D. and MORGAN, L. G. - Cancers ofthe lung and nasal sinuses in nickel workers. Brit. J. Industrial Med. 34: 102-105 (1977). 7. FRASER, J. R. E„ MURDOCH, W. S, CURTAIN, C. C. and WATT, Beverley J. - Proteins retained with hyaluronic acid during ultrafiltration of synovial fluid. Connective Tissue Research. 5: 61-65 (1977). 8. HARRISON, L. C, BILL1NGTON, T, CLARK, S, NICHOLS, R, EAST, I. and MARTIN. F. I. R. - Decreased binding of insulin by receptors on placental membranes for diabetic mothers. J. Clin. Endocrinol. Metab. 44: 206-209 (1977). 9. HARRISON, L. C, BUCKLEY, J. D. and MARTIN, F. I. R. - Use of a computer-based questionnaire for the detection of hypothyroidism following radioiodine therapy for thyrotoxicosis. Aust. N.Z.J. Med. 7: 27-32 (1977). 10. HEYMA, P, LARKINS, R. G, PERRY-KEENE, D, PETER, C. T, ROSS, D. and SLOMAN, J. G. - Thyroid hormone levels and protein binding in patients on long-term diphenylhydantoin treatment. Clinical Endocrin. 6: 369-376 (1977). 11. HUA, A. S. P, MACDONALD, I. M, MYERS, J. B, FANG. P. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Studies with prazosin - a new effective hypotensive agent. II. Two double-blind crossover studies comparing the effects of prazosin and hvdrallazinc. Med. J. Aust. 2: 1-36 (1977). 12. HUA, A. S. P, MYERS, J. B. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - An acute double-blind crossover study comparing the effects of single doses of prazosin and hydralazine in combination wilh propranolol and a. diuretic. Submitted to Med. J. Aust. (1977). 13. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Renal disease and hypertension. Symposium on Hypertension. Medical Clinics of North America, Vol. 61, No. 3, May (1977). 14. KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Prazosin in the treatment of hypertension. (Pfizer Forum on Hypertension). Med. J. Aust. Vol. 2, No. 2, Special Suppl. 27-28 (1977). 15. LE MARSHALL, Jennifer, FRASER, J. R. E. and MUIRDEN, K. D. - Lysosomal activation by neutral saccharides in cell cultures of synovium. Ann. Rheum. Dis. 26: 130-138 (1977). 16. LOVELL, R. R. II. — Problems of interpretation in secondary prevention trials in coronary heart disease. Med. J. Aust. I: 224-226 (1977). 17. LOVELL, R. R. H, STEPHENS, W. B. and ULMAN, R. D. - Changes in blood pressure and antihypertensive treatment in a community over four years. Med. J. Aust. T 806-808 (1977). 18. LOVELL, R. R. H, ULMAN, R. D. - Managing mild hypertension. Brit. Med. J. I: 1-62 (1977). 19. MACINTYRE, I. M. A, EVANS and LARKINS, R. G. - Vitamin D. Clinical Endocrin. 6: 65-79 (1977). 20. MARSHALL. V. C, ROSS, H, SCOTI', D. F, MclNNES, S, THOMSON, N, ATKINS, R. C, MATHEW, T. H. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Preservation of cadaver renal allografts: comparison of ice storage and machine perfusion. Med. J. Aust. Vol. 2, No. II. 345-378, Sept. 10 (1977). 21. MARTIN, T. J, JERUMS, G, MELICK, R. A, XIPELL, J M. and ARNOTT. R. - Clinical, biochemical and histological observations on the effect of porcine calcitonon in Paget's disease of bone. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 36-43 (1977). 22. MATHEW, T. H, KINCAID-SMITH, P. and VIKRAMAN. P. - Risks of vcsicouretcric reflux in the transplanted kidney. New Engl. J. Med. 297: 414-418, August 25, (1977). 23. MATHEWS, J. D. - Assessment of HLA heterogeneity: Alternative tests of the null hypothesis in disease association studies. Proceedings 1st South East Asian and Australasian Tissue Typing Workshop, pp. 119- 121 (1977) (University of Western Australia). 24. MATHEWS. J. D. — Genetic and environmental determinants of ageing. Ini. Top. Gerontology. II: 81-88 (1977). 25. MELICK, R. A, MERCURI, S. and BINGHAM, P. J. - Svnthesis of hyaluronic acid by rat osteogenic sarcoma cells in culture. Calc. Tiss. Res. Vol. 22 (Suppl.) 508-510 (1977). MEDICINE 127

26. MOULDS, R. F. W. — A comparison of the effects of sodium thiocyanate and dantrolene sodium on an isolated mammalian skeletal muscle. Brit. J. Pharmacol. 59: 129-133 (1977). 27. MOULDS. R. F. W. - Is malignant hyperpyrexia muscle denervated ? J. Neurol. Neurosurg. & Psvchialrv 40: 975-978 (1977). 28. MOULDS, R. F. W. and JAUERNIG. R. A. - Mechanism of prazosin collapse. Lancet I: 200-201 (1977). 29. MOULDS, R. F. W., YOUNG, A.. JONES, D. A. and EDWARDS, R. H. T. - A study of the contractility, biochemistry and morphology of an isolated preparation of human skeletal muscle. Clin. Sci. & Molec. Med. 52: 291-297 (1977). 31. MYERS. J., COATES, A. S, FROST, M.. MATHEWS, J. D. and KINCAID-SMITH, P. - Carcinoembryonic antigen in immunosuppressed and renal allograft patients. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 16-19 (1977). 32. PERRY-KEENE, D, ALFORD, F, CHISHOLM, D, FINDLAY. D.. LARKINS, R. and MARTIN, F. I. R. - Glucagon and Diabetes I. The failure of hyperglucagonaemia to influence the response of established diabetic ketoacidosis to therapy. Clin. Endoc. 6: 471 (1977). 33. SHAW. J. and ENGLAND, J. D. F. - Nightmares, Asthma and Pindolol. Med. J. Aust. 2 (Suppl. 2): 12-14 (1977). 34. SHAW, J., HEMMING. M. P., HOBSON, J. D. and MARTY, J. J. - A comparison of English and non- English speaking outpatients' comprehension of medications. Aust. J. Hosp. Pharm. 2: 116-119 (1977). 35. SHAW, J., HEMMING, M. P., HOBSON, J. D.. NIEMAN, P. and NAISMITH, N. W. - Comprehension of therapy by non-English speaking hospital patients. Med. J. Aust. 2: 423-427 (1977). 36. TAIT, B. D.. WILLIAMS. A. L.. MATHEWS, J. D. and COWLING. D. C. - HLA and the sudden infant death syndrome. Monogr. Allergy II: 55-59 (1977). 37. UNGA'R, B., MATHEWS, J. D., COWLING, D. C. and TAIT. B. D. - HLA patterns in pernicious anaemia. Brit. Med. J. I: 798-800 (1977). 38. WALKER, R. G., d'APlCE, A. J. F, BECKER, G. J. KINCAID-SMITH, P. and CRASWELL. P. W. T. — Plasmapheresis in Goodpasture's syndrome with renal failure. Med. J. Aust. I: 875 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. CHUSI LP, S. — In vivo Microscopic and Ultramicro-ohservations of Vascular Mechamisms in Experimental Acute Tubular Necrosis and Experimental Hypertension Doctor of Medicine I. HARRISON. L. C. — Adipose Tissue Morphology Metabolism in Human Obesity

Bachelor of Science (Hons.) I. HOBSON, J. D. - Pharmacological Studies of Human Blood Vessels in vitro

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress 1. DE LUISE, M. — Insulin receptors in renal tissue 2. HARRISON, L. C. - Studies on the insulin receptor 3. HEYMA, P. — The Regulation of the Formation of 3,5.3' — triiodothyronine and its Metabolic Role in Health and Disease 4. HUA, A. S. P. — Hypertension and Drugs — Clinical and Experimental Studies 5. MACDONALD, 1. M. — Clinical and Experimental Studies in Glomerulonephritis 6. ULMAN. R. - Fractured Neck of Femur — An Operational Study M.D Theses in Progress 1. DZIUKAS, L. — Experimental Pyelonephritis in Relation to Focal Hyalinosis 2. TREMBATH, P. W. — Adrenergic Responsiveness in Asthma 3. YEUNG, C. K. — Focal and Segmental Forms of Glomerulonephritis M.Sc Theses in Progress 1. QUELCH, K. - Proteins of Human Bone 2. TAY. S. K. — Sperm Antibody: Radioimmunoassay B MedSc Thesis in Progress I. MATHIESON, 1. D. — Immunogenelic Studies in Hypertension

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: - National Health and Medical Research Council: Research Fellow and a Fellowship in Rheumatology and a number of projects concerned with joint disease, bone structure, renal disease, insulin secretion and immunological and pharmacological aspects of human vascular disease. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: The Victorian Twin Registry and pharmacokinetics of high dose methotrexate. 128 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

Asthma Foundation of Victoria: Studies on the cyclic AMP response to altered bronchial reactivity. Australian Kidney Foundation: Support for a number of projects on renal infections, glomerulonephritis and transplantation. Ian Potter Foundation: Aetiology of idiopathic forms of immune complex induced glomerulonephritis. John Claude Kellion Foundation: Metabolic effects of insulin in renal tissue and diabetic vascular disease. National Heart Foundation of Australia: National Blood Pressure study and sodium balance, and extra renal control mechanism. United States of America Public Health Service: Blood pressure and immunogenctic factors in the young. Thc Victor Hurley Medical Research Fund: Insulin-receptor binding and metabolic activity in isolated cells. Also studies on thc sites of action of Prazosin and its effects on cyclic AMP levels in Man. MEDICINE

ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor D. G. Penington

Professor DAVID GEOFFREY PENINGTON First Assistant GREGORY WHELAN Reader in Clinica] Pharmacology MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD Second Assistants COLIN NICHOLSON CHESTERMAN DONALD JOHN CHISHOLM FRANK CALEB FIRKIN Lecturer PETER JAMES KEARY Research Fellows DANIEL JOSEPH DOYLE MARGARET BEVERLEY WOOD Graduate Research Assistants ROSS WILLIAM BURY GLORIA MARIA CARUSO HELEN AUDREY CULL1VER ALISON MARJORIE GOODE GAEL MARJORIE JENNINGS PAUL WILLIAM KENT JANICE MARGARET LYALL JENNIFER ROBIN McGREADY IAN DAVID MANSELL SUSAN HOPE PROCTOR Professorial Associates IAN GREGORY MeDONALD FRANCIS JOHN MORGAN Senior Associates FRANK PETER ALFORD KERRY JOHN BREEN RUDOLPH LEOPOLD CHMIEL OLGA MARGARET GARSON Associate VLADIMIR MICHAEL JELlNEK

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Preparation and structural studies of platelet derived proteins (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 2. Blood levels of platelet derived proteins in vascular and malignant disease (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research). 3. Abnormal platelet involvement in patients with coronary artery disease (with St. Vincent's School of Medical Research and Royal Melbourne Hospital). 4. Evaluation of radionuclide blood pool imaging in the diagnosis of deep vein thrombosis (with Department of Nuclear Medicine, St. Vincent's Hospital). 5. Incidence and mechanism of heparin-induced thrombocytopenia. 6. Growth and development of disordered human red and white blood cell precursors in tissue culture. 7. The investigation of red cell involvement in leukaemia and preleukaemic conditions. 8. Chromosome studies in human leukaemia and other haematological malignancies. 9. Cytogenetic studies in males with testicular malignancies. 10. Glucagon and glucagon-related peptides in normal glucose homeostasis and in the pathogenesis of diabetes mellitus. 11. In vivo metabolism of glucagon in normal and cirrhotic subjects. 12. Islet cell transplants in normal and diabetic dogs. (With Department of Surgery.) 13. Pre- and post-operative pituitary hormone release in subjects with pituitary tumours. 14. Studies on hepatic transport — the effect of enhancing and depressing agents. 15. Studies of incidence and significance of hepatitis B antigen in a general hospital. 16. Vitamin and amino acid absorption in man. 17. Evaluation of the erythrocyte transketolase assay in the assessment of thiamine status in rats and man. Application to alcoholism. 18. The use of anticonvulsant drugs in pregnancy. 19. Monitoring of drug use in a hospilal. 20. Effect of liver disease on drug metabolism. 21. Pharmacokinetics of cytosine arabinoside. 22. Serial echocardiography — clinical value and problems in patients with chronic aorlic regurgitation. 23. Artefacts and errors in M-mode echocardiography. 24. Diagnosis of left atrial myxoma by echocardiography. 25. Factors determining prognosis in chronic aortic regurgitation. 26. The role of early exercise testing in rehabilitation after acute myocardial infarction. 27. The prognosis of chronic recurrent chest pain after investigation.

129 130 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ALFORD, F. P., BLOOM, S. R. and NABARRO, J. D. N. - Glucagon levels in normal and diabetic- subjects: Use of specific immuno-absorbent for glucagon radioimmunoassay. Diabetologia 13: 1-6 (1977). 2. Australian Multicentre Trial of Streptokinase in Acute Myocardial Infarction. Med. J. Austr. 1: 553 (1977). 3. BARNES, A. J, BLOOM, S. R, ALBERTI, K. G, ALFORD, F. P. and CHISHOLM. D. J. - Glucagon and ketoacidosis: Studies in pancrcatectomised man. New Engl. J. Med. 2%: 1250-1253 (1977). 4. BLACKSTOCK. A. M. and GARSON, O. M. - Direct evidence of involvement of erythroid cells in acute myeloblastic leukaemia. Year Book uf Cancer 203-204 (1976). 5. BREEN, K. J. - Diagnosis and management of reflux oesophagitis. Med. J. Austr. I: 184-188 (1977). 6. BURY. R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - The stability of synthetic substance P in blood. Europ. J. Pharm. 45: 257-260 (1977). 7. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Cardiovascular effects of synthetic substance P in several species. Europ. J. Pharm. 45: 335-340 (1977). 8. BUR Y, R. VV. and MASHFORD, M. L. — A pharmacological investigation of synthetic substance P on the isolated guinea-pig ileum. Clin. exp. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4: 453-461 (1977). 9. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. I, - Substance P: Its pharmacology and physiological roles. Aust. J. exp. Biol. med. Sci 55: 671-735 (1977). 10. CHESTERMAN, C. N.. CF.DERHOLM-WILLIAMS. S.A.. ALLINGTON, M. .1. and SHARP, A. A. - The formation of fibrinogen-activator complex bv the action of streptokinase. Thromb. Res. 10: 421-430 (1977). 11. CHESTERMAN, C. N, McGRF.ADY, J. R.. BEGG, G. S. and MORGAN, 1-. .1. - Partial structure and radioimmunoassay of human platelet factor 4. Clin. exp. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4, 496 (1977). 12. CHESTERMAN! C. N, McGREADY, J. R and MORGAN, F. J. - Radioimmunoassay of human platelet factor 4, Thromb. Haemost. JS: 211 (1977). 13. CHISHOLM. D. J. and ALFORD, F. P. - The nature ofthe A cell abnormality in human diabetes mellitus. Int. Excerpta med. Scries (1977). 14. FIRKIN. F. C, HAYS, E. F. and CLINE, M. J. — Effect of hypertransfusion on granulopoiesis in bone marrow depression: Studies in the irradiated mouse. Brit. J. Haemat. 35: 225-231 (1977). 15. FIRKIN, F. C. and MAR I AN I. A. F. - Agranulocytosis due to Dapsone. Med.J. Austr 2: 247-251 (1977). 16. FIRKIN, F. C. and MOORF. M. A. — Atypical sensitivity of marrow agar colony forming units in Phenylbutazone induced aplastic anaemia in International Symposium on Aplastic Anaemia. Universitv of Tokyo Press. Tokyo (1977). 17. GARSON, O. M. and I.YALL, J. M. — Identification of chromosome abnormalities in human leukaemia. Cancer Forum 10: 256-257 (1977). IS. JELlNEK, V. M„ ZII-FFR, R. VV., MeDONALD, I. G„ WASIR. II. and HALF, Ci. S. - Early exercise testina and mobilization after myocardial infarction. Med. J. Austr. 2. 589-593 (1977). 19. I.YALL, J. M, WEBB, G. C and GARSON. O. M. - Application of banding techniques to thc chromosomes of geno-typicall> abnormal patients. Clin. expt. Pharmacol. Physiol. 4. 485-486 (1977). 20. MeDONALD, I. G. - Clinical value of echocardiography: Is echocardiography worthwhile? Med. J. Austr. /. 6 (1977). 21. MeDONALD. I. Ci. - Echocardiography in ischaemic heart disease. Med J. Austr. I: 4 (1977). 22. MeDONALD, I. G. — Echocardiography in valvular heart disease: Mitral, tricuspid and pulmonary valve disease. Med. J. Austr I: 2 (1977). 23. MORGAN, F. J, CHESTERMAN. C. N, McGREADY, J. R. and BFGG. G. S. - Studies in the chemistry of human platelet factor 4. Haemostasis 6: 53-58 (1977). 24. PENINGTON, D. G. - A cell growih factor derived from platelets. New Clinical Science (Istanbul) 50-58 (1977). Vol. 12. 25. PERRY-KEEN. D, ALFORD. F. P., CHISHOLM, D. J. FINDLAY. D. M, LARKINS. R. G. and MARTIN, F. R — Glucagon and diabetes I. The failure of hyperglucagonacmia to influence the response lo established diabelic ketoacidosis to iherapv. Clin. Endocr. 6: 417-423 (1977) 26. PETERS, M. and CHISHOLM. D. J. - Phaeochromocyloma in a footballer. Mai../. Austr. I: 484 (1977). 27. ROBERTSON. M. B, BREEN, K. J, DESMOND, P. V, MASHFORD. M. L. and McIIUGH. A. M. - Incidence of antibiotic-related diarrhoea and pseudomembranous colitis. A prospective study of Lincomycin. Clindamycin and Ampicillin. Med. J. Austr. I: 243-246 (1977). 28. TIBBUTT, D. A, CHESTERMAN. C. N, WILLIAMS, F. W, FAULKNER. T. and SHARP. A. A. - Controlled trial of Ihe sequential use of streptokinase and ancrod in the treatment of deep vein thrombosis of lower limb. Thromb. Haem. 2: 222-232 (1977). 29. WARNE. U, ALFORD. F. P, CHISHOLM, D. J. and COURT. J. - Glucagon and diabetes Ii. Complete suppression of glucagon bv insulin in human diabetes mellitus. Clin. Endocr. 6: 277-284 (1977). 30. WOOD. M. B, BREEN, K. J. and PENINGTON. D. G. - Thiamine status in alcoholism. Austr. N.Z. .1. Med. 7: 475-484 (1977). 31. WOOD, M. B. - l-'ish consumption in Victoria. Food Nutr. Notes Revs. 34. 19 (1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS M.D Thesis in Progress DOYLE, D. .1. — Platelet involvement in coronary artery disease M.Sc 'Theses in Progress GULLIVER, H. A. — Mechanism of vasomotor activity induced by stabilized plasma protein solutions FINDLAY, D. M. — Plasma immunoreaciive glucagon MEDICINE 131

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: NH & MRC: (!) A cell growth factor front platelets — its nature and role in biological processes. (2) Characterization and assav of soluble platelet proteins as a measure of clinical thrombosis (with S.V.S.M.R.). (3) The evaluation of the erythrocyte transketolase assay in the assessment of thiamine status. (4) Red cell involvement in leukaemia. (5) Glucagon and glucagon-related peptides in normal glucose homeostasis and in thc pathophysiology of diabetes mellitus. (6) B vitamin and peptide absorption: Normal kinetics and the effect of alcohol and alcoholism. (7) Hepatic drug metabolising capacity and the effect of liver disease. (8) Studies on the pathophysiology of disordered human erythropoiesis and myelopoiesis in vitro. National Heart Foundalion of Australia: Platelet and thrombosis activitv following coronary vascular surgery (with S.V.S.M.R.). Herman Trusl - University of Melbourne: Intravascular coagulation in leukaemia and cancer. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Chromosome studies in human leukaemia. Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Monitoring of drug use in a hospital. MICROBIOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor D. O. White

Professors ALFRED JAMES PITTARD DAVID OGILV1E WHITE Readers WILLIAM BOYLE IAN HAMILTON HOLMES NANCY MILLIS Senior Lecturers CHRISTINA CHEERS JOAN FORREST GARDNER DORIS MARY GRAHAM BRIAN HODGSON RUSSELL GEORGE WILKINSON GWENDOLYN LESLEY GILBERT - part-time DOROTHY JOAN SCHIAVONE - part-time Senior Tutors ENE READE NEVILLE JOHN TUDROSZEN ROSEMARY DAVIDSON - part-time LYNETTE HOWDEN - part-time DOROTHY SLATER - part-lime Professor Emeritus SIR FRANK MACFARLANE BURNET Research Fellows ELIZABETH MARGOT ANDERS JOHN BAULD HERBERT JOHN BAVOR ROBERT BRENT DAVEY NIGEL JOHN DIMMOCK DAVID JACKSON ROGER DIETER SCHNAGL HIROSHI WATANABE Senior Associate JOCELYN ROBERT LANE FORSYTH (Director, Microbiological Diagnostic Unit) part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Comparative studies of thc three isofunctional DAHP synthetases from Escherichia coli K-12. 2. Regulation of aromatic biosynthesis in Escherichia coli K-12. 3. Transmissible antibiotic resistance in enteric organisms. 4. Antibiotic resistance in anaerobic bacteria. 5. Metabolic control mechanisms in Bacillus brevis: (a) function of polypeptide antibiotics; (b) biosynthesis of diaminopimelic acid, dipicolinic acid and lysine. 6. Ring cleavage mechanisms ofa-pinene. 7. Marine microbial ecology: nutrient cycling and stress evaluation. 8. Occurrence oi Salmonella and Escherichia coli in marine and aquatic systems. 9. Medical microbiology and epidemiology: (a) prevalence of parasites and chlamydias (b) sexually transmitted diseases; (c) enteric diseases; (d) food bacteriology. 10. Trachoma: (a) Clinical, microbiological and immunological investigation among aborigines in Northern Australia elsewhere. (b) Immune response of mice to trachoma. 11. Viral gastroenteritis in aboriginal communities. 12. Biochemical and immunological properties of rotaviruses. 13. In vitro studies of antiviral immunity: (a) Antigenic determinants on influenza viral haemagglutinin; (b) T-B cell interaction in immunological memory; (c) Natural killer cells and ADCC; (d) Fc receptors in herpesvirus infection; (e) Recovery and persistence in reovirus infection. 14. Cell-mediated resistance to intracellular bacteria: (a) Cell interactions; (b) Host genetics. 15. Antigen requirements for reaction with allogeneic T-lymphocytes. 16. Production of hybrid cell lines synthesizing specific antibody. 17. Theoretical immunology and human biology.

132 MICROBIOLOGY 133

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. FENNER, F. J, McAUSLAN, B. R., MIMS, C. A., SAMBROOK, J. F. and WHITE, D. O. - The Biologv of Animal Viruses. 2nd cd, Russian translation, 624 p. Moscow, 1977. 2. FENNER, J. F. and WHITE, D. O. - Medical Virology. Spanish translation, 505 p. Academic Press, New York, 1977. 3. MANDEL, T. E, CHEERS, C, HOSKING, C. S, McKENZIE, I. F. C. and NOSSAL, G. J. V. (eds.) - Progress in Immunology III. Australian Academy ofScience, Canberra, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 4. BURNET, F. M. — Autoimmunity and Aging. In Autoimmunity: Genetic. Immunologic. Virologic and Clinical Aspects, ed. N. Talal, pp. 513-530, Academic Press, New York, 1977. 5. BURNET, F. M. - Clonal Selection and After, ln Theoretical Immunology, eds. G. I. Bell. A. S. Perelson and G. H. Pimbley. pp. 63-85. Marcel Dekker, New York, 1977. 6. BURNET, F. M. - Implications of a Somatic Mutational Approach to Ageing lor Gerontological Research. In Interdisciplinary Topics in Gerontology. Vol. II ed, 1. R. Mackay, pp. 30-36. S. Karger, Basel, 1977.

ARTICLES 7. BISHOP, L. R, MORONEY, S. G. and FORSYTH, J. R. L. - Handling Problems in Gonococcal Isolation. Asian J. Inf. Dis. I: 93-95 (1977). 8. BURNET, F. M. - Morphogenesis and Cancer. Med. J. Aust. I: 5-9 (1977). 9. BURNET, F. M. - The Probable Relationship of some or all Mast Cells to the T-cell System. Cell. Immunol. SO: 358-360 (1977). 10. DAVEY. R. B. and PITTARD, A. J. - Plasmids Mediating Resistance to Gentamicin and Other Antibiotics in Enterobacteriaceae from Four Hospitals in Melbourne. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 55: 299-307 (1977). 11. FEERY, B. J, HAMPSON, A. W, FORSYTH, J. R. L. and EVERED, M. G. - Effect of Dose on Antibody Response to Subunit Influenza Vaccine. Med. J. Aust. 2: 324-327 (1977). 12. HARVEY, K. J, BISHOP, L. R, SILVER, D. and JONES, T. - A Case of Chancroid. Med. J. Aust. I: 956-957 (1977). 13. IVERSON, W. G. and MILLIS, N. F. — Succession of Streptococcus bovis Strains with Differing Bacteriophage Sensitivities in the Rumens of Two Fistulated Sheep. Appl. Environ. Microbiol. 33(A): 810-813 (1977). 14. LEBEN, M. L. and BOYLE, W. - Difference in the Induction of Cytotoxic Lymphocytes by Public Antigens of H-2b and H-2d Cells. Transplantation 24: 201-210 (1977). 15. MacFARLAN, R. L, BURNS, W. H. and WHITE, D. O. - Two Cytotoxic Cells in Peritoneal Cavity of Virus-Infected Mice: Antibody-Dependent Macrophages and Non-Specific Killer Cells. J. Immunol. 119: 1569-1574 (1977). 16. RODGER, S. M, SCHNAGL, R. D. and HOLMES, I. H. - Further Biochemical Characterization, Including the Detection of Surface Glyco-proteins, of Human, Calf and Simian Rotaviruses. J. Virol. 24: 91- 98 (1977). 17. SCHNAGL, R. D, HOLMES, I. H, MOORE, B, LEE, P, DICKINSON-JONES, F. and GUST, 1. D. — An Extensive Rotavirus Outbreak in Aboriginal Infanls in Central Australia. Med. J. Aust. I: 259-260 (1977). 18. TUDROSZEN, N. J, KELLY. D. P. and MILLIS, N. F. -a-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida. Biochem. J. 168: 315-318 (1977). 19. WATANABE, H. and HOLMES, I. H. - Fillerpaper Solid-phase Radioimmunoassay for Human Rotavirus Surface Immunoglobulins. J. Clin. Microbiol. 6: 319-324 (1977). 20. WHIPP, M. J. and PITTARD, A. J. — Regulation of Aromatic Amino Acid Transport Svstcms in Escherichia coli K-12. J. Bad. 132: 453-461 (1977). 21. WHITE. D. O. - Antiviral Immunity. Progr. Immunol. 3: 459-462 (1977).

REPORTS 22. BAULD, J. and MILLIS, N. F. - Role of Bacteria in Nitrogen Cycling in the Werribee Zone. Environmental Studies Section, Victorian Ministry for Conservation (1977). 23. BAVOR, H. J. and MILLIS, N. F. - Bacteriological Studies in Westernport Bay. Environmental Studies Section, Victorian Ministry for Conservation (1977). 24. MILLIS. N. F. - Swimming and Public Health. Environmental Protection Authority, Victoria (1977). 25. SMITH, H. and MILLIS, N. F. - Effect of Heavy Metals on Nutrient Cycling by Bacteria: A Review. Environmental Studies Section. Viclorian Ministry for Conservation (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy

1. ELY, B. — Aromatic Biosynthesis: the Regulation of Shikimate Kinase in Escherichia coli K-12 2. WHIPP, M. — Aromatic Amino Acid Transport Systems in Escherichia coli K-12 134 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

Master of Science 3. R1GLAR, C. — In vitro Studies on ihe Mechanisms of Chronicity in Murine Brucellosis 4. I.A MONT, G. — Some Aspects of Salmonella typhimurium Phage Typing

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress A. ACKERMAN — Studies of Lymphocyte Membrane Antigens J. W. BASTARDO - Characterization of Rotavirus Antigens R. BEKTASH - Effects of High Pressures on Bacillus eereus spores K. C. BERTRAM - Bacterial Degradation of 1.8-Cineole M. L. BRITZ — Mechanisms of Drug Resistance in Anaerobic Gram Negative Bacteria L. E. BROWN — Immune Response to Reovirus Infection H. M. GEYSEN — Growth Kinetics of a Pseudomonad on Phenol A. I. GRANT — Incompatibility and Other Interactions of Locally Isolated R Plasmids M. A. KELSO — Role of Allo-antigen Preparations in Cell Mediated Immunity R. I. MacFARLAN — Specific and Non-Specific Cell Mediated Immunity in Togavirus Infection 5. M. RODGER — Biochemical and Biophysical Chaclerization of Rotaviruses R. RUSSELL — Antigenic Determinants on Influenza Virus llaemagglutinins J. H. G. STEPHENS — Nitrogen Transformations in Mangrove Sediments II. Y. SYME - Methods of Specific Depletion of Allo-Immune T Cells D. SYMONS - Polypeptide Antibiotic Production and Sporulation in Bacillus brevis N. J. TUDROSZEN - a-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida M.Sc Theses in Progress E. C. CORNISH — Purification of the TyrR Gene Product S. JENNINGS - Immune Response of Mice to Trachoma M. I, l.EBEN - Specificity of T-Cell Alloimmune Reactions in vitro B. McLEAN - Rotavirus Infections in Neonates S. M. McTAGGART - Fc Receptors Induced by Herpes Simplex Virus K. M. NG - Characterization of Genital Chlamydiae in Melbourne I. NISBE'I — Epidemiological Studies of Trachoma in Aborigines in Northern Territory

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH & MRC: Transmissible Antibiotic Resistance in Enteric Organisms. NH & MRC: Antigen Suppression of Allograft Response. NH & MRC: Cellular Interactions in Cell Mediated Resistance to Bacterial Infection. NH & MRC: Genetics and Mechanisms of Resistance and Susceptibility to Bacterial Infection. NH & MRC: The Pathogenesis of Viral Infections: In vitro Studies of Antiviral Immunity. NH & MRC: Infantile Gastroenteritis. Nil & MRC: Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Viral Gastroenteritis in Aboriginal Communities. ARGC: A Study ofthe Mechanisms Involved in the Establishment of a Flow of Carbon into Dipicolinate and Diaminopimelate during Sporulation in Bacillus brevis. ARGC: Comparative Studies of the Three Isofunctional DAHP Synthetase from Escherichia coli K-I2. ARGC: Regulation of Aromatic Biosynthesis in Escherichia coli K-I2. Australian Department of Aboriginal Affairs: Clinical, Microbiological and Immunological Investigation of Trachoma in Aborigines at Three Centres in the Northern Territory. Australian Department of Health via Royal Australian College of Ophthalmologists: Microbiological Investigation of Trachoma among Aborigines throughout Australia. Australian Department of Health, Aboriginal Health Branch: Viral Enteritis Vaccine. Victorian Ministry for Conservation: Investigation into the Role of Marine Racteria in Westernport Bay. Environment Protection Authority: Occurrence of Salmonella in Inland Wastewaters. Centre for Environmental Studies. University of Melbourne: Port of Melbourne Environmental Study (Phase 11). Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation: Characterization of Genital Chlamydiae. OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor Sir Lance Townsend Professor SIR LANCE TOWNSEND Professor JAMES BOYER BROWN First Assistants JOHN RICHARD HENRY FLIEGNER WILLIAM HENRY KITCHEN ROGER JAMES PEPPERELL JAMES SMI BERT - part-time Second Assistants DAVID CAMPBELL DOWNING THOMAS RONALD EGGERS RAPHAEL KUHN Registrar in Endocrinology JOHN CLARK McBAIN Clinica! Assistant JAMES HENRY EVANS - part-time Senior Lecturer MARGERY SMITH Research Staff ANDREW ANDREWS - part-time LESLEY ANN BAKER JANE BASCOMB ANGELA BRENTON - part-time MARGARET ISOBEL BRIGHT SHIRLEY ELIZABETH CAMERON - part-time GARY CLARKE - part-time ANNE RICKARDS - part-time JOCELYN SEARBY - part-time MARGARET MARY RYAN - part-time RHYL WINIFRED WADE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Investigation and treatment of patients with disorders of ovulation. 2. Investigation and treatment of patients with unexplained infertility. 3. Role of oestrogen in the induction of endometrial cancer. 4. Development of "do-it-yourself kits" for detection of ovulation. 5. Premature labour - its aetiology and treatment. 6. Multi discipline longtitudinal study of infants of very low1 birth weight. 7. Longtitudinal study of infants born to mothers with low oestriol excretion. 8. Mortality and morbidity associated w-ith breech presentation. 9. Hysterectomy and its aftermath. 10. Stress and urge incontinence in thc human female. 11. Cancer of cervix.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES

1. BROWN. .1. B. - Timing of ovulation (Brush Up Your Medicine). AM. J. Must.. 2: 780 (1977). 2. DAWOOD, M. Y.. BROWN, J. B. and NEWMAN, K. L. II. - Scrum free estriol and estriol glucuronide fractions in hydatidiform mole measured bv radioimmunoassay. Obstet. (ivnec. 49: 303 (1977). 3. ETHERIDGE. M. J.. and PEPPERELL. R. J. - Heart disease and pregnancy at the Roval Women's Hospital. Med. J. Aust.. 2: 111 (1977). 4. EVANS, J. H. - Diabetes in pregnancy. Hulieni Management. 6: 51 (1977). 5. FLIEGNER. J. R. H. — Third stage management — how important is it? tiurop. J. Obstet. (ivnec. 7: 263 (1977). 6. FLIEGNER, J. R. H. — Placental function and renal tract studies in pre-eclampsia with proteinuria and long term maternal consequences. Amer. J. Obstet. Cvnec, 126: 211 (1977). 7. FORTUNE. D. W. and KITCHEN. W. H. - Malformations in infants of verv low birth weishl. Med. J. Aust.. I: 239-242 (1977). 8. HEALY. D. I... PEPPERELL, R. J., STOCKDALE. J., BREMNER. W.J. and BURGER. II. G. - Evidence of pituitary autonomy in hyperprolactinaemic secondary amenorrhoea: results of hvpolhalamic- pituitarv testing. J. Clin. Endocrin. & Metab.. 44: 809 (1977). 9. JEFFERY, P, MARTIN. F. I. R, HEATH. P., DAI ILENBERG. Ci. W, MOUNTAIN, K. R. and EVANS. J. H. — Precnancy in diabetic women. Aied. J. Aust.. 2: 41 (1977). 10. KUHN. R. J. P. and PEPPERELL. R. J. - Cervical ligation: a review of 242 pregnancies. Aust. it N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 79 (1977). 11. MIGLIORINI. G. D. and PEPPERELL. R.J. - Prolapse or the unbilical cord: a studv of 69 cases. Med.J. Aust . 2: 522 (1977). 12. ROY, R. N. D. and KITCHEN. W. H, NETS: A new system for neonatal transport. Aled. J. Aust.. 2:SS5- 5,

135 136 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

13. PEPPERELL. R. J, BRIGHT. M. and SMITH, M. A. - Serum prolactin levels in normal women and in women with disorders of menstruation. Med. J. Ausi.. 1: 85 (1977). 14. PEPPERELL, R. J.. EVANS. J. H„ BROWN, J. B, SMITH, M. A, HEALY, D. and BURGER, H. G. - Serum prolactin levels and the value of bromocriptine in the treatment of anovulatory infertility. Brii. J. Obstet. Gvnaec.. 84: 58 (1977). 15. PEPPERELL. R. J, EVANS, J. H, BROWN, J. B.. BRIGHT, M. I, SMITH, M. A, BURGER. H. G. and HEALY, D. - A study ofthe effects of bromocriptine on scrum prolactin, follicle-stimulating hormone and luteinizing hormone, and on ovarian responsiveness to exogenous gonadotrophins in anovulatory women. Brit. J. Obstei. Gvnaec. 84: 456 (1977). 16. PEPPERELL, R. J., BARRIE. J. U. and FLIEGNER. J. R. - Significance of red-cell irregular antibodies in the obstetric palient. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 453 (1977). 17. PEPPERELL, R. J, BROWN, J. B. and EVANS, J. H. - Management of female infertility (Brush Up Your Medicine). Med. J. Ausi.. 2: 774 (1977). 18. PEPPERELL. R. J, McBAIN, J. C. and HEALY. D. L. - Ovulation induction with bromocriptine (CB154) in patients with hvperprolaclinaemia. Aust. & N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 181-191 (1977). 19. PEPPERELL. R. .1, RUBINS! EIN, E. and MaclSAAC. 1. A. - Motor car accidents during pregnancy. Med. J. Ausi., I: 203-205 (1977). 20. ROME. R. M, BROWN, J. B., MASON, T., SMITH, M. A, LAVERTY. C. and FORTUNE. D. W. - Oestrogen excretion and ovarian pathology in postmenopausal women with atypical hyperplasia, adenocarcinoma and mixed adenosquamous carcinoma ofthe endometrium. Brit. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 84- 88 (1977). 21. PEPPERELL, R. J„ McBAIN. J. C, WINSTONE. S. M, SMITH, M. A. and BROWN, J. B. - Corpus luteum function in early prccnancv following ovulation induction wilh bromocriptine. Brit. J. Obstet. Gynaec. 84: 898 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Nil

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress CLARKE, G. N. — Studies in the biology and cryopreservalion of human spermatozoa M.Sc Theses in Progress ANDREWS, A. G. — Amniotic fluid phospholipid study assessment and relationship lo foetal maturity BASCOMB, J. — Development of radioimmunoassay for oestrogen glucuronides and their application for monitoring human female reproductive functions BRIGHT, M. 1. — Development of pregnanediol glucuronide assay. Its application to ihe detection of ovulation and as a placental function lest in pregnancy M.D Theses in Progress McBAIN, J. C. - Idiopathic infertility WADE, R. W. — Long term follow-up of infanls born to mothers with low oestriol excretion in pregnancy

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — A.E. Rowden While Foundation. National Health and Medical Research Council Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria Anonymous Donor Sandoz (Australia) Pty. Lid. OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY MERCY AND AUSTIN HOSPITALS

Chairman of department: Professor Norman A. Beischer Professor NORMAN ALBERT BEISCHER hirst Assistants DAVID ALAN ABELL JOHN HEDLEY DREW First Assistants (Half-time) PFTER CAPELL DOBSON JAMES CARNEGIE GRIM WADE GRAEME JOHN RATTEN CHRISTOPHER STEPHEN TARGETT Research Workers (Part-time) CHRISTINE MARY ACTON PETER WINTER ASHTON CHARLES BARBARO KEVIN ALBERT BARHAM JAMES EARNEST BREHENY DONALD PU1-CHEE CHAN FRANKLIN TEN-KEONG CHEW DENYS WOODESON FORTUNE (dept of pathologv. The Royal Women's Hospital) LAWRENCE IVAN HATHERLEY PETER ANTHONY LONG GERALD ARTHUR MANLY PATRICK AL\N MAPLESTONt EDWARD FRANCIS O'SULLIVAN JOSEPH MARTINUS SCHRAMP, LEON ISRAEL TAFT (dept of patholocv. Mercy Maternity Hospilal)

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Treatment of foetal growth retardation before delivery. 2. Study of abnormal glucose tolerance (hypoglycaemia and hyperglycaemia) in pregnancy. 3. Assessment of placental function in patients wilh pre-eclampsia. 4. Studies of foetal heart rate patterns in late pregnancy. 5. Effect of foclal malformations upon foetal size and mortality. 6. Follow-up of babies born from pregnancies associated with low maternal excretion of oestriol. 7. Evaluation of uterine lavage in the early diagnosis of malignancy of rhe uterine body and cervix. 8. Assessment of the timing of ovulation.

PUBLISHED WORK ARTICLES 1. BEISCHER, N. A.. ABELL, D. A. and DREW, J. H. - Management of Foetal Growth Retardation. Med.J. Aust. 2: 641-646 (1977). 2. CHANG. A.. ABELL. D.. BEISCHER. N. and WOOD. C. - Trial oflntravcnous Therapy in Women wilh Low Estriol Excretion. Amer. J. Obstet. Gvnee. 127: 793-797 (1977). 3. CHEW, F. T. K, ABELL. D. A. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Prenatal Cardiotocography in Patients with Persistently Subnormal Urinary Oestriol Excretion. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Ovnuec. 17. IS-27 (1977). 4. COCKINGTON, R. A. and McNAMARA, J. M. - Experience with Group B beta-haemolytic Streptococcal Infection in a Maternity Hospital Nursery. Aust. Paed. J. 13: 163-169 (1977). 5. DEAN, 1.., ABELL. D. A.. BEISCHER, N. A. - Incidence of Anencephaly and other Major Malformations when Oestriol Excretion is Verv Low. Brit. Med. J. I: 257-258 (1977). 6. DREW, J. H. - Improved Prognosis or "al risk" Inrants. Aust. Nurses J. 6: 39-42 (1977). 7. DREW, J. H, MOUNTAIN, K. R. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Spontaneous Improvement in Severity of Erythroblastosis with Advancing Parity. Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 229-236 (1977). 8. DREW, J. H, PARKINSON. P., WALSTAB, J. E. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Incidences and Types of Malformations in Newborn Infants. Med. J. Aust. 26: 945-949 (1977). 9. DREW, J. II, SMITH, M. B. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Glucose-6-phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency in Immigrant Greek Infants. J. Paediatr. 90: 659-677 (1977). 10. LONG. P. A, ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER. N. A. - Importance or Abnormal Glucose Tolerance (Hypoglycaemia and Hyperglycaemia) in the Aetiology or Pre-eclampsia. Lancet 923-925 (1977). 11. MAPLESTONF, P. - Pain Relief in Labour. Med. J. Aust. 2: 610-612 (1977). 12. PAULL, J. D. and RATTERN. G. J. - Ergometrine and Third Stage Blood Loss. Med.J. Aust. I: 178-179 (1977). 13. PEPPERELL, R. J, RUBINSTEIN, E. and MuclSAAC. I. A. - Motor-car Accidents durine Pregnancy. Med. J. Aust. 1: 203-205 (1977). 14. RATTEN. G. J. and BEISCHER. N. A. - The Influence or Maternal Weight Loss on the Outcome or Pregnancy, Aust. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 121-125 (1977). 15. TARGETT, C. S, RATTEN, G. J, ABELL, D. A. and BEISCHER, N. A. - The Influence of Smoking on Intrauterine Foetal Growth and on Maternal Oestriol Excretion. ,4tt$r. N.Z. J. Obstet. Gvnaec. 17: 126-130 (1977)

137 OPHTHALMOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor G. W. Crock Ringland Anderson Professor GERARD WILLIAM CROCK First Assistant HECTOR MACLEAN Second Assistants JAMES DAVID CAIRNS PETER NEIL HENDERSON Research Assistants MAGDA HORVAT BARBARA PAULINE HOBAN Senior Associates COURTNAY HUGH GREER JULIAN BERNARD HEINZE KENNETH GEORGE HOWSAM BERNARD McCARTHY O'BRIEN RONALD WILLIAM PARKER IAN FLETT ROBERTSON GEOFFREY SUTHERLAND Research Associates JOHN LLEWELLYN COLV1N ALAN ISAACS HUGH RINGLAND TAYLOR JOSEPH WING SANG YEUNG Senior Research Fellow WALTER CHARLES CHAIR Research Fellows JOHN CHAPMAN-SMITH BABU RAJENDRAN WILFRED NYUNT WIN MARY GEMMA NIGHTINGALE, jointly with Microsurgical Research Unit, St. Vincent's Hospital RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. CORNEA - During 1977 research development was completed on a new and revolutionary system of culling the cornea. The instrument known as a Contact Lens Corneal Cutter is now being manufactured under licence to Melbourne University by the Grieshaber company in Switzerland. The C.L.C.C. system simplifies existing methods of corneal grafting, offers a very rapid and safe technique for cataract operations and opens up new possibilities for basic research into corneal graft rejection and drug effects in corneal tissue. 2. LENS — Development of computer programme (jointly with Otolaryngology) for assessing natural history of cataract and for controlled trials of anti-cataract drugs. Improvements to instrumentation (oscillating knife) for cataract surgery. 3. PHOTOGRAPHY - Use of 16 mm and Super 8 Cine film for instructional films in ocular microsurgery. Modification ot processing techniques to suit new Plus X film for retinal fluorescein angiography. 4. ELECTRON MICROSCOPY - Effects of storage on corneal endothelium. Appearances of microsurgical needles and sutures. Characteristics of microvascular anastomosis (jointly with Microsurgical Research Unit, St. Vincent's Hospital). Ultrastructural characteristics of lens proteins denatured wilh hyperosmolar urea (jointly with Dr. R. Augusteyn, Biochemistry). Effect of alpha chymotrypsin on Zonule of Zinn in primates and man. Ultraslructural characlcrisls of Zonule of Zinn from birth to old age. Scanning and lighl microscopy of iridoschisis and "Tapioca iris" (with Drs. R. West and 11. Greer. R.V.E.E.H.).

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. CARROLL, N. — Histopathology of Microvascular Repairs: Scanning Electron Microscopy, Chaplcr 6 in Microvascular Reconstructive Surgery, ed. Bernard McC. O'Brien, Churchill Livingstone, pp. 90-101. 2. GREER, H. C. - Ocular Pathology. Third Edition, Blackwell (1977). Scanning electron micrographs from the department are included in this new edition.

ARTICLES 3. CAIRNS, J. D. - Current Concepts in the Investigation of Macular Disease. Ausi. Orthop. J.. Vol. 15. pp. 6-8 (1977). 4. CHAPMAN-SMITH, J. - Further Examination of Short-Term Corneal Storage, Invest. Ophthal. Vis. Sci.. 16: 556-558 (1977). 5. CHAPMAN-SMITH. J. - Cryptococcal Chorioretinitis, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61- 511-413 (1977). 6. CHAPMAN-SMITH. J. S. and CROCK, G. W. - Urokinase in the Management of Vitreous Haemorrhage, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61: 500-505 (1977). 7. CROCK, G. — Kapillaren der Makula and Fovea der menschlichen Retina, Klin Mhl. Augenheilk. 171: 53- 59 (1977).

138 OPHTHALMOLOGY 139

8. HUESTON, J. T. and HEINZE. J. B. - A Second Case of Relief of Blindness following Blcpharoplasty, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery. Vol. 5°: No. 3, 430-431 (1977). 9. LAZELL, R. W. - Non-Traumatic Detachments of the Pars Ciliaris Retinae in Phakic Eves, Aust. J. Ophthal.. 5: 95-100 (1977). 10. LOWE. R. F. and CARROLL. N. - The Myoepithelium of the Human Iris: Stereoscopic Studies, The Structure ofthe Eye, Jap. J. Ophthal.. 119-125 (1977). 11. MACLEAN. H. - The Melbourne Catalin Trial - Current Protocol and Some Earlv Results, Aust. J. Ophthal.. No. 3, 183-187 (1977). 12. MACLEAN, H. - The Ocular Myopathies. Aust. Orihop. J.. Vol. 15. pp. 36-37 (1977). 13. TAYLOR. H. R.. HOLLOWS. F. C. and MORAN, D. - Pseudo-Exfoliation ofthe Lens in Australian Aborigines, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 61: 473-475 (1977). 14. TAYLOR. H. R. and TURNER, A. J. - A Case Report of Fowl Plague Keratoconjunctivitis, Brit. J. Ophthal.. 60: 600 (1977).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Alcon Laboratories (Aust.) Pty. Ltd. William Angliss Charitable Trust Edward Alexander Cato Memorial Gift Felton Bequest Hecht Trust Sir William Kilpatrick O.P.S.M. Pty. Ltd. Ophthalmic Research Institute of Australia Potter Foundation Reckitts Pharmaceutical Division Myra Sloicesco Charitable Trust Sir A. E. Rowden White Bequest OTOLARYNGOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor G. M. Clark William Gibson Professor GRAEME MILBOURNE CLARK First Assistant QUENTIN BAILEY Lecturer in Audiology FIELD WINSTON RICKARDS Research Fellows JOHN EDWARD DELAHUNTY DON STEWART McMAHON BRIAN PYMAN RAYMOND BLACK JOHN GWYTHER IAN FORSTER THEODORUS NIENHUYS BERNARD O'LOUGHLIN JAMES FINLAY PATRICK MARGARET PERIL YIT CHOW TONG

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS n 1977 research progressed toward the development of a cochlear implant for deaf patients. Support from the National Health and Medical Research Council and the ATVO Nerve Deafness Appeal continued. 1. Surgical anatomy and histology - cochlear implant - G. M. Clark. This study has shown that an electrode array can be inserted around the turns of the cochlea without significant loss of the auditory nerve fibres providing infection does not occur. 2. The development of a multiple-electrode array for cochlear implantation - R. Black. G. M. Clark, 1. C. Forster, J. F. Patrick, B. Pyman. Further work is being undertaken to examine the mechanical properties of thin films of metal and the mechanical and histological properties of plastics for the realization of a robust electrode. 3. The development of the receiver-stimulator component of a cochlear implant prosthesis - I.C. Forster, D. J. Dewhurst. This has now been developed and tested. It has a dual transfer system with independent inductive links for both power and dala. It has a stimulating pulse shape that minimizes the production of toxic substrates and loss of metal. Independent stimulation of 10-15 electrodes can also be carried out. Further work is being done to improve the design and restrict the electrical stimuli to groups of nerve fibres. 4. Packaging of the electronics — J. F. Patrick. Methods for hermetically sealing the receiver-stimulator have been developed and tested. Work to miniaturize the device further is proceeding. 5. Connector — cochlear implant — J. F. Patrick. Work has been undertaken to develop a special connector that will enable the receiver-stimulator to be connected to the electrode array in a biological environment. 6. Cochlear modelling — Y. C. Tong, C. J. Pengilley, G. M. Clark. Two mathematical models of the cochlea have been developed. The first model includes coupling between adjacent parts of the model partition, and hydrodynamical considerations. Thc response characterics of the first model indicate that coupling between adjacent parts of the cochlear partition by an elastic element is a possible mechanism that is responsible for the amplitude/phase notches in the frequency response of the cochlear partition. The second model is a functional model that simulates the nonlinear amplitude behaviour of the cochlear partition. The other nonlinear responses (click, phase, twortone responses) of this second model are consistent with physiological findings. 7. Speech Analysis and Synthesis - Y. C. Tong, J. F. Patrick, G. M. Clark, J. L. Gwyiher, R. J. Walkerden. A serial-parallel terminal-analog speech synthesizer was developed, and then realized using analog and digital hardware. The synthesizer provides the user with a choice of three configurations of formant filters: serial, parallel, or a combination of both. External inputs lo the synthesizer are in digital formal. Thesc inputs control the operation and specify the parameter values of the synthesizer for a synthetic sound. Control and parametric information is inputed at a pre-selected frame rate (externally controllable from 100 Hz to 10 kHz in 8 steps). The information is updated at the beginning of each frame period. 8. Behavioural studies on frequency coding and electrical stimulation ofthe cochlea of cats — T. Nienhuvs and G. M. Clark. Frequency discrimination was measured behaviourally before and after drug-induced lesions of cochlear hair cells in the cat. Discrimination was unaffected by complete loss of outer hair cells provided that at least 50% of inner hair cells were intact. Thus inner hair cells are important for frequency discrimination, and they can function normally in this regard without the influence of outer hair cells. 9. Electrophysiological studies of the cochlea as an electrical transmission line - R. Black, G. M. Clark. A three dimensional computer model of the resistance patterns in the cochlea has been constructed by resistively coupling together sixteen two dimensional cochlea cross section models. This model shows that when currents are introduced into the cochlea with a variety of stimulus electrode configurations, the potentials in the hair cell-nerve ending region of the organ of Corti may exhibit attenuation characteristics quite different to those measured in the scala fluids. The current distribution of the hair cell-nerve ending region was measured bv examining the excitability characteristics of units in the auditory nerve and inferior

140 OTOLARYNGOLOGY 141

colliculus during stimulation of the cat's scala tympani. In the basal turn it was found that monopolar stimulation with reference electrode in neck muscle produced gross excitation of the auditory nerve with attenuation of less than ldB/mm cochlear length. When the reference electrode was in scala vestibuli, the attenuation is approximately 1.8 dB/mm and with bipolar stimulation of the scala tympani the attenuation was 3-4 dB/mm. These results are in close agreement with the model predictions. It appears that these generally small attenuation values are due to longitudinal shunting of the current along the spiral ligament. The model also predicts that the scala tympani potential would he expected to show significantly greater attenuation for each of these stimulus configurations. 10. Speech perception studies - B. O'Loughlin, Y. C. Tong and G. M. Clark. A study is being undertaken to determine whether the relative format amplitudes may be utilized as cues for the identification of phonemes when temporal and frequency cues are ambiguous. 11. An epidemiological study of industrial deafness — M. Peril, F. W. Rickards, D. S. McMahon. Studies are being undertaken to establish an unbiased estimate of the auditory thresholds of males and females of various ages - an unbiased estimate ofthe proportion of deafness in the community lhat is due to noise. Also, the effect, if any, of smoking and/or regular consumption of alcohol on the auditory threshold. 12. Tinnitus — Q. Bailey. Research is being conducted into the cause and treatment of tinnitus, and attempts to localize the site of origin of tinnitus and to evaluate possible treatment methods are being undertaken at a recently established tinnitus clinic. 13. Total organ laryngeal section — J. E. Delahunly. Corneal sections of adult larynxes is continuing with particular regard to endo-laryngeal invasion of the fibros anatomical compartments, the results being applied retrospectively lo the patient's clinical presentation.

PUBLISHED WORKS

ARTICLES 1. CLARK, G. M. An Evaluation of Per-scalar Cochlear Electrode Implantation Techniques — An Histopathological Study in Cats. /. Laryngol. and Otol. 91: (3) 185-199, 1977. 2. CLARK, G. M„ O'LOUGHLIN, B. J., RICKARDS, F. W„ TONG, Y. C. and WILLIAMS, A. J. The Clinical Assessment of Cochlear Implant Patients. J. Laryngol. and Otol. 91: 697-708, 1977. 3. BLACK, R. C. and CLARK, G. M. Electrical Transmission Line Properties ofthe Cat Cochlea. Proc. Aust. Physiol, and Pharmacol. Soc. Aust.. pp. 137, 1977. 4. CLARK, G. M, BLACK, R., DEWHURST, D. J, FORSTER, I. C, PATRICK, J. F. and TONG, Y. C. A Multiple-Electrode Hearing Prosthesis for Cochlear Implantation in Deaf Patients. Medical Progress through Technology. Vol. 5. No. 3. 127, 1977. 5. CLARK, G. M., TONG, Y. C, BLACK, R., FORSTER, I. C, PATRICK, J. F. and DEWHURST, D. J. A Multiple Electrode Cochlear Implant. J. Larvngol. and Otol. 91: 935-945. 1977. PAEDIATRICS

Chairman of department: Professor D. M. Danks (on leave) Acting Chairman of department: Dr J. M. Court Stevenson Professor DAVID MILES DANKS First Assistants JOHN MAURICE COURT IAN JAMES HOPKINS DAVID ALEXANDER McCREDIE First Assistants in Neonatal Paediatrics WILLIAM HENRY KITCHEN JOHN HEDLEY DREW Second Assistant ARNOLD LAWRENCE SMITH - part-time Research Fellows HOWARD ERNEST WILLIAMS - Senior Research Fellow - part-time ANGELA BRENTON - part-time ALLAN CARMICHAEL MARJORIE ELIZABETH DUNLOP JEFFREY MANN - part-time DAVID BUXTON PITT - part-time ANNE LAVINIA RICKARDS - part-time ESTHER ROTENBERG MARGARET RYAN - part-time

ROVAL CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL RESEARCH FOUNDATION Director and Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation Professor DONALD BROOK CHEEK Director's Unit Research Fellows and Assistants JOAN EVELYN GRAYSTONE ALAN BARRY HOLT MARGARET NIALL KERIN O'DEA NICOLA PARTRIDGE HELEN WILMOT Genetics Research Unit Head Professor D. M. DANKS Research Fellows and Assistants RICHARD GRAHAM HAY COTTON - Senior Fellow JAMES CAMAKARIS IAN GEORGE JENNINGS DEN1SE MARY KIRBY JOHN GRAHAM ROGERS PETER SCHLESINGER DAVID OWEN SILLENCE - until Julv 1977 ROGER TRUSCOTT

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. GENETICS - Professor D. M. Danks 1. Purification and properties of phenylalanine hydroxylase from monkey and hitman liver 2. Search for phenylalanine hydroxylase cross-reacting-material in phenyl kctonuric liver and in cells in culture. 3. Phenylalanine hydroxylase deficient mutants induced in rat hepatoma cells. 4. Purification and properties of human dihydropteridine reductase. 5. Urinary pteridine excretion of phenylketonuria and in normal subjects. 6. Copper metabolism in mottled mice and in Menkes' syndrome. 7. Copper transport in human and murine cells in culture. 8. Methods of detection of inborn errors of metabolism. 9. Treatment of trimethylaminuria. 10. Ultra-structural studies in osteogenesis imperfecta. 11. Metabolic loading studies with stable isotopes. 12. Myelination in mottled mice. 13. A verbal-visual computer-based system of syndrome identification.

B. STUDIES IN GROWTH AND NUTRITION - Professor D. B. Cheek 1. Assessment of cellular mass in Aboriginal children. 2. Trace metal levels in Aboriginals in North West Australia. 3. Diabetes in Australian Aborigines - a comparison of urban and traditional life-styles. 4. Growth peptides and their clinical application.

142 PAEDIATRICS 143

5. Hormonal control of skeletal muscle growth. 6. Growth following bowel resection. 7. Insulin action on arterial tissue in relation to diabetes and atheroma. 8. Mechanism of insulin supersensitivity accompanying reduced meal frequency. 9. Compensatory and adaptive growth. 10. Cellular growth studies in obesity, chronic asthma and anorexia nervosa.

C. STUDIES IN OBESITY ANI) IN DIABETES - Dr J. M. C ourt 1. Development of foetal adipose tissue. 2. Insulin binding antibodies in diabetic children. 3. Investigation of insulin replacement in diabetic keto-acidosis. 4. Cholesterol metabolism in familial hypercholesterolemia. 5. Feeding habits and attitudes of mothers of obese and normally nourished infants.

D. STUDIES IN RENAL PHYSIOLOGY AND DISEASE - Dr 1). A. McCredie 1. Action of parathormone on renin release. 2. Urinary kallikrein excretion in children of hypertensive parents.

E. COMMUNITY PAEDIATRIC NEEDS - Dr. H. E. Williams 1. Survey of community health needs in Brunswick.

F. NEONATAL PAEDIATRICS - Dr W. Kitchen: Dr J. Drew 1. Long term follow up of infants born lo mothers with low oestriol excretion. 2. Long term follow up of infants with a low birth weight. 3. Mortality and morbidity associated with breech delivery.

C. LIVER DISEASE - Dr A. Smith 1. Studies of bile production and bacterial flora after portoenterostomy in extra hepatic billiary atresia. 2. Copper accumulation in chronic liver disease in childhood. 3. Antiproiease levels in infants with neonatal liver disease. 4. Other antiproleases in families with o, antitrypsin deficient infants.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 1. DANKS. D. M. - Acute Neonatal Illness in Inborn Errors of Metabolism. Paediatric Emergencies. J. A. Black ed. Butterworths, Kent. 2. DANKS, D. M. - Plan of Management for Newborn Babies in whom a Metabolic Disease is Anticipated or Suspected. Clinics in Perinatology Symposium on Early Detection and Management of Inborn Errors. Mary G. Ampola ed. W. B. Saunders Co. Philadelphia. March 1976.

ARTICLES

3. BEISCHER, N. A, ABELL. D. A. and DREW, J. H. - Management of Foetal Growth Retardation. Med. J. Aust.. 2: 641-646. 1977. 4. BURKE. }.. GLASGOW, E., McCREDIE, D. A. and POWELL. H. R. - Glomerulopathy in Cyanotic Congenital Heart Disease. Clin. Nephrology. 7. 38, 1977. 5. CHEEK, D. B.. HABICHT, J. P.. BERALL. J. and HOLT, A. B. - Protein-calories Malnutrition and the Significance of Cell Mass Relative lo Body Length. Am. J. of Clin. Nutrition. SO: 851-860. 1977. 6. CHEEK. D. B. - Human Growth - methods of approach. Aust. Paediatr. J. IS: 77-87, 1977. 7. CHEEK, D. B.. GRAYSTONE. J. E. and NIALL, M. - Factors Controlling Foetal Growth. Clin. Obstet and Cvn. 20: 925-942, 1977. 8. CHOO. K. H. and COTTON, R. II. II. - Genetics of the Phenylalanine Hydroxylase System I: Isolation or phenylalanine hvdroxvlase-deiicienl tyrosine auxotrophs from rat hepatoma cells. Somatic Cell Genetics 3: 457-470. 1977. 9. CORNELL, H.J. and WILMOT. H.C. - Partial Purificanl ofSomatomedin from Human Plasma. Ausi. J. of Experimental Diol. and Med. Sc. 55: 435-440. 1977. 10. COTTON, R. G. H. - Thc Primary Molecular Defects in Phenylketonuria and its Variants, //if. J. Biochem. S: 333. 1977. 11. COURT, J. M. and DUNLOP. M. - Development of Adipose Tissue in the Human Foetus. Proc. Nutr Soc. Aust.. 2: 39. 1977. 144 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

12. COURT. J. M, JOHNS. NAN and WILSON, MARGERY - Obesilv in Childhood. Med. J. Ausi. I. 888- 891, 1977. 13. COURT, J. M., JOHNS, NAN and WILSON, MARGERY - Obese Children and their Families: A Study of a Discussion Group. Awn. Paediair. J.. Vol. 13, 170-175, 1977. 14. DANKS, D. M. - Can we Remake Mankind? Search 8: 16, 1977. 15. DANKS, D. M. - Copper Transport and Utilization in Menkes' Syndrome and in Mottled Mice, Inorganic Perspective in Biol. and Med. / • "73-100, 1977. 16. DANKS, D. M. - Cost Benefits of Pre- and Postnatal Screening Programmes. Records ofthe Adelaide Children's Hospilal I: 408-416, 1977. 17. DANKS, D. M. - Management of Neonatal Obstructive Jaundice. Aust. Paediair. J. 13: 71. 1977. 18. DANKS, D. M. - New and Important Variants of Phenylketonuria, Paediair. Digest 19 (8): 9, 1977. 19. DANKS, D. M, CAMPBELL, P. E, JACK, J, ROGERS, J. and SMITH, A. L. - Studies on the Aetiology of Neonatal Hepatitis and Biliary Atresia. Arch. Dis. Childh. 52: 360-367, 1977. 20. DANKS, D. M, CAMPBELL, P. E., SMITH, A. L., ROGERS. J. - Thc Prognosis of Babies with Neonatal Hepatitis. Arch. Dis. Childh. 52: 368-372, 1977. 21. DANKS. D. M. — Inborn Errors of Connective Tissue Metabolism. Records of the Adelaide Children's Hospilal. I: 366-372, 1977. 22. DANKS, D. M, HAMMOND, J, SCHLESINGER, P, FAULL, K, BURKE, D, HALPERN, B. - Trimethylaminuria: Diet docs not always Control the Fishy Odor. New Engl. J. Med. 295: 963, 1976. 23. DREW. J. H., MOUNTAIN, K. R. and BEISCHER, N. A. - Spontaneous Improvement in Severity of Erythroblastosis with Advancing Parity, Aust. N.Z. J. Obsiei. Gvnaec. 17: 229-231, 1971. 24. DREW, J. H„ PARKINSON, P., WALSTAB, J. E. and BEISCHER. N. A. - Incidences and Types of Malformations in Newborn Infanls. Med. J. Aust. 26: 945-949, 1977. 25. DREW, J. H, SMITH, M. B. and KITCHEN, W. H. - Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase Deficiency in Immigrant Greek Infants. J. Paediair. 90: 659-677, 1977. 26. FAULL. K. F, CAN, I, HALPERN, B., HAMMOND, J, IM, S, COTTON. R. G. H, DANKS, D. M„ FREEMAN, R. - Metabolic Studies on Two Patients with non-hepatic Tyrosinemia using Deuterated Tyrosine Loads, Pediatric Research II: 631, 1977. 27. FORTUNE, DENYS W. and KITCHEN, WILLIAM H. - Malformations in Infants of Very Low Birth Weight. Med. J. Aust. I: 239-242, 1977. 28. McCREDIE. D. A. - Vomiting and Diarrhoea in Young Children, Patient Management. Vol. I. pp. 53-61, 1977. 29. NIEDERWIESER, A, MATASOV1C, A, TIPPETT, P. and DANKS, D. M. - A new Sulfur Amino Acid, named Hawkinsin. Identified in a Babv with Transient Tyrosinemia and her Mother. Clin. Chim. Ada. 76: 345-356, 1977. 30. OBERKLAID, F. M, DANKS, D. M, MAYNE, V. and CAMPBELL, P. - Asphyxiating Thoracic Dysplasia. Clinical, Radiological and Pathological Information Regarding 10 Patients. Arch. Dis. Childh. 52: 758, 1977. 31. ROY, NEIL D. and KITCHEN, W. H, NETS: A New System for Neonatal Transport, Med. J. Aust. 2: 855-858, 1977. 32. SHEFFIELD, L. J, SCHLESINGER, P., FAULL, K, HALPERN, B. J, SCIIIER, G.M., COTTON, R. G. H., HAMMOND, J. and DANKS, D. M. - Iminopeptiduria, Skin Ulceration and Edema in a Boy with Prolidase Deficiency. J. Pediat. 91: 578. 1977. 33. WARNE, G. +.. ALFORD, F. P, CHISHOLM, D.J. and COURT, J. - Glucagon and Diabetes. Complete Suppression of Glucagon by Insulin in Human Diabetes. Clinical Endocrinology. 6. 277-284, 1977. 34. WATSON, B. M, SCHLESINGER, P. and COTTON, R. G. H. - Dihydroxanthopterinuria in Phenylketonuria and Lethal Hyperphcnylalanincmia Patients, Clin. Chim. Acta 78: 4 1 7, 1977.

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. CARTWRIGHT. E. C. - Studies on Phenylanine Hydroxylase and Connective Tissue Disorders Using Cell Culture

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy CHOO. H. K. - Cell Culture and Biochemical Studies on Phenylketonuria F1RGA1RA, F. — Studies on Human Dihvdropteridine Reductase GRAYSTONE, J. E. - Insulin as a Growth Hormone McKERN, N. - Structure and Function of Serum Growth Hormones Related to Somatomedins, including Martin's Peptide Doctor of Medicine CARMICHAEl, A. — Epidemiology of Health and Illness in Young Families in Brunswick SILLENCE, D. O. - Bone Dysplasias - Genetic and Ultrastructural Studies with Special Reference lo Osteogenesis Imperfecta Master of Science ALEXANDER. S. - Study of Altitudes lo Food and Ealing Habits of Mothers of Obese and Normally Nourished Infanls BIRNER. R. — Chromosomal Location of Genes Coding for Human Immunoglobulin Production PAEDIATRICS 145

FIELD, J. — Mechanism of Insulin Super-sensitivity Accompanying Reduced Meal Frequency MANN, J. — Copper Metabolism of Copper Deficient Mouse Mutants in Relationship to Menkes' Syndrome MARTIN. G. — Effects of Increased Dietary Cholesterol Intake on Metabolism on Cholesterol Levels in Children with Familial IIypercholesterolaemia WATSON, B. M. - Pterins in Human Urine YAP, C. — Studies of Mammalian Phenylalanine Hydroxylase Master of Social Work RYAN, M. M. - Psycho-social Aspects of Low Birth Weight

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been recieved as follows: — Apex Foundation for Research into Mental Retardation. Australian Hospital and Health Services Commission. Australian Kidney Foundation. Clive and Vera Ramaciotti Foundation. Department of Aboriginal Affairs. National Health and Medical Research Council. Percy Baxter Charitable Trust. Royal Children's Hospital Research Foundation. Royal Children's Hospital Research Grants Committee. LJtah Foundation. PATHOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor (i. S. Christie Professor GEORGE SWANSON CHRISTIE Readers PRITHVIPALL SINGH BHATHAL CHARLES RICHARD GREEN JOHN VICTOR HURLEY Reader in Neuropathology ROSS MeDONALD ANDERSON Senior Lecturers KATHRYN NAKASH1AN HAM JOHN DA Ml EN TANGE Lecturers THELMA JEAN BAXTER CHRISTOPHER CAMPION FUNDER REX NEWBURY LE PAGE Principal Research Fellow (NH & MRC) in Renal Disease GRAEME BRUCE RYAN Principal Research Fellow (Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria) GORDON CHARLES HARD Research Fellows - Part-time JILL MERR11-YN BLUNCK ANNE G1I.MOUR JABARA NORMAN PETER MADSEN RESEARCH TOPIC'S IN PROGRESS 1. Studies in acute inflammation. 2. Neuropathology. 3. Selective cell toxicity. 4. Carcinogenesis. 5. Studies on liver pathology. 6. Studies in renal pathology.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOK 1. RYAN. G. B. and MA.INO. Ci — "Inflammation" Kalamazoo. The Upjohn Company, 1077.

ARTICLES 2. BOUVIER, C. A, GABBIANI, Ci, RYAN, G. B, BADONNEL, M.-C, MAJNO. G. and LUSCTIEK. E. F. - Binding of Anti-Actin Antibodies to Platelets. Thromhos. Haemo.sla.s. 2: 321-328 (1977). 3. CROWE, C. A, CALDER, I. C, MADSEN, N. P, FUNDER, C. C, GREEN. C. R, HAM. K. N. and TANGE, J. D. — An Experimental Model of Analgesic-Induced Renal Damage - Some Effects of p- Aminophenol on Rat Kidney Mitochrondria. Xenobiodca 7: 345-356 (1977). 4. CROWE, CHRISTINE A.', MADSEN, NORMAN P. and TANGE. JOHN D. - Loss of Kidney Microsomal Glucose-6-Phosphatase Activity following Acute Administration of /)-Aminophcnol. Biochem. Pharmacol. 26: 2069-2071 (1977). 5. DALE. CHERYL and HURLEY, J. V. - An Electron-Microscope Study ofthe Mechanism of Bleeding in Experimental Thrombocytopenia. J. Path. 121: 193-204 (1977). 6. FIELD, JENNIFER, HURLEY, J. V. and McCALLUM, N. E. W. - The Mechanism or Escape of Plasma Protein from Small Blood Vessels in the Mucosa ofthe Small Intestine ofthe Rat. J. Path. 121- 51-58 (1977). 7. KUHN. K. W, RYAN, G. B, HEIN, S. J, GAI.ASKE. R. G. and KARNOVSKY. M. J. - An Ultrastructural Studv of the Mechanisms of Proteinuria in Rat Nephrotoxic Nephritis Lab Invest. 36. 375- 387 (1977). 8. PHILLIPS, W. A. and BLUNCK. JILL M. - Inhibition of Chemical Carcinogenesis: Increased Activity of Soluble RNA Polymerase in the Liver of Rats Protected Against 3'MeDAR Hcpalocarcinoeenesis by Dietary Chloramphenicol. Europ. J. Cancer 13: 729-747 (1977). 9. RYAN, G. B. and MAJNO. G. - Acute Inflammation: A Review. Amer. J. Path. 86: 185-274 (1977). 10. WYER, HELEN G, JABARA, ANNE G. and O'SHEA, J. D. - A Modified Technique for Isolating Epithelial Cell Nuclei from Rat Mammary Gland. Analvl. Biochem. 79: 561-567 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DECREES Doctor of Medicine 1. RYAN, G. B. - Studies on Inflammation and Repair Doctor of Science 2. HARD, Cr. C. - Collected Works

146 PATHOLOGY 147

Master ofScience 3. CROWE, C. A. - An Experimental Mattel of Analgesic Induced Renal Damage - A Biochemical Study ofp- Aminophenol Induced Renal Tubular Necrosis 4. SMITH, M. I, — Rat Liver RN't Content and the Mitotic Response During Early Stages oj Azo Dye Carcinogenesis 5. WOOD, S. L. - The Role of Capillaries in the Formation of Inflammatory Exudate

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress B. E. CLARKE — Crescent Formation in Glomerulonephritis J. E. LABUC — Mechanism of Inhibition by Chloramphenicol of Azo Dye Carcinogenesis C. P. LEE — Studies on the Toxicitv of Mimosine. a Non-Protein Amino Acid W. A. PHILLIPS - Effects of Carcinogens on RNA M. B. SMITH — Studies in Haemoglobin Production with Particular Reference to the Thulassaemias V. M. SURTEES - The Study ofthe Inter-Relationship of Renal Disease and Hypertension M.Sc Theses in Progress G. N. MARKS — Ejfects of a Progestogen {M edroxy-progesterone Acetate] on Tumour Initiation and Growth Behaviour H. A. PEREIRA — Opsonic Factors in Serum

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have heen received as follows: — Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: Identification and Analysis of Cellular Phenomena Relevant to Chemical Carcinogenesis. Anti-Cancer Council of Victoria: 7,I2-Dimcthylbenz(a)anthraccne Breast Cancer: Hormonal Influences on Tumour Initiation and Promotion. NH & MRC: Peripheral Nerve Disease in Man and Animal. NH & MRC: Mechanisms of Cholestasis. NH & MRC: Structure and Function of Normal and Injured Vascular Endothelium. NH & MRC: Intracellular Changes in Analgesic Nephrotoxicity. Nicholas: Studies on Nephrotoxicity. Rowden White Trust: Studies on Toxicity of Abnormal Amino Acids. PATHOLOGY

AUSTIN HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor H. D. Attwood

Full-time Officers Professor HAROLD DALLAS ATTWOOD Deputy Chairman and Senior Lecturer CHRISTOPHER JOHN LOUIS Senior Lecturer SHEUNG TO CHOU Senior Tutor XENIA DENNETT Part-time Officers Professorial Associate in Pathology PETER ANTHONY CASTALDI Senior Associate in Pathology BEN MacMAHON WADHAM Associate in Pathology HENRY JOHN COOK IRETON Research Associate in Pathology JOHN MICHAEL CONNELLAN Research Assistant GILLIAN BARTON ROSE Tutor EDWARD WOODALL GAULT Hospital Staff JOSEPH MICHAEL XIPELL

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Comparative anatomy of arachnoid villi in the brain and spinal cord of Dasyurid marsupials. 2. Computerised scanning programme for quantitative assessment of bone histology. 3. Electron microscopic study of undifferentiated tumours. 4. Histochemical and ultrastructural studies of skeletal muscle. 5. History of the Austin Hospital. 6. Mechanism of suppression of malignancy using human/human and human/mouse hybrid cells. 7. Surface dependent platelet reactions. PUBLISHED WORK ARTICLES 1. ATTWOOD, H. D. and DENNETT. XENIA - Clonorchis sinensis. Aust. J. Med. Technol. 8: 99-100 (1977). 2. CASTALDI, P. A., CONNELLAN, J. M., SMITH, I. and MICHEL, H. - Platelet Factor XI. (Abstr.) Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 38: 211 (1977). 3. CONNELLAN, J, BOWDEN, S. and CASTALDI, P. A. - The involvement of Factors XII and XI in platelet coagulant activity. (Abstr.) Thrombosis and Haemostasis. 38: 127 (1977). 4. CONNELLAN, J., CASTALDI, P. A. and MUNTZ, R. - The role of Factor XI in the coagulant activity of platelets. Haemostasis. 6: 41-52 (1977). 5. DAVIS, D. J., DOWLING, J. and XIPELL, J. M. - Gold nephropathy. Pathology. 9: 281-288 (1977). 6. GORMAN, J. and CASTALDI, P. A. — Characterization of multiple forms of human thrombin (Abstr.). Thrombosis and Haemostasis, 38: 147 (1977). 7. GRIFFITHS, M. H, THOMAS, D. P., XIPELL, J. M. and HOPE, R. N. - Thorotrast induced bilateral carcinoma of the kidney. Pathology, 9: 43-48 (1977). 8. LOUIS, C. J. - The effect of cigarette smoke on aryl hydrocarbon hydroxylase activity and cytochrome P450 content in rat liver and lung microsomes. Oncology. 33: 197-200 (1977). 9. MARTIN, T. J, JERUMS, G., MELICK, R. A., XIPELL, J. M. and ARNOTT. R. - Clinical, biochemical and histological observations on the effect of Porcine Calcitonin in Paget's disease of bone. A ust. N.Z. J. Med.. 7: 36-43 (1977). 10. MUNTZ, R. and CASTALDI, P. A. - The use of rabbit antisera in the preparation of Factor XII free platelet rich and platelet poor plasma. Haemostasis, 6: 35-40 (1977). 11. SEWELL, R. B„ HOFFMAN, N. E., IRETON, H. J. C. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - Plasma disappearance of intravenously injected radiolabeled glycholic acid in patients with liver disease. Aust. N.Z. J. Med. 7: 148-150 (1977). 12. XIPELL, J. M. and ALLEN, P. W. - Test and teach, number 12: Ewing's sarcoma. Pathologv. 9: 268-269 (1977). 13. XIPELL, J. M., HAM, K. N, PRICE, C. G. and THOMAS, D. P. - Acute silicolipoproteinosis. Thorax. 32: 104-111 (1977).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ATRF: Lung Carcinogenesis. NH & MRC: A platelet contribution to the initiation of coagulation. A study of the platelet - contact factor interrelationship. NH & MRC: Study of the mechanism of suppression of malignancy.

148 PHARMACOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor M. J. Rand

Professor MICHAEL JOHN RAND Reader WILLIAM JOHN LANG Reader in Applied Pharmacology, joint appointment with Department of Medicine, St. Vincents Hospital MAURICE LAURENCE MASHFORD Senior Lecturers MAX RAPHAEL FENNESSY MARIAN WYN McCULLOCH DAVID FREDERICK STORY Lecturers FRANCIS JOSEPH LASKA MICHAEL WILLIAM NOTT Principal Tutor WAN SOON GAY Tutors CATHERINE SARANTOS ROBERT GEZA PADANYI Senior Academic Associates JOCELYN NINA O'NEIL COLIN RAPER Senior Research Fellow JANINA STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK Research Officer BRONWEN JEAN SMITH Research Assistant WENDY HOPE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Studies on the release, uptake and metabolism of the sympathetic transmitter, noradrenaline, in the peripheral and central nervous system. 2. Mode of action of clonidine, prazosin and beta-adrenoreceptor antagonist drugs in hypertension. 3. Effects of nicotinic agonists on noradrenergic transmission. 4. Neurochemical basis of drug abuse. 5. Mechanisms of blood pressure control: renin-angiotensin system and hypercapnia. 6. Sympathetic cardiovascular reflex. 7. Prostaglandins and cutaneous nociception. 8. Effects of levodopa and metabolites on skeletal muscle contractions and the cardiovascular system. 9. Involvement of cyclic nucleotides in neuronal and vascular responses to antihypertensive agents. 10. Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoceptor antagonists. 11. Pharmacology of vasodilator mechanisms. 12. Behavioural aspects of drug dependency. 13. The use of anticonvulsant drugs in pregnancy. 14. Monitoring of drug use in a hospjtal. 15. Pharmacokinetics of cytarabine. 16. Effects of liver disease on drug metabolism.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS IN BOOKS 1. RAND, M. J. and JUREVICS, HELGA - The pharmacology of rauwolfia alkaloids: In Handbook of Experimental Pharmacology, XXXIX, ed. Gross, F. pp. 77-159, Springtr-Verlag (1977). 2. RAND, M. J. and McCULLOCH, M. W. - Modes of Action of Antidepressants, in Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed. G. Burrows, pp. 137-155, Excerpta Medica, London, 1977.

PAPERS 1. MAJEWSKI, H. and STORY, D. F. — Paper chromatographic separation of noradrenaline and its metabolites. J. Chromatography. 139: 218-222 (1977). 2. HOPE, W, McCULLOCH, M. W., STORY, D. F. and RAND, M. J. - Effects of pimozide on noradrenergic transmission in rabbit isolated ear arteries. Eur. J. Pharmac. 46: 101-111 (1977). 3. FENNESSY, M. R. and TAYLOR, D. A. - The effect of A'-tetrahydrocannabinol on body temperature and brain amine concentrations in the rat at different ambient temperatures. Br. J. Pharmac. 60: 65-71 (1977). 4. TAYLOR, D. A. and FENNESSY, M. R. - Biphasic nature of the effects of A'-tetrahydrocannabinol on body temperature and brain amines of the rat. Europ. J. Pharmac. 46: 93-99 (1977). 5. LASKA, F. J. and FENNESSY, M. R. — Dissociation of increased 5-hydroxyindoleacetic acid levels and physical dependence: the effects of naloxone. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol.. 4: 515-523 (1977). 6. FENNESSY, M. R. and LASKA, F. J. - Animal models for the induction of alcohol dependence. A.J.A.D.D.. 4: 63-65. 7. FENNESSY, M. R. and LASKA, F. J. - Naturally occurring opiate-like substances in the brain. A.J.A.D.D.. 4: 28-29 (1977).

149 150 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

8. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. and DUSTING, G. J. - Sympathetic cardiovascular reflex initiated by bradykinin-induced stimulation of cardiac pain receptors in the dog. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol.. 4:443-452 (1977). 9. HERBACZYNSKA-CEDRO, K. and STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. - Suppression of thc release of prostaglandin-like substances by hydrocortisone in vivo. Prostaglandins. 13: 517-531 (1977). 10. STASZEWSKA-BARCZAK, J. and DUSTING, G. J. - Circulatory response to haemorrhage in relation to the pattern of accompanying humoral reaction. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 201 (1977). 11. MOHSIN, SYED, OPPERMAN, B. L, PENNEFATHER, J. N. and TAYLOR, D. A. - Adrenergic innervation ofthe ovarian suspensory ligament in the guinea-pig. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol.. 4: 231 (1977). 12. HOROWITZ, J. D. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Effects of prostaglandins on isolated blood vessels. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 197 (1977). 13. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD. M. L. - The biological activity of C-terminal partial sequences of Substance P. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Phvsiol. 4: 199 (1977). 14. HOROWITZ, J. D. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Purification ofa vasodilator peptide in Cohn Fraction III-O of human plasma proteins. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: 199-200 (1977). 15. MASHFORD, M. L. and HOROWITZ, J. D. - Perhexilene maleate, a new anti-anginal drug. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol. 4: 206 (1977). 16. LAMBERT, G. A. and LANG, W. J. — Interaction between yohimbine alkaloids and amphetamine in mice. Psychopharmacology. SI: 209-212 (1977). 17. LANG, W. J, LATIFF. A. A., McQUEEN, A. and SINGER, G. - Self-administration of nicotine with and without a food delivery schedule. Pharmac. Biochem. and Behaviour, 7: 65-70. 18. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Cardiovascular effects of synthetic substance P in several species. Eur. J. Pharmac. 45: 335-340 (1977). 19. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Stability of substance P in blood. Eur. J. Pharmac. 45/ 257-260 (1977). 20. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Pharmacological investigation of synthetic substance P on isolated guinea-pig ileum. Clin. Exp. Pharmac. Physiol . 4: 453-461 (1977). 21. BURY, R. W. and MASHFORD, M. L. - Substance P: its pharmacology and physiological roles. .-Iiitr. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci.. 55: 671-735 (1977). 22. ROBERTSON. M. B., BREEN, K. J, DESMOND, P. A, MASHFORD, M. L. and McHUGH, A. J. - Incidence of antibiotic-related diarrhoea and pseudomembranous colitis — a prospective study of Lincomycin, Clindamycin and Ampicillin. Med. J. Aust.. I: 243-246 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FRIEDMAN,J. — Psychopharmacological and psychophysiological studies in normal subjects and psychiatric patients 2. ROSS, J. W. — Pharmacological and conditional factors associated with cocaine dependence

THESES IN PROGRESS

PhD Theses in Progress BRYANT, B. J. — Catecholamine release and uptake in guinea-pig hypothalamus COLE, H. A. - Mode of action of antihypertensive drugs DEECHOl, P. — Receptor interactions of autonomic transmitters FINNIN, B. — Pharmacology of melatonin GOLDIE, R. — Interactions between corticosteroids and catecholamines HOPE, W. — Factors influencing the release of noradrenaline from adrenergic nerves in cardiovascular tissue HOROWITZ, J. D. — Vasoactivity of some plasma proteins and peptides on an isolated vein LATIFF, A. A. — Conditional factors in administration of nicotine and related alkaloids LASKA, F. J. — Behavioural, physiological and biochemical parameters associated with opiate dependence LAW, M. — Modification of noradrenergic transmission by adrenoreceptor agonists and antagonists MAJEWSKI, H. — Modification of autonomic neurotransmission by antihypertensive drugs MEDGETT, I. C. — Structure-activity relationships of a series of N-substituted imidazoline compounds MERICAN, Z. — Effects of levodopa and its metabolites on skeletal muscle in the cardiovascular system. MILLER, R. C. — Comparative studies on myocardial and coronary responses to drugs PADANYI, R. G. — Studies on vasodilator responses produced by drugs and stimulation ofthe central nervous system SARANTOS, C. - Effects of nicotine on adrenergic neurotransmitter mechanisms SIN, Y-O — The role of prostaglandins in cutaneous nociception SUNBHANICH, M. — Pharmacodynamics of beta-adrenoreceptor antagonists TAYLOR, D. A. — Pharmacological and biochemical parameters associated with the acute and chronic use of cannabis TUNG, L-H — Transmitter dynamics in relation lo antihypertensive activity

M.Sc Theses in Progress FINNIGAN, D. — Adrenergic innervation of the lung EDDIE, G. A. — Identification of central and peripheral nerve pathways involved in vasodilator responses PHARMACOLOGY 151

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH & MRC: Studies on release and inactivation ofthe sympathetic transmitter noradrenaline NH & MRC: Effects of levodopa on skeletal muscle contractions NH & MRC: Physiological mechanisms involved in the regulation of peripheral autonomic transmitter release. NH & MRC: Mechanisms of blood pressure control. NHF: Modulation of cardiac and vasomotor sympathetic transmission. ARGC: Investigation ofthe neural pathways concerned in non-cholinergic vasodilatation. ATRF: Conditional factors concerned with nicotine as a reinforcer of behaviour. PHYSIOLOGY Chairman of department: Professor Ian Darian-Smith Professors IAN DARIAN-SMITH ALLAN JOHN DAY Readers SANDFORD LLOYD SKINNER EVERTON ROWE TRETHEWIE Senior Lecturers CHRISTOPHER BELL MARY HAZEL DEAN CHENNELLS KENNETH OLAFUR JOHNSON PATRICIA PRICE KEOGH JOHN SIMON McKENZIE TREVOR GORDON REDGRAVE KENNETH HILL SHANKLY ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR-COGHLAN Lecturers JOHN MICHAEL DAVIS ANTONY WILFRED GOODWIN ROBERT EDWARD KEMM YOSHIO SHIGENAGA Senior Tutors PAUL KENINS FELIX ALEXANDER SHAMGAR Tutors ANDREW PAUL BENDRUPS RAYMOND J. RODGERS Senior Associate RODGER HENRY WATSON Senior Research Fellow JOHN KERR FINDLAY Research Fellows JAMES CLEMENT CERINI MILDRED ELSIE DUNCAN CERINI IAIN CLARKE Junior Research Fellow ROGER DONALD HOOLEY Senior Research Officers JEFFREY ALAN McDONELL SIMON OLDF1ELD ARTHUR SHULKES Graduate Research Assistants RONALD SAMUEL CARSON MARION JOYCE SHEERS JOHN SWANEY LESLEY WALKER ROSLYN KUSHINSKI RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

1. Coding of information about changes in skin temperature in thc primate cutaneous nerve. 2. Coding of information in primate cutaneous nerve about textured and patterned surfaces moving on the skin. 3. Tactile pattern recognition: psychophysical and neural studies. 4. Functions of the caudate nucleus and its output targets. 5. Neurophysiologies! properties of thalamo-striatal neurones. 6. Discharge behaviour of Gamma-moloneurones. 7. Physiology of the Renin-Angiotensin System. 8. Cellular mechanisms of hormone secretion from isolated superfused glomeruli. 9. A morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in experimental aminonucleoside nephrosis. 10. Relation between intrarenal control of filtration rate and body fluid homeostasis. 11. Foetal fluid and electrolyte balance. 12. Endocrinology of thc oestrous cycle and early pregnancy in the sheep. 13. Clover infertility in sheep. 14. Endocrinology of lactation in sheep. 15. An immunological test for pregnancy in sheep, pigs and horses. 16. Mechanism of development of genetic hypertension in rats. 17. Presynaptic control of autonomic transmission. 18. Identification of dopaminergic neurones in the autonomic nervous system. 19. Distribution of vascular amine receptors in the dog limb. 20. Physiological correlates of physical fitness. 21. Cardiovascular system - Surface E.C.G. orthogonal recording. 22. Conversion of linoleic acid to arachidonic acid in vivo in control and atherosclerotic rabbits. 23. Incorporation of prostaglandin E1 into tissues of control and atherosclerotic rabbits in vivo. 24. The effect of cholesterol feeding on peroxide levels in rabbit tissues. 25. Formation and metabolism of chylomicron remnant particles. 26. The metabolism of dietary cholesterol.

152 PHYSIOLOGY 153

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. CERINI, M, FINDLAY, J. K, LAWSON, R. A. S., and STAPLES, L. D. - Pregnancy associated antigens in early pregnancy in the ewe, in Immunological influence on human fertility, ed. B. Boettcher, pp. 131 -135. Academic Press. 1977. 2. CUMMING. I. A. and FINDLAY, J. K. - Evolution of ovarian function in sheep and cattle, in Reproduction and Evolution, eds. J. H. Calaby and C. H. Tyndale-Biscoe, pp. 225-233. Aust. Acad. Science, I977. 3. DAY, A. J, SHEERS, M. and KAR, S. - Synthesis and removal of free cholesterol and cholesterol ester by smooth muscle cells in tissue culture, in Atherosclerosis IV, eds. G. Schettler, Y. Goto, Y. Hata and G. Klose, pp.45, 57-62, Springer-Verlag, Berlin and Heidelberg, 1977. 4. LAWSON, R. A. S. and FINDLAY, J. K. — Embryo maternal interactions concerned w-ith recognition of pregnancy, in Reproduction and Evolution, eds. J. H. Calabv and C. H. Tyndale-Biscoe, pp. 349-357. Aust. Acad. Science, 1977. 5. STAPLES, L. D, LAWSON, R. A. S.. CERINI, M. and FINDLAY. J. K. - The characterization of an anligen(s) associated with pregnancy in the ewe, in Immunological influence on human fertility, ed. B. Boettcher. pp. 139-152. Academic Press. 1977. 6. WINTOUR. E. M, BROWN. E. H, DENTON, D. A, HARDY. K. J, McDOUGALL, J. G, ROBINSON, P. M.. ROWE, E. J. and WHIPP, G. T. - Cortical steroid production by fetal sheep: Effect of Angiotensin II, sodium deficiency ACTH in Research on Steroids Vol VII cd. C. Conti, pp. 567-573. Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1977.

ARTICLES 1. BELL, C. and LANG, W. J. — Effects of renal dopamine receptor and p-adrcnorcceptor blockade on rises in blood angiotensin following haemmorhage, renal ischaemia and frusemide diuresis in the dog. Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 54: 17-23 (1978). 2. BELL. C. and MATALANIS, G. — Dopamine-induced depression of adrenergic nerve - mediated contraction of smooth muscle. Br. J. Pharmac. 61: 291-295 (1977). 3. BELL, C. and MYA, M. K. K. - Is the renal vasodilatation induced by P-adrenoceptor stimulants in thc dog mediated through dopamine receptor? Experientia 33: 638-639 (1977). 4. BELL, C. and MYA, M. K. K. — Release by vasopressin of E-type prostaglandins from rat kidney. Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 52: 103-106 (1977). 5. BRETHERTON, K. N, DAY, A. J. and SKINNER, S. L. - Effect on hypertension of the in vitro incorporation of [l-!*C]-oleate into phospholipid and cholesterol ester in the aortac of normal-fed and cholesterol fed rabbits. Klinische Wochenschrift. 53: 283-288 (1977). 6. BRETHERTON, K. N, DAY. A. J. and SKINNER, S. L. - Hypertension accelerated atherogenesis in cholesterol-fed rabbits. Atherosclerosis. 27: 79-87 (1977). 7. CHAMLEY, W. A.. FINDLAY, J. K. and NAIRN, M. E. - The effect of testosterone and an anti- oestrogen on hypertrophy of bulbourethral glands of wethers grazing oestrogenic pastures. Aust. Vet. J. 53: 476-477 (1977). 8. DARIAN-SMITH, I. — Peripheral neural mechanisms of thermal sensibility. Proc. Aust. Phvsiol e? Pharmacol. Soc. 8: 17-27 (1977). 9. DARIAN-SMITH. I.. JOHNSON, K. O. - Temperature sense in the primate. Br. Med. Bull. 33: 143-148 (1977). 10. DARIAN-SMITH. 1. and JOHNSON. K. O. - Thermal sensibility and thermoreceptors. J. Invest. Dermatology. 69: 146-153 (1977). 11. DAY, A. J. and SHEERS, M. — Synthesis and removal of different cholesterol esters by aortic smooth muscle cells in culture. Atherosclerosis. 26: 483-492 (1977). 12. DAY. A. J.. SHEERS. M, KAR, S. and MARTIN, G. - Turnover of !:P-labellcd phospholipids by rabbit aortic smooth muscle cells in culture. .-Irterv. 3: 84-97 (1977). 13. DENIAN. J. M, HAMMOND-LeGUYADER, C. FEGER. .1. and McKENZIE. .1. S. - Bilateral projection of nigro-collicular neurones: an electrophysiological analysis in thc rat. Neuroscience Letters 5:45- 50 (1977). 14. DENIAN, J. M.. HAMMOND-LeGUYADER, C, FEGER. J. and McKENZIE. J. S. - Excitation of neurones in Corpus huysii by stimulation of putamen or caudate nucleus in the conscious monkey. Proc. Aust. Phvsiol

23. McKENZIE, J. S. and BENDRUPS, A. — Inhibition des reponses somatiques unitaires du thalamus non- specifique par stimulation de I'hippocampe et de l'aire entorlinale: effets de la section du fornix. J. de Physiologie (Paris) 73: 49A (1977). 24. O'SHEA, J. D.. NIGHTINGALE, M. G. and CHAMLEY, W. A. - Changes in small blood vessels during cyclical luteal regression in sheep. Biol. Reprod. 17: 162-177 (1977). 25. REDGRAVE, T. G- Catabolism of chylomicron triacvlglycerol and choleslervl ester in genetically obese rats. J. Lipid Research. 18: 604-612 (1977). 26. REDGRAVE, T. G. and MARTIN, G. — Effects of chronic ethanol consumption on the catabolism of chylomicron triacvlglycerol and cholesteryl ester in the rat. Atherosclerosis 28: 69-80 (1977). 27. REDGRAVE, T. G. and SN1BSON, D. A. - Clearance of chylomicron triacylglycerol and cholesteryl ester from the plasma of slreptozotocin-induced diabetic and hypercholesterolemic hypothyroid rats. Metabolism 26: 493-503 (1977). 28. REDGRAVE, T. G. and VAKAKIS, N. - Hepatic vitamin A fat-storage cells and the metabolism of chylomicron cholesterol. Aust. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 54: 519-525 (1976). 29. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Pool sizes and metabolism of CDP choline and CDP ethanolamine in skeletal muscle. Biochim. Biophvs. Res. Commun. 76: 550-558 (1977). 30. SHAMGAR, F. A. and COLLINS, F. D. - Incorporation of 2-!H-elhanolamine into rat muscle phosphoglyceridcs. Anil. J. Exp. Biol. Med. Sci. 54: 371-378 (1977). 31. TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Barlow's Syndrome - HIS'S E.C.G. Medical Journal of Australia I: 640-641 (1977). 32. TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Constancy ofthe H-V interval and contour in lead A: surface HIS'S bundle E.C.G. Medical Journal of Australia. 2: 230-231 (1977). 33. TRETHEWIE, E. R. — The effect of zinc on gastric acid secretion. Australian Science and Technology. 15. (1977). 34. TRETHEWIE, E. R. - Recurrence after Vagotomy. Medical Journal of Australia.3 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy KEOGH. E. J. — Regulation of Testicular Function

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress A. P. BENDRUPS - Functions of the caudate nucleus R. S. CARSON — The endocrine control of follicular maturation A. F. FREEMAN — Transduction mechanisms of tactile mechanoreceptors R. D. HOOLEY — Endocrine control of lactation in the ewe K. HUDSON — The effect of hormones on atherosclerosis in the rabbit H. A. JONAS — Control of secretion of FSH and GnRH in the ewe J. R. PHILLIPS — Perception of stationary tactile panerns- neural and psychophysical mechanisms D. K. ROGERS — Hippocampus and caudate nucleus: Influences on Medial thalamus R. D. TELFORD — Studies in human power and capacity M.Sc Theses in Progress

A. BROWN — The influence ofthe embryo on the production and release of prostaglandin F; by the ovine uterus E. J. BROWN — Adrenocortical steroids in the ovine foetus I. DAVIDSON — Neural mechanisms of texture perception I. GILLAM — Tachyphylaxis of exercise induced asthma (Jointly supervised by Dept. Thoracic Med. Royal Childrens Hospilal) G. LAMB — Neural patterns evoked by moving patterns on the skin N. VAKAKIS - Uptake of remnants by isolated hepatocytes

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australian Equine Research Fund: Reproductive endocrine studies in the mare. Australian Kidney Fund: Morphological and micropuncture study of glomerular membrane permeability in experimental amnionucleoside nephrosis. Australian Meat Industry Research Committee: The regulation of follicular development in the ovary ofthe ewe. Australian Pig Industry Research Committee: Reproduction in Pigs: Development of an early immunological pregnancy test in sows. Australian Research Grants Committee: The hormonal mechanisms in the recognition of pregnancy in the sheep. Australian Wool Research Trust Fund. (1) Physiology of Circulating Hormones in the Ewe. (2) Physiology and Pathology of Clover Disease (3) Endocrine Control of Lactation in the Ewe. Ford Foundation: Hypothalamic mechanisms and gonadotrophins. PHYSIOLOGY 155

National Health & Medical Research Council: (1) Neural determinants of somatic sensation in the primate (2) Physiology of renin angiotensin (3) Relation between intrarenal control of filtration rale and body fluid homeostasis (4) Conversion of essential fatty acids to prostaglandins in thc arterial wall (5) Formation and metabolism of chylomicron remnant particles. National Heart Foundation of Australia: Peripheral autonomic control of thc cardiovascular system. HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE OF EXPERIMENTAL PHYSIOLOGY & MEDICINE Director: Professor D. A. Demon Professor DEREK ASH WORTH DENTON Principal Research Fellows JOHN PAUL COGHLAN - Dcputv Director BRYAN HUDSON HUGH DAVID NIALL Consultant ROY DOUGLAS WRIGHT - Professor Emeritus of Physiology Senior Research Fellow JOHN REGINALD BLAIR-WEST Research Fellows HUGH WILLIAM GORDON BAKER BRUCE ALAN SCOGGINS GEOFFREY WILLIAM TREGEAR Senior Research Officers KINGSLEY JOHN FRASER ALLEN BJORN WILHELM BORJESSON JAMES SHING KOON FAN ROSS TERRENCE FERNLEY MICHAEL JOSEPH McKINLEY JOHN FREDERICK NELSON RICHARD STUART WE1SINGER Research Officers ALDONA BUTKUS AUSMA MIROVICS CATHERINE JANE ODDIE SHIRLEY ATHELE PAMELA SIMPSON JOHN RAMSAY WALSH Research Assistants MEGAN DAI.LMORF. COLLIER - from 9/5/77 ANGELA PASSMORE GIBSON RUTH EMILY HIGGINSON ROBERT JOHN JAMES MARIE JOHN MARGARET HELEN SMITH MERILYN ANNE THOMPSON - from 16/5/77 MARI A CLEL1A VERONI - to 26/4/77 . Associated Staff GRAHAM DENE BURROWS - First Assistant, Department or Psychiatry KENNETH JOHN HARDY - Professor of Surgery, Austin Hospital JOHN SIMON McKENZIE - Senior Lecturer, Department or Physiology IVAN HORACEK - Assistant Director oi Pathologv, Roval Womens Hospital PETER MAXWELL ROBINSON - Senior Lecturer, Department or Anatomy GRAEME BRUCE RYAN - Professor or Anatomy JUDITH ANN WHITWORTH - Physician, Department ol Nephrology, Roval Melbourne Hospital ELVIE MARELYN WINTOUR - Senior Lecturer, Department or Physiology Visiting Scientists RICHARD MONROE BERGLAND - Research Fellow Josiah Macv Jr. Foundation RALPH ARDEN BRADSHAW - Research Fellow, Josiah Macv Jr. Foundation DAVID RICHARD MOUW - Research Felluw. Fogarty International Research Fellowship RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Control ol aldosterone production. 2. Steroid synthesis by isolated adrenal cells. 3. Foetal physiology. 4. Pituitary secretion directly lo the brain. 5. The control or electrolyte secretion in parotid saliva. 6. Characteristics or male infertility. 7. Purification or inhibin. 8. Relationship between prolactin and adrenal androgen production. 9. Steroid hormone secretion by hirsute women. 10 Phosphate appetite in phosphorus deficient cows. 11. The metabolism of angiotensin. 12. Regulation of renin and antidiuretic hormone and the renal excretion oi sodium and water during changes body fluid balance. 13. Hypothalamic control of salt and water balance. 14. Hormonal control or salt appetite during pregnancy and lactation. 15. Factors influencing salt appetite in sodium deficiency. 16. Renal and adrenal morphology in salt deficiency. 17. The mechanism of ACTH & adrenal steroid hypertension. 18. Renal hypertension. 19. Synthesis of human chorionic gonadotrophin peptides ror the study or immunological regulation or hum fertility. 20. Isolation and sequence determination of relaxin. 21. Synthesis or relaxin. 22. Sequence determination or human prolactin.

156 HOWARD FLOREY INSTITUTE

23. Synthesis of structural analogues and fragments of human parathyroid hormone. 24. Development of improved methodologies for solid-state synthesis of peptides. 25. The properties of parotid carbonic anhydrase. 26. Ovine renin substrate purifications. 27. The measurement and pharmacokinetics of psychotropic drugs. 28. Development of radioreceptor assays for relaxin to prolactin.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 1. COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON, D. A., FAN. J. S. K, McDOUGALL, J. G. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - Further Studies on the ACTH-induced Hypertension in Sheep - Involvement of New Hypcrtcnsinogenic Steroid Hormones, in Juvenile Hypertension, Kroc Foundation Series, eds. M. 1. New and L. S. Levine. 8, pp. 69-78, Raven Press, New York, 1977. 2. DENTON. D. A. - Some General Biological Aspects of Salt Appetite, in Central Nervous Control o/A'a + Balance — Relations to the Renin-Angiotensin System, eds. W. Kaufmann and D. K. Krause. pp. 103-111, George Thieme Publishers, Stuttgart, 1977. 3. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P., DENTON. D. A, NIALL. H. D„ SCOGGINS, B. A. and TREGEAR, G. W. - Effect of Adrenal Arterial Infusion of Saralasin (PI 13) on Aldosterone Secretion, in Drugs Affecting the Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System. Use of Angiotensin Inhibitors, eds. Stokes and Edwards, 12. pp. 53-62. Prog. Biochem. Pharmacol, Karger. Basel, 1976. 4. KEOGH, E. J, BURGER, H. G, DE KRETSER, D. M. and HUDSON. B. - Non-Surgical Management of Male Infertility, in The Human Semen and Fertility Regulation in the Male, ed. E.S.E. Hafez, pp. 452- 463, Mosby, Missouri. 1976. 5. BURGER, H. G. and DE KRETSER, D. M. — Spermatogenesis and its Endocrine Control, in The Human Semen and Fertility Regulation in the Male, ed. E. S. E. Hafez, pp. 1-16, Mosbv. Missouri, 1976. 6. LOSAY, J, MROZ. E, TREGEAR, G. W, LEEMAN, S. E. and GAMBLE. W. j. - Action of Substance P on the Coronary Blood Flow in the Isolated Dog Heart, in "Substance P". eds. U.S. von Euler and B. Pernow, pp. 287-293, Raven Press, New York, 1977.

ARTICLES 7. DENTON, D. A, BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, SCOGGINS. B. A. and WRIGHT. R. D. - Gustatory-Alimentary Reflex Inhibition of Aldosterone Hypersecretion by thc Autotransplanted Adrenal Gland of Sodium Deficient Sheep. Acta Endocrinologica 84: 119 (1977). ' 8. DEMOULIN. A, HUDSON, B, FRANCHIMONT, P. and LEGROS, J. J. - Arginine Vasotocin does not Affect Gonadotrophin Secretion in vitro. J. Endocrin. 72: 105-106 (1977). 9. COGHLAN. J. P., DENTON, D. A, FAN, J. S. K, McDOUGALL, J. G, SCOGGINS, B. A. and SHULKES, A. A. — Further Unravelling ofthe Causes of ACTH-induced Hypertension in Sheep. Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 51: 3 S295, (1976). 10. BLAIR-WEST. J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, DENTON, D. A, NIALL, H. D, SCOGGINS, B. A. and TREGEAR, G. W. — Angiotensin II Analogues and Aldosterone Secretion in Na Deficient Sheep. (Proc. I Vth Meeting Int. Soc. Hypertension, 1976), Clin. Sci. Molec. Med. 51: 3 S325 (1976). 11. BLAIR-WEST, J. R. — Renin Angiotensin System and Sodium Metabolism. International Review of Phvsiology. 2: 95-143 (176). 12. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, BROOK, A. H. and SIMPSON, P. A. - On the Question of Bodv Fluid Volume or Sodium Status Influencing Renin Release. / Phvsiol. 267: 321-328 (1977). 13. 1ARRETT. D. B, NEWELL, B, DAVIES,' B. and COGHLAN. J. P. - Adenosine 3T Cyclic Monophosphate Metabolism in Patients with Severe Depressive Illness. Psychol. Med. 7: 93-101 (1977). 14. COGHLAN. J. P, FAN, J. S. K, SCOGGINS, B. A. and SHULKES, A. A. - Measurement of Extracellular Fluid Volume and Blood Volume in Sheep. Aust. J. Biol. Sci. J2: 71-84 (1977). 15. NORMAN, T. R, BURROWS. G. D, MAGUIRE, K. P.. RUBENSTEIN, G, SCOGGINS, B. A. and DAVIES. B. - Cigarette Smoking and Plasma Nortriptyline Levels. Clin. Pharmacol. Therap. 21: 453-456 (1977). 16. BAKER. H. W. G, BURGER, H. G, DE KRETSER. D. M. and HUDSON. B. - Endocrinology of Aging: Pituitar-Tesiicular Axis. Proc. 5th Int. Congr. Endocrinol. 479-483 (1976). International Congress Series 403. Excerpta Medica. Amsterdam. 17. SCOGGINS, B. A, COGHLAN, I. P, BURROWS, G. D, MAGUIRE. K. and DAVIES, B. - Measurement of Plasma Levels of Tricyclic Drugs. Austr. N.Z. J. Psych. 10- 7-12 (1976). 18. FERNLEY, R. T. — Equine Angiotensin Converting Enzyme: A Zinc Metalloenzymc. Clin. Exper. Pharmacol. Phvsiol. 4: 267-281 (1977). 19. ROBINSON. P. M, KERRY, R. A, HARDY, K. J, COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS. B. A. - The Innervation ofthe Adrenal Cortex in the Sheep Ovis J. Anal. 124: 117-129 (1977). 20. BLAIR-WEST, J. R, COGHLAN, J. P, DENTON. D. A, GIBSON, A. P., ODDIE, C.J, SAWYER. W. H. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - Plasma Renin Activity and Blood Corticosteroids in thc Australian Lungfish Ncoceratodus Forsteri. J. Endocr. 74: 137-142 (1977). 21. WEISINGER. R. S, DENTON, D. A. and McKINLEY, M. J. - Inhibition ofWater Intake by Ouabain Administration in Sheep. Pharmacol. Biochem. & Behav., 7: 2 (1977). 22. TREGEAR. G. W„ VAN RIETSCHDTEN, J, SAVER. R, NIALL, H. D, KF.UTMANN. H. T. and POTTS, J. T. Jr. — Synthesis, Purification, and Chemical Characterization ofthe Amino Terminal 1-34 Fragment of Bovine Parathyroid Hormone Synthesized by thc Solid-Phase Procedure. Biochem. 16 2817 f 1977). 158 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

23. NEER, R. M, TREGEAR, G. W. und POTTS, J. T. Jr. - Renal Effects or Native Parathyroid Hormone and Synthetic Biologicallv Active Fragments in Pseudo-Hypoparalhvroidism and I Ivpoparanthyroidism. J Clin. Endocrin. Metabl. 44: 420 (I977). 24. ROSENBLATT, M., KEUTMANN, H. T., TREGEAR. G. W. and POTTS. J. T. Jr. - Svnthesis ofa Fragment or Human Parathyroid Hormone. J. Med Chem. 20(iil: 1452 (1977), hPTH (44-68).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. KEOGH, E. J. - Regulation nf the Testis

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress L. W. EDDIE - Studies in the Regulation of Gonadotrophin Secretion D. T. EEI — The Metabolism of Angiotensin T. J. HUMPHREY — Experimental Hypertension in Sheep 1. A. WHITWORTH — Hormonal and Renal Factors in Experimental and Clinical Hypertension M.Sc Theses in Progress S. HATZIKOSTAS - Influences of the Central Nervous System on Sodium and Water Metabolism M. C. VERON1 — Synthesis and Evaluation of Relaxin Related Peptides

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — NH & MRC: Institute Grant. State Government of Victoria: Institute Grant. National Heart Foundation: Angiotensin Metabolism and ACTH Hypertension. World Health Organization: Peptide Chemistry Research and Reproductive Research. Ford Foundation: Reproductive Endocrinology. Anti-Cancer Council or Victoria: Prolactin Receptor Studies. McGauren Trust Fund: Hypertension. Searle (Australia): Hypertension. Utah Foundation: Automatic Processing oT Data from Hypertension Studies. PSYCHIATRY

Acting Chairman of department: Dr R. A. Meares

Cato Professor of Psychiatry BRIAN MICHAEL DAVIES - on leave Reader RUSSELL AINSLIE MEARES First Assistants GRAHAM DENE BURROWS IVOR HUGH JONES Senior Lecturers in Medical Psychologv DAVID JAMES deLANCY HORNE MURRAH OSBORNE McLACHLAN Second Assistants HERBERT MICHAEL BOWER - half-time EDMOND CHIU Third Assistant BRUCE JOHN TONGE Clinical Supervisor LORRAINE DENNERSTEIN - half-time Research Social Worker BETTY TELTSCHER - part-time Research Fellow TREVOR RONALD NORMAN Research Officer JEANNETTE FRIEDMAN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS - Austin Hospital 1. A study of sensory screening and its relation to personality. 2. Stimulus intensity control in personality. 3. Stimulus intensity control in hysteria and psychogenic pain. 4. Stimulus intensity control in anxiety stales, and the effect of treatment. 5. Stimulus intensity control in depression, and the effect of treatment. 6. Psychophysiology of the menstrual cycle. 7. Psychophysiological effects of tobacco smoking. 8. Stimulus intensity control and tobacco smoking. 9. Repression and hypertension. 10. The circannial variation in suicide rates and attempted suicide. 11. A study of temporal patterns of gaze and vocalization in mother-child interaction. 12. A' longitudinal study of mother-child interaction and its relation to attachment. 13. Some physiological changes occurring during mother-child interaction. 14. Attachment in children referred for "hyperactivity". 15. Cortical evoked potentials in hyperactive children. 16. Naturopathic treatment in hyperactivity in children. 17. Attention in hysteria. 18. Post-natal depression and its effects on attachment and child development. 19. Emotional disturbance in the physically ill hospitalized child. 20. Outcome studies of group play psychotherapy for latency age children.

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS - Royal Melbourne Hospital 1. Establishing a register for Huntington's Disease throughout Australia. 2. Study on platelet Monoamine Oxidase activity in Huntington's Disease. 3. Investigation of students' attitudes towards teaching of medical psychology. 4. The nature of imagery in depression and anxiety. 5. The effectiveness of small group teaching in medicine. 6. The effects of lithium on cognitive functioning in depression. 7. Measurement of antidepressant drugs by gas liquid chromatography, radioimmunoassay, and double isotope derivative dilution assay. 8. Lithium and tricyclic antidepressant drug interactions. 9. Pharmacokinetics of maprotiline. 10. Long term effects of prophylactic lithium treatment. 11. Platelet monoamine oxidase activity in affective disorders. 12. Endocrine studies in depressive illness. 13. Hypnosis and pain. 14. Biofeedback techniques and anxiety. 15. Cardiological studies with antidepressant drugs. 16. Sex steroid hormones and behaviour.

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (St. Vincent's Hospital) 1. Non-verbal cues to psychiatric diagnosis. 2. Treatment of exhibitionism — development of new approach. 3. Self-injury — an ethologically based approach. 4. Stress factors involved in acute psychiatric illness in migrants. 5. Psychiatric disorders in western desert aboriginals.

159 160 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

PUBLISHED WORKS

BOOKS 1. BURROWS. G. D. - ed. Handbook of studies on Depression. Excerpta Medica. North Holland Pub. Co. Amsterdam (1977). 2. BURROWS, G. D. — cd. Management of Psychiatric Problems in General Practice. Geigy Psychiatric Symposium. Bloxham & Chambers, Sydney. 3. MEARES. R. A. — 77tf Pursuit of Intimacy: An Approach to Psychotherapy. Nelson. Australia, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 4. ANDREWS. S. and CHIU. E. - The intracellular Lithium Level: Is it any use? Chapter 42 Lithium in Medical Practice, eds. E. N. Johnson and S. Johnson, M.T.P. Press. Lancaster (1977). 5. BURROWS, G. D. — Psychiatric Education, 1976 in Management of Psychiatric Problems in General Practice. Geigy Psychiatric Symposium, Bloxham and Chambers. 6. BURROWS. G. D. - Plasma tricyclic levels, clinical response and drug interactions, in Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 173-194. Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977. 6a. DAVIES, B. M. - Problems of clinical research into affective disorders, in Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 271-282. Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977. 6b. SCOGGINS. B. A. and MAGUIRE, K. P. — Measurement of tricyclic antidepressant drugs in plasma, in Handbook of Studies on Depression, ed. G. D. Burrows, pp. 157-172, Excerpta Medica, Amsterdam, 1977. 7. JONES, I. H. — Hypochondriacal states in Tribal Aboriginals, in Cognitive Function of Tribal Aboriginals, ed. Carney and Mcllwain. Institute of Aboriginal Studies (1977). 8. KIDSON, M. A. and JONES, l.H. - Psychiatric Disorders among Aborigines of the Australian Western Desert, in Culture, Disease and Healing, Studies in Medical Anthropology, ed. Landv, Macmillan (1977). 9. UPTON. G. L. and TONGE. li. J. - The Essence of Mothering Children under Five, in Modern Perspectives in the Psychiatry of Infancy, cd. J. G. Howells. Brunner/Mazcl Inc. New York.

ENCYCLOPAEDIA ARTICLE 10. MEARES. R. A. — Psychiatry in Australia, in International Encyclopaedia of Neurology. Psychiatry. Psychoanalysis and Psychology, cd. B. Wolman. Van Noslrand Reinhold and Aesculapius. Publishers, N.S'. (1977).

ARTICLES

12. BETHERAS. G.. CUMMINS. .1.. DENNERSTEIN. L.. KOADLOW, E. and WOOD, C. - Sexual Counselling. Med. J. Aust. Nov. 706-708 (1977). 13. BETHERAS, G., CUMMINS, J., DENNERSTEIN, L., KOADLOW. E. and WOOD. C. - Sexualitv. Med. J. Aust. Nov.. 709-710 (1977). 14. BURROWS. G. D. - Facial Pain. Roy. Aust. Coll. Dent. Surg. 5: 81-89 (1977). 15. BURROWS, G. D. - Hypnosis and Behavioural Psychotherapy. Aust. J. Clin. Ilvpnosis 5(3): 161-167 (1977). 16. BURROWS, G. D., MAGUIRE. K. P., SCOGGINS, B. A., STEVENSON, J. and DAVIES, B. M. - Plasma nortriptyline and clinical response — A study using changing plasma levels. Psvchol. Med. 7. 87-91 (1977). 17. BURROWS. G. D., NORMAN. T. R.. MAGUIRE, K. P.. RUBINSTEIN. G., SCOGGINS. B. A. and DAVIS. B. M. - A new antidepressant Butriptyline: Plasma levels and clinical response. Med. J. Aust. 2: 604-606 (1977). 18. BURROWS. G. D„ DUMOVIC. P, SMITH, J. A.. NORMAN. T. and MAGUIRE. K. - A controlled trial of clorazepatc (Tranxene) and Diazepam (Valium) for anxiety. Med. J. Aust. 2: 525-528 (1977). 19. CHIU. E. — I ART-DIN I: The Plight or mentally ill Chinese in Victoria 1867 to 1879. Med. J. Aust. I: 541-544 (1977). 20. CHIU, E. — FART-DIN II: More aboul thc Plight ofthe Mentally III Chinese in Victoria 1867 - 1975. Med. J. Aust. I: 594-597 (1977). 21. DENNERSTEIN. 1... BURROWS. G. D., WOOD, C. and POYNTON. C. - The development of a scale for the assessment of sexual behaviour in Australian women. Aust. i\.Z. J. Psychiat. II: 233-240 (1977). 22. DENNERSTEIN. L. and BURROWS. G. D. - Non-consummation of marriage. Ausi. J. Clin. Hypnosis 5(3): 134-144 (1977). 23. DENNERSTEIN, L., WOOD, C. and BURROWS, G. D. - Sexual response following hysterectomy and oophorectomy. Obsiei. Gvnaccol. 49(1): 92-96 (1977). 24. DENNERSTEIN. L.. WOOD. C. and BURROWS, G. D. - Sexual dysfunction following hvslerectomv. Aust. Fam. Phys. 6: 535-543 (1977). 25. DENNERSTEIN, L. and BURROWS. G. D. - Sexual side effects of drugs. Med. J. Ausi. 2- 877 (1977). 26. DENNERSTEIN. L. and BURROWS, G. D. - Oral contraception and sexualitv. Med.J. Ausi. I: 796-798 (1977). 27. DENNERSTEIN, L. and BURROWS, G. D. - The management or vaginismus. Ausi. Fam. Phys. 6: 1545- 1549 (1977). 28. DUMOVIC. P.. TRETHEWIE. E. R. and BURROWS. G. D. - The effect of tricyclic antidepressant drugs on the isolated guinea-pig heart. Clin. Exp'l. Pharmacol. 4: 421-424 (1977). PSYCHIATRY 161

29. ELTON, D, BURROWS. Ci. D. and STANLEY. G. V. - Psychological control of pain. Ausi. J. Clin. Hypnosis S(\): 12-24 (1977). 30. ELTON. D. and BURROWS, G. D. - Arc phenomena necessarv in continuing therapy? Ausi. J. Clin. Hypnosis 5(3): 158-160 (1977). 31. ELTON, D. and STANLEY. G. V. - Relaxation as means of pain control. Ausi. J. Phvsioiher. 12. 3: 121- 123 (1976). 32. FOENANDER. G.. BURROWS. G. D., DEBENI1AM, P. and HJORTH. R. - The electroencephalogram, alpha activity and hypnosis. Aust. J. Clin. Hypnosis 5(2): 86-104 (1977). 33. FREEMAN. M. and TONGE, B. J. - A case study of Emotional and Cognitive Growth: A joint Treatment approach. Aust. J. Human Comm. Dis. 5: 61-67 (1977). 34. GERSCHMAN. J. A. BURROWS, G. D. and READE, P. C. - Orofacial Pain. Aust. Fam. Phvs. 6: 1219- 1225. 35. HORNE, D. J.dcL. - Behaviour therapy for trichotillomania. Behav. Res. di Therap. 15: 192-196 (1977). 36. HORNE. D. J.deL. - Behaviour therapy for psvehosexual dysfunction. Ausi. Fam. Phvs. 6: 1551-1555 (1977). 37. JONES. I. H. and ROBINSON, I. - Severe Illness wilh Anxiety following a Reputed Magical Act on an Australian Aboriginal. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 93-96 (1977). 38. JONES, l.H. — Employment difficulties among Tribal Aboriginals. Med. J. Aust. Special Suppl.: S (1977). 39. JONES. I. H. - Social unrest in an Aboriginal Community. Med. J. Aust. Special Suppl.. I: 5-7 (1977). 40. JONES. I. H. and FREI, D. Z. - Induced anxiety as a Treatment for Chronic Exhibitionism. Brit. J. Psvchiat. 131: 295-300 (1977). 41. MEARES. R. and HOBSON, R. - The Persecutory Therapist. Brit. J. Med. Psvchol. December (1977). 42. NORMAN, T. R, BURROWS, G. D.. MAGUIRE, K. P., RUBINSTEIN, G., SCOGGINS. B. A. and DAVIES. B. M. - Ciearctte smoking and plasma nortriptyline levels. Clin Pharmacol. Ther. 21: 453-456 (1977). 43. NORMAN, T. R, MAGUIRE. K. P. and BURROWS, G. D. - Determination of therapeutic levels or butriptyline in plasma by gas-liquid chromatography. J. Chrom. 134: 524-528 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DECREE Doctor of Philosophy I. FRIEDMAN, J. - Psychopharmacological and Psychophysiological Studies in Normal Subjects and Psychiatric Patients

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy L. J. BRANTON - The Physiology of Hypothalamic Releasing Hormones in Affective Disorders I.. DENNERSTEIN — The effects of steroid hormones on sexuality, mood and behaviour P. DUMOVIC - 1'he effects of psychotropic drugs on the cardiovascular system K. P. MAGUIRE - Studies on the interaction and clinical response to psychotropic drugs D. N. PROPERT — Some studies of genetic markers in the blood plasma of normal subjects and patients with various psychiatric disorders Doctor of Medicine .1. J. MANN - Platelet Monoamine Oxidase activity in psychiatric disorders Bachelor of Medical Science M. SIM — Personality Studies in Alcoholic Women Master of Science P. D. CUMMINS - Aspects of Psychiatric Evidence in Legal Trials M. A. PANSA - A'on Verbal Aspects of Psychiatric Diagnosis JULIE-MAREE SHAW - The Uses of Ruling Scales in Studies of Depression

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grunts have been received as follows: — NH & MRC: Physiological study of attachment. NH & MRC: Measurement ol'psychotropic drugs in biological fluids. Australian Tobacco Research Foundation: A psychophysiological study ol' tobacco smoking. Mental Health Research Fund: Treatment or Exhibitionism. RADIOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor W. S. C Hare Edgar Rouse Professor WILLIAM SAMUEL CALHOUN HARE First Assistant BRIAN MAXWELL TRESS Senior Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) JAMES SYME LEON SLONIM' Senior Associate (St. Vincent's Hospital) ERIC JOHN GILFORD Senior Associate (Austin Hospital) DAVID POWELL THOMAS Senior Associate (Peter McCullum Hospital) JOHN JOSEPH MARTIN Associates (Roval Melbourne Hospital) MAURICE MALCOLM McKEOWN JOSEPHINE KAVANAGH PETER ROSS Research Fellow RAYMOND S. BUDD

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1 Correlation of radiodensity of brain tumours, using computerized tomography, with histology. 2. Diagnostic yields from CT. 3. Assessment of renal vein renins. 4. Morphology of the foetal pyelogram. 5. Analgesic profile of patients presenting for IVP. 6. Factors affecting thc radioclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging investigations. 7. Audio-visual systems in teaching radiology. 8. The accuracy of ultrasound diagnosis in non-functioning gall bladders.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OK BOOKS 1. MOSELEY, 1. F.and TRESS, B. M. — Extravasation of contrast medium during spinal angiography: A cause of paraplegis. Neuroradiology 13: 55-57 (1977). 2. SULLIVAN, J. R„ MEIKLE, R. G. and HURLEY, T. II. - Subcutaneous Emphysema following Cytotoxic Drug Treatment. Austral. Radiol. 21: 130-132 (1977). 3. BAT1STICH, A. T. - Dilatation of Azygos Vein Simulating Mediastinal Tumour. Austral. Radiol. 20: 329- 332 (1976).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress R. S. BUDD — Factors affecting the radiouclide uptake of bone tumours and their detection by imaging investigations

162 SURGERY

AUSTIN HOSPITAL AND REPATRIATION GENERAL HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor K. J. Hardy (Surgery — Austin Hospital)

Professor KENNETH JOHN HARDY First Assistant MALCOLM CHARLES DOUGLAS ANDREW ROBERT McLEISH Senior Lecturer ANDREW KINGSLEY ROBERTS First Assistant JOHN EDWARD CRITCHLEY - part-time (Surgery — Repatriation General Hospital) Professor GABRIEL ANDREW KUNE First Assistant AVNI SALI Senior Lecturer TREVOR JONES - part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (Surgery — Austin Hospital)

A. FOETAL SURGERY IN SHEEP (Chronic in vivo studies) 1. Ontogeny of bile acids. 2. Control of adrenal steroid secretion. 3. Physiology of amniotic fluid.

B. VASCULAR SURGERY 1. Gortex Arterial Grafting: animal and patient studies. 2. Intra-cxtra cranial arterial anastomoses for stroke. 3. Clinical review of carotid artery stenosis. 4. Clinical review long term result varicose vein treatment. 5. Clinical results of coronary artery surgery (Austin Hospital).

C. SURGICAL INFECTION 1. Prospective Wound Infection Survey; ward, theatre, surgeon and operation type comparison.

D. GASTROENTEROLOGY 1. Highly selective vagotomy for upper G.I. haemorrhage. 2. Cimetidine and acute pancreatitis. 3. Gastropexy for obesity. 4. Rectal prolapse.

E. SPINAL CORD INJURY 1. Bladder function after cord transection. 2. G.I. bleeding after cord transection.

F. CANCER INVESTIGATION 1. Colonoscopy assessment of large bowel cancer. 2. Antibody mediated destruction of normal tissue and tumours.

(Surgery — Repatriation General Hospital)

A. PREOPERATIVE MANAGEMENT OF SURGICAL PATIENTS 1. Controlled trial of preoperative total parenteral nutrition in malnourished patients. 2. Assessment of risk factors before surgery. 3. Patient fears and expectations before surgery. 164 FACULTY OF MEDICINE

B. BILIARY DISEASE 1. Value of percutaneous transhepatic cholangiography in hepato-biliary disease - a multicentre trial. 2. Studies in bile salt metabolism and diet related to dissolution of gall stones.

C. SURGICAL INFECTIONS 1. Epidemiology and bacteriology of wound infections. 2. Relationship of delayed hypersensitivity skin tests to postoperative surgical infections. 3. Clinical and experimental study of wound closure techniques in relation to infections.

D. PANCREATIC DISEASE 1. The accuracy of diagnosis in acute pancreatitis — a clinical study. 2. A clinical and investigational study of the natural history of acute pancreatitis.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES

1. DOWNING, R.. McLEISH, A. R, BUXTON, D. W., ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS. J. and KNIGHTLY, M. R. B. — "Duration of Systemic Prophylactic Antibiotic Cover Against Anaerobic Sepsis in Intestinal Surgery". Di. Colon Rectum. 20; 401. 404'(1977). 2. GOLDBERG, S. M. and McLEISH, A. R. - "What Can You/Should You Do for the Patient with Haemorrhoids?" Modern Medicine. 4: 54-58 (Jan. 1977). 3. HALL, J. and DOUGLAS, M. C. — "Carcinoma of thc Colon Presenting as Anaemia". Med. J. Aust. 2: 61 (1977). 4. HARDY, K. J., HOFFMAN, N. E. and SMALLWOOD, R. A. - "The Origin of the Ovine Foetal Bile Acid Pool", Aust and N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 832 (1977). 5. HARGREAVE, R, SALE A. and SULLIVAN. M. - "Diurnal Variation in Urinary Oxalate", Art/. J. Urol. 49: 597 (1977). 6. HARVEY, K., BISHOP, L., SILVER, D. and JONES, T. - "A Case of Chancroid", Med. J. Aust. I: 956 (1977). 7. HOARE, A. M., McLEISH, A. R., THOMPSON, H. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS. J. - "Hydrotalcite in the Treatment of Bile Vomiting", Brit. J. Surg. 64: 849-850 (1977). 8. JERUMS, G„ HARDY, K. J. and EISMAN, J. A. - "Thc Cyclic AMP Response to Glucagon: Comparison of Tissue and Plasma Cyclic AMP Levels in the Rabbit", Diabetes 26: 81 (1977). 9. JONES, T. - "Clostridial Wound Infections: A Hazard of Small Bowel Decompression", Aust. and N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 3 (1977). 10. KNIGHTLY, M. R. B, McLEISH, A. R, BISHOP, H. M, BUXTON, D. W, QUORAISHI. A. H, OATES, G. D„ DORR1COTT, N. J. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Identification of the Presence and Type of Biliarv Microflora by Immediate Gram Stains", Surgery SI: 469-472 (1977). 11. KUNE, G. A, JUDSON. R. and SINCLAIR. R. - "Zollinger-Ellinson Svndrome Caused bv a Duodenal Wall Tumour". Med. J. Aust. 2: 358 (1977). 12. KUNE, G. A. - "Anal Fissure and Anal Fistula", Modern Medicine. 20: 136 (1977). 13. McLEISH, A. R, KNIGHTLY, M. R. B., BISHOP, H. M, BUXTON, D. W, OUORAISHI. A. H, DORRICOTT, N. J., OATES, G. D. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Selecting Patients Requiring Antibiotics in Biliary Surgery bv Immediate Gram Stains of Bile at Operation", Surgery SI: 473-477 (1977). 14. McLEISH, A. R, STRACHAN, C. J. L.. POWIS, S. J. A., WISE. R. and BEVAN, P. G. - "The Influence of Biliarv Disease on the Excretion of Cephazolin in Human Bile". Surgery SI: 426-430 (1977). 15. ROBINSON, P. M, PERRY, R. A., HARDY, K. J., COGHLAN, J. P. and SCOGGINS, B. A. - "The Innervation ofthe Adrenal Cortex in the Sheep", J. Anat. 124: 117 (1977). 16. SALI, A., MURRAY, W. R„ BLACKWOOD, A. and MACKAY. C. - "Bile Acid Binding Properties of Antacids in Vitro". Brit. J. Surg. 64: 4 (1977). 17. SALI, A, MURRAY, W. R. and MACKAY, C. - "Bile Acid Binding Properties of Antacids", TheLancet 2: 1051 (1977). 18. SALI, A, WATKINSON, G. and MACKAY. C. - "Thc Management of Bile Acid Diarrhoea with Aluminium Hydroxide", Gut. IS: 5 (1977). 19. SEWELL, R. M., SMALLWOOD, R. A, HARDY, K. J. and HOFFMAN, N. E. - "Thc Origin or the Fetal Bile Acid Pool", Gastroenterology 73: 1246 (1977). 20. SMALLWOOD, R. A.. HARDY. K. J. and HOFFMAN, N. E. - "Synthesis ofthe Bile Acid Pool in thc Fetal Sheep", Gastroenterology 72: 1133 (1977). 21. WHEATLEY, I. C. and HARDY. K. J. - "An Evaluation or Preoperative Methods or Preventing Post- Operative Pulmonary Complications", Anaeslh. and Intensive Care 5: 56 (1977). 22. WHEATLEY, I. C, HARDY. K. J. and DENT, J. - "Anal Pressure Studies in Spinal Patients", Gut IS: 488 (1977). 23. WllEELEN, M. H., BHATTACHERJEE, S.. PSAILA, J. V., MCLEISH, A. R„ OWENS, C. CLENDINNEN, B. G. and ALEXANDER-WILLIAMS, J. - "Studies on thc Release o( Extra-Antral Gastrin: Evidence or Vagal Inhibition in the Dog", World J. Surg. I: 639-646 (1977). SURGERY 165 CHAPTERS OF BOOKS 24. KEIGHLY. M. R. D. and CRAPP, A. R. - "Preventing Infection After Gastro-intcstinal Surgery". Topics in Gastroenterology No. 4. Ed. Truelove, S. C. and Ritchie, J. A, Blackwell Scientific, Oxford, Chapter 23, pp. 345-366 (1976). 25. WINTOUR, E. M, BROWN, E. H, DENTON, D. A.. HARDY. K. J, MCDOUGALL, J. G, ROBINSON, P. M, ROWE. E. .1. and WHIPP, G. T. - "Ovine Fetal Steroidogenesis", in: Conli. C, Ed., Research on Steroids. Elsevier. Amsterdam (1977) 567.

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE PhD Thesis I. SALT, A. — "Neurohumoral Control of Hepatic Bile Secretion" in Surgery. Monash University

FILM I. HARDY, K. J, WINTOUR. E. M. and COGHLAN, J. P. - "Chronic fetal Sheep Cannulation". University of Melbourne and Australian Broadcasting Commission (1977).

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS REC EIVED Grants have been received as follows: National Health and Medical Research Council: Ontogeny of Foetal Bile Acids - K.J.Hardy and R. A. SmaUwood. Medical Research Committee: Onlogcny of Foetal Bile Acids — K. J. Hardy. Rowden White: Foetal Surgery - K. J. Hardy. SURGERY

DEPARTMENT OF THE HUGH DEVINE PROFESSOR, ST. VINCENT'S HOSPITAL

Chairman of department: Professor R. C Bennett

Hugh Devine Professor RICHARD CLAYTON BENNETT First Assistant DIMITRI TAKI CARIDIS Senior Lecturers BRUCE NATHANIEL GRAY JOHN THOMAS GOODCHILD RENNEY Part-time Staff Senior Lecturer ROY LAURENCE WILLIS FINK THELMA JEAN BAXTER JOHN FRANCIS GURRY Professorial Associates JOHN KEVIN CLAREBROUGH JOHN LEONARD CONNELL HENRY VERNON CROCK Senior Associates JOHN COUNDLEY DOYLE IVO DOMINIC VELLAR Associates JONATHAN HOWELL RUSH ANTHONY STEWARD RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity. 2. Assessment of tumour antigen preparations to stimulate thc immune system in animals and man. 3. Monitoring non-specific serum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence 4. Assessment of surgical adjuvant immunotherapy in colorectal cancer using BCG and neuraminidase treated tumour cells. 5. Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic islets to reverse diabetes mellitus and prevent vascular complications. 6. The effect of cimelidine on endogenous histamine after small bowell resection. 7. Recovery of renal function after total ureteric obstruction. 8. The role of the Doppler flow meter in the assessment and management of patients with peripheral vascular disease. 9. An investigation into thc incidence of deep vein thrombosis in patients in a Coronary Care Unit. 10. Studv of platelet release factors in patients undergoing surgerv. and their relation lo the development of D.V.T. 11. An investigation into thc effectiveness of various drug combinations in the prevention of post-operative deep thrombosis. 12. Colonoscopy — its usefulness in the early detection and management of colon cancer. 13. Oestrogen receptor assay in carcinoma of the breast - Us relationship to the natural history ofthe tumour and its responsiveness lo hormonal manipulation. 14. Studies of the blood supply of the vertebral column and spinal cord. 15. Immunological aspects of cancer with reference to C.E.A. estimations and Ihe imnuino-lhcrapy of lung carcinoma. 16. The histopathology of vessels following various micro-surgical techniques.

PUBLISHED WORKS

BOOKS 1. BROOKE, B. N, CAVE. D. R, GURRY. .1. I".. KING. D. W. - Crohn's Disease. Macmillan Press Limited. London. 1977. 2. CROCK, H. V. and YOSHIZAWA, H. - The Mood Supply o/ ihe Veriehral Column and Spinal Cord in Man. Springer-Verlag. New York. 1977.

ARTICLES 1. BAIRD. R. J, GURRY. .1. I', KELLAM, J, PLUME, S. K. - Arteriosclerotic Femoral Artery Aneurysms. Annals of the Roval College of I'hv.sicians and Surgeons of Canada. 10: 36. 1977. 2. BAIRD, R. G, FELDMAN. P., MILES. J. T, MADRAS. P Ml. GURRY. .1. I-'. - Subsequent Downstream Repair afler Aorto-lliac and Aorto-l-'cmoral Bypass Operations - Surgerv. 82: 785. 1977. 3. BENNETT, R. C, Edited A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: I - 47:6. 4. BENNETT. R.C. Editorial, The Kenneth G. Jamieson Neurosurgical Unit. A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 2. 134. 1977. 5. BRAASCH, .1. and GRAY. B. N. - Considerations that Lower Pancreaticoduodenectomy Mortality — Amer. J. Surg. 133: 480. 1977.

166 SURGERY 167

6. CHISHOLM, D. J., ALFORD. P.. HAREWOOD, M. S., FINDLAY, D. M. and GRAY. B. N. - The Nature and Biological Activity of "Extra-pancreatic Glucagon". Studies in Pancrcitieciumised Cats — Metabolism. I977. 7. CLAREBROUGH, J. K. - Editorial, Whither Cardiac Surgerv? - A.N.Z. J. Sunt. 47: I. I. I977. 8. CLAREBROUGH, J. K, WESTLAKE, G. W.. RICHARDSON. J. P.. MUI.I.ERWORTH. M.. WILSON. A. C. and NATHAN, K. - Surgerv for Unstable Angina - .-I.A'.Z. J. Sure. 47- I. 17. 1977. 9. CONNELL. J. L. - Carotid Bodv Tumours - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 4. 495. I977. 10. FINK. R. L. W., MASHFORD. J. L. and CARIDIS. D. T. - The Role of Bradykinin in Endotoxic Shock of Intestinal Original - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: I, 102. 1977. 11. GRAY. B. N. — Transplantation of thc Pancreas: Its Present Status and Future Application - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: S. 143. 1977. 12. GRAY. B. N. - Transplantation of Pancreatic Islets in Diabetes Mellitus. Med. J. Ausi.. 764. 1977. 13. GRAY. B. N. - Surgical Adjuvant Therapy for Potentially Curable Cancer: The Rationale of Adjuvant Chemotherapy and Anticoagulant Therapy - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 5. 576. 1977. 14. GRAY. B. NV, WALKER, C. and BENNETT, R. C. - The Monitoring of Serum Factors in Paticnls wilh Cancer - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 5. 648. 1977. 15. PENFOLD, J. C. B. and RENNEY, J. T. G. - Early Detection of Colonic Cancer by Colonoscopy - Diseases nf the Colon and Rectum, 20: 85. 1977. 16. PLUME. S. K, GURRY. J. F.. WILSON, D. R. and BAIRD. R. J. - Atherosclerotic Femoral Artery Aneurysms. A Review of a 12 year Experience — Annals of the Roval College of Phvsicians and Surgeons nf Canada. 10: 36. 1977. 17. RUSH, JONATHAN II. - Osteomalacia in the Eldcrlv - A.N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 2. IS6. 1977. 18. RUSH, JONATHAN - Total Scapuleclomv for Hydatid Disease. A.N Z. J. Surg 47: 3. 371. 1977. 19. VELLAR. I. D. and DOYLE, .1. C. - Acute Mesenteric Ischaemia. A.N Z. J Surg. 47: I. 54. 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor uf Medicine (Melbourne} I. CROCK. H. V. — The Blood Supply uf the Vertebral Column and Spinal Cord in Man Master of Surgery (Aberdeen) I. CARIDIS. D. T. — Studies in Immunological Suppression — The Combined Use uf Amilymphocyiic Serum and Bone Marrow Injusion

THESIS IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy (Melbourne I I. GRAY. B. N. — Immunology nf Cancer

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Cirants have been received as follows:- Aust. Kidney Foundation: Assessment of ability of transplanted pancreatic i.ilcts to reverse diabetes mellitus and prevent vascular complications. Ian Potter Foundation: Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity. Lancaster Bequest: Studies in oestrogen receptor assays in carcinoma of the breast. NHMRC: Investigation of methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity. NHMRC: Monitoring non-specific serum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence St. Vincent's School of Medical Research: The role ofthe Doppler flow meter in the assessment and management of patients w-ith peripheral vascular disease. University of Melbourne Medical Research Grant: Methods to alter cell surface immunogenicity and thc monitoring non-specific scrum fractions as a guide to prognosis and recurrence. SURGERY

DEPARTMENT OF THE JAMES STEWART PROFESSOR, ROYAL MELBOURNE HOSPITAL Chairman of department: Professor M. R. Ewing

James Stewart Professor MAURICE ROSSIE EWING First Assistant HARRY ROSS Senior Lecturers BRIAN FOWELL BUXTON DAVID PILKINGTON CRANKSHAW ANTHONY ROBERT MOORE JOHN FREDERICK FORBES Lecturer JOHN PAXTON COLLINS Candidate for Degree or MSc LYNETTE JOYCE DUMBLE Graduate Research Assistant BRIAN RICHARD HALL Honorary Research Fellow WILLIAM MAXWELL WEARNE - part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. ANAESTHESIA 1. Computer analysis ofthe eleclro-cncephalogram during anaesthesia — Crankshaw. 2. Accouslic impedence measurement of respiratory runction - Hall. 3. The distribution of thiopentone in the dog - Crankshaw.

B. CANCER 1. Carcinoma oi the male breast - Collins. 2. Antibody dependent cytoloxity and cancer therapy - Forbes. 3. Phase II evaluation trial in advanced melanoma — Forbes. 4. Phase III randomised trial in advanced breast cancer — Forbes. 5. Drill biopsy in breast disease - Moore. 6. The effect oT nutrition on experimental tumour growth - Thomas. 7. Thc effect of parenteral nutrition on patients with malignancy and fistulae — Thomas.

C. GASTROENTEROLOGY 1. A prospective study of acute appendicitis - Collins. 2. Complications or colo-colic anastomosis — Collins. 3. Studies on colonic healing in rats — Ross. 4. Continent colostomy — Ross.

I). TRANSPLANTATION 1. Antibody dependent cell cellular cytoxicity in renal transplantation - Dumble. 2. Factors affecting renal preservation — Ross.

E. OTHER PROJECTS 1. Evaluation or the saphenous vein as an arterial graft — Buxton. 2. Standardization of elective surgery dala for computer analysis - Forbes. 3. Hydatid surgery follow-up with immuno electrophoresis - Forbes. 4. Epidemiology of mastalgia - Forbes. 5. Newspaper attitudes to the medical profession — Moore. 6. Assessment or the leaching or medica] humanities - Moore. 7. Sir Thomas Brown and the History oT Medicine - Moore. 8. The role or antibiotics in burns patients — Thomas. 9. Thc influence of stress and nutrition on hepatic composition - Thomas 10. Clinical application of a knee prosthesis — Wearne.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES I. BUXTON. B. F, REUL. G. Jr. - COOLEY. D. A. - Transdiaphragmatic approach lo thc descending thoracic aorta for proximal control during surgerv on the abdominal aorta. Hull. Texas Heart 1/ivt. 4: 290-293 (1977).

168 SURGERY 169

2. BUXTON. B. F.. HARLAND. B. J, COOLFY. D. A. - Techniques of reinforcing Ihe ascendinc thoracic aorta. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 97-101 (.1977). 3. CRANKSHAW, D. R. and HALL, B. R. - A versatile computing system for .sampling, manipulation and display ol' biological signals using high-level language. Anaeslh. and Intensive Care 5: 381-387 (1977). 4. CUTHBERTSON, A. M. and COLLINS, J. P. - Strangulated para-ileoslomv hernia. Ausi. N.Z. J. Suri;. 47: 86-87 (1977). 5. DUMBLE, L. J. and MACKAY. I. R. - 11 LA and chronic active hepatitis (C.A.H.) Dives/inn. 15: 254 (1977). 6. DUMBLE, I.. J, TAIT, B. D., WHITTINGHAM. S. and ASHTON. P. W. - The immunological privilege of the foetus: Immunogenetics. 5: 345 (1977). 7. EWING. M. R. - Getting ready for tomorrow. Ausi. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 429-430 (1977). 8. EWING. M. R. - A place in posterity. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 531-536 (1977). 9. FORBES. J. F. - Thc application of clinical trials to solid tumour management: an introduction. Aust. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 617-627 (1977). 10. FORBES. J. F. - Guidelines for planning clinical trials, .-lu.tr N.Z. J Surg. 47- 628-636 (1977). 11. FORBES. J. F. - Multimodal thcrapv for Stage II breast cancer. Lancet II: 1079 (1977). 12. FORBES. L. F. - Early dclection of breast cancer. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 786 (1977). 13. HALL. B. R. and CRANKSHAW, D. P. — A computer algorithm for forced oscillation respiratory system measurements. Anaeslh. Int. Care 5: 392-393 (1977). 14. MARSHALL. B. C. ROSS, H., SCOTT. D. F„ MclNNIS, S, THOMPSON. N.. ATKINS. R. C. MATTHEW. T. H. and KINCAID-SMITH. P. - Preservation of cadaver renal allografts - Comparison or ice storage and machine perfusion. Med. J. Ausi. 2: 353-356 (1977). 15. MARSHALL. V. C. SCOTT. D. F.. THOMPSON. N, ATKINS, R. C. ROSS. II., MclNNIS, S„ MATTHEW. T. IL, KINCAID-SMITH, P. S. - Renal Preservation for Transplantation. Ami. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 833-834 (1977). 16. MOORE. A. R. - A medical message from literature. Surg. Gvnec. Ohstct. 145- 90-93 (1977). 17. MOORE. A. R. - Medical humanities: an aid to ethical discussions. J. Med. liihics. 3- 36-32 (1977). 18. MOORE. A. R. — A personal view: the demands of doclorship. 4usi. Fam. Phvs. June (1977). 19. PRIESTMAN. T„ BAUM. M.. JONES, B., FORBES, J. F. - Comparative trial of endocrine versus cytotoxic treatment in advanced breast cancer. H.M.J. I: 1248-1250 (1977). 20. ROSS. H. and ESCOTT. M. — Preservation of the damaged donor kidney in Iransplanlalion. Ami. N.Z. J. Surg. 47: 833 (1977). 21. TEASEDALE. C. FORBES, .1. F.. WHITEHEAD. R. II. and HUGHES. I.. E. - Sequential immune competence tests in colorectal cancer — a two vear follow-up. Clinical Oncologv 3: 121 (1977). 22. THOMAS. R. .1. S.. MADIGAN, .1. P. and MOTTERAM. R. - Tissue diagnosis in lymphomas. Med../. Aust. I: 636-637 (1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Surgery FORBES. .1. F. - III.A antigens in Hodgkin's disease

THESIS IN PROGRESS Master of Science DUMBLE. L. J. — Features of Antibody Dependent Cellular cyloxicily in Kenul Transplantation

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED A grant has been received as follows: - R. .1. Fletcher Research Gram: Computer analysis during anaesthesia. MUSIC

Chairman of the department: Mr Max Cooke Professors PETER JOHN DENNISON GEORGE FREDERICK LOUGHUN Readers MAX COOKE RONAED FARREN PRICE PERCY JONES Senior Lecturers GRAHAM BARTLE MACK JOST JOHN KENNEDY MEREDITH MAXWELL MOON DONALD WILLIAM THORNTON Lecturers BARRY CONYNGHAM CHRISTOPHER MARTIN PETER RICHARD TAHOURDIN Associates RICHARD DIVALL STEPHEN McINTYRE Tutors ANTHONY GOULD BRIAN HOWARD GLYNN MAR1LLIER RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Direct Synthesis of Music - further development. 2. Composing programmes. 3. Special Disposition of Music by means of Computer Controller Output. 4. Interactive Data Input and Output for Music. 5. Development of algorithms for automated tonal analysis. 6. Thc evolution of theories concerning key relationship.

PUBLISHED WORKS 1. CONYNGHAM. B. - Compositions: Ned Mark //(1975-77), an opera in two acts (Universal Edition, 29133). Mirror Images (1975), chamber ensemble and voices (Universal Edition, 29127). 2. DENNISON, P. J. — Matthew Locke: The Instrumental Music in The Tempest 1674. Musica da Camera (London) 1977. Nationalism in Music. 24 hours (October 1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DECREES Doctor of Mu.sic 1. TRUMBLE. ROBERT - Compositions Doctor of Philosophy 2. RADIC, THERESE - Investigation into Aspects of Musical Associations in Melbourne 1888-1932 Master of Mitsic 3. MORONEY, MARY — The Influence of the Song of Songs 'on the Medieval Love Lyric

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress R. STEVENS - Music in State-Supported Education in New South Wales and Victoria 1848-1920 Master of Music P. ANDERSON - The Innovations of Percv Grainger W. BEBBINGTON - The Music of Marshall-Hall ' A. BLACKBURN - A stylistic Study of and Influences within the Church Music of llenrv Purcell R. DIVALL — The 'Pre-Reform' Opera Seria of C.W.J. Gluck and Editions - I. Dramatic Battel Alessandro (1764). 2. La Semiramide Riconosciuta (1748) T. FITZGERALD - Compositions J. LEASK — Music Theatre and Drama in Schools W. LESLIE — Pre-lnstrunteniat Music Education C. MIDDLETON — Performing Practices Involving the 'Cello C. STEVENS — Computer Music P. TURNER - Compositions W. MADDEN — Compositions A. MURATTI - Compositions

170 Master of Arts R. HOWARD - The Operas of Luigi Dallapicrola J. MeDONALD - Seventeenth Century English Music K. MURPHY - Emotion and Meaning in Music

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED A grant has been received as follows: — ARGC: Investigation into Computer Music Generation and related topics. BOTANY

Chairman of department: Dr D. M. Calder Professors THOMAS CARRICK CHAMBERS ROBERT BRUCE KNOX Readers DAVID HUNGER FORD ASHTON TOM FINNIS NEALES KINGSLEY SPENCER ROWAN Senior Lecturers PETER MUECKE ATTIWILL DONALD MALCOLM CALDER SUZANNE LAWLESS DUIGAN HARING JOHANNES SWART GRETNA MARGARET WESTE Lecturers GERALD THOMPSON KRAFT PAULINE YVONNE LADIGES DAVID RONALD MURRAY RICHARD WETHERBEE Principal Tutor OLIVE BESSIE LAWSON Tutors KEVIN ALLEN CLAYTON-GREENE RODNEY DAVID SEPPELT Research Fellows ADRIENNE ELIZABETH CLARKE BARRY FRANCIS CLOUGH ILMA GRACE STONE Research Associate JENNETH MERIEL SASSE Professor Emeritus JOHN STEWART TURNER Senior Associates MARGARET BLACKWOOD SOPHIE CHARLOTTE DUCKER Graduate Research Assistants VICTORIA BAYLEY BROWN NERINA DU PREEZ SUSAN HARRISON VALDA LIEPINS NANCY JEAN LOFFLER DOUGLAS NEWTON KUMUDINI VITHANAGE RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS (Name of research director only shown)

A. AEROBIOLOGY R. B. Knox 1. Aerobiology of pollens and spores in Melbourne atmosphere. 2. Grass pollen aerobiology and allergy. 3. Grass pollen allergens — isolation and purification.

B. AQUATIC BOTANY S. C. Ducker 4. The biology of Australian seagrasses. 5. The aquatic vegetation of the Gippsland Lakes.

C. CELL BIOLOGY R. B. Knox ft. Antigenic determinants common to sexual and somatic plant organs. 7. Pollen-stigma interactions. 8. Isolation and characterisation of arabinogalactan proteins in plants. D. R. Murray 9. Cell biology of protein and carbohydrate storage in legumes.

172 BOTANY 173

D. ECOLOGY AND CONSERVATION D. H. Ashton 10. Ecology and regeneration of mature Eucalyptus regnans F. Muell. forest. 11. Allelopathic effect in E. regnans forests. 12. Interaction of E. regnans with Acacia dealbata in relation lo nitrogen fixation. 13. The ecology ofthe E. camaldulensis — E. viminalis boundary in Victoria with special reference to the Yarra Valley. 14. The ecology of sand rock scrub in the northern Olways. 15. The regeneration of mature Coast Tea Tree /Leplospermum laevigatum) on Wilson's Promontory. D. M. Calder 16. Identification of the land-based vegetation surrounding thc Gippsland Lakes and Lake Tyers. 17. Ecology and conservation of seashore communities. K. A. Clayton-Greene 18. Ecology of Oawsonia superba. 19. Interactive ecology of Callitris (Cypress Pine) and Eucalypts in Victoria. P. Y. Ladiges 20. Variation in Eucalyptus obliqua occurring on acidic and alkaline soils. 21. Morphological variation in Eucalyptus ovata and thc effect of waterlogging on seedling growth. 22. A study ofthe dieback of Phragmites australis and subsequent shoreline erosion in the Gippsland Lakes.

E. ECOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY P. M. Attiwill 23. Nutrient cycling and productivity in mangrove and seagrass communities in Westernport Bay 24. Nutrient cycling in terrestrial ecosystems.

F. EVOLUTION. SYSTEMATICA AND TAXONOMY D. M. Calder 25. Variation and evolution of Craspedia glauca. T. C. Chambers 26. Studies on spore morphology of the genus Blechnum. 27. A monograph of the genus Blechnum. 28. The Lower Devonian vascular flora of Victoria. 29. The genus Cheilanthes in Australia — a taxonomic and geographic study. 5. L. Duigan 30. Pollen analyses of Victorian Quaternary deposits. 31. Taxonomy of Victorian angiosperms. R. D. Seppelt 32. Study of the genera Dilrichum. Disiichium and Pseudodislichium in Australia. 33. Study of the bryoflora of Macquarie Island. 34. Study of the floristics and ecology of thc vegetation of Australian Antarctic Territory. /. G. Stone 35. The moss genus Bruchia in Queensland. 36. A new arid /.one Acaulon 37. A new Tortula from the margins of the and zone in Australia.

G. MORPHOGENESIS T. C. Chambers 38. Development of thc endodermis in the root and shoot of Hibbertia R. B. Knox 39. Morphogenesis of the dermal systems of fruits.

H. MYCOLOGY H. J. Swan 40. Conidium wall structure in relation to thc taxonomy of some Coelomycetes. 41. A study of leaf inhabiting fungi. 174 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

G. M. Weste 42. Chlamydospores of Phytophthora cinnamomi; their production and survival period. 43. Extracellular enzyme production by Phytophthora cinnamomi. 44. Litter senescence on Macquarie Island. 45. Rare Victorian Discomycetes. 46. Phytophthora cinnamomi as a major factor of disease in Eucalypt forests of East Gippsland. 47. Microchemistry of Phytophthora cinnamomi. 48. Comparative mineral analysis of diseased and unaffected plant tissue. 49. Mycological studies on Antarctic soils.

I. PHYCOLOGY 5. C. Ducker 50. History of phycology in Australia and the Pacific. 51. The genus Metagoniolilhon. G. T. Kraft 52. Distribution and ecology of marine algae in northern Port Phillip Bay. 53. Taxonomy, distribution and ecology of Victorian encrusting coralline red algae. 54. Deep water algae of the Great Barrier Reef. 55. The marine algae of Lord Howe Island. A'. 5. Rowan 56. Mechanism of calcification in coralline algae. 57. Mechanism controlling polarity in germinating eggs of Hormosira banksii. 58. Nitrogen cycling in marine macrophyles at Werribee. 59. Correlation between net photosynthesis and pigment concentration in Lenormandia prolifera. 60. The location of floridorubin in Lenormandia prolifera. R. Wetherbee 61. Processes of subcellular evolution. 62. Characterization of cellular crystals in a red alga. 63. Post-fertilization development in Nemalion.

J. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY D. M. Calder 64. Ozone pollution studies. T. C. Chambers 65. Drought tolerance of the gametophyte of Cheilanlhes. T. F. Neales 66. Control of gas exchange in CAM plants. 67. The development of leaves of Eucalyptus obliqua. 68. The gas exchange patterns of thc pineapple. 69. Carbon assimilation in grapevines and peach trees.

70. The responses of wheat seedlings to CO; environment. 71. The physiology of the Prickly Pear (Opuntia stricta). K. S. Rowan 72. Effects of heat stress on the physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua. 73. The physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum. 74. The mechanism of ripening of tomato fruits. 75. Senescence in heath at Tidal River. J. M. Sasse 76. Podolactones in Podocarpaceac 77. Growth-inhibiting substances in Garrya elliptica and other genera.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ANDERSON, R. L., CLARKE, A. E, JERMYN. M. A, KNOX, R. B. and STONE. B. A. - A Carbohydrate-binding Arabinogalactan-Protein from Liquid Suspension Cultures of Endosperm from Lolium multiflorum. Aust. J. Plant Phvsiol. 4: 143-158 (1977). 2. ASHTON, D. H. and WEBB, R. N. - The Ecology of Granite Outcrops at Wilson's Promontory, Victoria. Aust. J. Ecol. 2: 269-296 (1977). BOTANY 175

3. BAR TANA, J, HOWLETT. BARBARA J. and KOSHLAND, D. F.. Jr. - Flagellar Formation in Escherichia coli Electron Transport Mutants. J. Bacteriology 130: 787-792 (1977). 4. BEATON. G. and WESTE. G. M. - Some Australian Leaf Inhabiting Discomvcetcs. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc. 67: 443-448 (1977). 5. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Australian Discomycctes in Dead Logs and Branches. Trans. Brit, mycol. Soc. 67: 449-454 (1977). 6. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - New Species of Helotiales and Phacidiales. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc. 68: 73-77 (1977). 7. BEATON, Ci. and WESTE, G. M. - Zoellneria Species from Victoria. Australia. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc. 68: 79-84 (1977). 8. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Thc genus Labvrinthomvces. Trans. Bril. mvcol. Soc. 69: 243-247 (1977). 9. BEATON, G. and WESTE, G. M. - Australian Discomycetes. A new Vibrissea Species. Trans. Brit, mvcol. Soc. 69: 323-325 (1977). 10. BRAWLEY, S. H., QUATRANO, R. S. and WETHERBEE, R. - Fine Structural Studies of the Gametes and Embryo of Fucus vesiculosus (Phaeophyta). III. Cytokinesis and the Multicellular Embryo../ Cell Sci. 24: 275-294 (1977). 11. BROWN, V. B, DUCKER, S. C. and ROWAN, K. S. - The Effect of Orthophosphate Concentration on thc Growth of Articulated Coralline Algae (Rhodophyta). Phycologia 16: 125-131 (1977). 12. CALDER, D. M, BROWN, V. B. and DUCKER, S. C. - The Aquatic Vegetation of the Gippsland Lakes in Eastern Victoria. J. Phvcol. 13: II (Suppl.) (1977). 13. CHIN, H. F, NEALES, T. F. and WILSON, J. H. - The Effects of Cotyledon Excision on Growth and Leaf Senescence in Soya-Bean Plants. Ann. Bol. 41: 771-777 (1977). 14. CLARKE, A. E. — Function of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plants, in Clarke, A. E. (ed.) Arabinogalactan Protein News I: 53-56 (1977). 15. CLARKE, A. E, CONSIDINE, J. A, WARD, R. and KNOX, R. B. - Mechanism of Pollination in Gladiolus: Roles ofthe Stigma and Pollen-tube Guide. Ann. Bol. 41: 15-20 (1977). 16. CLARKE, A. E, HARRISON, S, KNOX, R. B, RAFF, J, SMITH, P. and MARCHALONIS, .1. J. - Common Antigens and Male-Female Recognition in Plants. Nature, Lond. 265: 161-163 (1977). 17. COLLIER, M. D. and MURRAY, D. R. - Leucyl p-Naphthvlamidase Activities in Developing Seeds and Seedlings of Pisum sativum L. Ausi. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 571-582 (1977). 18. CONSIDINE, J. A. - Localization of Arabinogalactan Proteins after Freeze-Subslilulion. in Clarke, A. E. (ed.) Arabinogalactan Protein News I: 46 (1977). 19. DUCKER, S. C. - W. H. Harvey's Australian Algae. Taxon 26: 166-168 (1977). 20. DUCKER, S. C. - Milestones in Australian Phycology. J. Phvcol. 13: 19 (Suppl.) (1977). 21. DUCKER, S. C, BROWN. V. B. and CALDER. D. M. - An Identification ofthe Aquatic Vegetation in the Gippsland Lakes. Publication No. 136, Ministry for Conservation Environmental Studies Series (1977). 22. DUCKER, S. C, FOORD, N. J. and KNOX, R. B. - Biology of Australian Seagrasses: the Genus Amphibolis C. Agardh (Cymodoceae). Aust. J. Bot. 25: 67-125 (1977). 23. GLEESON, P. A. and JERMYN, M. A. - Leguminous Seed Glycoproteins that Interact with Concanavalin A. Aust. J. Plant Phvsiol. 4: 25-37 (1977). 24. KENNEDY. J. and WESTE, G. M. - Dieback Disease in the Grampians. Victorias Resources 19: 25-27 (1977). 25. KENNEDY. J. and WESTE, G. M. - Phvtophthora cinnamomi in the Grampians, Victoria. A.P.PS. Newsletter 6: 23-24 (1977). 26. KNOX. R. B. and CLARKE, A. E. - Localization of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plant Tissues, in Clarke, A. E. (ed.) Arabinogalactan Protein News I: 42-45 (1977). 27. KNOX, R. B. and DUCKER. S. C. - Submarine Pollination in the Sea Nvmph Amphibolis antarctica. J. Phycol. 13: 37 (Suppl.) (1977). 28. KRAFT, G. T. - Studies of Marine Algae in the Lesser-Known Families of the Gigartinales (Rhodophvta). !. Thc Acrotylaceac. Ausi. J. Bui. 25: 97-140 (1977). 29. KRAFT, G. T. - The Morphology of Grateloupia imesiinalis from New Zealand, with Some Thoughts on Generic Criteria within the Family Cryptoncmiaceae (Rhodophyta). Phycologia 16: 43-51 (1977). 30. LADD, P. G. - Pollen Morphology of Some Members of the Restionaceae and Related Families, with Notes on thc Fossil Record. Grana 16: 1-14 (1977). 31. LADIGES. P. Y. - Differential Susceptibility of Populations of Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. to Lime Chlorosis. Plant and Soil 46 (1977). 32. LADIGES, P. Y. and ASHTON, D. H. - A Comparison of Some Populations of Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. growing on Calcareous and Acid Soils in Victoria, Australia. Ausi. J. Ecol. 2: 161-178 (1977). 33. LADIGES. P. Y. and KELSO, A. - The Comparative Effects of Waterlogging on Two Populations of Eucalyptus viminalis Labill. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 159-160 (1977). 34. McKENZIE, I. F. C, CLARKE, A. E. and PARISH, C. R. - la Antigenic Specificities arc Oligosaccharide in Nature: Hapten-inhibition Studies. J. Exp. Med. 145: 1039-1053 (1977). 35. MOORE, G. M.. ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - Effects of Heat on the Phvsiology of Seedlings or Eucalyptus obliqua. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 283-288 (1977). 36. MOORE, G. M, ROWAN, K. S. and BLAKE, T. J. - The Effects or Heat on thc Physiology or Eucalyptus obliqua seedlings. Aust. For. Res. Newsletter No. 4: 74-75 (1977). 37. MURRAY, D. R. and COLLIER, M. D. - Acid Phosphatase Activities in Developing Seeds or Pisum sativum L. Aust. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 843-848 (1977). 38. MURRAY, D. R, COLLIER, M. D. and KNOX, R. D. - Acid Phosphatase Localization and Activity in Developing Pea Seeds. Proc. Ausi. Biochem. Soc. 10: 14 (1977). 39. MURRAY. D. R. and KNOX, R. B. - Immunofluotesccm Localization of Urease in thc Cotyledons of Jack Bean, Canavalis ensiformis. J. Cell Sci. 26: 9-18 (1977). 40. RAFF. J, CLARKE. A. E, HARRISON, S. and KNOX, R. B. - Identification or Plants by their Antigenic Determinants. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. 10: 24 (1977). 176 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

41. RAFF, J. and KNOX, R. B. - Incompatibility in the Sweet Cherry. Hrunus avium. Incompatibility Newsletter 8: 36-39 (1977). 42. RAMM, S. M. and WETHERBEE. R. - The Hne Structure of Post-fertili/.ation in Nemalion (Rhodophvta). J. Phvcol. 13 (Suppl.): 57 (1977). 43. SCHOLEFIELD, P. B. and NEALES, T. F. - Harvest-pruning and Trcllising of'Sultana' Vines. I. Effects on Yield and Vegetative Growth. Scicmia llorticulturae 7: 115-122 (1977). 44. SCHOLEFIELD, P. B, MAY. P. and NEALES, T. F. - Harvest-pruning and Trcllising of'Sultana' Vines. II. Effects on Earlv Spring Development. Scienlia Horticulturae 7: 123-132 (1977). 45. SMART, I, CLARKE. A. E, KNOX, R. B. and MITCHELL, G. - Fractionation or Pollen Allergens from Ryegrass, Lolium perenne. Proc. Aust. Biochem. Soc. 10: 25 (1977). 46. SMITH, P. R. and NEALES. T. F. - The Growth of Young Peach Trees following Infection by the Viruses of Peach Rosette and Decline Disease. Ausi. J. Agric. Res. 28: 441-444 (1977). 47. SMITH, P. R. and NEALES, T. F. - Analysis of the Effects of Virus Infection on the Photosvnthetic Properties of Peach Leaves. Ausi. J. Plant Physiol. 4: 723-732 (1977). 48. STONE, I. G. — Some Morphological and Anatomical Features of Ihe Monotypic Genus Brvobartramia Sainsbury (Musci). Aust. J. Hot. 25: 141-157 (1977). 49. STONE, I. G. - Bruchia queenslandica. a new Moss from Tropical Australia. J Bryol. V: 509-518 (1977). 50. TURNER, J. S. - Some Aspects of thc Australian Landscape The Bird Observer 548 (1977). 51. VEBLEN, T. T., ASHTON. D. G.. SCHLEGEL, F. M. and VEBI.EN, A. T. - Distribution and Dominance of Species in the Understorey of a Mixed Evergreen-Deciduous Nothofagus Forest in South- Central Chile. J. Ecol. 65: 815-830 (1977). 52. VEBLEN, T. T„ ASHTON, D II . SCHLEGEL, F. M. and VEBLEN, A. T. - Plant Succession in a Timberlinc Depressed bv Vulcanism in South-Central Chile. J. Biogeog. 4: 275-297 (1977). 53. VITHANAGE, H. I. M'. V. and KNOX. R. B. - Development and Cylo-chemislry or Stigma Surface and Response to Self and Foreign Pollination in llelianthus annutts. Phvlomorphologv 27: 168-179 (1977). 54. VITHANAGE, H. I. M. V. and KNOX, R. B. - Callose: its Nalureand Involvement in Self-incompatibility Responses in sunflower, Helianthus unnuus and the grasses Lolium perenne and Secale cereale. Incompatibility Newsletter 8: 34-35 (1977). 55. WESTE. G. - Future Forests - To Be or Not To Be. Victoria's Resources 19- 25-27 (1977). 56. WESTE, G. — The Truth about the Cinnamon Fungus. Vict. National Parks Association Journal 109: 12-15 (1977). 57. WESTE, G. M. and RUPP1N, P. - Phytophthora cinnamomi Population Densities in Forest Soils. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 461-475 (1977). 58. WESTE, G, RUPPIN. P.. VITHANAGE. K„ HINCH, J. and KENNEDY, .1. - Phytophthora cinnamomi in Victorian Native Forests. Aust. For. Res. Newsletter 4: 76-79 (1977). 59. WESTE, G. and VITHANAGE, K. - Microbial Populations of Three Forest Soils: Seasonal Variations and Changes Associated with Phytophthora cinnamomi. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 377-383 (1977). 60. WETHERBEE, R. - Morphology and Distribution of Subcellular Components in Vegetative Cells of Polysiphonia (Rhodophyta). J. Phycol. 13 (Suppl.): 72 (1977). 61. WETHERBEE, R. and WEST, J. A. - Golgi Apparatus of Unique Morphology during Early Carposporogenesis in a Red Alga. J. Ullrast. Res. 58: 119-133 (1977). 62. WITHERS, J. R. and ASHTON, D. H. - Studies on the Status of Unburn! Eucalyptus Woodland at Ocean Grove, Victoria. I. The Structure and Regeneration. Aust. J. Bol. 25: 623-627 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. CANTERFORD, G. S. - Interaction between Heavy Metals and the Marine Diatom Ditylum brightwellii 2. LAI, H. H. - The Physiology of Opuntia and other CAM Plants 3. LADD, P. G. — Pollen Studies in Central and Eastern Victoria, incorporating Research on Relevant Extant Plant Families. Master of Science 4. HARGREAVES, G. R. - The Ecology of Plant Communities at Echo Flat. Lake Mountain, Victoria

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress CONSIDINE, J. A. - Cell Wall Morphogenesis in the Dermal Layer of Fruit FRIEND, D. A. - The Ecology of Amsinckia (Amsinckia spp.I HOWLETT, B. - Characterisation of Pollen Allergens KERRY. E. — Phylloplane Ecology of Three Sub-Antarctic Plants from Macquarie Island LEWIS. S. - Investigation into some Aspects of ihe Physiology and Phosphate Metabolism o/Zoslera muelleri MARTIN. J. - Population Studies on Craspcdia glauca MEYER, C. — The Control of Mode of Carbon Assimilation in Bryophyllum daigrcmontiana MOORE, G. — 77ie Effects of Heal on the Physiology of Eucalyptus obliqua Seedlings PARK. A. — An Ecological Study of the Near-Natural Vegetation ofthe Port Phillip Foreshore PARR-SMITH, G. A. - Taxonomy of Atriplex vesicaria Ileward in Benth (Chenopodiaceael and Related Species RAFF, J. W. - Cell Interactions in Plants SKINNER, M. — Some Chemical and Biological Aspects of the Growth of Pine in Eastern Victoria SMART, I. — Immunological Responses to Allergens BOTANY 177

TIMS, J. — Studies of the Lower Devonian Flora of Victoria VITHANAGE, H. I. M. V. - Pollen-Wall Proteins and Breeding Systems of Plants wilh Special Reference to Sunflower WARD, R. — Leaf Development in Eucalyptus obliqua L'Herit WILLIS. E. J. - Allelopathy in Eucalyptus regnans M.Sc Theses in Progress ANDERSON. C. A. - Variation in Eucalyptus obliqua on Acid and Calcareous Soils BAKER, T. G. — Studies and the Distribution and Cycling of Nitrogen in Forests BARSON, M. — Competition and regeneration in Eucalyptus viminalis and E. camaldulensis BLAZE, K. — Mechanism Controlling Polarity in Germinating Eggs of Hormosira banksii BROWN, V. B. - Nitrogen Cycling in Marine Macrophytes at Werribee FARAGHER. J. - A Study of the Physiology 6f Anthocyanin Synthesis in Apple Skin GLEADOW. R. - The Physio-ecology of Pitiosporum undulatum GLEESON, P. A. — Study of Arabinogalactan Proteins in Plant-'Tjssues HARRISON, T. F. - Mechanism of Calcification in Coralline Algae HARTNEY, V. J. - The Physiology of Agave americana L HINCH, J. M. — Enzymes of Phytophthora cinnamomi HUNT, L. J. — The Ecology ofthe Cliff Vegetation from Eastern View to St. Georges River in the Otways, with a View to Understanding the Processes of Erosion and Colonization KASSABY, F. Y. — Phytophthora cinnamomi as a Major Factor of Disease in Eucalypt Forest of East Gippsland KtNRICK, J. B. W. - Pollen development and the Breeding System in Acacia LF-WIS, J. A. - Ecology of Benthic Marine Algae at Gellibrand Light, Northern Port Phillip Bay, Victoria MASON, A. J. — Photosynthesis of Exposed and Submerged Seagrasses O'BRIEN, C. E. — Ecology of the Benthic Marine Algae in the Hobson's Bay Area QUIRK, H. — The genus Chcilanthes in Australia - A General Study of its Systematica and Biology with Particular Reference to Southern Australia RAMM, S. M. - The Fine Structure of Postfertilization Development in Some of the Primitive Florideophycean Algae (Rhodophyta) REEDER, M. — The Development ofthe Shoot and Root of Hibbertia with Particular Reference to the Vascular- Cortical Boundarv of \\. astrotricha WILLIAMS, R.Ecology of Antarctic Saline Lakes

SUBSTANTIAL CRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Victorian Ministry for Conservation: Thc Aquatic Vegetation of thc Gippsland Lakes, A Study ofthe Dieback of Phragmites australis in the Gippsland Lakes; Identification of the Land-Based Vegetation Surrounding thc Gippsland Lakes and Lake Tyers; Nutrient Cycling and Productivity in Mangrove and Seagrass Communities in Westernport Bay; Nitrogen Cycling in Marine Macrophytes at Werribee. ARGC: Cell Biology of Protein and Carbohydrate Storage in Legumes: Botany of Australian Acacias with Special Reference to Pollen and Pollination Mechanisms; Cell Recognition in Plants with Special Reference to Pollen- WJJII Protein/Stigma Interactions and the Human Allergic Response; Biology of Marine Flowering Plants (Seagrasses) wilh Special Reference to Pollination Mechanisms; The Evolution of Subcellular Processes with Special Reference to Development in Primitive and I lighly Specialized Members ofthe Rhodophyta (Red Algae): Carbon Dioxide Assimilation Patterns in Plants and the Variation Induced by Environmental Factors; The Taxonomy and Ecology of Lord Howe Island Benthic Marine Algae; A Taxonomic Investigation and Critical Revision of Australian Mosses in the Order Dicranales and Potliales; Colonization and Survival in Forest Soils by Phvtophthora cinnamomi; Studies on Spore Morphology of thc Genus Blechnum. Rowden White Estate, Felton Bequests' Committee, Asthma Foundation of Victoria, Allen & Hanbury - Pollen research under direction of Professor R. B. Knox. StiUe Electricity Commission of Victoria: Study of Algal Standing Crop in Greenwich Bay Area of Hobson's Bay. Dried Fruit Research Committee. Victorian Department of Agriculture: Morphogenesis of the Dermal Systems of Fruits. CHEMISTRY

Chairman of school: Dr T. A. O'Donnell Chairman and Senior Lecturer in Inorganic Chemistry BERNARD FOSTER HOSKINS Chairman and Professor of Organic Chemistry DONALD WILLIAM CAMERON Chairman and Reader in Physical Chemistry COLIN GRANT BARRACLOUGH Professor of Inorganic Chemistry DONALD RICHARD STRANKS (to March 1977) Professor or Physical Chemistry THOMAS WILLIAM HEALY (from August 1977) Readers in Inorganic Chemistry RAY COLTON THOMAS ALOYSIUS O'DONNELL Readers in Organic Chemistry RAYMOND GREAYER COOKE REGINALD BASIL JOHNS Senior Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistrv ALLAN TERENCE CASEY RICHARD ROBSON Senior Lecturers in Organic Chemistry IAN CAMPBELL CALDER DAVID PATTERSON KELLY JOHN MICHAEL LAWLOR QUENTIN NOEL PORTER EMILY FAY MORRISON STEPHENSON Senior Lecturers in Physical Chemistrv RONALD COOPER ROBERT ARROL CRAIG RICHARD DAVID HARCOURT ALAN ARTHUR HUMFFRAY PETER TREMBATH McTIGUE JOAN TREASURE RADFORD PETER JAMES THISTLETHWAITE FRANCIS EDWARD TRELOAR Senior Lecturers in Chemistry NORMAN HENRY OLVER COLIN LESLIE YOUNG Lecturers in Inorganic Chemistry GEOFFREY ALAN LAWRANCE PETER ALLAN TREGLOAN Lecturer in Organic Chemistry MARGARITA MINGIN Lecturer in Marine Chemistry JAMES DAVID SMITH Lecturer in Chemistry HEATHER MARGARET GRANT Principal Tutors JOAN ALICE CHONG VALDA MAY McRAE Senior Tutors PAUL FRANCIS ALEWOOD ROGER DAVID ALEXANDER MARTIN RICHARD HOUCHIN JOHN MACKINNON MORRIS COLIN DAVID PANNAN ROBERT JOHN SPEAR EILEEN GRUEN (in conjunction with RAAF Academy) Visiting Professor ALAN STUART BUCHANAN Honorary Professor VICTOR MARTIN TRIKOJUS Research Fellows ALAN MAXWELL BOND GEOFFREY IAN FEUTRILL Research Fellow - Queen Elizabeth II Fellowship LEE RAYMOND WHITE Research Fellows - Melbourne University Research Fellowship BOZIDAR GRABARIC ANDREW HOMOLA SOREN ROSENDAL JENSEN ALAN EDWARD WHITMARSH KNIGHT Senior Associates ALBERT SHULMAN GEORGE WINTER A. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS Group Leader: A. IM. Bond 1. Electrochemical investigations or carbonyl complexes. 2. Theoretical electrochemistry. 3. Development or microprocessor and mini-computer controlled electrochemical instrumentati 4. Analytical uses or electrochemical techniques. 5. Stability constants or fluoride complexes in non-aqueous solvents.

178 CHEMISTRY 179

Croup Leader: A. T. Casey 6. Measurements of thermodynamics of complex formation of metal-Schiff Base complexes. 7. Magnetic study of some vanadyl-Schiff Base complexes. 8. Electrochemical study of some derivatives ofthe bis(r|-cyclopentadienyl) vanadium(IV) cation. Group Leader: R. Colton 9. Electrochemical studies of carbonyl derivatives. 10. X-ray structural studies of carbonyl derivatives. Group Leader: B. F. Hoskins 11. X-ray crystallography and structural chemistry of transition and non-transition metal complexes. 12. Defect fluorite-related structures [with D. J. M. Bevan (Flinders University of South Australia) and R. L. Martin (Monash University)]. Group Leader: G. A. Lawrance 13. Inorganic reaction kinetics at high pressures. 14. Characterization of binuclear dioxygen dicobalt complexes from Raman spectroscopy. Group Leader: T. A. O'Donnell 15. Electronic, Raman, e.s.r. and n.m.r. spectroscopic studies of transition metal cations in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride. 16. Voltammetric oxidation of transition metal, lanthanide and actinide ions in anhydrous hydrogen fluoride. 17. Crystallographic investigation of the structures of species crystallized from anhydrous hydrogen fluoride. Group Leader: R. Robson 18. Complexes of tailor-made ligands. Group Leader: A. Shulman 19. Biological and chemical actions of transition metal chelates and related substances. 20. Drug action in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Group Leader: J. D. Smith 21. Reactions of oceans to trace metal inputs. 22. Polynuclear aromatic hydrocarbons in marine sediments. 23. Behaviour of phosphate in estuarine and coastal waters. 24. Determination, distribution and behaviour of aluminium and silicon species in estuaries. 25. Behaviour of iodine and bromine species in the marine environment. 26. Trace metal and sulphur diagenesis in sediments. Group Leader: P. A. Tregloan 27. Substitution kinetics of labile metal ions. Group Leader: G. Winter 28. Metal thiolate complexes.

PUBLISHED WORKS

ARTICLES 1. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., COCKMAN, R. W. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electronic Spectra of Some Transition Metal and Lanthanide Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 673 (1977). 2. BOND, A. M., IRVINE, I. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electrochemical Studies of Molybdenum Hexafluoride and Related Compounds in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 841-4 (1977). 3. BOND. A. M.. COLTON. R. and McCORMICK, M. J. - Investigation of Isomerization and Oxidation Reduction Reactions of Halotricarbonylbis(diphenylphosphino)methane-mangancse(l) Complexes using Chemical and Electrochemical Techniques. Inorg. Chem. 16: 155-159 (1977). 4. BOND. A. M. and GRABARIC, B. S. - Differential Pulse Polarographv and Voltammetry with a Microprocessor - Controlled Polarograph and a Pressurized Mercury Electrode. Anal. Chim. Acta8S: 227- 236 (1977). 5. BOND, A. M., PEAKE, B. M., ROBINSON, B. H., SIMPSON, J. and WATSON, D. J. - Electrochemical Investigation of the Tricobalt Carbon Cluster. Inorg. Chem. 16: 410-415 (1977). 6. BOND, A. M. and KELLY, B. W. - Investigations by Automated Differential Pulse Anodic Stripping Voltammetrv of the Problem of Storage of Dilute Solutions. Talanta 24: 453-457 (1977). 7. BOND, A. M., DAWSON, P. A., PEAKE, B. M„ ROBINSON, B. H. and SIMPSON, J. - Electrochemical Investigation of the Iron Group Carbonyls and their Phosphine Substituted Derivatives. Inorg. Chem. 16: 2199-2206 (1977). 8. BOND, A. M., SCHWALL, R.J. and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements: Application to A.C. Cyclic Voltammetry. J. Electroanal. Chem. 85: 231-247 (1977). 9. BOND, A. M. - A Criticism of Kondziela and Biernat's Discussion of Bond's Data for Reduction of Indium in Halide Media. J. Electroanal. Chem. 83: 177-179 (1977). 180 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

10. BURNS. R. C. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Preparation and Properties of Plutonium Oxide Tetrafluoride. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. Letters 13: 657 (1977). 11. CAMERON, D. W. DOWN, J. G., KISSANE, P. J., LAYCOCK, G. M. and SHULMAN. A. - The Preparation and Central Pharmacological Action of Stereoisomeric Bicyclic Imides. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 387- 93 (1977). 12. CAMERON, D. W., DOWN. J.G., KISSANE, P. J., LAYCOCK, G. M. and SHULMAN. A. - Svnthesis of N-Substituted Glutarimides. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1157-9 (1977). 13. CASEY, A. T. and CLARK. R. J. H. - Preparation and Properties of Vanadium (III) Complexes of Bidentate and Terdenlate Nitrogen Donor Ligands. Transition Met. Chem. 2: 76-80 (1977). 14. COLTON, R., McCORMICK, M. J. and PANNAN, C. D. - X-ray Crystal and Molecular Structure of u- Carbonyl bis-u-(bisdiphenvlarsinomethane)dichlorodipalladium(I). J. C. S. (Chem. Commun.) 827 (1977). 15. FARNWORTH. P. G., SHULMAN, A. and CASEY. A. T. - Action of 1,10-phenanthroline Transition Metal Chelates on the Rat Isolated Diaphragm Preparation. Chem.-Biol. Interactions IS: 289-94 (1977). 16. FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. I. Synthesis and Characterization of Selenito Complexes of Cobalt(IlI) and their Equilibrium Properties in Solution. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1271-6 (1977). 17. FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. 2. Kinetics and Mechanism ofthe Reaction of Aquocobalt(III) Cations with Hydrogenselenile Anions. Anorg. Chem. 16: 1276-81 (1977). 18. FOWLESS, A. D. and STRANKS, D. R. - Selenitometal Complexes. 3. Kinetics and Mechanism ofthe Reaction of Hydrocobalt(lll) and Hydroxorhodium(III) Cations with Monomeric and Dimeric Selenite Anions. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1282-6 (1977). 19. HARCOURT, R. D. and WINTER. G. - The Asymmetry of the M-S Bonds in Xanthate Complexes and Possible M-0 Interactions. B. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 39: 360-362 (1977). 20. HOSKINS, B. F. and PANNAN, C. D. - The Structural Features ofa Tetrahedral 1,3-Monolhiolate Complex: The Crystal and Molecular Structure of Bis(ethyl-3-mercaptobut-2-cnoalo)-zinc(ll). Aust. J. Chem. 30: 993-1005 (1977). 21. KENDALL, P. L. and LAWRANCE, G. A. - Thc Kinetics ofthe Base Hydrolysis of i/wtj-Dichloro- and irans-W\btomo-(meso- 5,7.7,12,14,14-hexamethyl -1.4,8,11 - tetraazacyclotetradeca-4,11-diene) cobalt (111) Perchlorate. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1841 (1977). 22. LAWRANCE, G. A. and STRANKS, D. R. - Volumes of Activation for Intramolecular Racemization Mechanisms. High Pressure Racemization of Bipyridyl, Phenanthroline, and Oxalato Complexes of Chromium(IIl) in Solution. Inorg. Chem. 16: 929 (1977). 23. MACLEOD, I. D. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Polarography of Some p-Block Elements in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 1433 (1977). 24. O'DONNELL, T. A.. WAUGH, A. B. and RANDALL, C. H. - Reactivity ofTransilion Metal Fluorides. IX. Protactinium Pentafluoride and Tetrafluoride. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 39: 1597 (1977). 25. O'DONNELL, T. A. - el al — Xenon Difiuoride as a Selective Inorganic Fluorinating Reagent. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 39: 1737 (1977). 26. ROBSON, R. and VINCE, D. G. - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands. IX. Some Telranuclear Nickel(ll). Cobalt(II) and Mixed Cobalt(ll) Complexes. Inorganica Chimica Ada 25: 191-202 (1977). 27. SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M., LOYD, R. J.. LARSEN, J. G. and SMITH, D. E. - A High Speed Synchronous Data Generation and Sampler (Sydages) System: Application to On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements. Anal. Chem. 49: 1797-1804 (1977). 28. SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M. and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements: Real-Time Deconvolution of Heterogeneous Charge Transfer Kinetic Effects for Thermodynamic and Analytical Measurements. Anal. Chem. 49: 1805-1812 (1977). 29. SCHWALL, R. J., BOND, A. M. and SMITH, D. E. - On-Line FFT Faradaic Admittance Measurements: An Application of Broad Band Admittance Spectral Data to more Unambiguous Characterization of Quasi- Reversible Systems. J. Electroanal. Chem. 85: 217-229 (1977). 30. SHULMAN, A., LAYCOCK, G. M. and BRADLEY, T. R. - Action of 1,10-phenanthroline Transition Metal Chelates on P388 Mouse Lymphocytic Leukaemic Cells. Chem.-Biol. Interactions 16: 89-99 (1977). 31. SMITH, J. D. - 'Heavy Metals in Corio Bay', Ministry for Conservation Task No. TO4-609, IBSN O- 909454-77-9.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science 1. BOND, A. M. — Electrochemical Techniques in Inorganic and Analytical Chemistry Doctor of Philosophy 2. McCORMICK, M. J. — Some Organometallic Chemistry of Univalent Palladium and Manganese 3. O'HALLORAN, R. 3. - A. C. Cyclic Voltammetry Master of Science 4. SUCH, C. H. - Some Aspects of Vanadium Chemistry

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress C. I. ARBLASTER - Studies of the Mechanism of Action of Selected Stimulant and Depressant Drugs on the Central and Peripheral Nervous Systems E. C. V. BUTLER — Behaviour of Halogens in the Marine Environment CHEMISTRY 181

J. CARR - Solvent Effects in Metal Ion Substitution Processes R. W. COCKMAN - Spectroscopic Investigations of Heavy Metal Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride P. G. FARNWORTH - Biological Actions of 1,10-Phenanihroline Transition Metal Chelates and Related Substances B. G. GOODMAN - Substitution Reactions of Group III Cations M. R. HOUCHIN — Complexes of Potentially Strong Ti-Donor Ligands J. J. JACKOWSKI — Electrochemical Investigations of Group VI Carbonyl Complexes C. D. PANNAN — Crystal Structures of Monothioacetylaceione Derivatives M. J. RICHARDS — Kinetics Involving Inorganic Reaction Intermediates T. R. SULLIVAN — High Pressure Studies of Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms S. SUVACHITTANONT - Kinetics Studies of Inorganic Reactions at High Pressure M.Sc Theses in Progress A. T. BAKER — Some Studies of Heavy Metal i,1-Dithiolale Complexes F. W. DAVEY — Occurences of Heavy Metals in Marine Sediments Md. A. HASHEM — Magnetic Studies of Some Vanadyl-Schiff Base Complexes R. KELSON - Complexes of Binucleating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom MILNE. P. J. — Silicon and Aluminium Species in Estuaries R. J. MYERS - A Study of Defect Fluorite Related Systems I. P. TRAVERSO — Thermodynamics of Complex Formation M AppSc Theses in Progress A. LONGMORE — Behaviour of Phosphate Species in Estuaries W. MAHER — Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons in Sediments

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been recieved as follows: — ARGC: Voltammetrie and Spectroscopic Investigations of Species Dissolved in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. ARGC: Chemistry and Electrochemistry ofthe Early Transition Elements. ARGC: Development of a Rapid Scan Spectrometer. ARGC: Volumes of Activation for Reactions of Optically Active Metal Complexes. ARGC: Reactions of Oceans to Trace Metal Inputs. ARGC: Complexes of Binuclcating Ligands Containing a Bridging Sulphur Atom. ARGC: Development and Application of Modern Electroanalytical Techniques. Ministry for Conservation: Heavy Metals in Corio Bay. US-Australia Cooperative Science Program (NSF): Study of Fluoride Complexes in Non-Aqueous Media.

B. ORGANIC CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Insect Pigments and Related Metabolites. 2. Quinones and Nucleophiles: Polycyclic Aromatic Systems. 3. Chemistry of Plant Products. 4. Studies in Aldehyde Synthesis. 5. Rearrangements in the Diene Synthesis. 6. Mass Spectrometric Studies. 7. Photochemical Studies. 8. The Chemical Basis for the Toxicity of Analgesics. 9. ,JC Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Studies of Reactive Intermediates. 10. Chemical Studies of Coal Structures. 11. Biological Diagenesis of Chlorophyll and Phytol. 12. Diagenetic Pathways for Lipids in Intertidal Sediments. 13. Chemical Studies of Food Chain Webs in Copepods and Barrier Reef Corals.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOK I. KELLY. D. P., DEWAR, M. K.. JOHNS, R. B., SHAO, W-L. and YATES, J. F. - Cross linking of Amino Acids by Formaldehyde. Preparation and "C N.M.R. Spectra of Model Compounds, in Protein Crosslinking. Part A. ed. M. Friedman, pp. 641-647, Plenum Publishing Corporation, New York, 1977.

ARTICLES 1. AUTERI, S. C. and CAMERON, D. W. - Mixed Carboxylate Sulphonate Esters of Glycerol. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2487-2492 (1977). 182 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

2. A UTERI. S. C. DRAKE, C. B. and CAMERON, D. W. - One-Step Synthesis of Mixed Carboxylate Sulphonate Esters of Diols. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 2479-2485 (1977). 3. BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder Reaction I. Preparation of 3-Vinylindene and Some Homologucs. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1051-1059 (1977). 4. BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder Reaction II. Substituted Fluorenes from 3-Vinylindenes. ,4tis(. J. Chem. 30: 1061-1071 (1977). 5. BERGAMASCO, R. and PORTER, Q. N. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder Reaction. III. Benzoquinone, 1,4-Naphthoquinone and Benzo[6]-thiophen 1,1-Dioxide as Dienophiles. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1523-1530 (1977). 6. BERGAMASCO, R., PORTER, Q. N. and YAP, C. - Vinylindenes and Some Heteroanalogues in the Diels-Alder Reaction. IV. Reactions of Ethenctetracarbonitrile with Some 3-Vinylindoles. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1531-1544 (1977). 7. BOWDEN, B. F. and CAMERON, D. W. - Stable Hydrocarbon Analogues of 9-Anthrone: Methyl Substituted 9-Alkylidene-9,10-dihydroanthracenes. /. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 78-79 (1977). 8. BOWDEN. B. F. and CAMERON, D. W. - Stable Anthraquinodimethancs. Tetrahedron Lett. 383-384 (1977). 9. CAMERON, D. W. and CROSSLEY, M. J. - Svnthesis or Emodin Methyl Ethers. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1161-1165 (1977). 10. CAMERON. D. W., CROSSLEY, M. J., FEUTRILL, G. I. and GRIFFITHS, P. G. - Intermediates in the l:2-Addition of 1,1-Dietho.xvcthene to Quinones: Synthesis of Deoxyerythrolaccin. J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun. 297-298 (1977). 11. CAMERON, D. W„ DOWN, J. G.. KISSANE. P. J., LAYCOCK. G. M. and SHULMAN, A. - The Preparation and Central Pharmacological Action of Stereoisomeric Bicyclic Imides. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 387- 393 (1977). 12. CAMERON, D. W., DOWN, J.G., KISSANE, P. J.. LAYCOCK, G. M. and SHULMAN, A. - Synthesis of ^-Substituted Glutarimides. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1157-1159 (1977). 13. CAMERON, D. W„ FEUTRILL, G. I„ LAMMERTS VAN BUEREN, L. J. H., RASTON, C. L. and WHITE, A. H. - Crystal Structure or Methyl 8-Iodo-4,5,7-trimethoxv-2-naphthoaie. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2313-2317 (1977). 14. CAMERON, D. W.. FEUTRILL, G. Land PATTI, A. F. - Lanthanide Shifts in the'H N.M.R. Spectra of peri-Alkoxy- and -Alkylamino-quinones. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1255-1258 (1977). 15. CAMERON, D. W., HALL, S. R., RASTON, C. L. and WHITE, A. H. - Colouring Matters ofthe Aphidoidea. XLIII. Crystal Structure of the Aphid Pigment 'Quinone A'. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2705-2709 (1977). 16. CAMERON, D. W. and MINGIN. M. - 1,6-Addition or t-Butylmagnesium Chloride to 9.10- Phenanthraquinonc. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 859-863 (1977). 17. CAMERON, D. W. and SAMUEL, E. L. - Reactions or Perimidin-4-ones and -6-ones with Amines. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2063-2079 (1977). 18. CAMERON, D. W. and SAMUEL, E. L. - Reactions of per/'-Aminonaphthoquinones and Dihydroperimidinones with Piperidine. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2081-2085 (1977). 19. CAMERON, D. W., SAWYER, W. H. and TRIKOJUS, V. M. - Colouring Matters or the Aphidoidea XLII. Purification and Properties of the Cyclising Enzyme [Protoaphin Dehydratase (Cyclising)] Concerned with Pigment Transformations in the Woolly Aphid Eriosoma tanigerum Hausmann (Hemiptera: Insecta). Ausi. J. Biol. Sci. 30: 173-181 (1977). 20. COOKE, R. G. and RAINBOW, I. J. - Colouring Matters of Australian Plants XIX. .-fuvi. J. Chem. 30: 2241-2247 (1977). 21. CROWE, C. A., CALDER. I. C, MADSEN, N. P., FUNDER, C. O. GREEN, C. R.. HAM, K. N. and TANGE, J. D. — An Experimental Model of Analgesic Induced Renal Damage - Some Effects of p- Aminophenol on Rat Kidney Mitochondria. Xenobiolica 7: 345-356 (1977). 22. CROWE, C. A., MADSEN, N. P., TANGE. J. D. and CALDER, I. C. - Loss of Kidney Microsomal Glucose-6-phosphalase Activitv Following Acute Administration of p-Aminophcnol. Biochem. Pharmacol. 26: 2069-2071 (1977). 23. DAVIES, W., ENNIS, B. C, MAHAVERA, C. and PORTER, Q. N. - Thermal and Photodimerization of Benzo[*)thiophen-3-carboxylic Acid 1,1-Dioxide. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 173-178 (1977). 24. HOGEL, H. M„ KELLY. D. P., BROWNE, A. R., HALTON, B., MILSOM, P. J. and wOOLHOUSE, A. D. — Studies in the Cyclopropa-arene Series: Acid Catalysed and Thermal Decompositions of I, I-Dichloro-2,5-diphenylcyclopropabenzene. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin I, 2340-2342 (1977). 25. JOHNS, R. B. and PERRY, G. J. - Lipids or the Marine Bacterium Ftexibacler polvmorphus. Arch. Microbiol. 114: 267-271 (1977). 26. JOHNS, R. B., PERRY, G. J. and JACKSON, K. S. - Contribution or Bacterial Lipids to Recent Marine Sediments. Esluarine and Coastal Marine Science 5: 521-529 (1977). 27. KELLY, D. P. and SPEAR, R. J. - Carbon-13 N.M.R. Studies of Carbocations. Determination ofocrtho Constants Irom "C Spectra or Benzhydryl Cations. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1993-2004 (1977). 28. LLOYD, E. J. and PORTER, Q. N. - Mass Spectrometric Studies. XII. Organic Sulphates. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 569-578 (1977). 29. TUDROSZEN, N. J., KELLY, D. P. and MILLIS, N. F. - o-Pinene Metabolism by Pseudomonas putida. Biochem. J. 168: 315-318 (1977). 30. VOLKMAN, J. K. and JOHNS, R. B. - Thc Geochemical Significance of Positional Isomers of Unsaturated Acids from an Intertidal Zone Sediment. Nature. 267: 693-694 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy I. FLYNN, R. G. A. — — Ion Structures and Skeletal Rearrangements CHEMISTRY 183

2. OLSTEIN, R. - The Synthesis of Substituted Cinnamaldehydes and their Corresponding Epoxides 3. RAINBOW, I, J. — The Unequivocal Synthesis of Haemocorin Aglycone and its Derivatives

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress I. J. DAGLEY — Isolation and Synthesis of Pigments from Macropidia fuliginosa P. G. GRIFFITHS - Synthesis of Anthraquinone Pigments S. J. HART — Identification of Metabolites of Analgesics and their Role in Nephrotoxicity A. F. PATTI — Studies on Naturally Derived and Synthetic Quinones G. J. PERRY — Lipids in the Marine Environment J. K. VOLKMAN - Studies of Biological Diagenesis in Recent Marine Sediments A. C. YONG - Study of Analgesic Metabolites in1 Rats M.Sc Theses in Progress K. R. DEUTSCHER - Synthetic Organic Chemistry K. HEALEY — Chemical Basis of Drug Induced Nephrotoxicity D. IAKOVID1S - Mass Spectrometric Studies J. D. LAMBERT - Vinylindoles in the Diels-Alder Reaction P. J. MILNE — Aspects of Suspended Matter — Disolved Species Interaction in Estuarine Systems L. J. H. PANNAN - Approaches Towards the Synthesis ofa Naturally Occurring Binaphihofuranquinone J. R. PEARSON - Synthesis and Diels-Alder Reaciions of 3-Vinylbenzofurans

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: Insect Constituents. ARGC: Biological Diagenesis of Some Plant Alcohols. ARGC: Proton Microprobe Analysis of Trace Metals in Plankton. ARGC: "C-H Coupling Constants in Carbocations. ARGC: Ion Structures and Rearrangements in Mass Spectrometry. ARGC: New Heterocyclic Syntheses. ARGC: Toxicity of Analgesics. APM Ltd: Chemical Mechanism of Wood Pulping. National Coal Research Advisory Committee: An Approach to Oil Formation from Coal.

C. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Colloid and surface chemistry — Prof. T. W. Healy. 2. Picosecond spectroscopy - Dr R. Cooper, Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite. 3. Pulse radiolysis of gases — Dr R. Cooper. 4. Photochemistry of tryptophan and related molecules - Dr P. J. Thistlethwaite. i. Valence theory - Dr R. D. Harcourt. 6. Thermodynamic properties of liquid mixtures - Dr C. L. Young. 7. Electrochemistry and measurement of activity coefficients - Dr P. T. McTigue. 8. Effect of pressure on equilibria and rates of reaction in solution - Dr R. D. Alexander. 9. Fluorescence studies on polyelectrolytes - Dr F. E. Treloar. 10. Thermoluminescence dating of South-East Asian pottery - Dr F. E. Treloar. 11. Spectroscopic studies of solutes in liquid hydrogen fluoride — Dr C. G. Barraclough. 12. Rate studies on some organic substitution reaciions — Dr A. A. Humffray.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOK 1. McTIGUE, P. T. ed. - Chemistry: Kev to the Earth (interim edition), Melbourne University Press, Melbourne, 1977.

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS I. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W.. MORRIS, J. M„ ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Picosecond Fluorescence Studies of Rotational Diffusion, in Lasers in Chemistry, ed. M. A. West, p. 316, Elsevier, London, 1977. 184 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

2. HEALY, T. W. - Thc Chemistrv of Mineral Slurry Processing, in 77ie Handling of Concentrates, pp. 17-33. AMIRA, Melbourne. 1977. 3. YOUNG. C. L. — Experimental Methods for Studying Phase Behaviour of Mixtures, in Chemical Thermodynamics Vol. 2. ed. M. L. McGlashan, pp. 71-104. Chemical Society. London, 1977.

ARTICLES 4. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., BISSET, H., PITMAN, P. and THISTLETHWAITE. P. J. - The infrared. Raman and Ultraviolet Spectra of Phthalonitrile. Terephthalonitrile and 2.6-Dichlorobenzonitrile. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 753-765 (1977). 5. BARRACLOUGH, C. G., BERKOVIC, G. E. and DEACON, G. N. - The Vibrational Spectra of Some Phenylmercuric Halides and Diphenylmcrcurv. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 1905-1916 (1977). 6. BARRACLOUGH, C. G.. COCKMAN. R. W. and O'DONNELL, T. A. - Electronic Spectra of Some Transition Metal and Lanthanide Ions in Anhydrous Hydrogen Fluoride. Inorg. Chem. 16: 673-677 (1977). 7. CAMPBELL, G. S., HURLE, R. L., LIE, S. P. and YOUNG. C. L. - Gas-Liquid Critical Temperatures of Electron Donor-Electron Acceptor Mixtures. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 401-405 (1977). 8. COOPER. R., GRIESER. F. and SAUER. M. C. Jr. - A Kinetic Study or the Formation of Excited States in the Pulse Radiolvsis or Gaseous Xenon-Iodine Systems. J. Phvs. Chem. SI: 1889 (1977). 9. COOPER, R„ GRIESER, F„ SAUER, M. C. Jr. and SANGSTER, D. F. - Formation and Decay Kinetics or the 2p Levels or Neon. Argon. Krypton and Xenon produced by Electron-Beam Pulses. J. Phvs. Chem. HI: 2215 (1977). 10. CROSS, R. F. and McTIGUE. P. T. - Activitv Cocrficients or Alkyl Acetates in Concentrated Electrolyte Solutions. J. Phys. Chem. SO: 814-821 (1977).' 11. CROSS, R. F. and McTIGUE. P. T. - An Analysis of the Thermodynamics of Transfer of Polar Non- Electrolytes from Water to Aqueous Concentrated Salt Solutions. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 2597-2562 (1977). 12. DAVIES. W. D. and TRELOAR, F. E. - The Application o( Racemization Dating in Archeology: A Critical Review. The Artefact. 2: 63-94 (1977). 13. FEHER, A. 1„ COLLINS, F. D. and HEALY, T. W. - Mixed Monolayers o! Simple Saturated and Unsaturated Fatty Acids. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 511-519 (1977). 14. FLEMING, G. R., HARROWFTELD, I. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Properties or Single Picosecond Pulses from Ncodymium Phosphate Glass. Opt. Commun. 20: 36 (1977). 15. FLEMING, G. R„ KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Picosecond Spectroscopic Studies ol Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission in Organic Dvc Molecules. Chem. Phvs. 23: 61 (1977). 16. FLEMING, G. R.. MORRIS. J. M. and ROBINSON. G. W. - Picosecond Fluorescence Spectroscopy using a Streak Camera. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 11 (1977). 17. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W.. MORRIS, J. M., MORRISON. R.J. S. and ROBINSON, G. W. — Picosecond Fluorescence Studies o( Xanthene Dves. J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 99: 4306 (1977). 18. FLEMING, G. R., MILLAR, D. P., MORRIS, G. C, MORRIS. J. M. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Exciton Fission and Annihilation in Crystalline Tetracene. Aust. J. Chem. 30: II (1977). 19. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Rotational Diffusion orthe Mode Locking Dye DODCI and its Photoisomer. Chem. Phvs. Leu. 49: I (1977). 20. FLEMING, G. R., KNIGHT, A. E. W„ MORRIS, J. M.. ROBBINS, R. J. and ROBINSON, G. W. - Slip Boundary Conditions (or Molecular Rotation: Time Dependent Fluorescence Dcpolarisalion Studies of BBOT. Chem. Phvs. Lett. 51: 399 (1977). 21. FLEMING. G. R, KNIGHT, A. E. W., MORRIS, J. M.. MORRISON. R. J. S. and ROBINSON. G. W. — Picosecond Fluorescence Studies ofthe Fluorescence Probe Molecule, 1.8-Anilinonaphthalene Sulphonate (ANS). Israel J. Chem. (Special Issue), Autumn, 1977. 22. HARCOURT, R. D. and MARTIN, G. E. - Superexehange and Some Molecular Orbital Calculations of the Exchange Parameter for Copper(H) Carboxylate Dimers. J. Chem. Soc. Faradayll. 73: 1-14 (1977).

23. HARCOURT, R. D. - "Increased-Valence" Bonding Units: 6-Elcctron 5-Ccntre Bonding forS.,N4, Pyrrole

and XcrFA and then-Bonding for SA'jt S-N. and (SN)X. J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 237-242 (1977). 24. HARCOURT, R. D. - "Increased-Valence" Formulae and the Reactions o( l-c(ll) Porphyrin Complexes with 0, to form Binuclear Oxo-Bridgcd Dimers. J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 243-247 (1977). 25. HARCOURT, R. D. - A Semi-Classical Derivation of the Shell Structure for Moms.Naturwissenschafteii 64: 485-486 (1977). 26. HARCOURT. R. D. - Valence Formulas'for the Fe(ll)0; linkage of O.xyhemaglobin and Cytochrome P- 450-Dependent Mono-Oxvgcnases. Inl.J. Quantum Chem.. Quumum Hiologv Svmp. 4- 143-153 (1977). 27. HARCOURT, R. D. and WINTER, G. - The Asymmetry of M-S Bonds in Xanthate Complexes and Possible M-O Interactions. J. Inorg. and Nucl. Chem. 39: 360-362 (1977). 28. HEALY, T. W., YATES, D. E., WHITE, L. R. and CHAN. D. - Ncrnstian and Non-Ncrnstian Potential Differences at Aqueous Interfaces. J. Electroanal. Chem. SO: 57-66 (1977). 29. HICKS. C. P. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour at High Temperature Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part I Computer Solution Techniques and Stability Tests. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav II 73: 597-612 (1977). 30. HICKS, C. L„ HURLE. R. L. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour al High Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Pari IV Comparison wilh Experimenlal Results for Carbon Dioxide + n-Alkane Mixtures. J. Chem. Soc. Faraday II 73: 1884-1887 (1977). 31. HICKS. C. P. and YOUNG, C. L. - Prediction of Vapour-Liquid Equilibrium: Theorv. Computer Techniques and Application to Permanent Gas Mixtures at Pressures in excess of Five Bar. Ausi. J. Chem. 30: 2583-2590 (1977). 32. HOMOLA, A. M. and JAMES. R. O. - Heterocoagulation ol Amphoteric Colloids. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav I. 73: 1436-1442 (1977). CHEMISTRY 185

33. HOMOLA. A. and JAMES. R. O. - Preparation and Characterization of Amphoteric Polystyrene Latices. J. Colloid & Interface Sci. 59: 123-134 (1977). 34. HOMOLA. A. M.. SNOOK. I. and VAN M EG EN, W. - Excess Pressures in Colloidal Dispersions. J. Colloid & Interlace Sci. 61: 493 (1977). 35. JAMES, R. O., WIESE. G. R. and HEALY, T. W. - Charge Reversal Coagulation of Colloidal Dispersions by Hydrolysable Metal Ions. J. Colloid & Interface Sci. 59: 381-385 (1977). 36. HURLE. R. L., TOCZYLKIN, L. S. and YOUNG. C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behavioural High Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part III Comparison with Upper Critical Solution Temperatures for Perfluoromethylcyclohe.xanc + Hydrocarbons. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav II. 75: 618-622 (1977). 37. HURLE. R. I... JONES, J. and YOUNG, C. L. - Theoretical Prediction of Phase Behaviour at High Temperatures and Pressures for Non-Polar Mixtures: Part II. Gas-Gas Immiscibility. J. Chem. Soc. Faradav II. 73: 613-617 (1977). 38. MARSH. K. N. and YOUNG, C. L. - The Gas-Liquid Critical Properties of Alkane Mixtures: Cvcloalkancs + n-Alkanes and Cycloalkanes + Branched Alkanes. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 2103-2106 (1977). 39. MOIGNARD. M. S., JAMES. R. O. and HEALY, T. W. - Adsorption of Calcium at the Zinc Sulphide- Water Interface. Aust. J. Chem 30: 733-740 (1977). 40. MOIGNARD, .M. S., DIXON, D. R. and HEALY, T. W. - Electrokinetic Properties of the ZnS and NiS- Water Interfaces. Proc. Aus. I MM. No. 263: 31-40 (1977). 41. ROBINSON. G. W„ MORRIS, J. M., ROBBINS, R. J. and ITEMING. G. R. - Picosecond Emission Spectroscopy. Loser Spectroscopy 133 (Proceedings SPIE Symposium, San Diego. August. 1977.) 42. THISTLETHWAITE, P. J. - The Vibrational Analysis of the 274 nm Svstem of Benzonitrile: A Reinterpretation. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1595-1600 (1977). 43. TOCZYLKIN, L. S. and YOUNG. C. L. - Comparison of the Values of the Interaction Parameter ? from Upper Critical Solution Temperatures of Acetone + Alkanes with Values obtained from Gas-Liquid Critical Temperatures. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 767-770 (1977). 44. TOCZYLKIN, I.. S. and YOUNG, C. L. - Vapour Pressures of Some Liquids composed of Quasi- Spherical Molecules near their Critical Point and Applicability of the Principle of Corresponding Stales. Ausi. .1. Chem. 30- 1591-1593.(1977). 45. YATES. D. E.. GRIESER. F„ COOPER, R. and HEALY, T. W. - Tritium Exchange Studies on Mclal Oxide Colloidal Dispersions. Aust. J. Chem. 30: 1655-1660 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. SCOLLARY, C. E. — Non-Empirical Valence Electron Calculations on Croup V Halides and Transition Metal Pi Complexes 2. GRIESER, F. - Radiolylic Excitation of Cases 3. PITT, M. G. — Physical and Photochemistry of Conjugated Nitramines Master of Science I. HURLE, R. L. — Theoretical Predictions of Phase Behaviour in Binary Mixtures

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress R. L. BRUCE — Electrophilic Substitution of Naphthalene H. E. IMBERGER - Oxidation of Organic Sulphides D. J. KEW — Vibrational Spectra of some Transition Metal Compounds J. RALSTON — Heavy Metal Ion Activation of Zinc Sulphide .1. A. ROPER — Electronic Excitation in Electron Irradiated Gases B. A. SCHAEFER — 77re Mechanism of Formation of Ions in Flames MSc Theses in Progress J. T. FRAYNE — A Spectroscopic Study of Ion Solvation in Mixed Solvents .1. S. LYONS - Studies of Monodispersed Sols L. S. TOCZYLKIN - Phase Behaviour of Binary Mixtures

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: Excitation Processes in Electron Irradiated Gases. ARGC: Nanosecond Pulse Radiolysis Study of Gaseous OH Radicals. ARGC: Kinetics of Adsorption at thc Solid-Liquid Interface. ARGC: The Coagulation of Dispersed Colloids in Water by Aluminium Salts. ARGC: Time-Resolved Fluorescence Studies of Conformational Transitions in Synthetic Polyelectrolytes. ARGC: Molecular Photokinctics, Spectroscopy and Energy Transfer. COMPUTER SCIENCE

Chairman of department: Professor P. C. Poole Professor PETER CYRIL POOLF Senior Lecturers WILLIAM ROY FLOWER REX PHILIP HARRIS PETER GEORGE THORNE Lecturers LLOYD ALLISON JEAN-LOUIS LASSF.Z KENNETH JOHN McDONELL PRABHAKER MATETI Senior Tutor CALVERT LEONARD COOK Research Fellow PAUL ALEXANDER DUNN RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Factorization of formal languages. 2. Computer assisted instruction. 3. Computer design. 4. Computer graphics. 5. Information retrieval. 6. Computer synthesis of music. 7. Numerical analysis. 8. Programming languages. 9. Programming methodology. 10. Software engineering techniques. 11. Analysis of synthesis of vocalizations.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ALLISON, L. and WILDE, D. - Phrase structures in PASCAL. Proceedings of Seminar /Workshop on Programming Language Systems. ANU, Canberra, February 1977. 2. ELZ, K. R. and POOLE, P. C. - An implementation of Janus. Proceedings of Seminar/Workshop on Programming Language Systems, ANU, Canberra, February 1977. 3. GUIGNARD, P. A. and LASSEZ, J-L. - Filtration of a profile of activity using the domain of the point sources. Australian and New Zealand Society of Nuclear Medicine. Sih Annual Meeting. Hobart (1977). 4. LASSEZ, J-L. and SHYR, H. J. - Factorizations in the monoid of languages. International Conference on Combinatorial Theory, sponsored by the Australian Academy ofScience and the International Mathematical Union, Canberra - Springer Verlag Lecture Notes in Mathematics. D. Holton and .1. Scberry (Eds.) (1977). 5. LASSEZ, J.-L. and SHYR, H. J. - Prefix properties and equations in the monoid or languages. Tamkang Journal of Mathematics (1977). 6. POOLE, P. C. - Towards improved reliability and efficiency through hybrids. Proceedings of IFIP TC2 Working Conference on Constructing Quality Software. Novosibirsk, USSR, May 1977. 7. SACKS-DAVIS. R. - Solution of stiff ordinary differential equations bv a second derivative method. SIAM J. Numer. Anal.. 14. No. 6 (1977). 8. SACKS-DAVIS, R. - Error Estimates (or a stiff differential equation procedure. Math. Comp.. JI. No. 140 (1977).

REPORTS 1. ALLISON, L. - An Introduction to the Technical Report Series. Technical Report I. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977). 2. ALLISON, L. — Library Routines by Syntax Macros. Technical Report 3. Department ol Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977). 3. ALLISON, L. — Cryptic Arithmetic (Additions). Technical Report 7. Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne (1977). 4. DIX, T. 1. — Detection of Impossible Trihedral Solids Using Depth Coefficients. Technical Report 5. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977). 5. HARRIS, R. P. - An improved metronome algorithm for Music V. Computer Music Research Project Paper I. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977). 6. LASSEZ, J.-L. and SHYR. H. J. - On the Monoid of Languages. Technical Report 2. Department of Computer Science, University of Melbourne (1977). 7. SACKS-DAVIS, R. - Numerical Initial Value Problems in Stiff Ordinary Differential Equations. Technical Report 6, Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne (1977). 8. THORNE. P. G. - Conversational Remote Job Entry - A cost Effective Compromise for Computers in Education. Technical Report 4, Department of Computer Science. University of Melbourne. (1977).

186 COMPUTER SCIENCE 187

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Science I. INCIGNERI, M. H. - Multidimensional Quadrature

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress T. I. DIX — Language Facilities for Modular Programming P. A. DUNN - A Distributed Logic Computer A. P. KYNE — Use of Formal Methods in Limited Domain Programming R. SACKS-DAVIS - Numerical Initial Value Problems in Ordinary Differential Equations M.Sc Theses in Progress B. CURTIS — A Formal Approach to the Development of Language for the Specification of Man-Computer Graphic Conversation P. DIXON — Resource Scheduling and Allocation T. HAT21 — Processing Capability in Address Translation Hardware K. KANCHANASUT — Graph Representation in the Computer E. MORRIS - Simulation Aided Design of Computer Systems J. OWEN - The Adaptability of Janus 1. SMITH — Use of Computer Graphics in Teaching Mathematics J. L. VERBYLA — Pattern Recognition and Literary Data Classification W. D. WILDE — Implementation of a Translator Writing System S. F. WILLIAMS — Portability of a Programming Language

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: The development and evaluation of techniques for producing portable and adaptable computer software. ARGC: Direct Synthesis of Music by Computer. GENETICS

Chairman of department: Professor M. J. Whitten Professor MAXWELL JOHN WHITTEN Senior Lecturers BARRY THOMAS OWEN LEE JON MARTIN Lecturers RAJAGOPALAN ANANTHAKRISHNAN JOHN MICHAEL DEARN JOHN ALEXANDER McKENZIE DAVID LAURENCE PORTER ANN JACOB STOCKER Senior Tutors DONALD FORSYTH GARTSIDE ANDREW HING CHING KUNG Tutor PHILIP RALPH LEHRBACH Graduate Research Assistant JENNIFER CHENEY Research Fellows WILLIAM PURINGTON HALL III FAYE PAULA IMRAY WILLIAM DORSEY STUART RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Radiation genetics and DNA repair mechanisms in the cellular slime mould Diclyoslelium discoideum. - F. P. Imray. 2. Genetical and biochemical studies of chemical-mutagen and radiation sensitivity in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - B. T. O. Lee and A. H. C. Kung. 3. Plasmid modification of radiation and chemical-mutagen sensitivity- in Pseudomonas aeruginosa - P. R. Lehrbach, A. H. C. Kung and B. T. O. Lee. 4. Photoreactivation of UV-induccd DNA damage in Pseudomonas aeruginosa — A. H. C. Kung. 5. Amino acid transport in Neurospora crassa and mammalian cells — W. D. Stuart. 6. Cell-surface RNA-structure and function — W. D. Stuart. 7. Scanning Electron Microscope studies of human chromosomes — W. D. Stuart. 8. RNA-DNA in situ hybridization - W. D. Stuart and D. L. Porter. 9. Genetic aspects of antiproteases in neonatal liver disease — R. Ananthakrishnan. 10. Genelic variability, structure-function relationship of human antithrombin III — S. D'Souza and R. Ananthakrishnan. 11. Functional and structural variation ofa'-macroglobulin and its relation to disease — R. Ananthakrishnan. 12. Elastase and elastasc-inhibilors variation and their role in pulmonary disease - H. McPhee and R. Ananthakrishnan. 13. Evolution of insecticide resistance in the Australian Sheep Blowfly - M. J. Whitten. J. Dearn and J. A. McKenzie. 14. Genetic differentiation in feral and commercial colonics ofthe honeybee Apis mellifera — D. F. Gartsidc and M. J. Whitten. 15. Cytogenetics, oogenesis and chromosome mechanics ofthe Australian Sheep Blowfly — M. J. Whitten and J. Cheney. 16. Genetics of storage proteins in the Australian Sheep Blowfly and cytocvolution of higher diptera - D. Boon. 17. Theoretical and experimental studies on genetic fitness — D. Colgan. 18. The ecological genetics of the colour pattern and alary polymorphisms in Phaulacridium viltatum — J. M. Dearn. 19. Maintenance of the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in Drosophila melanogaster — J. A. McKenzie. 20. Studies of comparative cytogenetics, hybridization, speciation and evolution in New World Iguanid lizards and Australian scincid and agamid lizards — W. P. Hall. 21. Comparative cytogenetics of Iranian lizards and ruminants - W. P. Hall. 22. Cytological, metrical and biochemical studies of Chironomus oppositus — J. Martin. 23. Inversion polymorphism in Polypedilum nubifer (Diptera: Chironomidae) — D. L. Porter. 24. Banding studies on chironomid and sciarid chromosomes — A. J. Stocker and G. Lentzios. 25. Cytotaxonomy. development, and ecology of native sciarids — A. J. Stocker. 26. Population cytogenetics and cyto-syslematics of the Midges — J. Martin and D. L. Porter.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ANANTHAKRISHNAN, R. and SCHNEIDER. P. - Variabilitat der 6-phosphoglucomat-dchdrogenase (6-PGD) in Blut and Geveben des Kindes. Deutsche Tierarztliches Wochenschrift 84. 30-32 (1977). 2. LEHRBACH. P. R., KUNG, A. H. C, LEE, B. T. O. and JACOBY, G. A. - Plasmid modification of radiation and chemical-mutagen sensitivity in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. J. Gen. Microbiol. 98, 167-176 (1977). 3. LEHRBACH, P. R., KUNG, A. H. C, LEE, B. T. O. - Loss of ultraviolet light protection and enhanced ultraviolet light-induced mutability in Pseudomonas aeruginosa carrying mutant R plasmids. J. Gen Microbiol. 101. 135-141 (1977).

188 GENETICS 189

4. McKENZIE, J. A. - The effect of immigration on genetic control. A laboratory study with wild and compound chromosome stocks of Drosophila melanogaster Theorel. Appl. Genet. 49. 79-83 (I977). 5. MARTIN, J. and PORTER, D. L. — Laboratory biology of the rice midge, Chironomus tepperi Skuse (Diptera: Nematocera). Mating behaviour productivity and attempts at hybridization. J. Aust. enl. Soc. 16, 411-416 (1977). 6. PORTER, D. L., MARTIN. J. - The cytology of Polypedilum nubifer (Diptera, Chironomidae). Caryologia 30. 41-62 (1977). 7. STOCKER, A. J., PA VAN, C. - Developmental puffing patterns in salivary gland chromosomes of Rhynchosciara hollaenderi. Chromosoma (Berl.) 62. 17-47 (1977). 8. STUART, W. D. - A proposal that malignancies represent changes in cell surface RNA. Medical Hypotheses 3. 221-225 (1977). 9. STUART, W. D. - Transport mutants in Neurospora crassa which are deficient in production of extrinsic RNA. Genetics 86, s62 (1977). 10. STUART, W. D. — New class of ribonucleic acid in Neurospora associated with thc outer cell envelope. J. Bacteriol. 129. 395-399 (1977). 11. WHITE, M. J. D.. CONTRERAS, N„ CHENEY. J. and WEBB. G. C. - Cytogenetics of the parthenogenetic grasshopper Warramaba (formerly Moraba) virgo and its bisexual relatives. 11. Hybridization studies. Chromosoma (Berl.) 61. 127-148 (1977). 12. ZIEBELL, R., IMRAY, F. P., McPHEE, D. G. - DNA degradation in wild type and repair-deficient strains of Salmonella typhimurium exposed to unltra-violct light and pholodynamic treatment. J. Gen. Microbiol. 101. 143-149 (1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress D. BOON — Characterization and genetics of .storage proteins in Lucilia cuprina D. CO LOAN - Genetic Fitness S. D'SOUZA — Investigations on the biochemical and genetics aspects of antithrombin III C. KUVANGKADILOK — Studies on the genetic variability in populations of Ch. oppositus P. LEHRBACH — Repair and mutagenesis in Pseudomonas aeruginosa M.Sc Theses in Progress E. KRUMINS — The role of meiotic drive in the speciation of the genus Vandiemenella IEumastacidae: Morabinael G. LENIZIOS - Banding studies on chironomid chromosomes N. MORLEY — Population structure of the Brush Tailed Possum Trichosurus vulpecula G. NEWTON — DNA studies of normal and altered wallaby cells D. WOOD — Investigations into polymerases of Pseudomonas aeruginosa

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — ARGC: Insect cytogenetics; especially the role of chromosomal rearrangements in adaptation and differentiation of populations, races and species. (1977) ARGC: Speciation in Chironomus oppositus. The role of cytogenetic, biometric and biochemical parameters in the differentiation of populations and races oi Ch. oppositus and its Australian relatives. (1978) ARGC: Interaction of exogenous ecdvsone with tissues containing polvtcnc chromosomes in Rhynchosciara (1977) ARGC: Population genetics of insecticide resistance in the Australian Sheep Blowfly. (1978) ARGC: A demonstration of a new class of RNA using hybridization techniques. (1978) ARGC: The maintenance of the alcohol dehydrogenase polymorphism in natural populations of Drosophila melanogaster. (1978) AINSE: Genes controlling radiation response in Pseudomonas aeruginosa. (1977) AINSE: Radiation genetics, repair and development in thc lower eukaryote. Diclyoslelium discoideum. (1977) Anti-Cancer Council: A search for mutagenic DNA polymerases in leukaemic cells. (1978) Apex Foundation: Research into Mental Retardation. (1977) Australian Wool Corporation: Genetic studies on the Australian Sheep Blowfly in relation to its control by genetic means. (1977) NH & MRC: Investigation of some genetic aspects of o'-antitrypsin, a!-macroglobulin and antithrombin III in neonatal liver disease. (1978) GEOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor J. F. Lovering Professor JOHN FRANCIS LOVERING Reader in Geophysics COLIN KERR GRANT Readers in Geology ROGER WALTER LE MAITRE ROBERT JOSEPH WILLIAM McLAUGHLIN Senior Lecturers REID RODERICK KEAYS MARCUS ALDRIDGE HUDSON MARSDEN REGINALD TERRENCE MATHEWS OWEN PEMBER SINGLETON GEORGE ANTHONY THOMAS Lecturers ALDO CUNDARI EDMUND BERNARD JOYCE LINDSAY THOMAS CHRISTOPHER JOHN LASCELLES WILSON Tutors ANGUS KEITH FERGUSON KENNETH GEORGE McQUEEN Curator MICHAEL FRANCIS COOPER Honorary & Emeritus Professor EDWIN SHERBON HILLS Research Officer DAVID KENNETH BLACKWOOD SEWELL Associate THOMAS LARUE LINTON Research Fellow DAVIE JOHN HUMPHRIES Research Fellow - Queen Elizabeth II Fellowship ANDREW JOHN WARD GLEADOW Graduate Research Assistants LESLEY HARLAND GEORGE MODRICH

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. COSMOCHEMISTRY AND LUNAR STUDIES 1. Early solar system stratigraphy. 2. Mineralogical and chemical evolution oi the Ca-AI-rich inclusions in the Allende carbonaceous chondrite: early stage condensation of the solar nebula in the solar system.

B. ECONOMIC GEOCHEMISTRY 3. Analytical methods for geology and the mineral industry: the role of X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy. 4. Distribution of Pd, Ir, Au, Cu, Ni, S in ultramafic lava flows and lenses. Distribution of Pd, Ir. Au in coexisting mineral phases. Kambalda. 5. Au, Se, Ir, Pd, Cu, Ni, S in altered ultramafic rocks: mobilization of Au and S during alteration and importance of ultramafic rocks to gold mineralization. 6. The use of NAA to investigate trace element occurence and movement during the extraction and use of Victorian brown coal - with S.E.C. (Vic).

C. GEOMORPHOLOGY 7. Cainozoic volcanicity in south eastern Australia. S. Late Quaternary geology of the Corangamite region, western Victoria. 9. Environmental geology of thc Moonee Ponds Creek catchment. 10. Geological conservation in Victoria.

D. GEOLOGICAL DATING AND ISOTOPE GEOCHEMISTRY 11. Fission track gcochronology of the Precambrian rocks from Casey to Commonwealth Bay, Antarctica. 12. Geological and gcochronological matching of the Precambrian rocks from south-western Western Australia and the Windmill Islands (Casey area. Eastern Antarctica). 13. Ion microprobe dating of zircons in the earth's oldest crustal rocks. 14. Fission track dating of tuffs associated with the remains of early man at Lake Turkana (Rudolf) in northern Kenya. 15. Fission track geochronology and the post-metamorphic cooling history of early Archaean gneisses from the west coast of Greenland. 16. Fission track age patterns in Tertiary intrusive rocks from the east coast of Greenland and their relationship to continental rifting. 17. Fission track geochronology ofthe Precambrian basement gneisses in Kenya.

190 GEOLOGY 191

18. A comparison of fission track dating methods: effects of radiation damage and crystallographic anisotropj. 19. Fission track dating of zircon from Palaeozoic sandstones at Tatong, north central Victoria.

E. GEOPHYSICS 20. Geological prospecting using electrical and electromagnetic methods. 21. Seismic ground noise mapping in western Victoria. 22. Radiometric studies of Wilson's Promontory granites. 23. Interpretation of some gravity data from Antarctica. 24. Wave-beach interaction (with Hawaiian Institute of Geophysics).

E. GLOBAL TECTONICS AND ANTARCTIC GEOLOGY 25. Fission track geochronology of Enderby Land and the Prince Charles Mountains. Antarctica. 26. Structure and metamorphism of Amundsen Bay, Antarctica.

G. MINERALOGY, PETROLOGY, GEOCHEMISTRY 27. Lead loaded ion-exhange beads as a calcergen. 28. Acid and intermediate tertiary lavas of eastern Australia. 29. Petrological data bases CLAIR and IGBA. 30. Metamorphism and deformation of volcanic-type nickel deposits at Widgiemoollha, Western Australia. 31. Nature and origin of mctascdimentary rocks associated with ultramafic volcanics, eastern Yilgarn block. Western Australia. 32. Rare earth elements in selected leucite-bearing lavas and their phases. 33. Petrological study of leucite-bearing lavas from Bufumbira, south west Uganda. 34. Mineral chemistry of pyroxenes, olivines and feldspars from alkaline rocks. 35. Mineral chemistry of lavas and associated inclusions from Tenerifc (Canary Islands). 36. Mineralogy and chemistry of phases from tuffs on the eastern shore of Lake Turkana (Kenya). 37. Petrology, geochemistry and mineralogy of the leucite-bearing lavas from the Roman Province. Italy. 38. Experimental study and pedogenesis of the leucite-bearing lavas. 39. Rare earth element geochemistry of greenstones and basaltic rocks. 40. Tl in ocean ridge basalts', its significance of low-temperature interaction between sea-water and basalts. 41. Tl in ocean-ridge basalts and Hawaiian basalts: its significance in determining saturation of silicate melts in sulphur. 42. Investigation of the Tl, Rb, Cs contents of submarine basalts as indicators of sea-floor weathering and sulfur saturation of basaltic liquids. 43. The geochemistry of Se. Te, Hg, Tl and Bi. 44. The determination of the rare earth elements in geological material by neutron activation analysis. 45. The investigation ol the levels of Cr, Co, Zn and Se in infant blood scrum using neutron activation analysis. 46. The use of preconcentration techniques with atomic absorption for trace clement distribution studies in geological materials. 47. The development of specific ion electrode techniques for geochemical investigation and analysis. 48. Thc development of XRF techniques for geochemical analysis. 49. The development of the proton microprobe for geological analysis. 50. Fluoride activity in geological processes. 51. Rapid estimation of fluoride in rocks.

H. PALAEONTOLOGY 52. Permian spirifcrinacea of Western Australia. 53. Stratigraphy and fauna of thc basal Callytharra Formation of the Carnarvon Basin, Western Australia. 54. Geology of the eastern Corangamile region and the fossil fauna of Bald Hill near Foxhow.

I. ORGANIC GEOCHEMISTRY 55. Migration direction of oil in the Barrow Island field. 56. Source of oil in the Candeias oil field. Brazil. 57. Catalytic influence of silicates on alteration of organic matter in rocks.

J. SEDIMENTOLOGY 58. Geology ofthe Angahook formation. 59. Jan Juc Marl-Point Addis limestone stratigraphy and facies analysis. 60. Diagenesis of Tertiary limestones and marls. 61 Disconformities and diastems — recognition and diagenesis. 62. Morphology, bottom sediment types and facies in nearshore areas (Western Port, Gippsland Lakes). 63. Transport, modification and intertidal deposition of sediment in Western Port. 64. Dynamics and marine sediment transport studies and development of instrumentation. 192 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

K. STRUCTURE 65. Deformation in the Swiss Alps. 66. Ice deformation studies. 67. Incremental strain in fibrous quartz. 68. Deformation studies.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTER OF BOOK [. McLAUGHLIN, R. J. W. — Atomic Absorption spectroscopy in Physical Methods in Determinative Mineralogy, ed. J. Zussman, pp. 371-390. Academic Press 1977.

ARTICLES 2. BARRETT, F. M., BINNS, R. A.. GROVES, D. J., MARSTON, R. J. and McQUEEN, K. G. - Structural History and metamorphic modification of Archean Volcanic-type nickel deposits, Yilgarn block, Western Australia; Econ. Geol. 72: 1195-1223 (1977). 3. BELL, I. A. and WILSON, C. J. L. - Defect Structures in metamorphic biotites; Phvs. Chem. Minerals 2: 153-169 (1977). 4. BROOKS, C. K. and GLEADOW, A. J. W. — A fission-track age for the Skaergaard intrusion and the age of the East Greenland basalts; Geologv 5: 539-540 (1977). 5. EWERS, G. R. and KEAYS, R. R. - Volatile and Precious Metal Zoning in the Broadlands Geothermal Field, New Zealand; Economic Geology. 72: 1337-1354 (1977). 6. FERGUSON. A. K. — The nature of aegirine-neptunite solid solution. Contrib. Mineral. Petrol. 60: 247-253 (1977). 7. FERGUSON, A. K. — Titanium in aegirines — a comment on "the crystallization trends of pyroxenes from the alkaline volcanic rocks of Tenerife, Canary Islands" bv P. W. Scott. Mineral. Mag. 41: 553-554 (1977). 8. GATEHOUSE, B. M.. GREY, I. E., LOVERING, 3. F. and WARK, D. A. - Structural studies on tranquillityite and related synthetic phases. Lunar Science VIII. Lunar Science Institute, Houston: 349-350 (1977). 9. GLEADOW, A. J. W. and LOVERING, J. F. - Geometry factor Tor external detectors in fission track dating, Nucl. Track Detection I: 99-106 (1977). 10. GROVES, D. I„ BARRETT, F. M., BINNS, R. A. and McQUEEN. K. G. - Spinel phases associated with metamorphosed volcanic-type nickel sulfide ores from Western Australia, Econ. Geol. 72: 1224-1244 (1977). 11. HAUKKA, M. T. and THOMAS, 1. L. — Total X-ray fluorescence analysis of geological samples using a low dilution lithium metaborate fusion. Matrix corrections for major elements, XRav Spectrometry 6: 204- 211 (1977). 12. HOPWOOD, T. P., STEPHENS, M. P. and O'CONNOR, B. - The structure of a small complexly deformed area within ordovician rocks near Mansfield, Victoria, Jour. Geol. Soc. Aust. 24: 219-233 (1977). 13. HANNAKER, P. and HUGHES, T. C. - Multi-element trace analysis of geological materials with solvent extraction and flame atomic absorption spectrometry, Anal. Chem. 49: 1485-1488 (1977). 14. HURFORD, A.J. and GLEADOW, A. J. W. - Calibration of fission track dating parameters: Nucl. Track Detection I: 41-48 (1977). 15. JOYCE, E. B. — Lava channels and associated caves in Victoria, Australia, in Halliday. W. R. (ed.) Proceedings of the International Symposium on Vulcanospeleology and its Extraterrestrial Applications: a Special Publication of the Western Speleological Survey, Seattle, U.S.A.. 51-57 (1976). 16. JOYCE, E. B. — Environmental Education in the Earth Sciences in Victoria, A ust. Geologist 9: 11-13(1976). 17. JOYCE, E. B. - Sedimentary structures associated with the Cainozoic volcanoes of the Western District Plains of Victoria; Sedimentological Newsletter 7: 18-20 (1976). 18. LE MAITRE, R. W. - The Chemical Variability of some Common Igneous Rocks, J. Petrol. 17: 589-637 (1976). 19. NAESER, C. W., HURFORD, A. J. and GLEADOW, A. J. W. - Fission track dating or pumice from the KBS Tuff, East Rudolf, Kenya: Reply to discussion by G. A. Wagner, Nature 267: 649 (1977). 20. RODER, G. H. - Adaption of polygonal strain markers, Tectonophysics 43: 1-10 (1977). 21. THOMAS, 1. L. and HAUKKA, M. T. - XRF determination of trace and major elements using a sinele fused disc; Chemical Geology 21: 39-50 (1977). 22. THOMAS, L. - Electromagnetic Sounding with Susceptibility among the Model Parameters, Geophysics 42: 92-96 (1977). 23. WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Marker events in the early evolution of the solar system: evidence from rims on calcium-aluminium-rich inclusions in carbonaceous chondrites. Lunar Science VIII, Lunar Science Institute. Houston: 976-978 (1977). 24. WARK, D. A. and LOVERING, J. F. - Marker events in the early evolution of Ihe solar system: evidence from rims on Ca-AI-rich inclusions in carbonaceous chondrites, Proc. Lunar Sci. Conf. 8th: 95-1 12 (1977). 25. WILSON, C. J. L. — Combined diffusion and infiltration of uranium in micaceous schists — a fission track study; Contrib. Miner, and Petrol. 65: 171-181 (1977). 26. DAVIS, R. A., DELPORTE, B. and MARSDEN, M. A. H. - Morphology, surface facies and sediment distribution. Gippsland Lakes, Victoria. Publication No. 146. Environmental Studies Series. Ministry for Conservation, pp. 49 (1977). 27. DONALDSON, A. K. and MARSDEN, M. A. H. - Facies and bottom sediment characteristics of Western Port. Publication No. 181, Environmental Studies Series, Ministry for Conservation, pp. 79 (1977). GEOLOGY 193

28. MARSDEN, M. A. H. — Transport and deposition of sediment, and implications for harbour development. Western Port, Victoria. Proc. 3rd Aust. Conference. Coastal and Ocean Engineering, Institution of Engineers (I977). 29. SEEDSMAN, R. W. and MARSDEN, M. A. H. - A study of methodology and of suspended sediment activity, Hastings Bight, Western Port. Publication No. 144, Environmental Studies Series, Ministry for Conservation, pp. 82 (1977).

PATENT T. C. HUGHES - Decomposition Bomb. Aust. Patent No. PD.0846/77.

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DECREE Master of Science I. HOWARD, R. T. - Geology and Petrogenesis of the Baw Baw Pluton. Central Victoria

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy 1. AHMAD, R.- Structural and metamorphic studies in the retrograde schist zones at Broken Hill, N.S. W. 2. ARCHBOLD, N. W.— West Australian Permian Brachiopoda. A study of their taxonomy, biostratigraphy and provincialism 3. COOPER, M. F. — Studies on Australian Cainozoic Bryozoa 4. CRAWFORD, A. J. — Geochemistry and petrology of Victorian Cambrian greenstones 5. DUDDY, I. R. - Geology. Sedimentology and Geochemistry of the Lower Cretaceous Otway Group 6. EMMETT, J. K. — Source rock investigations on the Candeias oil field. Brazil 7. FERGUSON, A. K. - The petrology of leucite-bearing rocks 8. GOLDING, L. Y. — Mineralogy, Geochemistry and Origin of the Kalgoorlie Gold Deposits, Western A ustralia 9. GRIFFIN, A. - Structural evolution of the Koolyanobbing Range, Western Australia, and its bearing on iron ore genesis 10. HAMLYN, P. — Petrology of the Panton and Mcintosh layered intrusions. Western Australia, with particular reference to the genesis of the Panton chromite deposits 11. HUGHES, T. C. — The geochemistry of S. Se. Te, Hg. Tl and Bi (by neutron activation analysis) 12. MACKENZIE, D. — Volcanoes of the Papua New Guinea Highlands: volcanism on a continental margin and its relationship to subduciion 13. MALLETT, C. W. — Studies in Victorian Tertiary Foraminifera: Neogene Planktonic Faunas 14. MORLEY, M. E. — Tectonics and magmatic evolution in relation to continental rifting in south eastern Australia 15. O'CONNOR, B. T. — The sedimentology and structure of the Lower Devonian Liptrap formation, near Waratah Bay. Victoria 16. REECKMAN, S. A. — Geology and environmental interpretation of selected sedimentary sequences insouth eastern A ustralia 17. RODER, G. H. - Structure and metamorphism in a contact aureole; the Ararat granitic intrusion 18. THOMAS, I. L. - Geochemistry of nickel sulphide occurrences. Ml. Clifford, Western Australia

Master of Science 19. EMMETT, J. K. — Influence of Mineral Catalysts on Formation of Hydrocarbons in Non-Marine Sediments 20. LANG, A. J. — Fission track dating: computer applications and error analysis 21. O'BRIEN, P. — The sedimentology and geochemistry of the Permian glaciogenic sediments of central Victoria 22. REDMAN, B. — Precious metal study of Western Australian Archaean greenstones to investigate statigraphic and for geographic control and relation to Au or Ni ores 23. SEEDSMAN, R. — The composition, concentration and movement of suspended matter in Hastings Bight. Western Port. Victoria 24. STORER, R. M. — Petrology and geochemistry of the Mt. Hunt-Kambalda-Kalgoorlie greenstone belt 25. VINCHON, C. — Geochemical and mineralogical studies of the bottom sediments of Western Port catchment main rivers MATHEMATICS

Chairman of department: Professor C. J. Thompson

Professors COLIN JOHN THOMPSON ERIC RUSSELL LOVE SIMON ROSENBLAT CHARLES FREDERICK MILLER Readers BRUCE DESMOND CRAVEN ROGER HAMILTON JAMES GRIMSHAW WILLIAM WILSON WOOD Senior Lcclurers DEREK ALLAN HOLTON JAROMIR JOSEPH KOLIHA JOHN ANTHONY RICKARD ALLAN MAURICE RUSSELL EDGAR RODERICK SMITH CHRISTOPHER JOHN FINNS UPTON RAYMOND TREVOR WAECHTER Lcclurers JAMES JOSEPH CROSS EARL VERN DUDLEY JOHN RICHARD JAMES GROVES JOHN WYLIE LLOYD DAVID JOHN WILSON Senior Tutor JOHN RAYMOND IAFFE Tutors DAVID BILI.INGTON RICHARD JOHN HUNTER PAUL ANTHONY PEARCE JOHN JAMES SHEPHERD JOHN ZELEZNIKOW Rothmans Junior Fellow JOACHIM HYAM RUBINSTEIN ARGC Research Fellow DOOCHUL KIM Research Fellow DAVID HUNTER ANDERSON Senior Associate ROBERT EDWARD JOHNSTON RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. ALGEBRA AND LOGIC - Groses, Miller, Zele/.nikow 1. Finitely presented centre-by-tnctabelian groups. 2. Central extensions by nilpotenl groups. 3. Infinitely generated subgroups of finitely presented groups. 4. Balanced presentations of fundamental groups. 5. Semigroups and rings.

B. ANALYSIS - Dudley, Koliha, Lloyd, Love, Russell, Upton 6. Gaussian law and lacunary sets of characters. 7. Spectral theory of affine operators. 8. Poles of operators. 9. Generalized calculi for elements of Banach algebras. 10. Eberlein compacts and spaces of continuous functions. 11. Smooth partitions of unity on locally convex spaces. 12. Generalizations of Fletl's inequality. 13. Necessary and sufficient conditions for thc existence of kth order Riemann-Stieltjes integrals. 14. A Banach algebra of functions of bounded k'h variation. 15. Integral representation of functions of bounded klh variation. 16. Almost periodic functions.

C. APPLICABLE MATHEMATICS - Anderson, Rosenblat, Waechter 17. Algorithms for polyhedral norm solutions of systems of non-linear equations. 18. Mathematical investigations of inter-element corrections for X-ray fluorescence with application lo thc analysis of geological materials. 19. Approximation methods for bifurcation problems. 20.. Bifurcation from infinity. 21. Effect of random forces acting on nonlinear oscillating systems. 22. Bifurcation from multiple eigenvalues and Ihe stability of bifurcating .solutions. 23. Nonlinear oscillations in the presence of two parameters.

194 MATHEMATICS 195

24. Three-dimensional perturbations lo phase-plane oscillatory system:*. 25. Stefan's problem and matched asymptotic expansions. 26. Extensions of Frank-Karnenetskii's theory for thermal explosion 27. Inverse eigenvalue problems.

E. CONTINUUM MECHANICS - Cross, Grimshaw. Rnscnhtat, Wood 28. Higher order corrections to the theory of stress in shells. 29. Resonant over-reflexion. 30. Long wave resonance. 31. Coastal trapped waves. 32. The instability mechanism in pipe flow and plane Couette How of viscous fluids. 33. The eigenspectrum for small natural oscillation:, of fluids rotating in a convex axisymmetric container. 34. Effect of the Earth's liquid core on the Earth's tides.

F. GRAPH THEORY AND COMBINATORICS - Holton 35. Necessary and sufficient conditions for degree sequences to be hypergraphic. 36. Characterization of planar graphs. 37. Graphs whose vertex deleted lexicographic product is again a lexicographic product. 3S. Tournament regular representations of groups. 39. Structure of thc Cayley graphs of a group. 40. Spectrum of a graph and sufficient conditions for a graph to bc reconstructive. 41. An algorithm for thc graph isomorphism/automorphism problem. 42 Fixing subgraphs and smoothly embeddaole subgraphs.

G. HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS - Cross 43. History of Green's theorem and associated ideas. 1730-1795.

H. MATHEMATICAE ECONOMICS - Rickard 44. Oligopoly games with complete information. 45. Optimization algorithms with application to a monopolistic firm.

I. MATHEMATICAL BIOLOGY - Rosenblat. Thompson 46. Effect of spatial diffusion on ecological communities. 47. On the reconstruction of an evolutionary order. 48. Stability of the translation and transcription processes in cells. 49. Niche overlap and stability of model ecosystems in a fluctuating environment. 50. Stochastic descriptions of model difference equations in the chaotic regime.

J. MATHEMATICAL LINGUISTICS - Upton 51. Three-dimensional representation of deficient matrices arising from a description of verb prefixes in certain languages.

K. OPTIMIZATION, CONTROL. GAME THEORY -Craven. Holton, Johnston, Rickard, Taffc, Wilson 52. Duality theorems for nonlinear fractional programming. 53. Necessary and sufficient conditions for optimality of convex programming problems. 54. Simplification and extension ofthe non-differcntiable Pontnagin principle. 55. Brick packing in two-dimensions. 56. Branch and bound methods in integer programming. 57. The maximum change problem. 58. Thc Australian Wool Corporation wool price stabilization model. 59. Formulation of thc travelling salesman problem as an integer linear program. 60. Use of geometric methods to develop techniques for finding Nash bargaining solutions of differentiate games. 61. Singular surfaces of differentiate games. 62. Existence of solutions for various classes of differentiable games with incomplete information.

L. STATISTICAL MECHANICS - Kim, Pearce, Smith, Thompson 63. Statistical theories of fluids. 64. Adsorption isotherms for fluids with strong inlerparticle repulsions. 196 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

65. Competitive adsorption via thc Percus-Yevick approximation. 66. Critical properties of the n-vcctor and Heisenberg versions of Dyson's hierarchical model. 67. Correlation functions in the spherical and mean spherical models. 68. Kac-type models of ferromagnetic thin films. 69. High density limit of lattice spin models.

M. TOPOLOGY AND GEOMETRY - Cross, Rubinstein 70. Calculus of jets and higher order connections. 71. One-sided surfaces embedded in 3-manifolds. 72. Involutions with fixed points on some 3-manifolds. 73. Free actions of finite groups on the 3-sphere.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ANDERSON. D. H. and OSBORNE, M. R. - Discrete. Nonlinear Approximation Problems in Polvhedral Norins. Numer. Math. 2S: 143-156 (1977). 2. ANDERSON. D. H. and OSBORNE, M. R. - Discrete, Nonlinear Approximation Problems in Polyhedral Norms - A Lcvcnberg-like Algorithm. Numer. Maih. 2S: 157-170 (1977). 3. ARMOUR, L. J.. GATES. D. J. and RICKARD, J. A. - Production Optimization for a Monopolist Who Does Not Set Prices. Bull. . lust. Math. Sue. 17: 351-361 (1977). 4. BAUMSLAG, S.. CANNONITO. F. B. and MILLER, C. F. - Infinitely Generated Subgroups or Finitely Presented Groups, 1. Math. Zeii. 153: 117-134 (1977). 5. COLLINS, D. .1. and MILLER, C. F. - The Conjugacv Problem and Subgroups or Finite Index. Proc. London Math. Soc. 131 34: 535-556 (1977). 6. CRAVEN. B. D. - Lagrangean Conditions and Quasidualilv. Bull. Aust. Math. Soc. 16: 325-339 (1977). 7. CRAVEN, B. D. and KOLIHA. J. J. - Generalizations of Farkas's Theorem. SI A M J. Maih. Anal, tt: 983- 997 (1977). 8. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND, B. - Duality in Homogeneous Programming. Cahiers tin Centre a" Elude de Recherche Operaiionelle IS: 413-414 (1977'). 9. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND, B. — Complementary for Arbitrary Cones. Zeilschriff fllr Operations Research 21: 143-150 (1977). 10. CRAVEN, B. D. and MOND. B. - Sufficient Fritz John Optimalily Conditions for Nondiffcrentiable Convex Programming. J. Aust. Math. Soc. (Hi 19: 462-468 (1977). 11. CRAVEN. B. D. and MOND. B. - Sufficient Optimality Conditions I'or Complex Programming with Quasi-concave Constraints. Maih. Opcrationsfor.schung Sialistik. Ser. Optimization. S: 445-453 (1977). 12. DAVIS, S. H. and ROSENBLAT, S. - On Bifurcating Periodic Solutions at Lo» Frequency. Studies Appl. Math. 57- 59-76 (1977). 13. GATES, D. J., RICKARD, .1. A. and WILSON, D. J. - A Convergent Adjustment Process lor Firms in Competition. Econometrica 45: 1349-1364 (1977). 14. GODSIL, C. D., HOLTON, D. A. and McKAY, B. D. - The Spectrum or a Graph, Combinatorial Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 91-117, Springer, Berlin. 1977. 15. GRIMSHAW, R. II. J. — Nonlinear Aspects oT Long Shelf Waves. Geoph vs. Aslrophvs. fluid Dynamics 8: 3-16 (1977). 16. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - The Effects of a Variable Coriolis Parameter, Coastline Curvature and Variable Bottom Topography on Continental Shelf Waves. J. Phvs. Ocean. 7: 547-554 (1977). 17. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - The Stability o( Continental Shelf Waves, I. Side-band Instability and Long Wave Resonance. J. Ausi. Math. Soc. (H) 20: 13-30 (1977). 18. GRIMSHAW. R. H. .1. - Thc Modulation of an Internal Gravity-Wave Packet, and the Resonance with the Mean Motion. Studies in Appl. Math. 56: 241-266 (1977). 19. GRIMSHAW. R. H. J. - Nonlinear Aspects of Shelf Waves and Mean Currents. Waves on Water of Variable Depth, ed. D. G. Provis and R. Radok. Lecture Notes in Physics 64- 206-211 (1977). (Published by Springer-Verlag and Aust. Acad, of Science.) 20. GUTTMANN, A. J.. KIM. D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Isotherm of Dyson's Hierarchical Model. J. Phvs. A. 10: LI25-L128 (1977). 21. HOLTON, D. A., STACEY, K. C. and McAVANEY. K. L. - Thc Semi-stability of Lexicographic Products, Combinatorial Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 128-132. Springer. Berlin, 1977. 22. HOSKINS. C. S„ GLASSER, M. L. and SMITH. E. R. - Half-space Electrostatic Lattice Sums. J. Phys. A. 10: 879-884 (1977). 23. HUNTER, R. J. and LLOYD, J. W. - Weakly Compactly Generated Locally Convex Spaces. Math. Proc Camb. Phil. Soc. 82: 85-98 (1977). 24. KAC, M. and THOMPSON, C. J. — Correlation Functions in the Spherical and Mean Spherical Models. J. Math. Phvs. IS- 1650-1653 (1977). 25. KIM. D. and THOMPSON. C. .1. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model. J. Phvs. A. 10: 1579- 1598 (1977). 26. KIM, D. and THOMPSON, C.I. - Critical Behaviour ofa Modified Spherical Model../. Phvs. A. 10: 1167- 1174 (1977). 27. KOLIHA. .1. J. — Convergence of an Operator Scries (short communication). Aequaiiones Mathematicae 15: 303-304 (1977). MATHEMATICS 197

28. KOLIHA, J. J. — Convergence of an Operator Series. Aequaliones Malhemalicar 16: 31-35 (1977). 29. LITTLE. C. H. C. and HOLTON, D. A. - A New Characterization of Planar Graphs. Hull. Amer. Maih. Soc. 83: 137-138 (1977). 30. LOVE. E. R. - Repeated Singular Integrals. J. London Maih. Soc. (2) 15: 99-102 (1977). 31. LOVE. E. R. and CLEMENTS, D. L. — A Transformation of Cooke's Treatment of some Triple Integral Equations. J. Ausi. Maih. Soc. (B) I'): 259-288 (1976). 32. McAVANEY, K. L., HOLTON, D. A. and GRANT, D. D. - Groups with Stable Graphs, Combinatorial Mathematics V. Lecture Notes in Mathematics No. 622: 148-152, Springer, Berlin, 1977. 33. McKAY, B. D. - Computer Reconstruction of Small Graphs. J. Graph Theory I: 281-283 (1977). 34. McKAY, B. D. - On the Spectral Characterization of Trees. Ars Comhinaioria 3. 219-232 (1977). 35. PEARCE, P. A. - Kac-iypc Models of Ferromagnetic Thin Films. J. Phys. A. 10: 1009-1022 (1977). 36. PEARCE, P. A. and THOMPSON, C J. - Phase Transition in a Non-translationallv Invariant Spherical Model. J. Phvs. A. 10: 571-581 (1977). 37. PEARCE. P. A. and THOMPSON, C.J. - The Spherical Limit of n-Vector Correlations../. Siai. Phvs. 17: 189-196 (1977). 38. PERRAM, J. W. and SMITH, E. R. - Approximate Law of Corresponding States for Adsorbed Layer Phase Transitions. Colloid and Interface Sci. 60: 416-417 (1977). 39. PERRAM, J. W. and SMITH, E. R. - Competitive Adsorption Via the Percus-Ycvick Approximation. Proc. Rov. Soc. (London) A 353: 193-220 (1977). 40. ROSENBLAT, S. - Global Aspects of Bifurcation and Stabilitv. Arch. Rational Mech. Anal. 66: 119-134 (1977). 41. RUBINSTEIN. J. H. - Isotopies of thc Projective Plane in 3-Manifolds. Topology 16: 217-226 (1977). 42. RUBINSTEIN, J. II. - Heegaard Splittings and a Theorem of Livcsav. Proc. Amer Math. Soc. 60: 317-320 (1976) . 43. RUSSELL, A.M. — Application of Riemann-Stieltjes Integrals of Order k in Functional Analysis. SI A M J. Math. Anal. S: 879-890 (1977). 44. SMITH, E. R. and PERRAM, .1. W. - Adsorption Isotherms for Fluids with Strong Intcrparticlc Repulsions. J.S. Stat. Phvs. 17: 47-60 (1977). 45. STACEY. K. C. and HOLTON, D. A. - On the Automorphism Group of a Tree ./. Comb. Th 22H- 10-25 (1977) . 46. UPTON. C. J. F. — On Classes of Continuous Almost Periodic Functions. Proc. London Math. Soc. (3135: 159-179 (1977). 47. WANG, C.-C. and CROSS, J. J. - On the Field Equations of Motion for a Smooth. Materially Uniform, Elastic Shell. Arch. rat. Mech. Anal. 65: 57-72 (1977). 48. WANG. C.-C. and CROSS, .1. J. — Universal Solutions for Isotropic Elastic Membranes. Arch. rat. Mech. Anal. 65: 73-86 (1977). 49. WILSON. D. J. - Differential Games with No Information. .S7.4M J. Control anil Opt. 15: 233-246(1977). 50. WILSON, D. J. - Solution ofthe Game of Slash. S1AM Rev I": 149 (1977). 51. WOOD, W. W. - A Note on the Westward Drift of the Earth's Magnetic Field. J. fluid Mech. 82: 389-400 (1977). 52. WOOD, W. W. - Torque-free Rotation ofa Cylinder. Phvs. fluids 20: 1953-1954 (1977). 53. WOOD, W. W. - Inertial Oscillations in a Rigid Axisymmetric Container. Proc. Roy. Soc. 358: 17-30 (1977).

RESEARCH REPORTS 54. CHIDZEY. K. G. - Thc Relationship between Fixing Subgraphs and Smoothly Emheddable Subgraphs. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 6. 1977. 55. COLLINGS, I. L. and GRIMSHAW, R. II. J. - Thc Flow of an Ideal Fluid over a Spillway. Univ. of Melh. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. I. 1977. 56. CRAVEN. D. B. - Non-differcntiable Ponlryagin Principle Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Ren. 20. 1977. 57. DUDLEY, E. V. and HALL, P. G. - The Gaussian Law and Lacunarv Sets ol" Characters. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 10. 1977. 58. GODSIL, C. D. - Neighbourhoods of Transitive Graphs and GRR's Univ. of Melh Maths. Res Rep. 2 1977. ' 59. GODSIL, C. D. and McKAY, B. D. - A New Graph Product and Its Spectrum. Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. IS. 1977. 60. GODSIL. CD. - On Cayley Graph Isomorphisms. O'niv. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 21. 1977. 61. GRIMSHAW. R. H J. - On Resonant Over-reflexion of Internal Gravity Waves from a Hclmhollz Velocity Profile, Univ. of Melb. Maih.s. Res. Rep. 8. 1977. 62. GRIMSHAW, R. H. J. - Long Nonlinear Internal Waves in Channels of Arbitrary Cross-section. Univ. of Melh. School of Math. Sci. Res Rep. 17. 1977. 63. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE, C. H. C. - A New Characterization ol Planaritv I: The Three Ring. Univ of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 2. mi. 64. HOLTON, D. A. and RICKARD, J. A. - Brick Packing. Univ of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 3 1977. 65. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE. C. H. C. - A New Characterization of Planaritv II: Thc SMOCE Ring. Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. 13. 1977. 06. HOLTON, D. A. and LITTLE, C. H. C. - A New Characterization of Planarily III- The SMOC Ring. Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Set. Res. Rep. 14. 1977. 67. HUNTER. R. J. and LLOYD, J. W. - F.bcrlein Compacts and Spaces of Continuous Functions. Univ of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 6. 1977. 6S. IMRICH. W. - Subgroup Theorems and Graphs. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci Res Rep 4 1977 69. KIM, D. and THOMPSON, C. J. - Critical Properties of Dvson's Hierarchical Model III The n-Vcctor and Heiscnberg Models. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. 4. 1977. 198 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

70. KIM. U. and THOMPSON. C J. - Critical Properties of Dyson's Hierarchical Model II. Essential Singularities ofthe Borderline Ising Case. Univ. of Melh. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 2S. 1977. 71. LANDMAN, K. A. - Hopf Bifurcation at Low Frequency. Univ. of Melb. Mollis. Res. Rep. .5. 1977. 72. MOORE. R. R. - Singularities in Causal Space-Times. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih Sci. Res. Rep. 7. 1977. 73. MURRAY, I. W. and RICKARD. J. A. - The Dynamics or some Discrete Time Duopoly Price Games Involving Cournot and Related Best-Response Strategics. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 10. 1977. 74. MURRAY, I. VV. and RICKARD. J. A. - The Stability al Bishop's Warfare Strategy. Univ of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res Rep. 27. 1977. 75. PEARCE. P. A. and THOMPSON. C. J. - The High Densitv Limit for Lattice Spin Models. Univ. of Melh. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 26. 1977. 76. PURCELL. S. - Thc Four Colour Theorem. Univ. of Melh Maths. Res. Rep. II. 1977. 77. ROSENBLAT, S. and LANDMAN. K. A. - Approximation Methods for Bifurcation Problems. Univ. of Melb. Maihs. Res. Rep. 7. 1977. 78. RUBINSTEIN, J. H. - One Sided Heegaard Splittings of 3-Manifolds. Univ. of Melb. School of Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 9. 1977. 79. RUBINSTEIN, J. H. - Free Actions of some Finite Groups on S'. I. Univ of Melh School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. 16. 1977. 80. RUSSELL. A. M. - Existence and Addilivitv of Second Order Stieltjes Integrals. Univ. of Melb. School oj Maih. Sci. Res. Rep. 19. 1977. 81. TAFFE, J. R. - The Inventory Scheme for Australian Wool. Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep. I. 1977. 82. THOMPSON, C. J. - Statistical Mechanics of Phase Transitions Univ. of Melb. Maths. Res. Rep 9. 1977. 83. WILLIAMS, R. J. - Pseudo-Inverses of Operators. Univ. of Melb. School of Math. Sci. Res. Rep. 3. 1977.

THESES PASSED EOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. SIIEPHARD, J. J. - Nonlinear Singular Perturbation Problems 2. PEARCE. P. A. — Limit Theorems and Inequalities in Statistical Mechanics Muster of A ns 3. COI.LINGS. I. L. — Free Surface Flows under Gravity Master of Science 4. SECOMB, T. W. — Free Boundaries in Non-Newtonian Flows 5. NIEMANN, S. 11. - Some Invariants for Classifying Bundles 6. SCOTT, C. F. - Boundary Waves

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosopy L. J. ARMOUR — An Investigation of Some Possible Profit Maximizing Algorithms for a Monopolist under a Free Auction System D. BILLINGTON - Degree Sequences in Hvpergraphs I. L. COLL1NGS - Continental Shelf Dynamics G. A. COMBER — Biharmonic Iunctions C. D. GODSIL — Groups and Graphs R. J. HUNTER — Weakly Compacted Generated Topological Linear Spaces K. A. LANDMAN - Bifurcation und Stability theory A. P. LEUNG — Finile Extensions of Fundamental Groups B. D. McKAY — Computational Algorithms in Graph Theory G. R. WHEELER — Dynamics of Spin Systems Master of Science J. R. P. CAMERON — Niche Overlap und Stability of Model Ecosystems K. G. CHIDZEY - Fixing Subgraphs und Smoothly Embeddable Subgraphs C. J. GARDINER - Coverings of Seifert Manifolds N. .1. HATHAWAY - Asymptotic Solutions for Phase-Plane Systems M. N. HUNTER - Tuuberian Theorems for Summability of Series C. A. MARTINI - Mathematical Problems in Biology and Ecology G. P. MOR R ISS - The Statistical Mechanics of Adsorption Processes I. VV. MURRAY - Multiperiod Models A. E. RAY — Nash Bargaining in Differential Games G. I. ROFF - Differential Games T. M. RULE - Differential Equations F. R. SMITH - Applications of Higher Order Bundles J. R. TAFFE - An Investigation of Models for a Proposed Inventory Scheme for Australian Wool R. J. WILLIAMS - Game Theory A. C. Y. -WONG - Convergent and Stable Elements in llcrmilian Algebras MATHEMATICS 199

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grams have been received as follows:- ARGC: Balanced presentations ol'fundamental groups. ARGC: Statistical mechanics of lattice systems. ARGC: Statistical theories of fluids. US/Australia Cooperative Science Program: Bifurcalion from infinity. METEOROLOGY

Chairman of department: Dr li. Radok

Full-time Officers Reader UWE RADOK Senior Lecturers TIMOTHY TRAVERS GIBSON MARTIN JAMES D1TMAS JENSSEN Lecturer ROBERT CHARLES LILE University of Melbourne Research Fellows IAN HERBERT SIMMONDS GEORGE DALE HESS ARGC Research Fellow TIMOTHY EDWARD KELIHER Research Assistants SRALOEUNG KEP BARRY JOHN MclNNES

Part-lime Officers Senior Academic Associate WILLIAM FRANCIS BUDD (Antarctic Division, Department ofScience) Academic Associate IAN ALLISON (Antarctic Division, Department ofScience) Research Workers ROSS MAINE ROGER TAPP KENNETH WILSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. SYNOPTIC METEOROLOGY AM) CLIMATOLOGY Southern Hemisphere climatology of cyclogcnesis, storm tracks, and assimilation of monthly mean meteorological and ocean data. Southern Hemisphere monitoring of climate change. Tropospheric jet streams of the Southern Hemisphere: their climatology, and role in the general circulation. Sea-ice anomalies and their climatic significance: correlations and climatology and physical basis of this correlation. Synoptic climatology of precipitation anomalies in southeastern Australia: thc behaviour of individual synoptic systems and of the general circulation during two very contrasting winter seasons (1972 and 1973) and the underlying physical mechanisms responsible for creating precipitation anomalies. Animated film studies of southern hemispheric pressure systems. A study of the synoptic climatology and anomalies in cold season Victorian rainfall including the preparation and comparison and charts representing several broad-scale climatic parameters, together with evaluation and several measures of atmospheric humidity on a monthly mean basis.

B. URBAN METEOROLOGY Work continues on the computer implementation of an analytical, linear, two-dimensional heat-island sea- breeze model, following the general mathematical form of Hess. Temperature and wind soundings were obtained at Laverton during the past 11 years; surface winds from up to 17 anemometers in the Melbourne region have been computed. Analysis ofthe surface wind data was continued in 1977 to build up a climatology of light wind conditions, and characteristics of these periods. Computer analysis of 15 minute wind data; automatic graphic displays: data reduction. Tethersondc probing of the very low atmosphere. Wind profiling with height in the urban environment. Urban meteorology of the Melbourne and Albury-Wodonga areas.

C. RADIATION The radiation fields and the sensitivity of, for example, radiative flux divergence (absorption) and cloud albedo on cloud macro- and micro-structure have been established using calculations by a detailed theoretical model. Computer modelling of radiative transfer processes.

200 METEOROLOGY 201

Radiative distributions (solar and terrestrial) within cloudy atmospheres and clouds have been computed. Studies ofthe identification of uncertainties in the radiatively active constituents of the atmosphere: these have been clarified.

D. COMPUTER MODELLING IWEATHER) Spectral modelling: (i) basic model creation — completed; (ii) modifications for boundary changes (sea-ice. sea surface temperatures) are under way; (iii) internal changes (radiation and cloud varying with time) were initiated.

E. COMPUTER MODELLING (CLIMATE) A basic spectral model for climate studies has been developed.

F. CONVECTIVE PROCESSES A model of convection — including the cloud microphysics, and all stages of the water content has been developed; this study continues.

G. AUTOMATED PUBLIC WEATHER FORECASTING SYSTEM An analog-statistics forecasting system has been developed — a number of analogs to a predicted circulation, or to the initial circulation, are retrieved and a weather forecast for Melbourne based on a statistical analysis of associated weather is produced.

H. GLACIOLOGY Computer modelling of ice dynamics and thermodynamics — a four-dimensional approach with mutual feedback effects. Heat budget of the atmosphere/sea ice/occan system near Mawson, Antarctica. Ice core drilling and borehole logging on Law Dome for palaeoclimate and ice dynamics studies. Ice thickness, ice flow, and mass balance of the Enderby Land - Kemp Land regions of Antarctica. Cooperative program with the USSR to measure ice thickness, ice movement, and mass balance in the interior of East Antarctica. Ice sliding experiments. The flow law of ice. Low stress, low temperature creep. Minimum strain rates for compression tests. Shear strain rales of anisotropic ice core samples and randomly orientated laboratory made ice. Flow rales of ice near the pressure melting point. Numerical modelling of ice masses. Antarctic flowline analyses. Growth of the Laurentide Ice Sheet. Modelling ice masses reaction lo climate changes and independent periodic surging. The distribution and melt rales of Antarctic icebergs.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. BUDD, W. F. - Ice sliding and friction experiments. Jour, of Glac. 16. No. 74: 279-280 (1976). 2. BUDD, W. F. and MORGAN, V. I. - Isotopes, climate and ice sheet dynamics from core studies on Law Dome, Antarctica. Proc. of Grenoble Symp.. August/September 1975. I AHS Publ. No. 118: 312-321 (1977). 3. BUDD, W. F. and YOUNG, N. W. - Computer modelling of temperature distributions in polar ice sheets. Jour, of Glac. 16. No. 74: 293-294 (1976). 4. JENNSSEN. D. - A three-dimensional polar ice-sheel model. Jour, of Glac 18. No. 80: 373-3S9 (1977). 5. MATSUDA, M., WAKAHAMA, G. and BUDD. W. F. - Twinning of ice from Antarctic ice sheet observations of a-axis orientation associated with diamond c-axis orientation fabric. Low Temperature Science Ser. A. 34: 163-171 (1976). 202 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

6. RADOK, U. - Snow drift. Jour, of Glac. 19. No. 81: 123-139 (1977). 7. RADOK, U. — International Antarctic Glaciological Project: Past and Future. Antarctic Journal of the United States. Mar/June 1977, XII, No. I and 2, pp. 32-38. 8. RADOK, U. and L1LE. R. C. - A year of snow accumulation at Plateau Station. In Meteorological Studies at Plateau Station, Antarctica, J. A. Businger, ed. Antarctic Research Series 25. American Geophysical Union: 17-26 (1977). 9. STERN. H. - Cold end to May. Royal Met. Soc. Aust. Newsletter $16, June 1977. 10. WAKAHAMA, G. and BUDD, W. F. - Formation of the three-lavcred structure of the Amerv ice shelf. Antarctica. Jour, of Glac. 16, No. 74: 295-297 (1976).

DEPARTMENTAL REPORT I. BUDD. VV. F. and MclNNES. B. J. - A movie film illustrating the numerical modelling of periodically surging ice masses. Meteorology Department Publication No. 21: pp. 26 (1976).

PAPERS PRESENTED AT CONFERENCES 1. LI1.E, R. C. — A new- instrument for the rapid analysis of ice thin sections. Symposium on dynamics of temperate glaciers and related problems. Munich, 6-9 September, 1977. 2. LILE, R. C. — The effect of anisotropy on the creep of polycrystalline ice. Symposium on Physics and Chemistry of ice. Cambridge. 11-16 September, 1977. 3. LILE, R. C. and TAPP, R. — A new tethersonde system for remote measurements of temperature and wind. Urban Meteorology Conference, Macquarie University, 10-11 February, 1977. 4. LILE. R.C, RADOK, U.. RYAN, C. TAPP, R.. WILDING. J. and MUNRO, D. - A low cost approach lo urban meteorology. Urban Meteorology Conference. Macquarie University. 10-11 February, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Doctor of Philosophy 1. STEPHENS, G. — The transfer of radiation in cloudy atmospheres Master ofScience 2. HASLETT, W. E. — A climatological study of southern Australian weather systems 3. TAPP, R. G. — Studies in urban meteorology 4. WALKER, D. - Glaciological and geophysical studies in Wilkes Land. Antarctica. 1962-63.

THESES IN PROGRESS Doctor of Philosophy ACKLEY. S. K. - Antarctic sea ice LILE. R. C. - Rheology of polycrystalline ice MAINE, R. — Numerical simulation of atmospheric convection processes SMITH, I. N. — Numerical mode/ling of ice masses YOUNG, N. W. — The interdependence of temperature and flow velocity in ice masses Master of Science BLUNDY. N. — Ice sliding and friction CROUD, M. — Study of the meteorological factors responsible for the distribution of radio nuclides I fallout) over A ustralia HOY, R. D. — Infra-red radiation fluxes in the lower atmosphere for the period leading to fog formation KELLY, G. A. M. — Numeric analysis of infra-red radiation data from satellites KELLY, P. D. — Laboratory modelling of energy dispersion in atmospheric circulations ME1GI1F.N, P. J. — Radar studies of tropical cyclones MORGAN, V. I. — Oxygen isotope analysis of Antarctic snow and ice NEAL, A. B. — Convection in the trades NICHOLLS, N. — The monsoon of northern Australia audits relationship to the general circulation PRICE, P. G. — Atmospheric energy calculations for the large scale circulation of ihe southern hemisphere troposphere RICH, M. J. — Some results of the 1972 Casey glaciological field programme RUSSELL, D. S. — Properties and ages of polar ice STERN, H. — An objective weather forecasting svstem for Melbourne WILDING, J. R. - Urban meteorology WOODCOCK, F. - Features of ihe Australian winter circulation in 1970 and 1973 WRIGHT, W. J. — The nature of wei and dry seasons in Victoria

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows:- ARGC: Mcso-term climatic change in Ihe southern hemisphere. Environmental Protection Authority of Victoria: Urban meteorology studies. OPTOMETRY

Chairman of department: Dr B. L. Cole Readers BARRY LEIGHTON COLE HERMANN BARRY COLLIN Senior Lecturer ALAN WILLIAM JOHNSTON Lecturers LEO GERARD CARNEY GEORGE SMITH Senior Academic Associates DAVID MICHAEL COCKBURN JONATHAN NATHAN Academic Associates TERENCE IIOLYOAKE BLAKE KENNETH JOHN BOWMAN EDWIN RONALD HOWELL JANF.TTE ELIZABETH KITCHIN JAMES CARSTAIRS LOWSON JOHN EDWARD McGIBBONY HELEN GAIL ROBBINS Research Kellows ROBERT JOHN JACOBS STEPHEN ERNEST JENKINS RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Early vascularization of the rat cornea - Dr Collin and Miss Hoban. 2. Ultrastructural studies of human corneal and conjunctival biopsy material - Dr Collin. 3. Architecture of the human cornea — Dr Carney and Miss Kiel)'. 4. Phvsiolotiical response of the cornea and tears to environmental stress — Dr Carnev. Mr Efron and Mr" Fullard. 5. Assessment of functional visual loss in the low vision patient - Dr Johnston and Mrs Kitchin. 6. Clinical assessment of the anterior angle — Mr Cockburn. 7. Early diagnosis of acquired defects of colour vision - Mr Bowman and Dr Cole. 8. Methods of visual screening at schools — Miss Robbins and Dr Cole. 9. Measurement of visual fields in patients with ametropia — Mr Alchison and Dr Johnston. 10. Spatial processing mechanisms in normal and amblyopic vision — Mr Howell and Dr Hess. 11. Aberrations and image quality in real and schematic eyes - Dr Smith. 12. Study of road vehicle signal systems — Dr Cole. 13. Acquisition of visually displayed information — Dr Cole und Mr.lacobs. 14. Conspicuity of objects — Dr Cole and Mr Jenkins. 15. • Optical factors in roadway visibility and delineation - Dr Smith.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OE BOOKS 1. COLLIN. H. B. - Vision in The Eye in Veterinary Practice, ed. Blogg. J. R., 2nd cd., W. B. Saunders. Philadelphia (in press).

ARTICLES AND REPORTS 2. BAILEY, I. L. and CARNEY. L. G. — A survey of corneal curvature changes from contact lens wear. The Contact Lens J. 6. 3-13 (1977). 3. CARNEY. L. G. and WOO. G. C. - Comparison of accommodation with rieid and flexible contact lenses. Amer. J. Optom. and Physiol. Optics 54. 595-597 (1977). 4. COCKBURN. D. M. — Is quantification of continuing education desirable on social grounds? Ausi. J. Optom. 60. 159-162 (1977). 5. COLE. B. I.. - Some observations on disability ulare. Proc. ARRB Glare Seminar (1977). 6. COLE. B. L. and DA IN. S. J. (with FISHER. A. J.) - Study of Motor Vehicle Signal Systems. Final report to the Department of Transport, Commonwealth of Australia Project 73/844 (1977). 7. COLE. li. L. and JACOBS. R. J. — A comparison of alternative symbolic warning signs ft tr railway level crossings. Report to Ministry for Transport. Victoria (1977). 8. COLLIN. H. B. - Clinical conditions affecting the basement membrane of the corneal epithelium Ausi. J. Optom. 60. 234-247 (1977). 9. COLLIN. H. B. and ALLANSM1TI1. M. R. - Basophils in vernal conjunctivitis in humans. An electronmirocoscopic study Invest. Ophthal 16. 858-864 (1977). 10. COLLIN. II. B. and GRAHAM. D. M. - Limbal vascular response in mice infected with TRIC aacnts Ausi. J. Optom. 611. 248-255 (1977). 11. EFRON. N. - The Optacon - a replacement or Braille? Ausi. J. Optom. 60. 118-129 (1977). 12. GARNER. L. F. — Front surface topography of spherical flexible contact lenses on the eve Ausi. J. Optom. 60. 40-45 (1977).

203 204 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

13. HESS. R. F. — Accommodative accuracy in strabismic amblyopia Ausi. J. Opiom. 60. 295-298, (1977). 14. HESS, R. F. and GA RNF.R, L. F. - The effect of corneal oedema on visual function Invest.Ophthal. 16. 5- 13 (1977). 15. HESS. R. F. and HOWEI.L. E. R. — The threshold contrast sensitivity function in strabismic amblyopia: evidence for a two tvpe classification Vision Res. 17. 1049-1055 (1977). 16. JACOBS. R. J. - Mixed use of alphabetic and symbolic messages Ausi. Road Res. 7 (3), 52-54 (1977). 17. SMITH. G. - The measurement ofthe refractive index of glass beads used for traffic marking* Aust. Road Res. 7. 27-31 (1977). 18. SMITH, G. - The rainbow method for the measurement of the refractive index of glass beads Traffic Eng. and Control If!. 4X0-485 (1977). 19. SMITH. G. - Consider spectacles Optical Spectra II (7), 8-9 (1977). 20. SMITH. G. - The spectacle wearer and visual optical instruments Aust. J. Optom 60. 382-386 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. HESS, R. F. — Threshold contrast sensitivity in strabismic amblyopia Master of Science 2. JENKINS. S. E. — Detection of Targets in Natural Surroundings

THESES IN PROGRESS I'hD Theses in Progress HOWELL. E. R. — The visibility of low .spatial frequency gratings JACOBS. R. .1. — Legibility of extended alphabetic displays JENKINS, S. E. — Visual conspicuity of objects M.ScOptom Theses in Progress ATCHISON. D. A. — 77?t' effect of ametropia on measurement of the visual field BOWMAN, K. J. — The effect of illuminance on colour discrimination in senile macular degeneration EFRON, N. — Physiological factors relevant to the success of extended wear contact lenses FULLARD. R. J. — An analysis of the buffering capacity of human tears HOBA N. B. P. — A study of ihe effects of sodium salicylate and corticosteroid on corneal neovascularization and polymorphonuclear leukocyte emmigraiion KEILY, P. M. — Corneal architecture — its stability, variation and optical signijicance

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australian Road Research Board: Traffic sign formats. Australian Road Research Board: Conspicuity of objects. Viclorian Ministry for Transport: Level crossing protection Australian Department of Transport: Motor vehicle signal systems Bausch and Lomb Soflens: Cornea and contact lens research. Hydron Australia Pty. Ltd: Cornea and contact lens research. Menicon Australia Pty. Ltd: Cornea and contact lens research. G. Nissel and Co. Pty. Ltd.: Cornea and contact lens research. PHYSICS

Chairman of department: Professor B. M. Spicer (to 2nd Mav 1977) Professor B. H. J. McKellar (from 2nd May 1977}

Professors HERBERT HOWARD BOLOTIN BRUCE HAROLD JOHN McKELLAR GEOFFREY IVAN OPAT BRIAN MILTON SPICER Readers KENNETH CHARLES HINES ANTHONY GEORGE KLEIN EDMUND GERARD MUIRHEAD JOHN LAYTON ROUSE Senior Lecturers KENNETH ALBERT AMOS ZWI BARNEA NORMAN EDWARD FRANKEL GIR1SH CHANDRA JOSHI GEORGE JAMES FERGUSON LEGGE SHU1-Y1N LO COLIN DOUGLAS McKENZIE VICTOR CHARLES OFFICER DENIS GRAHAM SARGOOD GEOFFREY GAY SHUTE ALAN EDWIN CHARLES SPARGO MAXWELL NORMAN THOMPSON JOHN WILLIAM GRAYDON WIGNALL ROBERT HARVEY WILKINSON Lecturers RAYMOND LUDDINGTON ABBEY ADA PHYLLIS BOOTH LESLIE ARTHUR BURSILL EUNICE DELL McKENZIE GRAHAM CHESNEY MASON STUART NORMAN TOVEY Senior Tutor HILARY JANET STEPHEN Tutors ANGELO ERMINIO DELSANTE TURID PEDERSEN-SHANMUGAM ROSS SMITH (terminated 5/8/1977) JOHN EARL TIBBALLS (terminated 31/8/1977) Research Staff Emeritus Professor COURTNEY BALTHAZAR OPPENHEIM MOHR Research Fellow M. ANWAR CHAUDHRI ARGC Research Fellows RICHARD ALLEN BRANDENBURG JOHN COWAN PHILIP H EGG IE (terminated 28/2/1977) BRUCE HENRY KELLETT IAIN MORRISON RICHARD JOHN PETTY PETER FREDERICK PRICE AINSE Research Fellow JOHN EARL TIBBALLS (appointed 1/9/1977) Queen Elizabeth II Fellow ZYGMUNT EDWARD SWITKOWSKI

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS A. DIFFRACTION PHYSICS (a) X-ray Diffraction Anharmonic thermal motion in cadmium selenide; X-ray observation of anharmonicity in cadmium sulphide; Conditions for the appearance of "forbidden" reflections resulting from the generalised structure factor formalism; Some consequences of the presence of antisymmetric atomic features in noncentrosymmetric structures; Anharmonic temperature factors of zinc selenide determined by X-ray diffraction from an extended- face crystal; A diffractometer technique for the precise orientation of single crystals - Z. Barnea. (b) Electron Diffraction Phase contrast studies of defects and surface structures in crystals: Computer simulation of high-resolution electron microscope images of crystal structures and crystal defects; Correlation of hysteresis in thermodynamic studies with crystal structures in reduced ruliles; Deformation twinning and dislocation structures in haematite ores: Structural implications ofthe charge density wave/periodic structural distortion model for phase transitions in transition metal dichalcogenides; Theoretical analysis and prediction of crystallographic shear plane orientations, spacings and of composition waves in reduced rutiles; Construction and use of ultra-high-resolution tilting and heating-tilting specimen holders for crystal studies - L. A. Bursill.

205 206 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress J. C. BARRY - High-resolution electron microscope studies of defects in crystals especially diamonds R. A. CUTHBERTSON — Investigation of TiO. from the dielectric function obtained by electron energv-loss spectrum methods D. J. NETHERWAY - Theory of crystallographic shear plane arrays P. G. SELF — Scattering factors and electron diffraction B. K. WHITELEY - Anharmonic thermal vibrations in hexagonal crystals A. R. WILSON — Electron microscopy of crystals R. L. WITHERS — Structural implications of the charge-density-wavej periodic structural distortion model for phase transitions in transition metal dichalcogenides

B. LOW ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS [a] Betatron Isospin effects in photonuclear cross sections from "Ca to "Fe; A study ofthe cross sections for (ld-2s) nuclei using (v,n). (v,p) and (Y,Y') reactions; Measurement of photoproton cross sections to excited states for "S, "Al, "Mg. — M. N. Thompson. Elastic gamma ray scattering in the E2 region for ™Pb; A study of the !:S(y,d) reaction near threshold; K shell ionisation cross sections for Cu, Ni, Ag, Au; A study of the (e,2e) reactions to deduce inner shell wave functions — B. M. Spicer. Measurement of the (v.n) and (Y.2n) cross sections of "'"Ne; A study ofthe (y.n), tY-^n) and fyY) tactions in '"Ar; The photoneutron angular distribution for !0"Pb below the giant dipole resonance; Measurement of electron spectra in tissue and the perturbation effect of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose — E. G. Muirhead. The design and construction of an energy-loss, matched dispersion magnetic spectrometer — D. V. Webb. Nuclear excitations by electron transitions; Instrumentation for external electron beam facility — R. J. Petty.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress P. D. ALLEN — Photoneutrons from Neon and Argon T. J. BOAL - The E2 giant resonance in :°'Pb R. HELSTROOM — Atomic excitations by relativistic electron bombardment R. M. MILLER — Measurement of electron energy spectra in air and tissue, and a study of the perturbative effect of the presence of an ionisation chamber on the measurement of absorbed dose R. E. PYWELL - Isospin studies around "Ca P. J. P. RYAN — De-exciiation gamma ray studies around A = 40 SU SU — Some photoneutron cross section studies L. B. ZALCMAN - A study of"K and "P by means of de-excitation gamma rays M.Sc Theses in Progress R. J. FARMER — The photoneutron cross section of "Ca E. GROSS — K.-, L-. and M-shell ionisation cross sections in heavy atoms using relativistic electrons J. W. NORBURY - A study of the J:Sfy,d) reaction near threshold JEANETTE WEISE - Isospin effects in the If shell

(b) Pelletron Lifetimes of ground-band states in '"'Pt; Level structure of excited states in "'Au; Lifetimes and level structure of states in "Ni; Lifetimes of excited states in "Fe; Exploitation of enhanced transient fields for the measurement of gyromagnetic ratios of short-lived excited nuclear states; Lifetime determinations of excited nuclear states by Doppler-shift methods - H. H. Bolotin. Transfer reactions between heavy ions at low energies; Sub-Coulomb barrier heavy ion fusion systematics; Investigation of "Ne-producing reactions for nuclear parity mixing experiments; Low energy direct capture measurements; Interactions of ion beams with solid surfaces; Depth profiling of implanted neon in semiconductors and metals: Interaction of the solar wind wilh planetary surfaces and atmospheres - Z. E. Swiikowski. Study of (p,y) resonance strengths in the (s,d) shell; Wigner cusps in proton-induced reactions on intermediate mass nuclei; Total Y_ray yield measurements in the ,!Sc(p,Y) "Ti reaction; Role of excited state reactions during stellar nucleosynthesis — D. G. Sargood.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress D. L. KENNEDY — Nuclear structure studies of low-lying slates in fp she/1 nuclei B. J. LINARD — Lifetimes and level structure of excited slates in "Ti B. M. PAINE - fp.y) resonances in the {s.d) shell S. B. SOLOMON - Total y-ray yield measurements in the "Stfp.y)"Ti reaction PHYSICS 207

(c) Cyclotron Study of proton-induced reactions on "O between 7 and 11 MeV; ('He.p) reactions in light odd-mass nuclei ('Li, "Be, "C. "N, "F and "Mg) - B. M. Spicer.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress J. HAVLOUJIAN - I'He.p) reaciions in tight odd-mass nuclei ('Li. 'Be. "C. "N, "F and "Mg) L. W. J. WILD — Study of proton-induced reactions on "O between 7 and II MeV

C. HIGH ENERGY PHYSICS Studies of the interactions of antiprotons of momentum 320 — 930 MeV/c wilh neutrons in a deuterium Tilled bubble chamber; Studies of antiproton-proton interactions at 4.13 GeV/c in track-sensitive-target bubble chambers; Studies of new methods for the detection of gravitational waves - G. I. Opat. The physics of the Fresnel diffraction of low energy neutrons — A. G. Klein.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress G. J. CHAPMAN — Studies of anti-proton annihilations in a TST bubble chamber J. N. DF ROACH — Antiproton annihilations in deuterium into 5 and 6 pi-mesons L. J. MARTIN - Antiproton annihilations lo strange particles in deuterium M.Sc Thesis in Progress K. R. PARKER — Studies in pn annihilations into 3 and 4 pions

D. THEORETICAL PHYSICS (a) Nuclear and Atomic Physics Analyses of direct reaction (p,p') and (p.n) scattering from nuclei; Analyses of (p,2p) reactions on nuclei; Group theoretic descriptions of nuclear structure applied to (p.p') reactions; Nuclear structure aspects of parity violation theory; Comparisons of shell model and Hartree-Fock predictions with experimental data; Hartree-Fock calculations of total binding energies using Petris forces; R-matrix theory and its application to nuclear reaction analyses: Atomic and molecular structure studies using configuration interaction models; The structure of heavy atoms — K. A. Amos. Parity violation in nuclei; Three nucleon forces; Thc nucleon-nucleon potential: The pion vertex function - B. H. J. McKellar. A calculation of the pair emission lifetime of the 7.65 MeV stale in 1!C — B. M. Spicer.

(b) Statistical Physics Superfluidity in two dimensions; relativistic quanlum electron plasma in an intense magnetic field; pulsar emission mechanism; statistical mechanics of tachyons; hard disc Bose gas; dielectric response of a finite temperature electron gas in thin solid films; two dimensional Bose gases; Relativistic Fermions in internal magnetic fields — N. E. Frankel.

(c) Plasma Physics Semiclassical dielectric function in thc presence of a magnetic field: Removal of divergencies in non-relativistic and relativistic kinetic equations for systems with long range interactions; Alpha particle transport in thermonuclear fusion devices - K. C. Hines.

(d) Particle Physics Strong coupling expansions for O(N); Non-linear sigma models on a lattice: Quark confinement and phase transitions - C. J. Hamer. Factorization in inclusive reactions. Applications of the renormalisation group; Confinement - B. II. Kellett. Proton-proton elastic scattering in droplet model; Fragmentation processes in quark picture: Geometrical picture in hadron scattering; Factorization principles in hadron scattering — S. Y. Lo. Dual resonance models in strong interactions; Quark confinement — G. C. Joshi. Bremsstrahlung and neutral currents; Gauge fields of weak and strong interactions - B. H. J. McKellar.

(e) Optics Atmospheric turbidity — B. H. J. McKellar. 208 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress R. ANDERSON — Dual Resonance Models in Strong Interactions A. R.CARR — The Averaged-Lagrangian Method in Plasma Physics applied to the Propagation ofAlfven Waves ANNA CASS - The Nucleon-Nucleon Interaction A. E. DELSANTE — Magnetic Response of Dense Charged and Neutral Gases R. G. ELLIS - A/ =Vi Rule in Nonleptonic Decays G. R. FOX — Conformed Invariance and Particle Interactions D. F. HINES - Studies in Statistical Physics EVE KOVACS - Yang-Mill Gauge Field Theory MARGARET MALONE - Geometrical Models in Panicle Physics P. NESC1 — Inelastic Scattering as a Probe of Nuclear Structure L. J. RIKUS — The R-Matrtx Method of Reaction Analysts and Nuclear Structure F. J. RUZZENE - Inelastic Alpha Particle Scattering R. C. WARNER - Quark Confinement M.Sc Theses in Progress D. J. CLARKE - Elastic Proton-Proton Scattering in Droplet Model (from 7 GeV - 1500 GeV) G. RAVALLI — A calculation of the pair emission lifetime of the 7.65 MeV stale of "C

E. APPLIED NUCLEAR PHYSICS (a) Proton Microprobe Applications of the proton microprobe to elemental analysis in minerals: Investigation of nuclear backscattering as a technique for measurement of surface porosity — C. D. McKenzie. Heavy metal uptake in phytoplankton; Heavy metal uptake and elemental distributions in wheat leaves; Copper metabolism in mammalian tissues at the cellular level; Instrumentation of a scanning proton microprobe for elemental microanalysis: Scanning analysis programme for the total collection, storage and interactive handling of maps and spectra with a microprobe: Continuous X-ray spectrum from proton interactions with matter: Defocussing of a microbcam by multiple Coulomb scattering — G. J. F. Legge. (b) Proton activation analysis Neutron spectra induced in tissue by bremsstrahlung; Non-destructive depth profiling by nuclear techniques, Determination of heavy metal concentrations by PIXE in marine, biological and geological samples; Fluorine determinations in international geological standards; Absolute cross section measurements of the "F(p,p'Y)"F reaction and its application for fluorine determinations; Depth profiling of fluorine in teeth; Activation analysis with cyclotron produced neutrons, A study of the 'Li(p,n)'Be reaction, Organ depth measurements using radioisotopes - M. A. Chaudhri. PIXE studies ofthe changes in mineral composition of plants due to disease caused by Phytophthora Cinnomoni - J. L. Rouse. THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress A. MAZZOLINI — Elemental analysis of biological material by means ofa proton microprobe M.Sc Theses in Progress C. S. PAPPER - Trace element analysis in biological, geological and environmental samples by nuclear techniques C. W. CHITTLEBOROUGH - Non-destructive depth profiling by charged particle induced reaciions ELIZABETH REEN - Determination of fluorine in biological and geological samples through the "F(p.ay}"0 reaction F. INTERMEDIATE ENERGY NUCLEAR PHYSICS (p,2p) reactions in "C and "Ca at high resolution; Proton reactions with "C and ,lO at intermediate energies — (p,2p) and (p,p') reactions — R. M. Spicer.

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress R. S. HENDERSON - Proton reactions wilh "C and "O at intermediate energies — (p.2p) and (p.p'l reactions I. D. SVALBE - (p,2p) reaciions in "C and "Ca al high resolution

G. MISCELLANEOUS Non-linear processing of images in medicine and its influence on the total performance of the detecting device; Range-energy relations for electrons in the 100 — 2000 eV range — B. M. Spicer. Studies of variable stars and novae — R. H. Wilkinson. PHYSICS 209

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress P. GUIGNA RD — Non-linear processing of images in medicine, and its influence on thc total performance ofthe detecting device

M.Sc Thesis in Progress P. HIGGINS — Range-energy relations for electrons in the energy range 100 — 2000 eV

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. AMOS, K., MORRISON, I., MORTON, J. and SMITH, R. - Inelastic Proton Scattering to High Spin States of Unnatural Parity. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure, Tokvo. p. 495 (1977). 2. BARKER, P. H., SOF1ELD, C. J., PETTY, R. J., FREEMAN, J. M., HOATH, S. D., BURCHAM, W. E. and SQUIER, G. T. A. - A Measurement ofthe Half-life of the Super-allowed Fermi Decav "V(G""pTi. Nucl. Phvs. A275: 37-47 (1977). 3. BARNES, C. A., OVERLEY, J. C, SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Measurement of Hvdrogen Depth Distributions by Resonant Nuclear Reactions. Appl. Phvs. Lett. 31: 239-241 (1977). 4. BOX. M. A., LO, S. Y„ McKELLAR, B. H. J. and REICH, M. H. - Atmospheric Turbidity and the

Circumsolar Radiation. Applied Optics 16: 341-344 (1977). 0 5. BURSILL, L. A. and WILSON, A. R. - Electron-optical Imaging ofthe Hollandite Structure at 3 A Resolution. Acta Crvst. A33: 672-675 (1977). 6. BURSILL, L. A. and BARRY. J. C. - High-resolution Reflex Images ofDefects in Crystals. Phil Mag. 35: 797-810 (1977). 7. BURSILL. L. A., SPARGO, A. E. C, STONE, G. G., WENTWORTH, D. and WILSON, A. R. - Electron-optical Imaging of Crystal Structures using Ullra-high-resolution Pole-pieces. JEOl. News 15E: 5- 10 (1977). 8. CHAUDHRI. M. A.. BURNS, G„ REEN, E., ROUSE. J. L. and SPICER, B. M. - A Method for Charged-particle Activation Analvsis and its Application to Fluorine Determination bv the "F(p,av)laO Reaction. J. Radioanal. Chem. 37: 243-253 (1977). 9. CHAUDHRI, M. A., ALLEN, P., MILLAR, R. M., MUIRHEAD, E. G., ROUSE, J. L. and SPICER. B. M. — The Absolute Determination of Neutron Flux produced by the Interaction of High Energy Bremsstrahlung with Tissue. Livro de Resumos XIV Congresso International de Radiologica, Rio de Janeiro, October, 1977. p. 611. 10. CHAUDHRI, M. A. - A Simple Method for Depth Profiling. Third International Conference on Ion Beam Analvsis, Washington, D.C, June-Julv. 1977, p. 411. 11. CHRISTENSEN, P. R„ DAYRAS, R. A. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - Sub-barrier Fusion Measurements for l:C + "O. Nucl. Phvs. .4280: 189-204 (1977). 12. CHRISTENSEN, P. R. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - Calculations of Scattering and Fusion Cross Sections for |:C, + 13C, "C + :"0 and lftO + l60 Reactions for Energies near and below the Coulomb Barrier. Nucl. Phvs. A280: 205-216 (1977). 13. DAYRAS, R. A., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and WOOSLEY, S. E. - Neutron Branching for the Reactions l!C + "C. Nucl. Phvs. .4279: 70-84 (1977). 14. FREEMAN, D. K., MAIR. S. L. and BARNEA, Z. - The Structure and Bijvoet Ratios of Cadmium Selenide. Ada Crvst. .433: 355-359 (1977). 15. GABRIC, A. and AMOS, K. - The Optical Model and Elastic Proton Scattering from "N and "O. Aust. J. Phvs. 30: 287-301 (1977). 16. GOLD, E„ MASON, G. C. OPAT, G. I., PARKER, K. R„ WIGNALL, J. W. G.. CHAPMAN, G. C, DE ROACH, J. N., KING, P. A., KLEIN, A. G., MARTIN, L. J., and TOVEY, S. N. - Beam-target reversal symmetry in antiproton — neutron interactions in flight. Phys. Rev. D16: 2679-1686 (1977). 17. GREGG, R„ SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Application ofTrack Detectors to the Measurement of Sputtering Yields. Nucl. Instr. & Melh. 144: 613-614 (1977). IS. HAMER, C. J. - Lattice Model Calculations for SU(2) Yang-Mills Theory in 1 + 1 Dimensions. Nucl. Phvs. BI2I: 159-175 (1977). 19. H EGG IE, J. C. P. and BOLOTIN, H. H. - Properties of the Lowest T = 2 State in '"Mg. Aust.J. Phvs. 30: 407-415 (1977). ! 20. H EGG IE, J. C P. and SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. - A precise Determination of the ' C(p.Y)"N Reaction Q- value. Nucl. Instr. fermion-anti-fermion svstem. Phvs. Rev. DI5: 3366-3376 (1977). 24. KELLETT, B. H. - The Physics of the Einstein - Poddsky - Rosen Paradox Foundations of Physics 7: 735-757 (1977). 25. KELLETT, B. H.. JOSHI, G. C, LO, S. Y. - Factorization in Inclusive Reactions I - Nuovo Cim 4IA: 331-350 (1977); II - Nuovo Cim. 4IA: 351-360 (1977). 210 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

26. KENNEDY, D. L„ HEGG1E, J. C. P., DAVIES, P.J. and BOLOTIN, H. H. - The 2046 keV "A l(p,Y)"Si Resonance-Capture Reaction As A Gamma-Rav Intensity Calibration Standard. Nucl. Inslr. & Meth. 140: 519-527 (1977). 27. KENNEDY. D. L., LINARD, B. J„ H EGG IE, J. C. P. and BOLOTIN. H. H. - Lifetimes of Excited States in 'CV. Nucl. Phvs. -4293: 150-166 (1977). 28. KLEIN. A. G., MARTIN, L.J. and OPAT, G. 1. - Fresnel Diffraction of Slow Neutrons. Am. J. Phvs. 45: 295-297 (1977). 29. KLEIN, A. G. and MARTIN, L. J. - Fresnel Integrals. Am. J. Phvs. 45: 298-299 (1977). 30. KLEIN, A. G. - Polarization Flipper for Infrared Laser Beams - Comment. Appl. Opt. 16: 1489 (1977). 31. LEE, M. M., CHAUDHRI, M. A., ROUSE, J. L. and SPICER, B. M. - Environmental and Ecological Studies using Proton Activation Analysis. J. Radioanal. Chem. 37- 889-896 (1977). 32. LO. S. Y. and LAI, C. S. — Study of the Energy Dependence in Geometrical Models. Journal of Phvsics G3: 465-472 (1977). 33. LO. S. Y. and MALONE. M. - Minimal Rule and Fragmentation Model. Phvs. Rev. DI6: 2184-2196 (1977). 34. LO, S. Y. and KOVACS, E. - Hadron Form Factor. Phys. Rev. DI6: 2251-2255 (1977). 35. LO, S. Y., BOX, M. A. and McKELLAR, B. H. J. - Determination of Aerosol Size Distribution at a Glance. Proceedings of the Symposium on Radiation in the Atmosphere. 19-29 August 1976, edited by H.J. Bolle, Science Press (1977), p. 167 36. LOUEDEC. C, BORG, A., ABRAMOVICZ, H., BARLOUTAUD, R., LA FAILLE, J. M., PONS, Y. and WOHL, C, PALER, K., COMBER, C. and TOVEY, S., CHAURAND. B„ DREVILLON, B., GAGO, J. and SALMERON, R. — Inclusive and Exclusive Cross-Sections in K"p Interactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nuovo Cim. 4IA 166-182 (1977). 37. McLAGEN, D. S., BURSILL, L. A. and SPARGO, A. E. C. - Experimental and calculated images of planar defects at high-resolution. Phil. Mag. 35: 757-780 (1977). 38. MORRISON, [., NESCI, P., SMITH, R. and AMOS, K. - The low lying spectrum of "O. Proc. Im. Conf. on Nucl. Structure. Tokyo (1977) p. 189. 39. MORRISON, I.. SMITH, R. and AMOS, K. - A Simple Model of "Zr J. Phvs. C3: I-10 (1977). 40. MUSGROVE, A. R. deL., ALLEN, B. J., BOLDEMAN, J. W., CHAN, D. M. H. and MACKLIN, R. L. - Odd-even Effects in Radiative Neutron Capture by <:Ca, "Ca and "Ca. Nucl. Phvs. A279: 317-332 (1977). 41. NAKAGAWA, T., ISHIZAKI, Y„ THOMPSON, M. N. and others - Level Structure or "Zr and "Zr Studied with the (p,t) Reaction. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo (1977) p. 319. 42. NESCI. P. and AMOS, K. - A Test or Large Basis PHF States for "Ne. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo, (1977) p. 491. 43. NESCI, P. and AMOS, K. - Analyses of Inelastic Proton Scattering from "Ne. Nucl. Phvs. A2S4: 239-256 (1977). 44. OPAT, G. I. - Monte Carlo Simulation oi Experiments. TRIUMF Report TRI-77-4. 1-34 (1977). 45. de POMMIER, P., MARTIN, L. J., POUTISSOU, R., BERGHOFER, D., HASINOFF, M., MEASDAY, D., SALOMON, M., BRYMAN, D., DIXIT, M., MacDONALD. J. and OPAT, G. I. - New Limit on the Decay (l+ + e+Y- Phvs. Rev. Letts. 39: 1113-1116 (1977). 46. PONS, Y„ DENEGRI, D.. LAFFAILLE. J. M., SPIRO, M., CHAURAND. B., LABROSSE, G., LESTIENNE, R., PALER, K.. COMBER, C. and TOVEY, S. - Momentum Transfer Distributions or Some Difrractive Enhancements in K p Interactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nucl. Phvs. BI23: 349-360 (1977). 47. RIKUS, L., MORRISON, I., SMITH, R., and AMOS, K. - A Microscopic Model or the '°Zr(p.n) IAS Transition. Nucl. Phvs. A2S6: 494-504 (1977). 48. SCALO. J. M.. HAFF, P. K., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Sputtcrina by Fast Electrons. Phvs. Lett. 70B: 137-140 (1977). 49. SCHWEITZER. J. S., SWITKOWSKI, Z. E. and WIELAND, R. M. — Low Energy Proton Reaciions on "Sc or Interest in Stellar Nucleosynthesis. Nucl. Phvs. A2S7: 344-351 (1977). 50. SMITH, R., MORRISON, I. and AMOS. K. - Weak Coupling States in *°Zr. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo, 1977, p. 314. 51. SPIRO. M., BARLOUTAUD, R., BORG. A., DENEGRI, D., PONS, Y., COMBER. C, PALER. K., TOVEY, S.N., CHAURAND, B., DREVILLON, B., GAGO, J.M. and SALMERON, R. A. - The Low-mass K Pi Svstem in K"p-»Anti-K Pi N Reactions at 14.3 GeV/c. Nucl. Phvs BI25: 162-188 (1977). 52. STONE, G. G. and BURSILL. L. A. - High Resolution Electron Microscopy of (210) Defect-pairs in Gallia-doped Rutile. Phil. Mug. 35: 1397-1412 (1977). 53. SU SU. SAMBELL. R. H„ MUIRHEAD. E.G. and SPICER, B. M. - The Photoneutron Cross Section of Natural Osmium. Ausi. J. Phys. 30: 677-680 (1977). 54. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E.. KENNETT, S. R., SARGOOD. D.G., SPICER, B. M. and O'BRIEN, R. - Cross Sections for lsO(a,n,,,Y);'Nc Reactions Populating the ('/', Vi*) Doublet. Phvs. Rev. CI6: 1264-1267 (1977). 55. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E., WINKLER, H. and CHRISTENSEN, P. R. - Structure in Gamma-ray Yields from the "C + "O Reaction above the Coulomb Barrier. Phvs. Rev. CIS: 449-451 (1977). 56. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E„ HAFF, P. K., BURNETT, D. S. and TOMBRELLO, T. A. - Mass Fractionation or the Lunar Surface by Solar Wind Sputtering. J. Geophys. Res. 82: 3797-3804 (1977). 57. SWITKOWSKI. Z. E. and HAFF, P. K. - Ion Beam Induced Atomic Mixing. J. Appl. Phvs. 48: 3383-3386 (1977). 58. SWITKOWSKI. Z. E„ STOKSTAD, R. G. and WIELAND, R. M. — "N Fusion with "C and "O at Sub- barrier Energies. Nucl. Phvs. A279: 502-516 (1977). 59. SWITKOWSKI, Z. E„ WU, S. C, OVERLEY, J. C. and BARNES, C. A. - "C +'Be, "O + "Be and "F + 'Be Reactions at Energies below the Barrier. Nucl. Phvs. A289: 236-252 (1977). 60. THOMPSON, M. N., PYWELL, R. E., WEISE, J. and others - A Systematic Study of Photonuclear Cross Sections in the If,, Shell. Proc. Int. Conf. on Nuclear Structure. Tokyo, 1977. pp. 241-250. 61. THOMSON. J. E. M. and THOMPSON, M. N. - Photodisintegration or "Si to Excited Residual States. Nucl. Phvs. A2S5: 84-92 (1977). 62. THOMSON, J. E. M„ THOMPSON, M. N. and STEWART, R. J. - Cross Sections for Photodisintegration of ,:S to Excited Residual States. AW. Phys. A290: 14-26 (1977). PHYSICS 211

63. WARNER. R. C. and JOSHI, G. C. - Factorization"Test Relations and Universality. Leu. Nuovo Cim. 19: 637-640 (1977). 64. WEBB. D. V., PETERSON, G. A.. ITO, K., ELANZ, J. and others - Elastic Electron Scattering from the Mullipolc Moment Distributions of "Mg. Phvs. Rev. C16: 1703-171 1 (1977). 65. WEISE, J.. THOMPSON. M. N., SHODA, fc. andTSUBOTA, H. - The Chromium Photoneutron Cross Section. Ausi. J. Phvs. 30: 401-405 (1977). 66. WHITELEY, B.. MOSS. G. and BARNEA. Z. - X-ray Observation of Anharmonicity in Cadmium Selenide. Phys. Lens. 60A: 429-430 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Science 1. WILSON, G. V. H. - Studies of Magnetic Materials Doctor of Philosophy 2. CADUSCH, P. J. — A Lagrangian including Particle Correlations for a Warm Plasma 3. DAVISON. A. - Aspects of the Photodisintegration of some Zirconium Isotopes 4. JOHNSON, D. W. — Improved Techniques for Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy 5. KLEIN, A. G. — Observation of 2TT Rotations by Fresnel Diffraction of Neutrons 6. ROBBINS, F. J. - Surface Effects on the Energy Gap in Nuclei 7. THOMSON, J. E. M. — De-e.xeiiaiion Gamma Rays following Photodisiniegration Master of Science 8. KENNETT, S. R. - Some (p.y) Resonance Strengths in the S-D Shell 9. LEE, M. M. — Some Applications of Charged Particle Activation Analysis

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Isospin and Deformation Effects on the Photonuclear Cross Section of Nuclei around "Ca. Studies of Knock-out Reactions. Thc Photodisintegration of "Ne using a Cryogenic Target. Study of the Photo Cross Sections for (ld-2s) Shell Nuclei using (y,n), (y.p) and (y.y') Reaciions. Improved Yield Curve Analysis and ihe Measurement of the Structure in the (y.n) Cross Section of Deformed Nuclei. Atomic Physics Experiments with Relativistic Electrons. Weak Interactions. Many-body Forces. Principle of Factorization. High Energy Reactions in a Track-Sensilive Target. Nuclear Structure Studies and Measurement of Nuclear Reaction Cross Sections of Importance in Nucleosynthesis in Stars. Experimental Tests of the Statistical Model of Nuclear Reactions. High Resolution Electron Microscope Study of the Interactions between Extended Defects in Crystals. Diffraction Studies of Bonding and Anharmonicity. Giant Resonance Effects in Inelastic Nuclear Scattering. High Energy Proton Microprobe Analysis of Trace Metal Uptake and Localization in Plants. RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT

CHEMISTRY Head of department: Professor Victor David Hopper Supervisor: Professor of Physical Chemistry. University of Melbourne

Senior Lecturer BERNARD ARTHUR SCHAEFER Lecturer DONALD MARDER DOUGLAS

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Determination of temperatures of dilute micro hydrogen-air diffusion flames. 2. Sea surface hydrocarbons, sampling and analysis. 3. The hydrogeochemistry of an igneous sedimentary structure, the origin of cations in mineral spring waters. 4. Problems in teaching thermodynamics.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES SCHAEFER, B. A. - Flow Rate and Thermal Effects of Diluents in Flame Ionization Detection. J. Chromatog. Sci. 15: 513-519 (1977).

THESIS IN PROGRESS PhD Thesis in Progress B. A. SCHAEFER — Flame Temperature and the Mechanism of Ion Production in Flames

MATHEMATICS Chairman of department: Professor M. A'. Brearley

Professor MAURICE NORMAN BREARLEY Senior Lecturer MICHAEL JOHN CHRISTOPHER BAKER Lecturer JOHN LLEWELYN HOPPER

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Mechanical aids for the disabled. 2. Stochastic processes in biology. 3. Mathematical education.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OK BOOKS t. BREARLEY, M. N. — The Long Jump Miracle of Mexico City, in Optimal Strategies in Sports, eds. S. P. Ladany, R. E. Machol. pp. 162-167. North-Holland Publishing Co., Amsterdam. 1977. 2. BREARLEY, M. N. — Oar Arrangements in Rowing Eights, in Optimal Strategies in Sports, eds. S. P. Ladany. R. E. Machol. pp. 184-185. North-Holland Publishing Co.. Amsterdam. 1977.

ARTICLES 3. BREARLEY. M. N. - A Manually-Operated Portable Stairclimbing Wheel Chair. J. Bioengineering I: 413- 418 (1977).

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress J. V. DENHOLM - Mathematical Modelling of Plant Growth, with Particular Application to Wheal N. MILESHKIN — Random Vibration of Multi Degree of Freedom Systems with Non-linear Damping

212 RAAF ACADEMY: UNIVERSITY DEPARTMENT 213

M.Ed Thesis in Progress M. J. C. BAKER — The Mathematical Curriculum

PHYSICS Head of department and Dean of University Studies: Professor V. D. Hopper

Professor VICTOR DAVID HOPPER Reader JOHN ANGAS THOMAS Senior Lecturers IAN ARTHUR BOURNE JOHN FRANCIS DARBY JEAN ELIZABETH LABY Lecturers JOHN VICTOR DENHOLM BRIAN VAUGHAN DENEHY OWEN MACE GARRY ROBINSON Tutor DAVID LLOYD HOPPER - part-time Professorial Associate GLENN McKINLEY FRYE Senior Academic Associate YUNG KUO LIM Academic Associate HAROLD NEAL BRANN

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Radiative transfer in circumstellar dust shells. 2. Infrared Scanning of dark cloud regions. 3. Infrared sources in the Large Magellanic Cloud. 4. Infrared source structure in the Carina region. 5. Airborne Infrared Astronomy. 6. Infrared survey of the southern skies. 7. Multiwavelength IR detector systems. 8. UBVRI Photometry. 9. Acoustic Sounding of the Atmosphere. 10. Doppler Acoustic Radar wind finding system. 11. Gamma Ray source search. 12. Gamma Ray pulsar analysis. 13. Earth Orbiting Solar Cosmic Ray Detector. 14. Electric Field Measurements. 15. Stratospheric Aerosol Measurement. 16. Plant growth modelling. 17. Marine current velocity meter. 18. Infrared Spectroscopy of the Atmosphere.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES AND REPORTS 1. ROBINSON, G. and HYLAND. A. R. — Emission and Absorption in circumstellar dust shells: an isothermal approach. Mon. Not. R. Ast. Soc. ISO. 495-524 (1977). 2. THOMAS, J. A. - Airborne Infrared Astronomy. Proc. Ast. Soc. Awn.. 3. 97-99 (1977). 3. DARBY, J. F. G. — Proportions of Rectilinear Conchoid Linkages: Mechanism and Machine Theorv. V.I2, 225-236 (1977). 4. SHAW, N. A., BOURN, I. and KEENAN, T. D. - The Influence of System Parameters on Acoustic Sounding. Applied Meteorology. V.I6. pp. 208-213 (1977). 5. DENHOLM, J. V. — Photosynthetic yield in a peach orchard ofthe Tatura Trellis type. RAAF Academy Research Report No. 120. 6. HOPPER. V., JONES, D. and BOURNE, I. - Drift of Electric Field Patterns. RAAF Academy Research Report No. 119 (1977). 7. DENEHY, B. V. — Absolute Phase Determination of Gamma events w-ith respect to Pulsars. RAAF Academy Research Report No. 117 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy BARCLAY, P. A. — Digital Radar Areal Precipitation Measurements 214 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress DENHOLM. J. V. — Mathematical Modelling of Plant Growth wilh particular Application lo Wheat KEENAN, T. D. — A High Power Acoustic Sounder LEHM ANN, P. - Studv of D region echo structures MITCHELL, R - The Physics of Circumstellar Dmt Shells SMITH. R. G. - Infrared Astronomy of the Southern Hemisphere WHITING, B. - Anomalous Propagation Over Bass Strait YOUNG, A. — Infrared Spectroscopy of [he Atmosphere M.Sc Theses in Progress IMMANUEL, D. B. - UB VRI Stellar Photometry MOON, T. T. - Photometry of Short Period Variables ANTONIELLI, V. - Infrared Astronomy

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Gamma Ray Astronomy. ARGC: Infrared Astronomy. ARGC: Doppler Acoustic Wind finding Radar. Radio Research Board: Electric field measurements. Dept. Def. (Air): Physics and Chemistry Research Topics. STATISTICS

Chairman of department: Professor E. J. Williams Professor EVAN JAMES WILLIAMS Senior Lecturer NORMAN MALCOLM HAMILTON SMITH Lecturers PETER GAVIN HALL KENNETH SHARPE RAYMOND KEITH WATSON Academic Associate RICHARD GENTRY JARRETT Visiting Research Fellow SUSAN RUTH WILSON

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Crossing processes generated by continuous, stationary processes — K. Sharpe. 2. Epidemic and conflict theory — R. K. Watson. 3. Extreme-value theory - P. G. Hall. 4. Limit theory of probability — P. G. Hall. 5. Martingale'theory - P. G. Hall. 6. Regression theory and applications — E. J. Williams. 7. Stochastic population models - R. K. Watson. 8. Traffic theory - N. M. H. Smith.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. HALL, P. G. - Martingale Invariance Principles. Ann. Prob. 5: 875-887 (1977). 2. HALL. P. G. - On the LP Convergence of Sums of Independent Random Variables. Math. Proc. Camb. Philos. Soc. 82: 439-446 (1977). 3. SHARPE, K. and BEKTASH. R. M. - Heterogeneity and the Modelling of Bacterial Spore Death: the Case of Continuously Decreasing Death Rate. Can. J. Microbiol. 23: 1501-1507 11977). 4. WILLIAMS. E. J. - Some Representations of Stable Random Variables as Products. Biometrika 64: 167-169 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. FISHER, R. J. — Assumptions in Analysis of Survival Data 2. WATSON. R. K. - Stochastic Population Models Master of Science 3. EVANS, MERRAN G. — A Comparison of Short-Term Statistical Forecasting Techniques with Australian Macro-Economic Data

THESES IN PROGRESS M.A Thesis in Progress C. L. MORLEY - Experimental Design M.Sc Theses in Progress P. S. ANDERSON — Merging Processes on Freewavs H. J. GIELEWSKI - Time Series Analysis R. J. HILTON - Extreme-Value Theorv R. A. McDONNELL - Demand for Motor Vehicles MARGARET H. PERIL - Robust Estimation ROSANNE N. PITTARD - Inference on Probability Densities C. D. TRENGOVE - Bounds for the Mean Waiting Time in Queues

215 ZOOLOGY

Chairman of department: Professor G. D. Campbell Professor GRAEME DUBRELLE CAMPBELL Reader in Zoology ALASTAIR GRAEME WILLIS Reader in Ecology MURRAY JOHN LITTLEJOHN Senior Lecturers JOHN REGINALD McLEAN ANGUS ANDERSON MARTIN DONALD CAMPBELL ROGERS DAVID GEOFFREY SATCHELL Lecturers BARBARA KAY EVANS DAVID JOHN GROVE RICHARD HAMOND RICHARD CECIL LIONEL HUDSON DAVID LINDSAY MACMILLAN GRAEME FIELD WATSON DAVID YOUNG Senior Tutors TERENCE MICHAEL BEATTIE RALPH HERBERT MILLER Tutor DONALD FRANCIS NEWGREEN Senior Associate FRANK HARVEY DRUMMOND Research Associate JOHN BARTON FURNESS Research Fellows MICHAEL JOHN CAPRA DONALD FORSYTH GARTSIDE ANGELA MARY RUTHERFORD RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Speciation. biogeography and general biology of Australian amphibians. 2. Ecological studies of intertidal and subtidal animals and of selected freshwater and terrestrial vertebrates. 3. Physiology and fine structure of the autonomic nervous system of lower vertebrates. 4. 'Purinergic' nerves in the vertebrate autonomic nervous system. 5. Histochemistry and physiology of adrenergic neurones. 6. Neuromuscular physiology and locomotion of fish. 7. Cardiovascular physiology of lower vertebrates. 8. Microvascular anatomy of vertebrate respiratory organs. 9. Neurophysiology of locomotion and sound production in crustaceans. 10. Sound production and olfaction in insects. 11. Differentiation, migration and locomotion of neural crest cells. 12. Taxonomic studies of crustaceans.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OK BOOKS 1. LITTLEJOHN, M. J. - Long-range acoustic communication in anurans: An integrated and evolutionary approach, in The Reproductive Biology of Amphibians, eds. D. H. Taylor and S. I. Guttman. pp. 263-294. 2. MACMILLAN, D. L. - Rhythmic motor output in crustaceans - its contribution to the study of nervous svstcms and behaviour, in Workshop on Lobster and Rock Lobster Ecology and Phvsiology. eds. B. F. Phillips and J. S. Cobb, CSIRO, Melbourne. 3. SINGER, O, WILLIS, G. L. and EVANS. B. K. - Problems in the study of relationships between central mechanism and consummalory behaviour, in Food Intake and Chemical Senses, eds. Y. Katsuki et al. Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press/Baltimore: University Park Press.

ARTICLES 1. ALLAN, I. J. and NEWGREEN, D. F. - Catecholamine accumulation in neural crest cells and the primary sympathetic chain. Amer. J. Anal. 14°: 413-421. 2. BROOK. A. J. - Australian biogeographical integrated grid system: Technical manual. Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne. 3. DANN, P. M. — A further note on the nomenclature of New Zealand Spur-Winged Plovers. Nolomis 24: 284-285. 4. DESSAUER, H. C, GARTSIDE, D. F. and ZWEIFEL, R. G. - Protein electrophoresis and the syslematics of some New Guinea hylid frogs (genus Litoria). Sysl. Zool. 26: 426-436. 5. GARTSIDE, D. F. and DESSAUER, H. C. - Immunological evidence on affinities of African Matrix. Copeia: 190-191 (1977). 6. GARTSIDE, D. F., DESSAUER, H. C. and JOANEN, T. - Genie homozygosity in an ancient reptile (Alligator mississippiensis). Biochem. Genet. 15: 655.663.

216 ZOOLOGY 217

7. GARTSIDE, D. F.'. ROGERS, J. S. and DESSAUER, H. C. - Speciation with little genie and morphological differentiation in the ribbon snakes Thantnophis proximus and T. sauritus (Colubridae). Copeia: 608-705 (1977). 8. HUDSON, R. C. L. - Preliminary observations on the behaviour of the gobiid fish Signigobius biocellaius Hoese and Allen, with particular reference to its burrowing behaviour. Z. Tierpsychol. 43: 214-220. 9. MORTON, S. R., HAPPOI.D, M., LEE, A. K. and MacMILLEN, RE- The diet of the barn owl, Tyio alba, in south-western Queensland. Ausi. Wild. Res. 4: 91-97. 10. MOSSE. P. R. L. and HUDSON, R. C. L. - The functional roles of different muscle fibre types identified in the myotomes of marine teleosts: A behavioural, anatomical and histochemical studv../. Fish Mol. II: 417- 430. 11. MURDOCH, S. D.. EVANS, B. K., HEATH, J. W., HILL, C. E. and BURNSTOCK, G. - Effects or chronic bretylium treatment on rat peripheral sympathetic nerves and the smooth musculature of the vas deferens: A multidisciplinary study. Eur. J. Pharmacol. 43: 225-236. 12. NEWGREEN. D. F. and ALLAN, I. J. - A procedure for the rapid freezing of whole cmbrvos. Experientia 33: 1513-1514. 13. PHILLIPS, J. W., McKINNEY, R. J. W., HIRD, F. J. R. and MACMILLAN, D. L. - l actic acid formation in crustaceans and the liver function ofthe midgut gland questioned. Comp. Biochem. Physio. 56B: 427-433. 14. ROBERTSON, A. I. - Ecology of juvenile King George Whiting Sillaginode.s punctutus (Cuvier and Valenciennes) (Pisces: Perciformes) in Westernport, Victoria. Aust. J. Mar. Freshwater Res. 28: 34-43. 15. ROBERTSON. A. I. - Identification or Pacific and Dominican Gulls. Aust. Bird Walther 7: 5-10. 16. SMITH, D. G. and RAPSON, L. — Differences in pulmonary microvascular anatomy between Bufo marinus and Xenopus laevis. Cell and Tiss. Res. 178: 1-5. 17. SMITH, D. G. and JOHNSON, D. W. — Oxygen exchange in a simulated trout gill secondarv lamella. Am. J. Phvsiol. 23: R145-R161. 18. SMITH. D. G. - Sites of cholinergic vasoconstriction in trout gills. Am. J. Physiol. 233: R222-R229. 19. TYLER, M. J.. DAVIES, M. and MARTIN, A. A. — A new species of large, green tree frog from northern Western Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 101: 133-138. 20. TYLER. M. J. and MARTIN. A. A. - Taxonomic studies ol some Australian leptodactylid frogs of the genus Cvclorana sleindachner. Rei. S. Aust. Mus. 17: 261-276. 21. WA1NER, J. W. and GIBSON, R. J. - Habitat of the swamp antechinus in Victoria. Distribution and habitat requirements of the mainland swamp antechinus. Antechinus minimus maritiniu.s (Finlayson) (Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Vict. Nal. 93: 253-255. 22. WARR, G. W.. DECKER, J. M., MANDEL. T. E.. DeLUCA. D.. HUDSON. R. and MARCHALONIS, J. J. — Lymphocyte-like cells of the tunicate, Pyura siolonifera: binding of lectins, morphological and functional studies. Aust. J. exp. Biol. med. Sci. 55: 151-164. 23. WATSON. G. F. — Artificial hybridization techniques for anuran amphibians. Aust Zool. 19- 239-24], 24. WOODRUFF. D. S. - Male postmating brooding behaviour in three Australian Pseudophryne (Anura: Leptodactylidae). lierpelologica 33- 296-303. 25. YOUNG, D. and HILL, K. G. — Structure and function of the auditory system of the cicada Cyslosoma saundersii. J Comp. Physiol. 117: 23-45.

THESES PASSED KOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy 1. EVANS. B. K. — Cellular effects of chronic guanethidine administration 2. MORTON, S. R. — Ecological and physiological studies of Sminlhopsis CTassicaudala {Marsupialia: Dasyuridae). Master of Science 1. DUXSON, M. J. — Studies on the autonomic nervous system of the load IBufo marinus}. 2. McDONNELL, I.. J. — A biochemical investigation by hybridization in the Pseudophryne bibroni complex (Anura: Leptodaclylidae) 3. WESCOTT, G. C. An analysis of hybridization between Iwo species ofthe genus Cyclograpsus (Crustacea: Brachyura) in south-eastern Australia

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress 1. ALLAN. I. J. — Experimental studies on the development ofthe avian autonomic .system 2. FRIEND, G. R. — Flora and fauna of exotic pine plantations and adjacent indigenous eucalypt forests 3. GIBBINS, I. L. — Development of the autonomic nervous system in amphibia 4. MARK, G. E. — Sympathetic nerves and smooth and cardiac muscle cells in culture 5. MORRIS. J. L. — Control of renal function in amphibia 6. MOSSE, P. R. L. — Anatomical and metabolic relationships between muscle fibre types in the lateral musculature of fish 7. NEWGREEN, D. F. — The neural crest of the chick embryo and its derivatives 8. PARRY, G. D. - The life history strategies of five .species of intertidal limpet 9. ROBERTSON, A. I. - Energy flow in an eelgrass (Zostera muelleri and Heterozostera tasmanica) system 10. RUSS, G. R. — The ecology of communities on hard substrates in the marine subtidal region 11. SY.N'NOT. R. N. - The foraging strategy of an intertidal carnivorous gastropod 218 FACULTY OF SCIENCE

M.Sc Theses in Progress 1. BARCLAY, J. H. - Population ecology of galaxiid fishes 2. DORSEY, J, H. - Ecology of ihe Ner'eidae (Polychaela) al Werribee, Port Phillip Bay. Victoria 3. HARRISON, P. A. — Acoustic territorial interactions within the Litoria ewingi complex I Anura: Hylidae fin south-eastern Australia 4. HOWARD, R. - The ecology of caridean shrimps associated wilh seagrass flats in Westernport Bay 5. OWEN, T. S. — Ecological genetic studies of the genus Ranidella (Anura: Leptodaclylidae) 6. PARSONS, D. W. — Tension reception in crustaceans 7. RIGBY, B. - The trophic ecology of fish in ihe Gippsland Lakes 8. ROBERTSON, P. — Comparative life history strategies and ecology of Victorian scincid lizards 9. ROBINSON, .(. E. — Studies of the nervous system of marine invertebrates particularly of molluscs and brachicipods 10. ROUNSEVELL, D. W. — A population of Nanorchestes antarcticus/Acari: Prosiigmalu) at the Veslfold Hills, Antarctica 11. SHERWIN, W. B. - Narrow zones of overlap and hybridization in the genus Litoria {Amphibia: Anura) 12. WAINER, J. W. — Ecological inleructions between Antechinus minimus I Marsupialia: Dasyuridae) and Rattus fascipes {Rodenlia: Muridae) on a small island

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — APM: Flora and Fauna of Exotic Pine Plantations and Adjacent Indigenous Eucalypt Forest. ARGC. Hybrid zones and the speciation process. ARGC: Neuroethology of invertebrates. ARGC: Investigation of the purinergic nerve hypothesis. ARGC: Histochemical localisation and microspeclrofluorimclric identification of monoamines in neurones ofa mollusc, Mylilus edulis. ARGC: Histochemistry and ultrastructure of chick embryo enteric neuron differentiation in vilro. ARGC: Relationships between neurosecretion, the vascular system and sensory receptors in insect antennae. ARGC: Flormonal and nervous control ofthe heart and vasculature in elasmobranch fish. ARGC: Microvascular anatomy of gas exchange organs. Australian Biological Survey: Zoogeography of Anura of South-Eastern Australia. MA Ingram Trust: The ecological status of and the potential interaction between the Pacific Gull Larus pacificus and the Dominican Gull /- dominicanus in Australia. Ministry for Conservation: The ecological role of macrofauna in eelgrass communities of Westernport Bay. NHMRC: Investigation ofthe non-adrenergic inhibitory nervous system in human airways. NHMRC: The transmitter substance released by 'purinergic' nerves. Potter Foundation: Survey of the Amphibian Fauna of the Kununurra-Lake ArgxTc Area. Northern Western Australia. Potter Foundation: Behaviour of marine invertebrates. VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES

Chairman of department: Professor D. C. Blood

Medicine Professor of Veterinary Medicine and Chairman of Department DOUGLAS CHARLES BLOOD Senior Lecturers in Veterinary Medicine CLIVE COLLINS GAY FREDERICK WILLIAM GRAHAM HILL VIRGINIA PERRYMAN STUDDERT Lecturer in Veterinary Epidemiology PHILIP THADDEUS DURFEE Senior Research Fellow FREDERICK WILLIAM HENRY MORI EY Technical Officer GARY ALAN ANDERSON

Surgery Senior Lecturers in Veterinary Surgerv BRUCE ANDREW CHRISTIE THOMAS ALFRED MASON Lecturers in Veterinary Surgery WILLIAM THOMAS REYNOLDS VICTOR CECIL SPEIRS Lecturer in Veterinary Radiology ROGER BERNARD LAVELLE

Animal Reproduction Senior Lecturer in Animal Reproduction DAVID BRUCE GALLOWAY Senior Lecturer in Veterinary Obstetrics VALENTIN'S SLOSS Lecturer in Animal Reproduction PATRICK JOHN WRIGHT Research Fellow TEODOR STELMASIAK

Veterinary Hospital Registrar - Medical HAMISH ROBERTSON Residents RAYMOND JOSEPH HORSEY STEPHEN CHARLES SKIPPER Internes THERESE CAMPBELL IAN IIAINE DOUGLAS NEIL HAYWOOD JOHN VAN VEENF.NDAAL JILL WIDDERS ROBERT WRIGLEY

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS Medicine 1. Proliferative enteropathy in pigs. 2. Apexcardiogram in the horse. J. Blood pressure in the horse. 4. Aspects of the ileo-caecal-colic region of the horse. 5. Pasture management and cattle production. 6. Pasture management and sheep production. 7. Helminth parasites control systems. 8. Liverlluke ecology, control and pathogenesis. 9. Computer simulation and disease control. 10. Herd health and dairy production systems. 11. Systems of control of cattle tick. 12. Flock health and sheep production. 13. Investigation of traceback systems for slaughter sheep.

Surgery 1. Hip Dysplasia in Dogs - (a) Evaluation of palpation of puppies as an early diagnostic procedure, (b) Evaluation of Na Ascorbale as a prophylactic, (c) Surgical techniques for treatment." 2. Aspect of cervical spondylolisthesis in dogs. 3. Surgical treatment of deformities of the foreleg in young dogs caused by premature closure ofthe growth plates of radius or ulna. 4. Glutaraldehyde tanned, biosynthetic conduits as xenografts in man and animals.

219 220 FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

5. Evaluation of segmental analgesic anaesthesia with pcntazocaine in the dog. 6. Examination of the cardiac effects of some anaesthetic agents using apex cardiography. 7. Some aspects of the biomechanics of the metacarpophalangeal joint in horses. 8. An investigation of the effect of overfeeding on bone development in Great Danes.

Animal Reproduction 1. Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls. 2. Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams. 3. Definition of clinical syndromes associated with infertility in male domestic animals. 4. Pituitary function in pregnant and post partum ewes. 5. Endocrine studies on reproductive problems in the marc.

PUBLISHED WORK

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS Medicine 1. GRUNSELL, C. S. G. and HILL. F. VV. G. joint editors. Veterinary Annual John Wright and Son, Bristol 18th edn., 1977. 2. HILL, F. W. G. — Pancreatic disorders of dogs, in Veterinary Annual eds. F. W. G. Hill and C. S. Grunsell. John Wright and Son, Bristol. 18th edn., 1977. 3. HILL. F. W. G. — Histiocvtic ulcerative colitis of Boxer dogs in Veterinary Annual eds. F. W. G. Hill and C. S. Grunsell. John Wright and Son. Bristol 18th edn., 1977.

ARTICLES M edicine 1. GAY, C. C, MCCARTHY. M.. REYNOLDS, W. T. and CARTER, J. - A method for indirect measurement of blood pressure in thc horse. Aust. Vet. J. 53. 163-166 (1977). 2. GAY. C. C. MCCARTHY. M. and CARTER. J. — Indirect measurement of blood pressure in horses. Proc. 54th Ann. Conf. Aust. vet. Ann. 107-108 (1977). 3. GAY, c. c. MCCARTHY, M„ MASON, T. A., REYNOLDS, W. T.. CHRISTIE, B. A. - The value of arterial blood pressure measurement in assessing the prognosis in equine colic. Equine vet. J. 9(4), 202-209 (1977). 4. HILL. F. W. G. - A survey of bone fractures in thc cat. J. small Anim. Pract,IS. 457-463 (1977). 5. TOOFAN1AN, F. and HILL, F. W. G. - Small intestinal cannulation in the calf. N.Z. vet. J. 25: 148-149 (1977). 6. HILL, F. W. G. - A review of the treatment of renal disease in the dog. Aust. vet. Pract. 7: 129-136 (1977). 7. HILL, F. W. G. and KELLY. D. F. — Naturally occurring small intestinal malabsorption in dogs. Vict. vet. Proceed. 9: (1977). 8. STUDDERT, V. P. — Feline nutrition and nutritional disease. Proc. No. 32. Post Graduate Committee in Vet. Sci. Sydney (1977). 9. STUDDERT, V. P. — Feline panleucopaenia. Proc. No. 32. Post Graduate Comm. in Vet Sci. Sydney (1977). 10. STUDDERT, V. P. - Feline Infectious Peritonitis. Vic. vet. Proc. 25-26 (1977). 11. WILLIAMSON, N. B. - Operation ofa health programme service. In Proceedings of the 54th A.V.A. Conf. Perth (1977). 12. WILLIAMSON. N. B. — The Victorian dairy herd health study: interim report. In Proceedings ofthe 54th A. V. A. Conference. Perth (1977). 13. MORRIS, R. S. — Benefits and beneficiaries ofthe planned approach to animal health. In Proceedings ofthe 54th A. V. A. Conference. Perth (1977). 14. DURFEE, P. T. and PRESIDENTE, P. J. - Isolation of Leptospira interrogans serotype halcanica from a brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Aust. Vet. J. 53: 508 (1977).

CHAPTERS OF BOOKS Surgery I. CHRISTIE, B. A. — The development and application of vascular conduits — In the Veterinary Annual. I8lh edn. In press.

ARTICLES Surgery 1. MASON. T. A. (1976) and MacLEAN, A. A. - Osteochondrosis dissecans of the humeral head in two foals. Equine Vet. J. 9(4). 189-191 (1977). 2. MASON, T. A. — Hip Dysplasia — A review of recent developments. Aust. Vet. J.. Dec. 1976. VETERINARY CLINICAL SCIENCES 221

3. MASON, T. A. - Cervical Vertebral Instability (Wobbler Syndrome) in the Doherman Breed. Ausi. Vet J. 53. Sept. I977. 4. MASON, T. A.. SPEIRS, B. C, MacLEAN, A. A. and SMYTH. G. B. - Surgical repair of cleft soft palate in the horse using a symphysiotomy and pharvngotomv appraoch. Vet. Rec. (1977). 5. MASON, T. A. — Chronic tenosynovitis of the extensor tendons and tendon sheaths of the carpal region in the horse. Equine Vet. J. 9 (4), 186-188. 6. MASON, T. A. — The examination ofthe equine eye with reference to vision, certification of soundness and eligibility to race. Conf. Proc. A. V. A., 1976. 7. MASON. T. A. — A discussion of some inherited ocular defects ofthe dog. Conf Proc. A V.A.. I977. 8. MASON, T. A. — Fractures ofthe phalanges ofthe horse. Proc. Univ. ofSvdnev Post grad. refresher course. 1977. 9. MASON, T. A. — Aspects of feeding which relate to the musculoskeletal system in the growing and working horse. Proc Uni. of Melh. Seminar. Aug. 1977. 10. MASON, T. A. — Principles of joint surgery and a review1 of some standard equine joint procedures. Proc. Aus. Equine Vet. Ass. Seminar. Nov. 1977. 11. CHRISTIE, B. A. and KETHARANATHAN, V. - Biosynthetic Prostheses as xenograft vascular conduits. Journal of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgerv — submitted for publication. 12. OWEN, L. N.. BOSTOCK, D. E. and I.AVELLE, R. B. - Studies on therapv of osteosarcoma in dogs using B. C. G. vaccine. J.A.V.R.S. IS: 27-29 (1977).

ARTICLES Animal Reproduction 1. BLOCKEY, M. A. de B. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - Hormonal control of serving capacity in bulls. Accepted 1977 bv Theriogenologv. 2. STELMASIAK. T. and GALLOWAY, D. B. - A priming effect of LH-RH on the pituitary in rams. J. Reprod. Fert. 51: 491-493 (1977). 3. WRIGHT. P. J. and MASON, T. A. - The usefulness of palpation of joint laxity in puppies as a prediction of hip dysplasia in a guide dog breeding programme. J. small Anim. Pract. IS: 513-522 (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Doctor of Philosophy Medicine 1. R. T. ROE — Computer simulation and public investment in the control of animal disease (Univ. of Melbourne) 2. R. S. MORRIS — The use of computer modelling in epidemiological and economic studies of animal disease (Univ. of Reading) Master of Veterinary Science Surgery 1. V. C. SPEIRS — Acid-base balance in horses

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress M edicine 1. A. H. MEEK — Economically optimal control strategies for ovine fascioliasis: a study based on an epidemiological field investigation and a computer simulation model 2. C. D. HAWKINS — The effect of disease on productivity: a study of liver fluke in sheep 3. J. ELDER - Decision making on the control of cattle tick M. V.Sc Theses in Progress M edicine 1. P. T. DU'RFEE — Studies on the epidemiology of Leptospira hardjo and Leptospira halcanica in Victoria 2. B. PARRY — Studies on blood pressure in horses 3. I. LINKS — Serological studies on Escherichia coli 4. G. B. SMYTH — Studies on the ileocaecal colic region of the horse Dr Vet Med (Bern) Thesis in Progress Surgery 1. V. C. SPEIRS — Effects of upper respiratory tract obstruction on airflow in horses M.AgrSci Thesis in Progress Animal Reproduction I. S. McCOl.M - Endocrine studies in mares 222 FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australian Wool Corporation: Flock health project. Australian Bureau of Animal Health: Sheep traceback project. Victorian Department of Agriculture: Computer advisory service. Victor Hurley Foundation. Royal Melbourne Hospital: Biosynthetic prostheses as Xenograft Vascular conduits. AMRC and WRTF: Endocrine background of serving inability and testicular dysfunction in bulls and Endocrinology of reproductive efficiency in rams. VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES

Chairman of department: Dr J. S. Wilkinson Readers Veterinary Microbiology MICHAEL JUSTIN STUDDERT Veterinary Parasitology JOHN HENRY ARUNDEL Senior Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KENNETH LESLIE HUGHES Veterinary Parasitology MICHAEL DESMOND RICKARD Veterinary Pathologv ANNE GILMORE JABARA WILLIAM PETER'CLIFFORD RICHARDS RONALD JAMES HERBERT WELLS JOHN SYDNEY WILKINSON Lecturers Veterinary Microbiology KEVIN GEORGE WHITHEAR Veterinary Pathology KARL EDWARD HARRIGAN NEILL DERMOTT SULLIVAN Research Fellows IAN BEVERIDGE PAUL JOSEPH PRESIDENTE Temporary Lecturer PETER MALTBY LORDING RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

A. MICROBIOLOGY 1. Mycoplasma-cell interactions. 2. Mycoplasma synoviae infection in meat chickens. 3. Virus diseases of horses. 4. Primary combined immunodeficiency disease (PSCID) of Arabian foals. 5. Feline Caliciviruses. 6. Feline and Porcine Parvoviruses.

B. PARASITOLOGY 7. Life cycle and pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina. 8. Serological diagnosis of cysticercosis/taeniasis/hydatidosis in animals and man. 9. Studies on mechanisms of immunity to Taenia cestodes in the intermediate host. 10. Vaccination of calves and lambs against T. saginata and T. ovis infection. 11. Purification of antigens stimulating protective immunity to cestode infections. 12. Vaccination against liver fluke (Easciola hepatlca) infection. 13. Parasites and diseases of deer in Victoria.

C. PATHOLOGY 14. Spontaneous canine neoplasms. 15. Metabolic Encephalopathy in Ruminants.

D. WILDLIFE 16. Pathogenicity of Easciola hepatica infection in marsupials (kangaroos, possums, wombats). 17. Parasites ofthe Mountain Possum (Trichosurus caninus) in north-eastern N.S.W. 18. Pathogenicity of Leptospira interrogans serotype balconica in brush-tailed possums IT. vulpecula), wombats (Vombalus ursinus). cattle, sheep and dogs. 19. Pathogenesis of Mycobacterium bovis infection in brush-tailed possums. 20. Histopathologic survey of 3 mammal and 4 avian species collected in the Gippsland Lakes area of Victoria. 21. The epidemiology of parasites affecting enclosed populations of red and grey kangaroos. 22. The taxonomy of nematode parasites in Australian marsupials.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. ARUNDEL, J. H. — External parasites of thc cat. Proc. No. 32 Post Graduate Committee on Velerinarv Science. Sydney, pp. 185-191 (1977). 2. ARUNDEL. J. H. - Helminth and protozoal diseases of cats in Australia. Proc. No. 32 Post Graduate Committee on Veterinary Science. Sydney, pp. 193-200 (1977). 3. BEVERIDGE, I. - On two new Linstowiid cestodes from Australian dasvurid marsupials. J. Helminth. 51: 31-40 (1977). 4. COMAN. B. J. and RICKARD, M. D. - A comparison of in vitro and in vivo estimates ofthe viability of Taenia pisiformis eggs aged under controlled conditions, and their abilitv to immunize against a challenge infection. Int. J. Parasit. 7: 15-20 (1977).

223 224 FACULTY OF VETERINARY SCIENCE

5. DURFEE, P. T. and PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Isolation of Leptospira interrogans, serotype balconica from a brush-tailed possum (Trichosurus vulpecula). Aust. vet. J. 53: 508 (1977). 6. GLEESON, L. J. and STUDDERT, M.J — Equine herpesviruses. Infection of a foetus with tvpe 2. Aust. vet. J. 53: 360-363 (1977). 7. MATOSSIAN, R. M., RICKARD, M. D. and SMYTH, J. D. - Hydatidosis: A global problem of increasing importance. Bull. Wld. Hlth. Org. 55: 499-507 (1977). 8. MITCHELL, G. F., GODING, J. W. and RICKARD, M. D. - Studies on immune responses to larval cestodes in mice. Increased susceptibility of certain mouse strains and hypothymic mice to Taenia taeniaformis and analysis of passive transfer to resistance with serum. Aust. J. exp. Bio. Med. Sci. 55: 165- 186 (1977). 9. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Diseases seen in free-ranging marsupials and those held in captivity, ln Post Graduate Committee in Vcterinarv Science, Proceedings of Course for Veterinarians. Fauna — Part fl, No. 36: 457-471 (1978). 10. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. - Diseases and parasites of captive rusa and fallow deer in Victoria. Australian Deer 3(1): 23-38 (1978). 11. PRESIDENTE, P. J. A. and DURFEE, P. T. - Playing possum. Awn. vet. J. 53: 604 (1977). 12. RICKARD, M. D. and ADOLPH. A. J. - The prevalence of cysticerci of Taenia saginata in cattle reared on sewage-irrigated pasture. Med. J. Aust. I: 525-527 (1977). 13 RICKARD, M. D. and ADOLPH, A. J. - Vaccination of lambs against infection with Taenia ovis using antigens collected during short-term in vitro incubation of activated T. ovis oncospheres. Parasitology 75: 183-188 (1977). 14. RICKARD, M. D„ ADOLPH, A. J. and ARUNDEL, J. H. - Vaccination of calves against Taenia saginata infection using antigens collected during in vitro cultivation of larvae: passive protection via colostrum from vaccinated cows and vaccination of calves protected by maternal antibody. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 365-367 (1977). 15. RICKARD, M. D., BODDINGTON, E. B. and McQUADE, N. - Vaccination of lambs against 7"ae«/a ovis infection using antigens collected during in vitro cultivation of larvae: passive protection via colostrum from vaccinated ewes and the duration of immunity from a single vaccination. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 368-371 (1977). 16. RICKARD, M. D. and COMAN, B. J. - Studies on the fate of Taenia hydatigena and Taenia ovis larvae in rabbits, and cross-immunity with Taenia pisiformis larvae. Int. J. Parasit. 7: 257-267 (1977). 17. RICKARD, M. D., COMAN, B. J. and CANNON, R. M. - Age resistance and acquired immunity lo Taenia pisiformis infection in dogs. Vet. Parasitol. 3: 1-9 (1977). 18. RICKARD, M. D., DAVIES, C. BOUT, D. I. and SMYTH, J. D. - Immunohistological localization of two hydatid antigens (antigen 5 and antigen B) in the cyst wall, brood capsules and protoscoleces of Echinococcus granulosus (ovine and equine) and E. multilocularis using immunoperoxidase methods. J. Helminthol. 51: 359-364 (1977). 19. RICKARD, M. D., MACKINLAY, L. M., KANE, G. J., MATOSSIAN. R. M. and SMYTH, J. D. - Studies on the mechanism of lysis of Echinococcus granulosus protoscoleces incubated in normal serum. J. Helminthol. 51: 221-228 (1977). 20. RICKARD. M. D. and MUNDAY, B. L. - Host specificity of Sarcocystis spp. in sheep and cattle. Aust. vet. J. 52: 48 (1976). 21. STUDDERT, M. J. and GLEESON, L. J. - Isolation of equine rhinovirus type Ausi. vet. J. 53: 452 (1977). 22. WELLS, R. J. H„ WESTBURY, H. A., HARRIGAN, K. E., COLEMAN, G. D. C. and BEILHARZ, R. C. - Epidemic adenovirus inclusion body hepatitis of the chicken in Australia. Aust. vet. J. 53: 586 (1977). 23. WHITHEAR. K. C. - Mycoplasma synoviae infection in the meat chicken. Proc. of Symposium on Avian Respiratory Diseases. Australian Chicken Meat Federation (1977).

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES MVS 1. SHAH, M. - Veterinary Microbiology 2. DARVILL, F. M. - Veterinary Parasitology 3. ABBOTT, D. P. - Veterinary Pathology 4. CHULAN, U. - Veterinary Pathology 5. CORREA, J. - Veterinary Pathology 6. NILKUMHANG. P. - Veterinary Pathologv 7. SHI EL, M. J. - Veterinary Pathology 8. SOERIPTO - Veterinary Pathology

MVSc 9. GLEESON, L. J. - In vivo and in vitro Studies of Equine Adenovirus 10. LEWIS, P. F. — Epidemiological observations on consignments of primates imported lo A ustralia for use in a laboratory 11. LIEFMAN, C. E. — Active and passive immunization in the horse against tetanus 12. RAHALEY, R. G. — Pathogenesis and bacteriology of Actinobacillus spp. isolated from sheep

MAgSc 13. BLAKE, R. T. - Physiological Studies of Intestinal Parasitism in Sheep, with Special Reference to Trichostrongylus colubriformis VETERINARY PARACLINICAL SCIENCES 225

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in progress K. E. HARRIGAN — The Life Cycle and Pathogenicity of Eimeria acervulina in the chicken C. LENGMAUS — In vilro und in vivo Studies of Feline and Porcine Parvoviruses T. J. NICHOLLS — Immunological Studies on the Chicken in Health and Disease N. D. SULLIVAN — Metabolic encephalopathy in Ruminants M VSc Theses in Progress J. C. A. AJUFO - Studies of Mycoplasma synoviae J. D. BURTON — Studies on Some Aspects of rhe Development of the Disease of Kangaroos known as "Lumpy Jaw" A.M. LEW — Studies of Equine Adenoviruses and of Foals with a Primary, Severe. Combined Immunodeficiency Disease R. G. RUSSELL — Studies of Infectious Laryngotracheitis Viruses in relation to the Selection of Attenuated Virus for Vaccination M VS Theses in Progress J. R. W. GLASTONBURY M. HINDMARSH

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: Australian Meat Research Committee Australian Department of Housing,. Community Development and the Environment State Rivers and Water Supply Commission, Victoria Equine Research Fund Chicken Egg and Meal Research Committee Deer Farmers Association Shell Chemical (Australia) Department of Conservation, Victoria VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES

Chairman of department: Dr./. W. Watson

Professor JAMES DAVIDSON STEEL Readers JEREMY DAVID O'SHEA DONALD ALEXANDER TITCHEN JAMES WILLIAM WATSON Senior Lecturers ANDREW HENRY BROOK JOHN GRIFFITHS McLEAN GORDON ANTONY STEWART Lecturer CHEE SEONG LEE Senior Tulors JOHN PATTERSON MARGARET AGNES WYLIE - part-time

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Electromyographic and manomctric studies on oesophageal motility in regurgitation, swallowing and eructation in sheep — D, A. Titchen. 2. Nervous and hormonal control of gastric secretion in ruminants — G. W. Reynolds and D. A. Titchen. 3. Development of salivary and gastric secretions in the pig — D. A. Titchen, G. W. Reynolds and J. Patterson. 4. Effects of afferent and efferent nerves on development of the parotid gland in ruminants - J. Patterson and D. A. Titchen. 5. Gastric parasitisms and gastric function in ruminants — D. A. Titchen and G. W. Reynolds. 6. Physiological responses to water deprivation and rehydration in sheep — A. H. Brook, M. J. Morris, with J. R. Blair-West and A. Gibson. Howard Florey Institute of Experimental Physiology and Medicine, and P. T. Pullan, Department of Medicine, Monash University. 7. The inheritance of heart score in racehorses — J.D. Steel and G. A. Stewart. 8. Equine haematology in relation to exercise performance — G. A. Stewart. 9. Ovarian ultrastructure and changes during luteal regression - J. D. O'Shea and C. S. Lee. 10. Utrastructure and cytology of the mammary gland - C. S. Lee. 11. Polyunsaturated fatty acid metabolism in the cat — J. G. McLean.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. BELL, F. R., HOLBROOK. S. E. and TITCHEN, D. A. — A radiological study of gastric (abomasal) emptying in calves before and after vagotomy. J. Phvsiol. 272: 481-493 (1977). 2. BELL, F. R., TITCHEN, D. A. and WATSON, D. J. - The effects of the gastrin analogue, pentagstrin. on the gastric electromvogram and abomasal emptying in the calf. Res. vet. Sci. 23: 165-170 (1977). 3. BLAIR-WEST, J. R.. BROOK. A. H. and SIMPSON, P. A. - On the question of body fluid volume or sodium status influencing renin release. J. Phvsiol. 267: 321-338 (1977). 4. BRIGHTLING, P., PATTERSON, J. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Changes in the protein concentration in parotid salivary secretion of sheep when fed. Proc. Aust. Physiol, and Pharmacol. Soc. S: 141 P (1977). 5. CHAMLEY, W. A. and O'SHEA, J. D. - Luteal function in sheep injected with prostaglandin F .a directly into the corpus luteum. Prostaglandins 11: 133-142 (1976). 6. LEE, C. S. and O'SHEA, J. D. - Observations on the vasculature of the reproductive tract in some Australian marsupials. J. Morph. 154: 95-114 (1977). 7. McLEAY. L. M. and TITCHEN, D. A. — Acid and pepsin secretion of separated gastric pouches during perfusion of antral pouches wilh cholinergic stimulating and blocking agents and lignocaine. J. Phvsiol. 264: 215-227 (1977). 8. McLEAY, L. M. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Inhibition of HCl and pepsin secretion from gastric pouches by antral pouch acidification in sheep. J. Phvsiol. 273: 707-716 (1977). 9. O'SHEA. J. D., NIGHTINGALE, M. G. and CHAMLEY, W. A. - Changes in small blood vessels during cyclical luteal regression in sheep. Biol. Reprod. 17: 162-177 (1977). 10. PATTERSON, J. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Submaxillary salivary secretion in sheep on sympathetic and sympathomimetic stimulation. J. Physiol. 272: 58 P. 11. REYNOLDS, G. W. and TITCHEN, D. A. - Inhibition of gastric acid and pepsin secretion in sheep on first eating. Proc. Int. Union Physiol. Sci. 13: 628 (1977). 12. SINCLAIR, A. J. and McLEAN. J. G. - Consequences of severe depletion of eicosatrienoic and arachidonic acids in the cat. Proc. i\utr. Soc. Attst. 2: 76 (1977). 13. STEEL, J. D. — Heart score, performance and inheritance in racehorses. Stud and Stable 16 (4): 17-20 (1977). 14. STEEL, J. D. - Se.x-linked inheritance in racehorse breeding. Stud and Stable 16 (5): 29-32 (1977). 15. STEEL, J. D., BEILHARZ. R. G., STEWART, G. A. and GODDARD, M. - The inheritance of heart score in racehorses. Aust. vet. J. 53: 306-309 (1977). 16. STEWART, G. A. - Routine clinical monitoring of the racehorse during training. Proc. Post-grad. Committee Vet. Sci.. Sydney 33: 359-375 (1977).

226 VETERINARY PRECLINICAL SCIENCES 227

17. STEWART. G. A.. RIDDLE, C. A. and SALMON, P. W. - Haematology or thc racehorse. A recent study of thoroughbreds in Victoria. Aust. vet. J. 53: 353-359 (1977). 18. TITCHEN, D. A. and ANDERSON, N. - Aspects of the physiopathology of parasitic gastritis in the sheep. Aust. vet. J. 53: 369-373 (1977).

THESIS UNDER EXAMINATION M.Sc Thesis PATTERSON, J. — Studies on the structure and secretory activity of the sheep's parotid gland

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress HOSSAIN, M. I. - Studies on the vasculature ofthe ovary REYNOLDS, G. .W. — Studies on gastrin and gastric secretion in the sheep WOOD, A. K. W. — A radiological study of oesophageal and gastric motility in the piglet

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: ARGC: Comparative studies on the nervous and hormonal control of the gut with special reference to ruminants. ARGC: Control of antidiuretic hormone release especially following changes in body fluid balance and in children with meningitis. ARGC: Polyunsaturated fatly acid metabolism in the cat. MUVRF: Studies on the corpus luteum. MUERF: The inheritance of heart score. A MRC: Physiological studies on intensive rearing practices in calves and parasitic gastritis. APIRC: Gastric development, early weaning and digestive disease in the new born pig. Dairy Research Committee: Local cellular immunity in the mammary gland. CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

Director: Professor G. Seddon Professor GEORGE SEDDON Visiting Professor KENNETH J. POLAKOWSKI Reader WILLIAM TERRANCE O'BRIEN Lecturer JEREMY PHILIP HUNGERFORD PIKE Senior Research Fellows ALAN STRATH ATKINS ROSS JAMES KING Research Fellows WINIFRED BRAITHWAITE CALDER GRAEME CLYDE DANDY MAR I DAVIS DESMOND ALFRED MILLS Senior Associate JONATHAN BARRY HINWOOD Junior Research Fellows DEREK MAXWELL BURRAGE RUSSELL STANLEY COLMAN Graduate Research Assistant ANN MARION McGREGOR

WORK COMPLETED OR IN PROGRESS IN 1977

A. MATHEMATICAL MODELLING AND SYSTEMS ANALYSIS I. Assessment of significant recent developments in multi-objective planning in the U.S.A.

B. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENTS AND CONSERVATION PLANNING 2. Environmental assessment of alternative sites for the Newport Power Station. 3. Part 2 of social and economic impact study of the Melbourne Harbor Trust's Forward Development Plan for the Port of Melbourne as part of thc Port of Melbourne Environmental Study. 4. Phase II of an environmental assessment of the effects of proposed works at Webb Dock on the marine environment as part of the Port of Melbourne Environmental Study. 5. Environmental effects assessment ofthe proposed IPEC terminal at Stony Point, Western Port.

C. ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN 6. Transmission line route planning in Western Australia. 7. Comprehensive recreation development plan for the Maribyrnong Valley Metropolitan Park site near Keilor. 8. Master plan for the development of the Royal Botanic Gardens Annexe, Cranbourne. 9. Master plan for the Darebin Parklands of Heidelberg and Northcote. 10. Site design plans for the central segment ofthe Brimbank area of the Maribyrnong Vallev Metropolitan Park. 11. Conceptual plan for a proposed new square at the corner of Spencer and Collins Streets, Melbourne. 12. Development of an English collage garden for Cook's Cottage, Fitzroy Gardens. 13. Provision of special advisory service for the planning of the Canberra metropolitan open space system. 14. Redesign of the garden for the Melbourne Club. 15. Planning study of the Frankston-Baxter Corridor.

D. URBAN HOUSING, SERVICES AND TRANSPORT 16. Review of reports on thc Australian Housing Research Council's Project 67 (development of the 1977-78 AHRC research program). 17. Directory service aimed at researchers, policy-makers and groups with an interest in housing in Australia. 18. Study of the leisure and recreation needs of different groups of young people in the Diamond Valley community. 19. Review, evaluation and publication of housing research relevant to Australian conditions in the general fields of policy, management and design. 20. Development of guidelines for assessing the short-term and long-term social impact of changes in accessibility and/or of severance effecls from transport or related changes. 21. Editing of titles in the Housing Research Series ofthe Building Technology Branch of the Department ofthe Environment, Housing and Community Development.

E. ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION AND EDUCATION 22. Compilation ofa directory of pictorial sources of information concerning aspects and elements ofthe national estate.

228 CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES 229

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. PIKE, J. — Site planning: cluster housing. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977. 2. REID, J. R. and REID, G. M. - Clunes: a lownscape study of a Viclorian country town. Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977. 3. SEDDON, G. — (ed.) Urbanisation: 12 papers delivered at the 48th ANZAAS Congress, University of Melbourne, Centre for Environmental Studies, University of Melbourne, 1977.

CHAPTER OF BOOK 3a. SEDDON, G. - Population and the environment, in Australia's population A.D. 2000, compiled bv S. J. Rooth, pp. 66-S9, University of New England, 1977.

ARTICLES 4. ATKINS, A. S. - Thc Multi-Objective Approach to Port Planning: A New Mix of Economic and Environmental Issues? Australian Transport Research Forum Papers. Third Annual Meeting, Melbourne, (May 1977). 5. FENTON, J. D. and MILLS. D. A. - Shoaling Waves: Numerical Solution of Exact Equations. Waves on Water of Variable Depth, ed. D. G. Provis and R. Radok, pp. 94-101, Lecture Notes in Physics 64, Australian Academy of Science, Canberra and Springer — Verlag, Heidelberg (1977). 6. KING, R. J. — Social and Community Issues in Port Development, Australian Transport Research Forum Papers, Third Annual Meeting, Melbourne (May 1977). 7. SEDDON, G. - Whither the West? Habitat 4(6): 4-5 (May 1977). 8. SEDDON. G. - Environmental and Social Problems of Cities. Urbanization. Papers ofthe Urbanization Symposium of the 48th ANZAAS Congress. University of Melbourne (September 1977). 9. SEDDON, G. — What is happening to our environment? Australia: Towards a Post-Industrial Society, ed. J. Birman. pp. 42-52. Extension Service, University of Western Australia, Perth (1977).

REPORTS 10. HINWOOD, J. B.. DANDY, G. C, BURR AGE, D. M., ATKINS. A. S., KING, R. J., COLMAN, R. S., CALDER, W. B. and McGREGOR. A. M. - (in collaboration with staff of Monash University, the M. M.B.W. and the National Museum of Victoria) — Environmental Assessment of Alternative Sites for a 500 MW Power Station. Report to the Newport Review Panel (April 1977). 11. KING, R. J. (ed.) - Housing Research Directory: Addendum I. Report to the Australian Housing Research Council (June 1977). 12. KING, R. J. — A Framework for Social Evaluation of Transport and Related Changes. AIR 1044-1, Australian Road Research Board (1977). 13. KING, R. J. and McGREGOR, A. M. - Youth. Leisure and Public Policy: the Case of Diamond Valley. Report to the Diamond Valley Shire Council (November 1977). 14. KING, R. J., ATKINS, A. S., CALDER, W. B„ DANDY, G. C. and MILLS, D. A. - IPEC Tigers Environmental Effects ofa Proposed Tasmanian Freight Terminal at Western Port. Report for thc Ministry of Conservation (November 1977). 15. O'BRIEN, W. T. - Multi-Objective Planning for Water Resources Management — Review of Recent Developments in the U.S.A. Australian Water Resources Council Technical Paper No. 29 (1977). 16. PIKE. J. P. II. and CALDER, W. B. - Darebin Parklands Master Plan. Report to the Cities of Heidelberg and Northcote (March 1977). 17. POLAKOWSKI, K. J. — Maribyrnong Valley Metropolitan Park Master Development Plan. Report to the Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works (January 1977). 18. POLAKOWSK.I, K. J. — Royal Botanic Gardens Cranbourne Annexe Master Development Plan. Report to the Department of Crown Lands and Survev (1977). 19. SEDDON, G. and POLAKOWSKI, K. J. - Power Transmission South Western Australia: a Review of Route Selection Procedures. Report to the State Energy Commission of Western Australia (April 1977). 20. SEDDON, G. — An Open Space Svstem for Canberra. National Capital Development Commission Technical Paper No. 23 (October 1977).

THESIS PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREE Master of Engineering Science I. WII.SDON, J. - Regional Groundwater Systems Modelling Applied lo Groundwater Mounds

THESES IN PROGRESS PhD Theses in Progress A.S. ATKINS - Economic Analysis and Modelling of the Environmental Consequences of Resource Allocation 1. D. BISHOP — Mathematical Modelling in Environmental Decision-Making 230 CENTRE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

A. J. GABRIC — Mathematical Modelling of Thermal Discharges in Aquatic Environments B. J. WILLIAMS - A Systems Study Involving the Water Environment of Westernport Bay M.Sc Thesis in Progress A. A. THORNLEY - An Evaluation of the Methods of Environmental Planning M.L.Arch Theses in Progress R. E. LONG ACRE - Princes Hill Urban Neighbourhood Open Space Study R. NIRAN — Recreation Strategy for the South Bayside Suburbs

SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants and fees have been received from the following: — Australian Housing Research Council Australian Road Research Board Australian Water Resources Council City of Frankston City of Heidelberg City of Melbourne Department of Crown Lands and Survey Department of Environment, Housing and Community Development IPEC Melbourne and Metropolitan Board of Works Melbourne Harbor Trust Commissioners National Capital Development Commission Premier's Department, Victoria Shire of Diamond Valley Slate Energy Commission of Western Australia PHYSICAL EDUCATION

Chairman of department: Dr A. W. Willee Reader ALBERT WILLIAM WILLEE Senior Lecturers EUNICE ELIZABETH PERROTT GILL S1GMUND ALAN LEPHART BRIAN NETTLETON ERIC ROY SANDSTROM Lecturers CHRISTOPHER ALEXANDER BRIGGS LORNA JEAN McCONCHlE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS 1. Effects of training upon oxygen consumption, fractional oxygen utilization and anaerobic threshold — C. A. Briggs and E. R. Sandstrom. 2. Effects of protracted periods of weight training on weight supporting joints and on selected fitness parameters - C. A. Briggs. 3. Establishment of a bicycle ergometer test in the determination of anaerobic capacity — C. A. Briggs. 4. Development of functional fitness testing of selected athletic groups - C. A. Briggs and B. Nettleton. 5. Historical survey of Victorian Physical Education — E. E. P. Gill. 6. The Physical Education Teachers' Role - B. Nettleton. 7. Skill and Fitness of National Table Tennis Players — B. Nettleton. 8. Object velocity and visual angle related to prediction of flight path — B. Nettleton. 9. A programmed teaching unit for Coaching Education - B. Nettleton. 10. Initial unfamiliarity and familiarization effects on successive measurements of selected parameters during treadmill running - E. R. Sandstrom. 11. Influence of varied test procedures upon determination of VO: max — E. R. Sandstrom. 12. Relationships between Power test results and Sprint Running — E. R. Sandstrom. 13. Investigation of parameters of human body segments — S. A. Lephart. 14. Dance resources and retrieval systems - L. J. McConchie. 15. Effects of training on middle aged and older executives — A. W. Willee.

PUBLISHED WORK

BOOKS 1. NETTLETON, B. — Soccer for Teachers. Coaches and Players. Rigby Publishing Co. 2. NETTLETON, B. — Approaches to Coaching the Junior Player. Hamilton Education Centre Ltd.

ARTICLES 3. BRIGGS, C. A. - Maximum Aerobic Power and Endurance as Predictions of Middle Distance Running Success. Australian Sports Medicine Journal, 9/2/1977. 4. GILL. E. E. P. — Followers or Innovators? Past and present British Influences. Proceedings of the Vlth International Congress of the International Association for the Historv of Physical Education and Sport. Dartford. England, 1977. 5. GILL, E. E. P. — Brisbane Conference Review and Challenge. The Australian Journal for Health. Physical Education and Recreation: 75. March 1977. 6. NETTLETON, B. - Physical Education Perspectives and Priorities for the 1970's. Bio-social Studies. Deakin University, 1977. 7. NETTLETON, B. — Thc Role of the Teacher in Community Programmes. Community Education Newsletter, Victorian Education Department, 1977. 8. NETTLETON, B. — The Importance of Movement. Research Findings. The Educational Magazine. Vol. 34. No. 3. Victorian Education Department, 1977. 9. NETTLETON, B. - Communication and Improving Performance. Australian Football Coach. Vol. 5. No. 5. pp. 3-10. 1977. 10. NETTLETON, B. - Teaching Sport. Australian Football Coach Annual. South Australian National Football League, 1977. 11. WILLEE, A. W. - Life. Be In It. Report of Proceedings, I.C.H.P.E.R. Conference Mexico City, July 1977. 12. WILLEE. A. W. - Lost Fundamentals. Proceedings of Physical Educadon Post Primary Conference. Monash University, 1977. 13. WILLEE, A. W. - Fitness and Children. The Educational Magazine. Vol. 34. No. 3. pp. 17-19, 1977.

231 SOCIAL STUDIES

Chairman of department: Professor V. S. Lewis

Professor VERL SAMUEL LEWIS Reader LEONARD JAMES TIERNEY Senior Lecturers LOUISE ARNOLD (on leave) LAURIE ROSE CAMPBELL O'BRIEN PF.TER ANDREW O'CONNOR DELYS BERTHA SARGEANT GEOFFREY BRYCE SHARP LENA AMY LYSBETH THOMAS CYNTHIA JOAN TURNER Lecturers THEA CHARLOTTE BROWN (on leave) MAYNARD CALNEK STEPHANIE ORMSBY CHARLESWORTH JUDITH J. P. DUNSTER (on leave) STUART WILLIAM EVANS MARGARET ANN HAMILTON WILLIAM PAUL HEALY CATHERINE MURIEL SCANTLEBURY JAMES FAY SURTEES MARLES ELIZABETH ANNE OZANNE (on leave) JOHN ROGER RIMMER ROBYN CHRISTINE ROBINSON

Social Biology Resources Centre Senior Associate DONALD MARTIN PILCHER Associates GILLIAN DIAMOND SHIRLEY HORNE JUDITH ANNE MULHOLLAND LAWRENCE ST. LEGER SISTER JANET WINSTANLEY Visiting Professor DAVID MACAROV Research Fellow GERARD McPHEE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS

1. Personality variables associated with the selection and participation in in-service courses of sexuality and of communication skills. (Funded through Victorian In-Service Education Committee and the Community Health Programme) - Robyn Robinson. 2. Professional work outcomes of five school-based in-service courses on education in sexuality. Social Biology Resources Centre with the Victorian In-Service Education Committee — Dclys Sargeant. 3. Integration of sex role and sexuality education. In conjunction with Monash University, funded by Schools Commission — Delys Sargeant. 4. Survey of needs: Sexual Rights of the Handicapped. (On behalf of the Spastic Society of Victoria) - Delys Sargeant. 5. Institutional provision for thc destitute aged in Victoria 1851-1900 - Laurie O'Brien. 6. Study of Medical Social Work in Victoria, between 1929 and 1945, in terms of an interpretation of ideological and career conflicts of an exclusively female, para medical occupation — Cynthia Turner and Laurie O'Brien. 7. Residential Adolescent Care - An evaluation of Unit 64 Residential Care Unit - Dr Peter O'Connor. 8. Cross-National Studies in Family Policy - 13 countries - Dr Leonard Tierney. 9. Mapping the Social Services available to residents of Victoria — Shirley Home. 10. Follow up Study of Recent BSW Graduates - John Rimmer. 11. A framework for looking at causal theories about changes in ex-nuptial birthrates - Stephanie Charlesworth. 12. An historical review of the literature on illegitimacy and ex-nuptial births — Stephanie Charlesworth. 13. The campaign to secure the supporting mothers benefits — Stephanie Charlesworth. 14. Estimating the social effects of the introduction of the Supporting Mothers Benefit in 1973 on ex-nuptial mothers and children — Stephanie Charlesworth. 15. A critical analysis of social work services available to attempted suicide patients in public hospitals — Carolyn Novarra. 16. The interaction of formal national and informal local groups in an overseas aid agency — CAA — Louise Arnold. 17. Rural Social Work - context, methods, history - Margaret Hamilton. 18. Alcohol and drug dependence and drink/driving rehabilitation programmes — Margaret Hamilton. 19. The Work of Dr Vera Scantlebury Brown in the maternal and child health area - Fay Maries.

232 SOCIAL STUDIES 233

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. HEALY. VV. P. - Social Work Research: Emergent methods and models for the evaluation of everyday casework practice, in Social Work in Australia — Responses to a Changing Context, edited by Phillip J. Boas and Jim Crawley. 2. TIERNEY, L. J. - The Next Twenty Years in Social Work, in Social Work in Australia — Responses to a Changing Context, edited by Phillip J. Boas and Jim Crawley. 3. TIENREY, L. J.. WALTERS, J., MELLOR, K. B„ COX, D. R. and TAYLOR. J. McD. - Cultures in Context. Melb., Victorian Council of Social Services, 1977. Partially financed by Australian Research Grants Commission. 4. TIERNEY, L. J. and McMAHON, H. - From Vague Ideas to Unfeasible Roles. Melb., Social Welfare Commission and the Social Security Department, 1977.

THESES PASSED FOR HIGHER DEGREES Master of Arts 1. HEALY, WILLIAM PAUL — The Task-Focussed Volunteer. An Evaluation of the Legacy Club of Melbourne 2. BENN, CONCETTA — A Study of the Development of Consumer Participation in thc Family Centre Programme: A Demonstration Anti-Poverty Programme of the Brotherhood of St. Lawrence

PhD RESEARCH IN PROGRESS 1. THEA BROWN - Potential of Local Government for the Development of Social Welfare Services, 1834- 1974. 2. ANDREW BURBIDGE - Government policy relating to poverty. 3. LYNNE FOREMAN — The Feasibility and Implications of Establishing a Family-Orientated Social Welfare System in Australia.

THESES IN PROGRESS M.S. W. Theses in Progress DUNSTER, JUDITH - Municipal Social Work - A Practice Study JAMES, CATHERINE - Explorations in Referral Theorv and Practice RYAN. MARGARET - Psycho-Social Aspects of Low Birth Weights M.A. Theses in Progress COULL, VICTOR - 77te Role of ihe Family in ihe Resocializalion of First Offenders EVANS, STUART — The Use of Simulation and Video Techniques in Teaching Basic Interpersonal Skills lo Social Work Students GREIG, DEIDRE — The Relationship Between Delinquency and School Adjustment HOLLINGWORTH, PETER - Welfare and ihe local Anglican Church HOUSTON. JUDITH - Self Perceptions ofa Group of Mentally Handicapped Young Adults JOHNS, FAY - What is the Supervisory Process? MITCHELL. BRIAN - Social Networks of Aboriginal Youth Offenders - A Case Studv RENK1N, PETER - Role Analysis of a Social Worker - A Case Study ARCHIVES

Head of department: Mr Frank Strahan University Archivist FRANK STRAHAN Senior Archivist CECILY CLOSE Archivists KAY DREYFUS ANDREW REEVES MARK RICHMOND Research Assistant JANICE WHITESIDE

RESEARCH TOPICS IN PROGRESS Note: By the nature of its essentially research function, Archives provides all of its staff with active daily involvement in a wide variety of client research projects as well as thc continuing location and accumulation of historical research resources, and compilation of research inventories of its many collections. The following are the major collections acquired during 1977:

A. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING UNIVERSITY HISTORY New accessions during 1977 included personal papers of the late Professors W. A. Frederick (Education). Sir Arthur Amies (Dentistry), and of William Stone (Faculty of Engineering): material relating to the Graduate School of Business Administration, the Artist-in Residence, the Melbourne University Rifle Club, the International House Refreshment Group, Melbourne University Student Theatre, and the Wilson Hall Centenary. Further accessions were received from, or relating to. Professor T. Laby, the Faculty of Earth Sciences, the School of Architecture, thc Institute of Applied Economic and Social Research, thc Extension Committee, the Chemistry Department, the Faculty of Education, and the Melbourne University Staff Association. Among other accessions were further Jubilee Addresses of 1906.

B. SOURCE MATERIAL CONCERNING THE HISTORY OF VICTORIA New business records were received relating lo the following: John Barnes and Co. (fine fabric knitters), Tye Furnishing Co.. Wundcrlich Industries Ltd, C. T. Alexander (Belgrave real estate). Thompson & Co. (Castlcmaine) Ply Ltd (manufacturing engineers), Robert Bodington Pty Ltd (manufacturers of milling machinery), and Sound Master Radio (Richmond retailer). Business collections augmented during the year included the Western Mining Corporation Lid, Strathficldsayc Estate, the Insurance Council of Australia. R. B. Ritchie & Son Pty Ltd (pastoral), Bulbanna Administration Pty Ltd (pastoral), the Viclorian Farmers' Union, Leith and Bartlett (architects), and Graham Lederman & Co. (solicitors). New labour history accessions included personal papers from Mr Berl Davies and Mr 'Bo' Williams, and material relating to the Building Workers' Industrial Union, thc Artificial Fertilizer and Chemical Workers', Hairdressers Employees, Telecommunications Employees, Boot Trades, Ironfounders, Ironworkers Assistants', Iron Moulders, and United Carters and Drivers unions, and the Creswick Branch of the ALP. As well, further records of the Te.xlile Workers', Theatrical and Amusement Employees', Amalgamated Society of Engineers, Locomotive Enginemen's unions, and of the Ballarat Trades Hall, were received. Other notable new accessions were from, or relating to, Professor G. N. Blainey, Dr V. H. Wallace (notably on birth control and drug addiction), the Royal Australian Chemical Institute, the Australian Performing Group and Ridout family, while the Scmmens, Dow, McGeorge, Eltham. Ellis, Cr Betty Marginson. Mrs W. G. Poole, and Melbourne Beefsteak Club collections were all augmented during the year.

C. GRAINGER MUSEUM The major accession was a substantial body of material from the estate of Percy Grainger, transferred by his widow in White Plains, New York. Other accessions included letterL from Grainger to H. and A. Sandby. Roger Quilter, Mrs Dagny Petersen, Burnett Cross, Cai Holten and Richard Fowler, and music manuscripts from the estate of Dr Ian Bonighton.

PUBLISHED WORK

ARTICLES 1. DREYFUS. F. - Thc Adelaide Grainger Collection transferred to the Grainger Museum, University of Melbourne, Australian Musicological Commission Source Report No. 3. Miscellanea Musicologica (Adelaide), Vol. 9. 1977: 49-71. 2. DREYFUS, K. — Abstract of the thesis Beethoven's last five piano sonatas. A study in analytical method, Beethoven-} ahrbuch. Jahrgang 1973-77 (Bonn): 37-45.

234 SUBSTANTIAL GRANTS RECEIVED Grants have been received as follows: — Australia Council, Music Board: Research assistance at Grainger Museum. ARGC: Research assistance, Grainger Museum. Con/Jnc Riotinto Australia: Descriptive inventory. W. S. Robinson Papers. Western Mining Corporation: Descriptive inventory. W. M. C. Collection. THE LIBRARY

University Librarian WALTER DENIS RICHARDSON Associate Librarian (Administration) GRAEME JAMES LENNOX MACFARLAN Associate Librarian (Resources) LYNN REAGAN HARD (appointed 16 May 1977) Associate Librarian (Services) RONALD LEE WEIHER (appointed 13 April 1977) Heads of Library Departments MARY EVELYN LUGTON LOIS HELENA SEMMENS VALERIE RUTH SKENE TURNBULL Senior Librarians FLORENCE HUNTER ARNOTT ELISABETH ROSEMARY GARRAN WILLIAM FORD ANNE HARRISON HELEN MARCIA HAYES HELEN CHRISTINE MARTINDALE JENNIFER ANNE MURPHY MARGARET MURPHY DONALD DAVID MURTAGH (appointed 31 October 1977) SUSANNE PETERS (appointed 4 July 1977) PATRICIA DOROTHEA PRENDERGAST PATRICK SINGLETON Librarians CYNTHIA BLANCHE JANE CAROLAN (appointed 9 May 1977; resigned 30 September 1977) BRIAN DOUGLAS CARR ALISON RUTH CRAWN LOIS JEAN DAVEY LESLEY CATHERINE DU VE (resigned 28 Januarv 1977) LYELL CLARE GOUGH LI-HUAN HSIEN HU MARGARET KENNEDY PRUDENCE ELIZABETH MCCARTHY (resigned 8 December 1977) HEATHER MeDONALD (resigned 19 December 1977) KATHLEEN VERONICA LYNCH (appointed 28 February 1977) NOLA DAWN McKINNON JOHN JAKWAY MASON JEREMY EDWARD VICTOR MAY NICOLE MEREDITH ALMA MAY MURRAY CLEEVE MURRAY-SMITH ELIZABETH NEUMANN JUNE MARION OHLSON (appointed 10 January 1977; resigned 15 July 1977) CAROLINE LUCILLE ROSS WILLIAM SMITH (resigned 5 August 1977) LYNETTE MARION STRACHAN PAMELA MARGARET TAYLOR (appointed 15 August 1977) ELIZABETH WAKEFIELD CHRISTINE WATTS MARY GERALDINE WOODHATCH (resigned 19 August 1977)

In 1977 the research resources of the Library were again strengthened greatly by means of U.C. Equipment Grants. In locating material used in research, thc staff of the Baillieu Library and the Branch Libraries are participating in many of the University's research projects.

236 Printed by McCarron Bird

Library Digitised Collections

Title: Research Report, 1977

Date: 1977

Persistent Link: http://hdl.handle.net/11343/24102

File Description: Research Report, 1977

Terms and Conditions: © University of Melbourne 2012